r 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


€^0 


^ 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


1^128     |2^ 
lii  1^   12.2 


H!  124 


12.0 

14  Ui^ 


«' 


V] 


/. 


A^ 


V 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRfET 

WIUTCR,N.Y.  14580 

(716)872-4503 


'^ 


«' 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHfVI/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibllographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 

n 
n 

D 
D 

D 


D 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 

Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommag6e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurde  et/ou  pellicul6e 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g6ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  init  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  int6rieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
11  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouttos 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  film6es. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl^mentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m6thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


I      I   Coloured  pages/ 


D 
D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommag6es 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaurtes  et/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxei 
Pages  d6color6es,  tachet^es  ou  piqu^est 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d6tach6es 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Quality  in6gale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppldmentaire 


I — I  Pages  damaged/ 

I — I  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

I — I  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I      I  Pages  detached/ 

I      I  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I      I  Includes  supplementary  material/ 


Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  6dition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscureo  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilr^ied  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  filmtes  d  nouveau  de  fapon  A 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu^  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


SI 

24X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


28X 


32X 


>i^J^I4Mi*«J»*M 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanke 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  Iceeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  Impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  Illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  Illustrated  Impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —^(meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  In  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  film*  fut  reproduit  grAce  A  la 
gAnArositA  de: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

«. 
Les  Images  suivantes  ont  AtA  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soln,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetA  de  l'exemplaire  filmA,  ct  en 
conformltA  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
fllmage. 

Les  exemplaires  origlnaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  ImprimAe  sont  filmAs  en  commen9ant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  solt  par  la 
dernlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'Impression  ou  d'illustration,  solt  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
origlnaux  sont  filmAs  en  commengant  par  la 
premlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'Impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparattra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  -^  signlfie  "A  SUIVRE  ",  le 
symbols  ▼  signlfle  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
filmAs  A  des  taux  de  rAduction  diff Arents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  c;!ch4.  il  est  filmA  A  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gaushe  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'Images  nAcessaire.  Les  disgrammes  suivants 
lllustrent  la  mAthode. 


32X 


''*■*>■ 


!?#''«»*"**««*♦»*»  ■■  - 


Wi 


Wab  Depabtiibst,|     ly^iuxARY  Information  Division.     ] 
A.  G.O.        3  '^ 


NVMBEB 
0. 


THE 


MILITARY    SCHOOLS 


or 


EUROPE 


Km  OTHER  PAPERS  SELECTED  FOR  PUBLICATIOM. 


% 


WASHINGTON  :^ 

mwMtwMtwT  rwanma  omcK 
189& 


•I 


■/I 


iS 


ku 


I 


War  Depaktment, 
A.  G.  O. 


Military  Information  Division. 


Number 


#'> 


A.        t     \  J       .k     t    Jtk 


THE 


MILITARY    SCHOOLS 


or 


EUROPE 


AND  OTHER  PAPERS  SELECTED  FOR  PUBLICATION. 


M 


WASHINGTON : 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTINO  OFFICE. 

1896. 


JH 


War  Depart'nent  (Military  Information  Division) 

Document  No.  10. 

Office  of  the  Adjutant  Qenerai. 


CONTENTS. 


Tli.<  military  Bchook  of  Europe.    Prepared  iu  the  Military  Inforiiiatlou  DiviBlon  for  the  Board  of  VisitorB, 

United  States  Military  Academy,  and  priiite<l  in  their  Report  for  the  year  1896.     Revised  and  corrected. 

1{(  onlistmentH  and  guaranties  of  employment  for  noncommiBiiioned  officers  and  ex-soldiers  in  European 

armies.    Pn-pan-d  in  th«  Military  Information  Division 

Fi.  Id  range  finders  in  European  armies  (Austria-Hungary,  Belgium,  England,  France,  Germany,  Italy,  and 

Kuaaia).    Prepared  In  the  Military  Information  Division 

Regulations  for  the  treatment,  training,  and  eniployment  of  war  dogs  by  the  rifle  battalions  of  the  German 

army.    Berlin,  1893.    Translated  in  the  Military  Information  Division 

Lay  ing  ahead,  by  First  Lieut.  H.  C.  Davis,  Third  Artillery.    Lyceum  essay  recommended  for  publication .... 

Reprints : 

Smokeless  powder:  Its  influence  on  tactics.    Translated  from  the  Spanish  and  printed  in  the  English 

United  Service  Magazine , • 

I'apers  on  the  funottons  of  the  army  and  navy  in  the  maintenance  of  the  British  Empire  and  on  the  inva- 

Bion  of  England.     From  the  EngliBli  United  Service  Magazine 

The  defense  of  Canada  and  the  Indian  question  i..  Janada.    Extracts  from  How  Canada  is  Governed, 

by  J.  O.  Bourinot,  1896 

Lint  of  figures  and  plates : 
Field  range  finders : 

Austria-Hungary  (2  figures)...: 

Belgium  (1  plato  of  8  figures) 

England  (21  figures  and  13  separate  plates) 

France  (4  figures,  one  of  them  making  a  separate  plate) 

Itoly(  13  figures) • 

Russia  (2  figures) 

Laying  ahead  (4  plates) 


Page. 
7-76 

77-90 

91-114 

116-126 
127-132 

133-140 
141-147 
149-151 


91,92 

93 

9ft-101 

103-105 

lOfr-112 

113 

127-132 


'f       f! 


'     'i 


ERRATA. 

In  Table  of  Contents,  line  21,  for  IS  rend  8. 

In  Table  of  tJontents,  line  22,  omit  one  of  them  making  a  teitarate plate. 


W  '  t- 


m< 


-'^'* 


INTRODUCTOEY    NOTE. 


The  papers  contained  in  this  volume  are  deemed  to  be  of  sufficient  military  interest  to 
warrant  tlieir  publication  and  distribution  to  the  Army.  The  article  <m  foreign  military  schools 
was  prepared  in  the  Military  Information  Division  for  the  use  of  the  Board  of  Visitors,  United 
States  Military  Academy,  and  was  published  in  the  Report  of  the  Board  for  the  year  1895.  As 
tli«'  proof  of  this  part  of  tlie  report  was  not  read  in  tlie  Military  Information  Division  the  article 
as  published  contains  a  number  of  errors  and  misprints.  It  has,  therefore,  been  <lecided  to 
revise  and  correct  the  article,  and  to  republish  it  in  a  shape  more  accessible  to  officers  of  the  Army 

generally. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  reprints,  the  other  papers  of  this  number  consist  of  articles  pre- 
pared in,  or  submitted  to,  the  Military  Information  Division.  The  paper  on  "  Laying  aliead,"  by 
First  Lieut.  H.  O.  Davis,  Third  Artillery,  was  read  as  a  lyceum  essay  during  the  season  of 
1.SD5-96,  and  recommended  tor  publication  under  General  Orders  No.  68, 1896. 

Washington,  May  l,  1896. 


'^^4111111 


wmm 


Conditions  of  Admission  and  Courses  of  Instruction  in  the  National 
Military  Schools  of  European  Powers. 


l'i;ll'ARKI»    IN   TIIK    MILITARY   INFORMATION    DIVIHION    FOR   THK    H(>ARi»    OK  VIHITORH,   IFNITKI* 
SI  ATKH  MILITARY  At!AI»KMY,  ANI>  I'RINTKD  IN  TIIKIR  LAHT  RKroRT.-RKVI8KI)  AND  CORRKCTKI). 


BBLOIUM. 

The  Rcliool  which  cone8i)oiulH  inoHt  nearly  to  tlie  United  8tateH  Military  Academy  in  tlie 
i'lfoiu  Militaire,  or  Military  Academy,  at  Ixelles. 

The  object  of  tluH  Bchool  in  t^)  supply  offlcerH  tu  the  following  anim:  (I)  The  infantry,  (li)  the 
(MMtlry,  (8)  the  artillery,  and  (4)  the  engineers. 

The  length  of  the  course  of  instruction  Ih  two  years  for  the  infantry  and  cavalry  section,  and 
tour  years  for  the  artillery  and  engineer  section. 

All  students,  on  commencing  the  second  year's  course,  must  contract  to  serve  for  eight  years. 

There  are  no  tidmissions  to  the  school  except  by  coni|>etition. 

The  number  of  pliuses  or  vticancies  at  the  school  is  announ<!ed  every  year  about  the  middle  of 
i'\'ln'»iary. 

in  18U5  the  total  numlier  of  itlaces  to  be  com|)eted  foi  was  85.  In  1804  the  total  numlter  of 
vat'itncies  announced  was  70. 

flONDITIONS  OP  THE  OOMPETITIONS. 

i.  The  names  of  all  candidates  must  be  entered  on  the  lists  of  the  Military  Academy. 

Tliese  lists  are  closed  one  month  before  the  opening  of  the  examinations.  Ko  one  can  be 
adiiiitted  to  the  competition  unless  he  has  previously  shown:  (1)  That  he  is  a  native  or  naturalized 
Hclgian;  (2)  that  ho  is  over  17  and  less  than  21  years  of  age  on  the  day  of  the  opening  of  the 
('(iiiipetition. 

Youths  of  less  than  18,  who  under  the  laws  in  force  in  Belgium  have  at  this  age  the  right  of 
rlioosing  Belgian  nationality,  may  also  be  admitted  to  the  competition.  They  will  not,  however, 
1)0  allowed  to  commence  the  second  year's  course  unless  they  have  made  their  declaration  of 
clfction  according  to  the  forms  pre8cril>ed  by  the  law. 

Exceptionally,  the  following  may  be  admitted  to  the  competitions:  (1)  Soldiers  of  the  active 
army,  up  to  the  age  of  25  years;  (2)  university  graduates  who  have  obtained  one  or  more  academic 
(Icirrees,  up  to  the  age  of  23  years. 

jll.  Each  candidate,  on  entering  his  name  on  the  list  at  the  Military  Academy,  must  furnish: 
i(a)  A  copy  of  his  certificate  of  birth. 

(ft)  A  copy  of  his  father's  certificate  of  birth. 

The  documents  must  be  attested  in  proper  form  by  the  president  of  the  tribunal  of  first 
instance. 

(v)  A  declaration  of  the  father  or  guardian  of  the  candidate,  certifying  that  the  father  of  the 
latter  was  born  of  Belgian  parents,  or  that  he  has  obtained  full  naturalization  by  the  law  of . 

This  declaration  must  be  legalized  by  the  burgomaster  of  the  place  where  the  affiant  is 

domiciled. 

7 


■I 


!  ■  1 


;  J^^^0f^f^^i^^TS^^^'~ 


8 


If  tJie  fatlier  of  the  candidate  had  acquiretl  the  status  of  Belgian  nationality  by  fnlflUnient 
of  the  formalities  prescribed  in  article  9  tl*  the  Civil  Code,  the  person  so  admitted  to  citizensliij) 

must  produce  the  attestation  of  competent  authority  to  that  effect. 

•  «  •  •♦  *  •  •• 

(d)  Candidates  who  are  not  from  the  army  and  who  are  more  than  19  years  of  age  on  t\w 
1st  of  January  of  the  year  of  the  examinations  must  produce  a  certificate  stating  that  they  hav  e 
taken  part  in  a  drawing  of  lots  for  the  militia. 

Candidates  must  besides,  at  the  time  of  entering  their  names,  declare :  (1)  The  language 
(French  or  Flemish)  with  which  they  wish  to  prove  tliat  they  are  thoroughly  familiar,  from  a 
grammatical  and  literary  standpoint;  (2)  the  language  (Latin,  Flemish,  French,  German,  or 
English,  other  than  that  chosen  for  1)  on  which  they  wish  to  be  questioned. 

When  they  present  themselves  for  the  oral  examinations,  candidates  must  deliver  to  the. 
president  of  the  examining  board:  (1)  A  certificate  of  vaccination  signed  by  a  physician  and 
legalized  by  the  communal  authority;  (2)  a  certificate  of  the  communal  administration  of  tlie 
place  of  the  domicile  testifying  to  their  good  conduct. 

III.  The  examinations  for  admission  are  held  annually  before  an  examining  board  appointed 
by  the  King.    These  examinations  are  both  oral  and  written. 

Separate  competitions  are  held  (a)  for  artillery  and  engii  ec rs,  (6)  for  the  infantry  and  cavalry. 
Candidates  may  have  their  names  entered  for  both  competitions,  or  for  each  of  them  separately. 

There  are  for  each  competition  two  series  of  examinations:  The  first  series  is  the  same  for  botli 
sections;  it  hinges  upon  (a)  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  French  or  Flemish;  (6)  Latin,  Flemisli, 
French,  German,  or  English;  (c)  history;  (d)  geography,  and(c)  drawing. 

The  different  examinations  of  this  series  are  either  oral  or  written,  and  extend  over  several 
sessions. 

The  second  series  deals  with  the  mathematical  branches;  it  is  distinct  for  the  two  sections. 

The  examinations  for  the  first  series  commence  on  the  30th  of  July. 

The  examinations  in  mathematics  are  held  as  follows:  (o)  For  the  artillery  and  engineer 
section,  toward  tbe  1st  of  September,  and  (6)  for  the  infantry  and  cavalry  section  toward  the  1st 
of  October,  after  the  admissions  to  the  first  of  the  sections  mentioned  have  been  decided  upon. 

The  examinations  to  be  undergone  for  the  artillery  and  engineer  section  can  not  secure  for  a 
candidate  a  place  on  the  list  of  admissions  to  the  infantry  and  cavalry  section. 

IV.  For  the  different  branches  the  following  number  of  points  will  be  allotted: 

(a)  For  admiBsion  to  tbe  infantry  and  cavalry  section : 

MathematicB—  Potato  ont  of  loo. 

Written  examination 17 

Oral  examination 16 

Thorougli  acquaintance  with  tlie  French  or  Flemish  language 25 

History 12 

Geography - .12 

Latin,  Flemish,  German,  or  English 16 

Drawing ^ 

Total ^ 1<» 

(b)  For  admission  to  the  artillery  aud  engineer  section : 

Mathematics — 

Written  examination ^ 

Oral  examination 25 

Thorough  acquaintanoe  with  the  French  or  Flemish  language 20 

History - ^ 

Geography • ^ 

Latin,  Flemish,  French,  German,  or  English 9 

Drawing ^ 

Total 100 


by  fulflllineiit 
to  citiKeii8lii|) 


»f  age  on  tlu^ 
lat  they  liav  e 

Hie  langua^'e 
niKar,  from  a 
,  Oermaii,  or 

eliver  to  tlie 
>hy8ician  and 
iratioii  of  the 

ar<l  appoiuted 

y  and  cavalry, 
m  8ei)arately. 
same  for  butli 
atiu,  Fleinisli, 

1  over  several 

vo  sections. 

and  engineer 
oward  the  Ist 
cided  upon. 
)t  secure  for  a 


t  of  100. 

17 
16 
25 
12 
12 
15 
3 

.  100 


25 
25 
20 
9 
9 
9 
3 

100 


9^ 

Every  candidate  who  in  the  first  series  of  examinations  does  not  obtain  in  the  examination 
to  tost  the  thorougli  acquaintance  with  the  French  or  Flemish  language  one-half  the  maximum 
number  of  points  assigned  to  this  branch,  or  in  any  of  the  other  branches  (except  drawing) 
two-flfths  of  the  maximum,  will  be  excluded  from  the  competition  and  will  not  be  admitted  to  the 
examinations  of  the  second  series. 

No  candidate  can  be  included  in  the  final  classification  list,  whatever  be  his  general  average, 
who  does  not  obtain  one-half  of  the  maximum-  number  of  points  assigned  to  all  the  mathematical 
branches  if  he  is  competing  for  the  artillery  and  engineer  section,  and  two-fifths  of  this  number  if 
lie  presents  himself  for  the  infantry  and  cavalry  section. 

Before  being  admitted  to  take  part  in  the  competitions,  the  candidates  are  examined  by  a 
niedical  board,  to  determine  whether  they  are  fit  for  the  military  servi<re. 

V.  PROGRAMME  OF  THE  ATTAINMENTS  REQUIRED. 

A. — THOROI'GH   ACQUAINTANCK   with  the  FUENCII  on  FI.RMIHII   liANOUAGK. 

The  programme  of  this  examination  is  that  of  the  Latin  or  modern  classical  courses  of  the 
Koyal  Athenecs  (high  schools)  up  to  and  including  rhetoric. 

Special  stioss  is  laid  upon  the  following  parts: 

Style. — Principles,  figures,  and  tropes. 

Fundamental  principles  of  the  natrrative  and  descriptive  style,  of  the  epic,  of  the  dramatic 
style,  and  of  eloquence. 

Literary  analysis  of  an  address,  of  a  piece  of  prose  or  poetry. 

Composition. — Narration,  description,  letter,  address. 

B.— Latin,  Flemish,  French,  German,  or  English. 

Latin. — ^The  candidates  will  execute  a  theme  and  a  translation  (the  translation  without 
dictionary).  They  should  be  able  to  translate  at  sight  one  of  the  classic  authors  studied  in 
the  second-class  year'  or  in  rhetoric. 

Flemish,  German,  ann  English. — The  examination  will  include  a  theme  and  a  translation 
(without  a  dictionary).  The  candidates  must,  besides,  be  able  to  explain  at  sight  a  prose  selec- 
tion, and  reply,  in  the  language  that  they  offer,  to  a  few  questions  that  will  be  put  to  them  in 
that  tongue. 

French. — ^The  candidates  who  have  undergone  the  searching  examination  in  Flemish  will  have 
an  exercise  in  grammatical  analysis  and  an  exercise  in  composition. 

C— History. 

The  subjects  taught  in  the  royal  high  schools  up  to  and  including  rhetoric.  Stress  will  be 
laid  on  the  subjects  detailed  behiw. 

General  history.— The  questions  cover  ancient  history  as  far  back  as  the  reign  of  Alexander 
the  Oreat,  mediseval  history,  and  modern  history  of  the  principal  European  and  American  nations 
down  to  the  Busso  Turkish  war  of  1877-78. 

History  of  Belgium. — The  questions  cover  the  whole  subject  of  the  history  of  the  Netherlands 
from  the  time  of  Julius  Csesar  down  to  the  separation  of  Belgium  from  Holland  in  1830,  and 
include  the  events  which  immediately  followed  this  revolution,  down  to  the  revision  of  the 
Belgian  Constitution  (7th  September,  1893). 

D.— Geography. 

The  subjects  taught  in  the  royal  high  schools  up  to  and  including  the  rhetorical  course. 
Stress  will  be  laid  upon  acquaintance  with  the  following  subjects: 

Principles  of  cosmography  and  of  general  geography. — Form  and  dimensions  of  the  earth ;  diurnal 
revolution  of  the  earth;  terrestrial  circles;  zones;  astronomical  seasons;  inequalities  in  the  lengths 

■  Of  the  Atheu^ea  Royales. 


rll 


,1 
Ill:' 


ii 


i  ■ 


10 

of  the  days  and  nights;  lunations;  mean  radii  of  the  ecliptic  and  of  the  moon's  orbit;  longitudis; 
latitudes;  division  of  the  globe  between  continents  and  oceans;  cartographical  figure  and  division 
of  the  continents;  principal  divisions  of  the  oceans,  straits,  and  lakes. 

Phyaieal, political,  and  Htatifttusal  geography  of  Buropc.—Oomprises  a  very  thorough  examination 
on  this  subject,  with  particular  reference  to  the  geography  of  Germany,  France,  the  Netherlands 
and  Austria-Hungary. 

Oeneral  geography.^Aaia,  America,  Africa,  and  Oceanica;  boundaries;  principal  coasts, 
seas,  islands,  gulfs,  etc.;  nomenclature,  situation,  and  development  of  the  great  mountain  chains: 
principal  rivers;  population;  political  divisions  and  important  cities. 

Geography  of  Belgium,  phynical,  political,  and  adminiatrative.— Comprises  a  very  searchin- 
examination,  descending  to  small  details.  Among  the  problems  is  to  draw  a  somewhat  detailed 
map  of  each  of  the  Belgian  provinces,  with  scale,  etc. 

E.— Drawing. 

Candidates  will  have  to  draw  from  nature,  and  will  also  shade,  a  few  objects  of  simple  form, 
approximating  in  shape  to  the  polyhedrons  of  solid  geometry. 

SUBJECTS  OF  THE  SECOND  SERIES  OF  EXAMINATIONS. 

P. — Mathematics. 

(a)  ARTILLERY  AND  ENQINEERING. 

Programme  of  the  scientific  section  of  the  royal  high  schools,  up  to  and  including  the 
rhetorical  course. 

(6)  INFANTRY  AND  CAVALRY. 

Programme  of  the  section  of  the  Latin  classical  course  of  the  royal  high  schools  up  to  and 
including  rhetoric,  besides  the  part  that  treats  of  surfaces  and  of  the  volumes  of  round  bodies. 

The  programme  gives  very  fully  the  subjects  of  the  examination,  in  which  the  parts  that 
pertain  only  to  the  artillery  and  engineer  examination  are  given  in  italics.  As  this  programme 
is  extremely  long,  the  subjects  will  be  mentioned  only  in  a  general  way,  and  the  matters  peculiar 
to  the  artillery  and  engineer  examination  will  be  indicated  in  italics. 

ARITBHETIC. 

Notation  and  nnmeration;  the  four  fundamental  rules;  common  fractions. 

Decimal  fractions,  and  the  metric  system. 

Operations  with  complex  numbers;  proportion;  simple  interest :  discount;  partnership;  alligation. 

Theory  of  the  divisibility  of  numbers,  etc. 

Resolution  of  numbers  into  their  prime  factors,  etc.  Theory  of  the  greatest  common  divisor  and  least  common 
multiple. 

Cube  root  of  »umher$. 

Theory  of  prime  numhert;  Fermat's  theorem. 

Different  eyitems  of  nitmeration;  fundamental  operation!  on  whole  numbers  in  anyiyttem  whatever;  character  ofdiviei- 
bility  by  a  diviior  of  B"  ^r. 

Numerical  opproxtnuKtona;  abridged  methods  for  multiplying  and  dividing  and  extracting  the  sqmre  root. 
Fariout  applicaiion$. 

ALOEBBA. 

Through  eqnations  of  the  second  degree. 

Equations  reducible  to  the  second  degree;  reduction  of  expressions  of  the  form  Va,  +  v'F 

BeduotioH  of  expressions  of  the  form  yf  « -f  b-\/zzT 

Properties  of  trinomials  of  the  second  degree,  etc. 

Progressions;  theory  of  logarithms  by  progressions;  use  of  tables;  applications  to  questions  of  compound 
interest  and  annuities. 

Indeterminate  coeffidents. 


}h 


;  longitndi's; 
and  division 

examination 
Netherlands, 

ipal    coasts, 
atain  chains: 

ry  8earchiii<; 
lat  detail<'il 


simple  form, 


eluding  the 


8  up  to  and 
d  bodies, 
e  parts  that 

programme 
tors  peculiar 


least  common 
voter  of  divui- 


f  compound 


11 

ifaximum  of  the  proditet  x<"  y",  whe»  ox  +  fry  it  iion$tant.  Maximum  or  minimum  of  a  function  of  the  uoond  degrte 
with  two  varitthlet. 

Continued  fraetiotu. 

Indeterminate  ana/yaia  of  thefirit  degree. 

Theory  of  arrangements,  permutationt  and  eomhinationi ;  binomial  theorem ;  powere  of  a  poIyNomiat ;  eiiraetion  ofrooti 
of  number*  and  polynomialt;  summationi  of  the  like  powert  of  the  term*  of  an  arithmetical  progreetion. 

Powers  and  roote  of  monomials  higher  than  those  of  the  second  degree.  Fractional  or  negative  exponents;  exponential 
iiliialione. 

Theory  of  logarithms  by  the  exponential  equation;  concordance  of  the  two  definitions;  modulus;  Naperian  logarithms. 

Elementary  theory  of  determinant*  of  two  and  three  line*. 

Various  applications. 

PLANK  OROMKTRY. 

Through  the  Encliclian  or  elementary  geometry. 

Elements  of  the  theory  of  traniverial*. 

Harmonic  and  anharmonie  divi*ion»  and  pencils. 

Pole*  andpolars;  theorem*  of  Pascal  and  Brianehesfor  the  circle. 

Mensuration;  leveling;  plane  eurveying  teith  theequare,  graduated  circle,  and  plane  table. 

Various  applications. 

SOLID  UEOMBTRY. 

Through  the  subject. 

Theorie*  of*imiUtude  and  eyv^metry;  planes,  axes,  and  center*  of  lymmetry. 

Spherical  triangle*. 

Regular  polyhedron*. 

TRIOONOHKTRY. 

Through  plane  trigonometry. 
Conetruction  and  u*e  of  trigonometrical  table*. 

Solution  of  triangles,  including  the  use  of  logarithmic  tables,  etc. 

Through  spherical  trigonowutry,  including  the  meneuration  of  the  volume*  of  the  parallelopipedon  and  the  tetrahedron  in 
fuHctions  of  the  angle*,  etc. 

ANALYTICAL  OBOMKTRY. 

Through  analytical  geometry  of  two  diwuneion*. 

DK8CRIPTIVK  OEOMBTRY. 

F%rst  principle*  ;  theorem*  and  problem*  relating  to  the  point,  right  line,  and  plane. 
Candidates  will  have  to  eolve  graphically  a  problem,  and  «ii6m{(  accurate  drawing*  of  the  *ame. 

•  •  ••  •  •••• 

The  works  specially  recommended  (being  those  submitted  to  the  Government  by  the  council 
for  the  advancement  of  education  in  the  middle  schools  for  the  teaching  of  the  scientific  course  of 
the  first  class  year  in  the  high  schools  of  the  Kingdom)  are  the  following: 

Arithmetic. — Gelin :  Traits  d'arlthm^tique  ^l^mentaire,  h  I'usage  des  ^li^ves  des  cours  professionnels,  des  candidate 
anx  dooles  sp^oiales  des  universit^s,  et  k  l'£!cole  militaire  de  Bnixelles.    Bertrand :  Traits  d'arithm^tiqne. 

Algebra. — Falisse  et  Oraindorge :  Traits  d'alg^bre  ^I6mentaire.    Bertrand :  Traits  d'algi^bre. 

Oeometry. — Cambier:  £l6ment8  de  g^om^trie,  d'apr^s  A.  M.  Legendre.  Blanchet:  fil<$ments  de  g^m^trie,  par 
A.  M.  Legendre;  aveo  additions  et  modifications. 

lyigonometry. — Cambier:  Lemons  de  trigonom^trie  rectiligne  et  sph^^rique.  Gelin:  filaments  de  trigonom^trie 
plane  et  sphtfrique,  h,  I'usage  des  oonrs  professionnels,  des  candidate  anx  ^ooles  sp^oiales  des  nniversit^  et  ii  I'ficole 
militaire  de  Brnxellcs. 

AnalyUoal  geometry. — Falisse :  Cours  de  g^om6trie  analytiqne  plane.  Briot  et  Bouquet :  Lemons  de  g^om<^trie 
analytiqne. 

Deecriptive  geometry. — No  work  is  specially  recommended,  but  among  the  seven  works  authorized  the  one  which 
gives  the  best  preparation  for  the  present  conrse  of  instruction  at  the  military  academy  is  the  following:  Chome: 
Cours  de  g^om^trie  descriptive  de  I'ficole  militaire,  1  "*  partie,  livre  1,  seconde  Edition. 

Det«rm{iiaN(«.^Mansion :  Introilaction  k  la  theorie  des  determinants  (seconde  Edition). 

I 

ADMISSION  OF  CANDIDATES. 

YI.  The  minister  of  war  decides  upon  the  persons  who  are  to  be  admitted  to  the  military 
academy,  in  accordance  with  the  results  of  the  comi)etition8. 


i 


ii 


11' 

I! 
I 


i  i|; 


.,a 


if'  '.ih 


»rtfcJ.w^.^ 


i:.:. 

)     : 

(f 

:■     •■  fc 

i      if. 

■  ■  1  >. 

,^-\\i 

15-  '  1';  T  ■ 

1  ■ 

U  • 

M. 

"\ 

Vr      'f 

^i^sSS^Vsi^j^v^vTferlai-i 


^i^^ii^Ut:^gJ^^«(^^ 


12 

Every  candidate  iulraitted  a8  a  scholar  who  does  not  report  within  four  days  after  tliodate 
fixed  for  the  opening  of  the  course  of  studies    *    *    *    is  considere<l  as  having  resigned. 

On  theiir  arrival  at  the  school  the  scholars  are  subjected  to  a  medical  examination.    *    •    • 

VII.  lielates  to  the  sums  to  be  paid  for  maintenance  and  outttt.'  Scholars  admitted  from  tiic 
ranlcK  receive  the  pay  and  allowances  of  their  former  grade  while  present  at  the  academy. 

VIII.  Relates  to  scholarsliips  and  half  scholarships,  which  are  granted  principally  to  tliost- 
whose  parents  are  unable  to  pay  for  tlieir  etlucatiou.  These  aids  are,  as  a  rale,  only  granted  «luriii^' 
the  first  year  of  the  course,  except  when  a  scholar  greatly  distinguishes  himself,  when  the  sanu- 
aid  may  be  granted  for  the  second  year. 

KEMARKS. 

In  the  examination  of  1893  there  were  384  candidates  for  60  vacancies. 

After  finishing  two  years  of  the  course  the  scholars  of  the  infantry  and  cavalry  section  who 
pass  the  final  examinations  successfully  are  commissioned  second  lieutenants.  The  scholars  ol' 
the  artillery  and  engineer  setrtion  who  pass  at  the  end  of  the  second  year  are  also  commissioned 
second  lieutenants,  but  they  remain  at  the  academy  for  two  years  longer  to  finish  the  remuindei- 
of  their  course.    They  are  called  ''  Aleves  sous-lieutenants,"  (student  second  lieutenants). 

There  is  a  preparatory  school  called  the  "Oonrs  central  de  preparation  sV  I'ficole  militairc," 
the  object  of  whi<^h  is  to  prepare  non(?ommisHiou«'d  officers  of  the  army  for  the  competitive  exanii 
nation  to  enter  the  military  academy.    About  20  nontrommissioned  officers  are  admitted  to  the 
course  by  a  competitive  examination. 

Any  noncommissioned  offit^er  who  fulfills  the  required  conditions  of  ago  and  length  of  service, 
and  who  is  recommended  by  an  examining  board  of  the  regiment,  may  present  his  application  to 
his  commanding  officer,  who,  if  he  considers  the  applicant  to  be  worthy  of  a  commission,  will 
forward  the  appli(;ation  through  the  regular  military  channels  to  the  minister  of  war,  with  i\w. 
necessary  legal  papers  in  each  case. 

The  course  is  for  one  year,  and  no  i)erson  is  allowed  to  remain  more  than  this  length  of  time 
at  the  school. 

The  subjects  of  examination  for  those  who  wish  to  compete  for  the  "  eonrs  central"  correspond 
to  the  programme  taught  in  the  setrond  year  of  the  night-school  course  for  noncommissioned 
officers  of  infantry  and  cavalry,  omitting  the  elements  of  the  natural  sciences. 

These  branches  are  as  follows : 

French  or  Flemish  language. — Reading,  writing,  and  grammar. 

Arithmetio, — Through  extraction  of  the  square  root. 

Algebra. — Through  solution  of  equations  of  the  first  degree,  with  one  or  more  unknown  quantities. 

Hietory. — Belgium :  History  of  Belgium  from  the  House  of  Burgundy  to  the  present  time.  General :  From  the 
peace  of  Westphalia  to  the  present  time. 

Geography  and  ootmographji. — Particular  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  the  geography  of  Belgium,  a  less  particular 
study  of  the  geography  of  the  other  European  stateH,  and  an  outline  of  the  geography  of  the  rest  of  the  world. 

Writing — Principles  of  writing.     (Instruction  in  writiug  is  begun  in  the  first  and  finished  in  the  second  year.^ 

Drawing. — Up  to  and  including  the  drawing  of  the  simple  geometrical  figures,  plane  and  solid. 

PAysica  and  chemistry. — A  few  elementary  ideas  on  these  subjects. 

£C0LB  MlUTAIRK  1>K  BRLOIQUR. — PROGRAMME  OF  THK  COIJRSK  OV  INSTRUCTION. 

Artillery  and  engineer  seotion. 

FIRST  YRAR. 

Higher  algebra  (22  lessons) :  Commencing  with  the  theory  of  determinants,  through  the  solution  of  equatiouH 
of  the  fourth  degree  and  the  subject  of  imaginary  quantities. 

Analytical  ge<unetry  (16  lessons) :  Through  equations  of  surfHoes  of  the  second  order. 


■The  annual  charge  for  "pension,"  or  board,  is  800  francs;  the  amount  collected  for  tlie  cost  of  outfit  is  about 
875  francs,  and  a  further  charge  of  250  francs  is  made  for  office  and  other  expenses.  These  sums  are  paid  by  the 
parents  or  relatives  of  the  scholars. 


W'W 


Iter  f1i«  (late 
Ifiied. 

•    •    # 

ted  from  tin- 
emy. 

ally  to  tliosc 
anted  duriii^r 
eu  the  sail)*' 


section  who 

schohirs  ol 

ommisHioned 

le  remaindt'i- 

Dts). 

le  militairc," 
titive  exaini 
iiitted  to  the 

h  of  service, 
pplication  to 
mission,  will 
^ar,  with  the 

ngth  of  time 

"  correspond 
ommissioued 


ral :   From  tlie 

688  particular 
the  world. 
8econd  year. ) 


1  of  equationH 


iitflt  Im  about 
I  paid  by  the 


13 

DiiTerentinl  i-ii]cnliiN  (28  lo88onB) :  Commencing  with  fundamental  principles,  through  the  study  of  plane  curves 
n  itii  both  rectilinear  and  polar  coordinates,  and  the  study  of  curves  nnd  surfaooH  of  double  curvature. 

Descriptive  geometry  (70  lessons):  Commencing  vith  fundamental  principles,  throngh  the  subject  of  shades 
and  shadows,  etc.    Commencement  of  the  subject  of  perspective. 

Cinematics  (U  lessons)  r  Motions  of  point*  and  solid  bodies. 

Physics  (40  lessons):  Commencing  with  flindamental  principles,  through  thermodynamics  and  acoustics. 

Chemistry  (40  iesso"^ «) :  Through  the  study  of  metals  and  their  principle  combinations. 

French  literature  (25  lessons) :  History  of  literature  up  to  the  eighteenth  centnry.    Compositions. 

Flemish  (35  lessons):  There  Is  a  superior  oonrse  for  pupils  already  acquainted  with  the  language  and  a  lower 
course  for  the  other  pnpils. 

German  or  English  (35  lessons) :  Fundamental  principles  of  the  language.  Practical  exercises  in  conversation. 
Themes  and  translations. 

Hippology  (16  lessons) :  Elements  of,  and  elements  of  veterinary  hygiene.' 

Drawing:  Drawing  of  the  figure  (25  lessons).     Pen  and  ink  (geometrical  solids),  (15  lessons). 

Military  regulations  (40  lessons) :  Interior  service.  School  of  the  soldier.  School  of  the  company.  Firing 
re);ulation8. 

Exercises  I  Military  exercises  and  drills.    Gymnastics.    Fencing.    Riding.    Swimming. 

SECOND  YEAR. 

Integral  calculus  (37  lessons) :  Through  the  subject. 

Theory  of  ]trobabilities :  Through  the  subject,  including  the  method  of  least  squares,  and  applications  to 
<iiiestions  arising  in  firing. 

Descriptive  geometry:  First  part  (19  lessons) — Surfaces  generated  by  the  motion  of  a  rectilinear  element. 
.Second  part  (23  lessons)— Applications  of  descriptive  geometry  to  stonecutting  an<1  to  the  representations  of 
framework  and  parts  of  buildings.    One-plane  descriptive  geometry.    Drawing  (42  days). 

Mechanics:  First  part  (24  lessons)— statics.  Second  part  (24  lessons) — Dynamics.  Hydrostatics  and  hydro- 
ilynamirs. 

Astronomy  (24  lessons) :  Throngh  the-  subject,  including  celestial  mechanics,  physics  of  the  earth,  terrestrial 
magnetism,  meteorology,  and  stellar  astronomy. 

Constrnotion  of  maps  (7  lessons) :  Perspective  constructions.  Conventional  projections.  Projections  formed 
by  the  method  of  development,  including  the  method  of  Mercator. 

Gnomonics  (1  lesson) :  The  different  kinds  of  sundials. 

Physics:  First  part  (20  lessons) — Optics,  geometrical  and  physical,  including  the  theory  of  wave  motion. 
Second  part  (20  lessons)— Electricity  and  magnetism. 

Chemistry  (25  lessons) :  Organic  chemistry. 

French  literature  (25  lessons) :  History  of  French  literature  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  Exer- 
cises in  composition  and  elocution. 

Flemish  (35  lessons) :  Programme  similar  to  the  courseof  the  first  year. 

Hygiene  (24  lessons) :  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  human  body ;  military  hygiene.  Surgical  guide ;  medical 
truide. 

Drawing:  Drawing  fh>m  reliefs  (20  lessons).    Landscape  drawing  (30  lessons). 

M  ilitary  regulations  (35  lessons) :  Field  service  and  garrison  service.  School  of  the  battalion  and  regiment. 
Mounting  and  dismounting  of  arms. 

Exsrcises:  Military  exercises  and  drills.    Gymnastics.    Fencing.    Riding.    Swimming. 

THIRD  YEAR. 

Applied  mechanics  (37  lessons) :  Hydraulics  properly  so  called.    General  theory  of  machines. 

Topography  (16  lessons):  Map  making  and  map  reading.  Planimetric  methods.  Leveling.  Hasty  topography. 
Topographicid  reconnoissances.    Telemetry.    Practical  applications. 

Applied  physics  (26  lessons) :  Thermodynamics.    Electrical  physios.    Electric  lighting. 

Chemistry  (20  lessons) :  Explosives.  Lighting  by  gas.  Water;  classification  of  different  kinds  of  water  from 
the  hygienic  point  of  view,  and  filtration  of  water. 

Geology  (16 lessons):  Elements. 

Civil  engineering  (41  lessons) :  Strength  of  materials.    Knowledge  of  materials.    Roads  and  railroads. 

Military  art  (55  lessons):  First  part — Recruiting;  organization;  mobilization;  applications.  Second  part — 
Strategy  (with  applications  on  the  map).  Third  part — Tactics  (with  practical  operations  of  small  units  and 
applications  on  different  kinds  of  ground). 

Artillery  (50  lessons) :  Preliminary  ideas,  including  elementary  ballistics.    Artillery  material;  laying  and  firing. 


I  * 


1 1: 


:?r 


tM: 


fsm»mf<-- 


j^ittMi&tiiaifMa* 


14 

Fortifloatioii  (75  leHsonn) :  Permanent  fortifloation.  Temporary  fortification.  Attack  and  ilefenae  of  fortrvHst^s. 
Instrnction  JonrneyB  and  practical  work. 

Languages  (one  lesson  per  week  in  each  language) :  Flemish,  Oennan,  or  English ;  continuation  of  the  studifs 
of  the  first  two  years. 

Exercises :  Riding. 

rOITRTH   YRAR. 

Applied  mechanics  (25  lesaons):  Steam  engines  and  other  motors  dei>ending  upon  the  conversion  of  heat  into 
mechanical  energy.    Principles  of  engine  construction. 

Geodesy  (16  lessons) :  Instruments  employed  in  geodesy.  Triangulation,  etc.  Latitudes,  ]ongitudes,  azimnthH. 
Leveling,  mechanical  geodesy. 

Applied  chemistry  (25  lesrans):  Combnstibles.  Iron  and  steel  and  various  metals.  Materials  of  construction. 
Manufacture  of  glass.    Oils,  colors,  paints,  and  dyes. 

Photography  (6  lessons) :  Elements  and  practical  applications. 

Civil  engineering,  etc.:  (a)  Course  of  both  sections  (15  lessons) — Elements  of  graphical  statics;  trusses,  ('m 
Course  special  to  the  engineer  section  (4R  lessonH)— Trusses ;  stability  of  masonry ;  execution  of  masonry,  (o)  Course 
special  for  the  artillery  section  (6  lesaons) — Resistance  of  tubes ;  hooping  of  guns. 

Architecture:  (a)  Course  for  both  sections  (16  lessons) — Composition;  decoration,  orders,  and  styles  of  archi- 
tecture; ogival  architecture ;  medieval  architecture;  military  arohitecture;  modem  architecture,  (ft)  Course  special 
to  the  engineer  section  (12  lessonit)— Construction  of  buildings. 

Military  art  (30  lesrans) :  Fourth  part — Military  geography.  Fifth  part — Military  history,  including  the  Franco - 
German  war  as  far  as  the  capitulation  of  Sedan. 

Legislation  (8  lessons) :  Elements  of  military  Justice,  discipline,  the  law  of  nations,  and  military  instruction 
and  education. 

Artillery:  (a)  Course  for  both  sections  (13  lessons) — Service  and  tactics  of  artillery  in  sieges  and  In  fortified 
places;  constmotion  of  batteries  (6)  Course  with  a  oommon  programme  for  both  sectionx,  but  more  detailed  for 
the  artillery  than  for  the  engineers  (25  lessons  for  the  artillery  section  and  10  for  the  engineer  section) — Theory  of 
the  construction  of  carriages;  machines  for  mechanical  maneuvers;  pontoon  and  temporary  bridges,  inoludinK 
foreign  bridges;  foreign  artillery,  (o)  Course  special  to  the  artillery  section  (35  lessons)— Service  and  tactics  of 
artillery  in  the  field ;  ballistics,  exterior,  interior,  and  penetration. 

Fortification :  (a)  Course  for  both  sections  (20  lessons) — History  of  fortifications ;  connection  of  fortifications 
with  strategy ;  defense  of  States ;  Belgian  defensive  system.  ( b)  Course  special  to  the  engineer  section  ( 14  lessons ) — 
Mines;  military  bridges;  plans  of  fortification. 

Administration  (25  lesaons):  Preliminaries;  service  of  administration  in  the  units  of  the  troops;  allowanceH, 
etc.  Arms,  ammunition,  clothing,  camp  and  garrison  equipage.  Funds  kept  op  in  the  different  corps,  etc.  System 
of  accountability  of  corps,  etc.    Practical  exercises. 

Languages  (one  lesson  per  week  in  each  language):  Flemish,  German,  or  English;  continuation  of  studies  of 
the  first  three  years. 

Practical  exercises:  Visits  to  the  principal  military  establishments,  polygons,  powder  works,  gun  shops  and 
arsenals,  battlefields,  etc.    Practical  exercises  in  fortifications,  etc.,  on  the  terrain.    Riding. 

The  classification  lists  drawn  up  by  the  director  of  studies  at  the  end  of  the  third  scholastic  year  serve  as  a 
basis  for  the  provisional  assignment  of  the  student  second  lieutenant*  to  the  artillery  and  engineer  arms. 

The  graduating  examination,  held  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  soholastio  year,  serves  to  determine  the  definitive 
assignment  of  the  student  second  lieutenants  to  the  artillery  and  engineers.  This  etamination  is  oral  and  public. 
It  covers  the  most  important  subjects  taught  during  the  applied  coarse  of  the  last  two  yeus  at  the  school. 

Infantry  and  eavalrg  $totion. 

FIRST  YKAR. 

Geometry  (10  lessons) :  Properties  and  j^phioal  constructions  of  such  curves  as  the  ellipse,  hyperbola,  para- 
bola, and  the  helix. 

Descriptive  geometry  (33  lessons) :  Through  the  elements  of  perspective. 

Mechanics  (16  lessons) :  Cinematics,  statics,  and  dynamics,  elements  of  each,  with  a  short  course  on  steam, 
hydraulic  and  gas  engines,  etc. 

Topography  (24  lessons) :  Same  course  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (third  year). 

Physios  (36  lessons) :  Elements  of,  and  elements  of  heat,  optics,  acoustics,  electricity,  and  magnetism,  with 
practical  applications. 

Chemistry  (45  lessons) :  Elements  of  inorganic  chemistry. 

Artillery  (40  lessons) :  Elements  of  the  science  of  gunnery,  and  description  of  Belgian  and  foreign  small  arms 
and  artillery;  also  bridges  constructed  with  the  Belgian  bridge  equipages. 


i¥ 


(>f  fi(rtruH8«M. 
I  of  the  atnditvs 

on  of  heat  into 
iidea,  asimuthH. 
f  oonstruotion. 


•  ;  trnasea.  (h) 
ry.    (o)  Coursr 

itylea  of  arohi- 
Course  spociul 

ng  the  Franco- 

ny  ioBtruotioii 

mA  in  fortified 
re  detailed  for 
Jn)— Theory  of 
Iges,  includiDK 
and  taotios  of 

f  fortillcations 
1  (14  lessons)— 

w;  allowanceM, 
I,  etc.    System 

n  of  studies  of 

;nn  shops  an<l 

^ear  serve  as  a 

rms. 

)  the  deflnitive 

•1  and  public. 

ihool. 


perbola,  para- 
irse  on  steam, 
gnetism,  witli 
ja  small  arms 


15 

French  literature  (25  lessons):  Samn  programme  aa  in  the  aoction  of  artillery  and  t-ngiuenrs  (tlrst  year). 

KleniiNb  (35  lesHons) :  Hame  programme  as  in  the  sertion  of  artillery  and  engineerH. 

Oormau  or  English  (35  lessons) :  Bnnie  programme  as  in  th<^  section  of  artillery  and  engineers. 

Hygiene  (24  lessons) :  Same  programme  as  iu  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (second  jear). 

Drawing  (66  lesaons) :  Picturesque  drawing  and  pen-and-ink  sketching. 

Military  regulations  (55  lessons):  Same  programme  ns  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (first  year). 

Exercises:  Military  exercises  and  drills.    Gymnastics.    Fencing.    Riding.    Swimming. 

BBCONU  YEAR. 

Cosmography  (14  lessons) ;  Elements  of. 

Military  art  (97  lessons):  First,  second,  and  third  parts — Same  programme  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and 
I  iiKineers  (third  year).  Fourth  part— Military  geography;  elements  of  the  military  geography  of  Europe.  Fifth 
part — Military  history;  same  programme  as  iu  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (fourth  year). 

Legislation  (8  lessons):  Same  programme  aa  iu  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (fourth  year). 

Fortification  (60  lessons) :  First  part — Permanent  fortification.  Second  part— Temi>orary  fortification.  Third 
part — Attack  and  defense  of  fortresses  and  the  defense  of  States. 

Administration  (25  lessons) :  Same  programme  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  i-ngineers  (fourth  year). 

French  literature  (25  lessons):  Same  prograiiiiiio  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (second  year). 

Flemish  (35  lessouH) :  Same  programme  as  in  thu  section  of  artillery  and  engineers. 

German  or  English  (.35  lessons) :  Same  programme  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers. 

Hippology  (16  lessons) :  Same  programme  as  in  the  section  of  artillery  and  engineers  (HrHt  year). 

Drawing  (18  lessons):  Landscape  drawing ;  drawing  from  nature. 

Military  regulations  (45  lessons):  Field  tad  garrison  service;  schools  of  the  battalion  and  regiment;  mounting 
and  dismounting  arms. 

Exercises :  Military  exercises  and  drills.    Gymnastics.    Fencing.    Hiding.    Swimming. 

TIME-TABLE — WEEK  DAYS. 

The  following  table  of  the  distribution  of  studies  and  employment  of  time  has  been  in  force, 
with  very  slight  modifications,  ever' since  the  practical  organization  of  the  school,  in  1838: 

From  5  to  5.45  a.  m. :  Bise.    Policing.    Boll  call  at  5.45  a.  m.  in  the  class  rooms. 

From  5.45  to  8  a.  m. :  Studies. 

From  8  to  8.30  a.  m. :  Breakfast. 

From  8.30  to  10  a.  m. :  Lessons. . 

From  10  a.  m.  to  12.30  p.  m. :  Drawing.    Studies.    Questions  in  the  professors'  rooms. 

From  12.30  to  2  p.  m. :  Lessons.    Studies. 

From  2  to  5  p.  m. :  Dinner.  Military  exercises.  Fencing.  Wednesdays,  liberty  from  2.30  to 
4.45  p.  m. 

From  5  to  8  p.  m.:  Lessons.    Studies.    Questions. 

From  8  to  9.30  p.  m. :  Supper.    Taps  (lights  out)  at  9.30  p.  m. 

As  a  result  of  the  high  standard  of  admission  to  the  Ecole  Militaire  and  the  keen  competition 
tor  admission  thereto,  there  are  generally  but  few  failures  to  complete  the  course  of  instruction. 
At  the  examinations  for  entrance  iu  the  year  1892-93  the  total  number  of  candidates  was  317, 
of  whom  129  were  from  the  army  and  188  from  civil  life.  The  total  number  successfiil  was  84,  of 
whom  26  were  from  the  army  and  58  from  civil  life.  At  the  school  examination  at  the  end  of  this 
year  the  total  number  of  cadets  examined  was  305,  of  whom  33  failed  to  pass.  For  the  three 
years  previous  the  total  examined  and  the  number  of  failures  are  tabulated  below : 


Year. 

Number  ex- 
amined. 

Number  of 
failures. 

1891-92 

338 
329 
344 

16 
5 
4 

1890-91 

1889-90 

»l.-*^j»J(i«U*^'.-;>'^^^iSUii;>  ^-i^.". 


.M-J'!;M 


' 


J  I 


i   V  ' 


16 

The  iiiiinbor  uf  failures  appears  to  bo  steadily  increasing.    The  cause  of  this  is  not  dear. 

In  the  year  1892-93  the  niuubt'r  of  coiui)etitors  for  entrance  to  the  "Coiirs  central  le  prcpa 
ration  i\  I'lilcole  niilitaire"  wan  37, of  whom  20 were  admitted.  Of  these,  3 were  sent  buc!'  to  tluir 
regiments  dining  tlie  year,  leaving  17,  all  of  whom  passed  successfully  at  the  end  of  the  scIkmiI 
year.  Only  4  of  these,  however,  were  successful  iu  the  competition  for  admission  for  the  I^col(> 
militaire. 

In  the  graduating  class  of  the  "Cours  central*'  immediately  preceding,  out  of  25  who  pass* d 
the  final  examinations  14  wore  admitted  to  the  1<iCole  militaire. 

TK.\T-H<»0K8  KMPL0YK1»  at  TIIK    P.C'OLK  Miutairr. 

The  official  programme  does  not  give  any  of  the  text-books  employed,  but  a  few  of  them  arc 
mentioned  in  the  list  of  worlcs  recommended  to  persons  preparing  for  tho  entrance  examinations. 
Many  of  the  text  books  are  peculiar  to  the  school,  being  only  issued  in  lithographed  form,  and 
intended  solely  for  the  use  of  the  students  and  instructors  of  the  school. 

ITALY. 

At  the  present  time — April,  1895 — the  military  schools  of  Italy  are  divided  into  three 
classes,  viz: 

1.  The  collegi  militari,  or  military  preparatory  schools,  of  whicdi  there  are  five,  established 
in  the  following  cities:  Naples,  Florontre,  Milan,  Home,  and  Messina. 

2.  The  military  schools  for  the  training  of  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers,  of  whieli 
there  are  four,  viz:  («)  The  military  school  of  Modena,  (&)  the  military  academy  of  Turin,  (c)  tiie 
military  sanitary  school  of  application  in  Florence,  and  {d)  the  noncommissioned  officers'  sclioul 
in  Caserta. 

3.  The  ''8cu61e  militari  complementari,"  or  the  military  schools  of  application  proper,  for 
officers,  of  which  there  are  three,  viz:  (a)  The  war  school  (Scuola  di  Guerra),  in  Turin;  (ft)  the 
school  of  application  of  artillery  and  engineers,  in  Turin;  and  (c)  the  school  of  cavalry,  in 
Finerola. 

There  are,  in  addition  to  the  schools  mentioned  above,  schools  for  artillery  and  musketry 
practice,  a  school  of  fencing,  and  batteries  and  platoons  of  instruction  for  training  noncommissioncil 
officers  in  their  duties. 

Circular  No.  3,  of  the  5th  of  January,  1893,  published  in  the  Giornale  Militare  Ufficiale  for 
that  year,  stated  that  the  minister  of  war  would  not  promise  that  after  the  school  year  1893-1U 
there  would  be  any  more  admissions  to  the  lowest  classes  of  the  collegi  militari.  This  order 
foreshadowed  a  gradual  winding  up  of  these  schools.  Accordingly,  it  appears  that  there  were  no 
admissions  to  the  collegi  militari  during  the  past  year,  and  none  are  indicated  in  the  orders  for 
this  year. 

Indeed,  a  royal  order  of  the  6th  of  November,  1894,  decreed  the  abolition  of  these  schools. 
Before  this  decree  takes  effect,  however,  it  must  be  approved  by  Parliament,  and  it  is  now 
considered  doubtful  whether  this  approval  will  be  given  or  whether  the  collegi  militari  will  be 
allowed  to  continue.' 

SCHOOLS  FOB  THE  TBAININO  OF  OFFICERS. 

Of  these,  the  schools  which  correspond  most  nearly  to  the  United  States  Military  Academy 
are  the  Scuola  Militare,  of  Motlena,  and  the  Accademia  Militare,  of  Turin. 

■  Since  the  above  was  written  a  number  of  changes  have  been  officially  announced,  which  went  into  effect  Octo- 
ber 1, 1895.  Instead  of  abolishing  all  the  collegi  militari/those  at  Rome  and  Naples  have  been  retained,  provisionally, 
at  least.  The  noncommissioned  officers'  school  at  Caserta  has  been  abolished,  and  iu  lieu  thereof  a  special  course  for 
noucommisaioned  officers  who  are  aspirants  for  promotion  has  been  established  at  the  military  school  of  Modena. 


or 


v7ys?gy.;)#j».»/''j>jjfcuij.j>'aiaf,M'.',tiiiia»s-M  ■■,".  ■ 


-  .-feiwjin'Jimtt 


-'W'i'i'.<ni»ayttMV,  w " 


not  clenr. 
:ral  'Ui  pn'pii- 
biio!'  to  tlu'ir 
of  tbe  Bclioul 
for  the  I^cole 

15  who  pa88«  (I 


«r  of  them  arc 
3xaininatioiis. 
led  form,  and 


d  into   three 

),  e8tabli8h('(l 

lers,  of  which 
riirin,  (c)  tlie 
dicers'  Hchoul 

n  proper,  for 
Fnrin;  (ft)  the 
f  cavalry,  in 

md  musketry 
commissioned 

5  Ufflciale  for 
I  year  1893-1)4 
.  This  order 
there  were  no 
the  orders  for 

bhese  schools, 
rud  it  is  now 
lilitari  will  be 


ary  Academy 


into  etfect  Octo- 
1,  proviHionally, 
[>ecial  course  for 
1  of  Modena. 


17 

I.  TlIK  Hi;irol.A  MiUTARB,  OH  MIUTARY  HCH«NtL,  Of  MotiRNA. 

The  object  of  this  school  is  to  ftamish  officers  to  tbe  infantry  and  cavalry  arms  and  to  tlie 
commissariat  corps  of  the  royal  army. 

The  course  of  study  is  completed  in  two  scholastic  years,  at  the  end  of  which  those  students 
who  pass  the  prescribed  examinations  are  appointed  second  lieutenants  in  the  infantry  or  cavalry 
or  in  tbe  commissariat  as  flist  as  vat^ancies  occur. 

AdmiiHion  to  the  military  ichool. — The  number  of  admissions  yearly  to  the  lowest  class  of  the 
military  school  is  fixed  by  the  miniMter  of  war,  and  published,  generally  in  the  month  of  January 
or  February,  in  the  Oiornale  Militare  Ufflciale  (Official  Military  Journal).  These  places  are 
granted  (a)  to  the  boys  who  have  passed  successftiUy  through  the  fifth  and  last  class  of  the 
collegi  militari ;  (ft)  by  competitive  examination,  to  such  boys  as  show  themselves  to  be  the  liest 
iinalifled,  the  examination  being  based  upon  the  programme  of  admission;  (o)  by  award  based 
ii])on  the  ratings  shown  in  school  diplomas  or  certificates,  to  such  boys  as  have  obtained  the 
diploma  of  a  classical  school  (liceo),  or  of  a  technical  school  (istituto  teonico).  Diplomas  more 
than  a  year  old  are  not  admitted,  unless  the  candidate  has  lieen  prosecuting  bis  studies  in  some 
higher  institution  of  learning.  Only  the  diplomas  of  the  following  courses  of  the  technical  schools 
are  accepted :  Physics  and  mathematics,  land  surveying,  commercial  course  and  l>ookkeeping. 

When  the  nnml)er  of  qualified  candidates  is  greater  than  the  number  of  places  tobeawarde<l, 
tiien  preference  is  given  first  to  the  graduates  of  the  collegi  militari,  then  to  students  showing 
certificates  of  courses  of  study  higher  than  those  of  the  classical  schools,  next  to  the  students 
showing  the  diploma  of  the  classical  school,  next  to  the  students  showing  the  diploma  of  the 
technical  school,  and,  lastly,  to  those  who  have  undergone  the  competitive  examination,  in  the 
order  in  which  they  pass. ' 

Boys  who  are  Italian  citizens,  and  soldiers  with  the  colors  or  on  unlimited  leave  are  eligible 
ti)  compete  for  places  in  the  military  schools,  provided  they  possess  tbe  following  qualifications: 

1.  They  must  be  between  the  ages  of  16  and  20  on  the  1st  of  August  of  the  year  of 
admission. 

2.  They  must  have  reached  the  height  of  1.66  m.  if  they  are  over  18  years  of  age.  For  those 
wlio  are  under  this  age,  the  height  may  be  less;  but  in  this  case  they  must  give  promise  of 
reaching  the  minimum  height  by  the  time  they  attain  the  age  of  18. 

3.  They  must  be  well  developed  and  of  robust  constitution  and  free  from  defects  that  would 
be  a  ground  for  discharge  from  the  army.  The  chest  measurement,  for  competitors  who  have  not 
reached  the  age  of  20,  may  be  less  than  800  mm.,  but  it  should  correspond  to  the  physical 
development  of  the  subject,  and  should  give  promise  of  reaching  the  minimum  by  the  time  the 
subject  is  20  years  of  age. 

4.  They  must,  if  they  are  minors,  have  the  consent  of  their  fathers.  In  any  case  where  the 
fatlier  is  not  living  the  consent  of  the  mother  is  necessary,  or,  if  both  parents  are  deceased,  the 
consent  of  the  guardian  must  be  had. 

5.  Their  moral  character  must  be  good,  and  they  must  not  have  been  expelled  from  any 
military  or  civil  school. 

The  graduates  of  the  collegi  militari  and  the  other  successfiil  candidates  for  admission  to  the 
military  school  are  subject  to  a  medical  examination  on  their  arrival  at  the  school,  and  those  found 
to  be  physically  unfit  are  rejected. 

■  According  to  the  decision  of  the  minister  of  w»r  (Oiornale  Militare  Ufflciale,  part  1,  p.  66, 1896),  all'  candidates 
for  ndmiasion  to  the  military  school  and  military  academy  for  the  year  1896  will  be  subjected  to  a  competitive 
examination,  the  subject-matter  of  which  comprises  Italian  literature,  mathematics,  and  the  French  language. 
From  this  eiamination,  graduates  of  the  collegi  militari  are  apparently  excepted.  All  candidates  for  this 
competition  must  be  provided  with  the  diploma  of  either  a  classical  school  or  a  technical  school.  Admission  to  the 
military  academy  is  still  snbject  to  the  passing  of  the  complementary  competitive  examination. 
16848  M  8 2 


't 


'  'Li 


18 


However,  graduates  of  tlio  uollegi  militnri  who  do  not  paflH  this  physicnl  oxamiimtion  tnny, 
nevertheless,  be  admitted;  but  it'  sucli  boys  du  not  qualify  physically  before  HnisliiuK  ^1'*^  course 
at  the  military  school,  they  are  forthwith  discharged  from  the  school  aud  aie  not  commiBstonnl 
in  the  army. 

Requests  for  admission  to  the  competitive  examinations  must  be  made  between  the  Ist  ot 
May  and  the  irith  of  June  of  the  year  in  which  the  admiBHi(m  to  the  school  takes  pluce; '  requests 
to  be  allowed  to  present  diplomas  for  com|ietition  must  be  made  between  the  Ist  of  July  and  tlit^ 
5th  of  August.    All  the  requests  are  eventually  transmitted  to  the  minister  of  war. 

The  minister  reserves  the  right  of  excluding  flrom  admission  such  boys  as,  for  any  reasoim 
whatever,  he  decides  to  be  unworthy  of  holding  a  commission  in  the  army. 

Kxaminaiiont  for  admuHion. — The  subjects  of  the  examination  for  admission  to  the  military 
school  are  given  in  the  following  table;  the  programmes  in  each  subject  will  be  given  later: 


Oritap 

of  iiib- 

Jecto. 


SubJeotM. 


Italian  langnage  and  literature 

History,  geography,  eleiiients  of  nat- 
ural icieuces. 

Arithmetic  and  algebra;  geometry, 
trigonometry. 

French  language , 


Method  of 
examination. 


( Written 

<Oral  ... 

Oral  ... 

Oral  ... 

( Written 
(Oral  ... 


Duration  of  exami- 
nation. 


4  hours 

20  niinntea , 

50  minutes,  altogether 

60  minutes,  altogether 

4hoiirB 

15  minutes 


Ciieffl- 
cienta. 


\ 


The  written  examination  in  the  Italian  language  and  literature  will  precede  all  the  others,  and 
in  order  to  be  admitted  to  the  other  examinations  it  is  necessary  to  qualify  in  this. 

The  examinations  are  made  by  committees,  each  of  which  is  divided  into  four  subcommittees 
(one  for  the  oral  examination  in  Italian  language  and  literature;  one  for  the  examination  in 
history,  geography,  and  natural  sciences;  one  for  that  in  mathematics,  and  one  for  that  in  tiie 
French  language).    Each  subcommittee  consists  of  a  president  and  two  members. 

In  the  oral  examinations,  questions  drawn  by  lot  by  the  president  of  the  sulHsommittce  are 
put  to  the  candidates,  one  question  in  each  subject,  except  in  the  examination  in  history,  when 
three  questions  are  put  (one  in  Greco-Boman  history,  one  in  mediaeval  history,  and  one  in  modern 
history),  and  in  arithmetic  and  algebra,  where  two  questions  are  put  (one  in  arithmetic  aud  one 
in  algebra). 

However,  additional  questions  may  be  put  if  the  subcommittee  so  desire.  For  each  subject 
and  for  each  method  of  examination  (that  is  to  say,  written  or  oral)  the  subcommittees  take  distinct 
votes,  as  follows: 

First,  the  examiners  vote  «yes"  or  <'no''  on  the  question  whether  the  candidate  is  qualitiod 
in  any  given  subject  and  in  any  particular  kind  of  examination ;  then,  another  vote  is  taken  to 
determine  the  candidate's  mark — ^marks  ttom  10  to  20  being  given  to  candidates  declared  to  be 
qualified  and  marks  firom  0  to  9  to  those  declared  to  be  not  qualified. 

The  true  mark  for  each  candidate  on  each  vote  is  determined  by  taking  the  sum  of  the  marks 
of  the  three  examiners  and  dividing  the  sum  by  3. 

The  mean  of  the  marks  for  each  "group"  is  obtained  by  taking  the  arithmetical  mean  of  the 
marks  given  on  each  vote  in  all  the  different  subjects  of  this  group. 

To  obtain  the  general  average  for  any  candidate,  multiply  the  mean  mark  on  each  group  by 
the  proper  coeflBcient;  take  the  sum  of  the  products  and  divide  by  20. 

>  The  limits  of  time  for  the  year  1896  are  fh>m  May  1  to  August  5. 


liiintion  iiiav, 
11^  tlie  coiirHc 

COIUmiBHtUIH'tl 

ten  the  iHt  dC 
iice; '  re<|iiests 
'  July  niul  tlii^ 

ir  any  renHuns 

)  the  military 
u  later: 


C<ieffl. 
oivuta. 


he  others,  and 

lubcomniittees 
xamiiiatiou  in 
[>r  that  iu  the 

committee  are 
history,  when 
me  in  modern 
oetic  and  one 

•  each  Bubjt'ct 
i  take  distinct 

te  is  qnalitiod 
te  is  taken  to 
eclared  to  be 

of  the  marks 

1  mean  of  the 

ach  group  by 


19 

To  lie  dcohirod  qnalitted  for  admission  a  candidate  must  obtain  a  i|ualiflcation  by  a  mi^jority 
of  votes  ill  every  separate  vote. 

However,  a  candidate  may  be  declared  (|ualifled  for  admission  who  does  not  qualify  on  every 
vote,  provided  that  his  mark  on  any  such  vote  does  not  fall  below  8-20,  and  his  general  average 
(joes  not  fall  below  14-L*0. 

SYNOPHIH  OV  TUB   I'SlMiKAMMRH   ruK  TIIR  IXAMIMATlnN  TO  INTRH  TIIR  riKHT  YKAR  OK  TIIK  MiMTAHY  8CHOOI.. 

ItaUan  language  and  Hitraiiire. — Wrilton  exAminatinn.  A  prose  oomptwition,  an  exeroiite  in  invantion,  on  n  them« 
Kivon  by  thn  niininter.  In  this  the  oanditlat«t  uiHst  give  proof  of  Icuuwini;  hnw  to  express  ami  develop  thti  appropriate 
iiit'iis  in  their  iogicul  order  in  u  Himple,  clear,  and  correct  style. 

ftral  examiuation. —Tht'  candidate  must  be  able  to  read  and  explain  an  eaay  piece  of  proM'  or  poetry,  and  to  reply 
til  a  question  relating  to  ono  of  the  following  subjects:  (a)  Granimarand  rhetoric;  (b)  Italian  literature  from  the 
twelfth  century  to  the  prenent  time. 

Hi»tor!/.—(a)  Greek  and  Roman  history  down  to  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire;  (ft)  hiHtory  of  the  Middle  Ages, 
with  particular  reference  to  the  history  of  the  various  ItaUan  Htatos,  and  the  House  of  Savoy  especially;  (o)  nio«lern 
history,  with  particular  ri>ferenoe  to  the  history  of  thu  Italian  States  and  the  House  of  Savoy;  the  Reformation,  the 
French  Revolution,  and  the  Napoleonic  wart;  history  of  Europe  since  1815;  uniflcation  of  Italy. 

aeographn.—(a)  Elements  of  coamography.  (ft)  General  principles  of  geography ;  Italy— continental,  peninsular, 
niid  insular;  political  divisions  of  Italy,  Asia,  Africa,  Oceanica,  and  America — general  ideas  only. 

Elementi  of  natural  «o<en(i«*.— Meebanics:  Matter,  force,  solida,  liquids,  gaaes,  elasticity,  gravity,  heat,  ligiit, 
DiiiKiietism,  electricity,  ohomistry,  astronomy,  physical  geography,  soology  and  natural  history,  botany. 

ArithmeUo  and  a/^eftra.— Arithmetic:  Through  the  subject.  Algebra:  Through  the  solution  of  miiiations  of  the 
w'coud  degree  with  one  unknown  quantity;  arithmetical  and  geometrical  progressions;  exponential  functions  and 
ioKarithnis;  solution  of  exponential  equations  by  means  of  logarithms.  Geometry:  Through  plane  and  solid 
K^oinetry.  Trigonometry:  Plane.  Through  the  solution  of  oblique  angled  triangles,  and  the  determination  of  the 
area  of  triangles. 

French  language,— Written  examinatioA.  Translation  of  a  short  tale  or  romance  of  an  easy  style  from  Italian 
into  French.  Oral  examination ;  Grammatical  rules  and  their  application ;  Conjugation  of  the  regular  verbs ;  irregu- 
lai  verbs;  Exercises  in  reading;  Grammatical  analysis;  construction  of  the  sentence. 

The  course  of  instruction  at  the  military  school  commences  in  the  month  of  October.  The 
lioys  admitted  in  the  year  1893  were  ordered  to  report  at  the  school  on  the  12th  and  14th  of  the 
month;  those  admitted  in  1894,  on  the  14th  and  15th  of  the  month. 

The  number  of  admissions,  as  has  already  been  stated,  is  fixed  every  year  by  the  minister  of 
war.  Two  hundred  and  seven  were  admitted  in  1893,  of  whom  60  came  from  the  coUegi  militari, 
<J5  from  the  diploma  competition,  and  52  tcom  the  ordinary  competition.  In  1804  the  total  number 
of  admissions  was  250,  of  whom  the  collegi  militari  supplied  104,  the  diploma  competition  134,  and 
tlie  competitive  examination  only  12. 

The  orders  for  1895  state  that  the  number  of  admissions  to  the  military  school  this  year  will 
be  120.'  (Giomale  Militare  UflBciale,  Circular  No.  12,  25  January,  1895.)  Apparently  the  number 
does  not  include  those  who  will  be  admitted  flrom  the  fifth  class  of  the  collegi  militari. 

TervM  of  payment ;  free  and  haXffree  placet. — The  cost  of  pension  (or  board)  is  900  lire,  or 
francs,  for  the  scholars  of  the  military  school  and  military  academy,  the  installments  of  which  are 
|iaid  quarterly  and  in  advance.  In  addition  each  scholar  must  pay,  on  admission,  for  his  first 
equipment,  a  sum  of  360  lire.  From  this  last  contribution  the  scholars  promoted  firom  the  collegi 
militari  are  exempted. 

There  is  also  an  annual  contribution  from  each  scholar  of  120  lire,  payable  in  advance 
in  installments,  which  is  intended  to  provide  for  the  renovation  and  repair  of  clothing  and 
e()nipment,  and  to  supply  text-books  and  other  necessary  articles. 

Free  places,  as  such,  are  granted  only  to  the  sons  of  officers  of  the  army  or  navy  and  some  of 
the  civil  services,  where  such  officers  have  been  killed  in  battle,  or  have  died  of  wounds  or  disease 
received  or  contracted  in  the  field. 


'  For  1896  the  number  of  admissions  announced  is  170. 


ijrftWf^jJ -,.,.5  ■*•.'.% 


20 

Half  free  platitm  uru  granted  for  tatnily  Horvluoii,  (a)  to  tli»  mun  of  oIliioiH  of  tli«  iirmy  ami 
navy  who  have  Nerved  at  leant  ui^lit  yeant,  (If)  to  the  sons  of  certain  ituiHoiiii  who  have  rev(>iv«<l 
military  dtHsoratioiiB,  (r)  to  boys  belonging  to  families  who  have  rendered  diHtinguiHhed  Horvicivs 
to  the  State. 

llalf-tV-ee  placeH  are  granted  on  at'oount  of  iiemonnl  merit,  (a)  to  boyn  who  are  admitted  to 
the  military  attademy  or  the  military  school  on  the  diploma  competition;  (b)  to  lioys  who  uri' 
admitted  to  either  of  theHO  hcIiooIs  on  vompi'titive  examination,  provided  they  Mtand  in  the  tli-isi 
tenth  of  the  total  number  admitted  on  Huch  com|)etition,  and  provided  alHo  that  their  general 
average  docs  not  fall  below  10-20;  (v)  to  such  pnpils  in  the  oollegi  militari,  military  msIiooI,  aixl 
military  academy  as  Htand  in  the  flrst  tenth  of  the  total  number  of  those  promoted  a  year  in 
ea(;b  of  these  eMtabliHhments,  jirovided  that  their  general  average  does  not  fall  below  KI-20. 

A  boy  may  be  entitled  to  a  half-free  place  for  two  different  reaHons;  in  Hucb  a  case  he  getn  a 
free  place. 

The  exemption  accom])anying  a  tree  or  half-tVce  place  refers  only  to  the  i)enMion  or  board 
money.  The  contribution  for  tlrst  e<iuipment  and  the  contribution  for  repairs,  etc.,  must  be  piii<l 
in  all  oases  and  by  all  classes  of  scholars.  Pupils  coming  from  the  (M)llegi  militari,  or  any  of  tiic 
other  national  military  schools,  are  exempt,  however,  from  the  contribution  for  first  equipment. 

AmffnmentK. — Those  pupils  of  the  military  school  who  desire  to  be  assignetl  to  the  cavalry 
must  make  their  applications  therefor  immediately  after  entering  the  school. 

Those  who  desire  to  be  assigned  to  the  commissariat  corps  must  make  their  applicatioiiH 
therefor  ii.imediately  after  their  entrance  into  the  second-class  year. 

Those  who  make  applications  for  the  cavalry  must  deposit  4,00U  francs,  or  its  equivalent,  to 
pay  for  two  horses  and  the  uecessary  horse  equipments  when  they  are  promoted  to  be  secoii'l 
lieutenants  of  cavalry. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  year  of  the  course  the  aspirants  for  the  cavalry  will  be  8ubjecte<l  to 
an  examination  in  equitation,  and  those  who  are  pronounced  unfit  for  the  cavalry  will  be  assigned 
to  the  infantry  section. 

Toward  the  end  of  the  mouth  of  January  the  pupils  of  the  second  year  who  are  aspirants  for 
the  cavalry  are  examined  again  in  etiuitation,  and  those  who  are  pronounced  unfit  are  assigned  to 
the  infantry  section. 

At  the  end  of  the  second  year  those  applicants  for  the  cavalry  who  do  not  pass  in  equitation 
are  not  allowed  to  be  reexamined,  but  are  turned  back  a  year,  unless  they  choose  assignment  to 
the  infantry. 

Military  tchool—Courie  of  in»trHcllon, 


Hiibjovt. 


Italian  literature: 

Written 

Oral 

Phyaical  and  natnnil  sciences 

Small  arms  and  artillery 

French  and  German  language 

Topography 

Topographical  drawing ,. 

Oraphioal  projections  (descriptive  geometry ) 

Military  history 

Military  art i 


First-year  coefficients. 
Course, 


Num- 
ber of 
lessons. 


70 

eo 

40 
flO 
60 
50 
40 
60 


Exami- 
nation. 


Second-year  ooefHoients. 


Num- 
lier  of 
lessons. 


60 


60 
60 


Course. 


Exami- 
nation. 


tl 


le  army  ami 

IV«   MMH'ivcfl 

hod  Mcrviffs 

admitted  to 
f>y»  who  arc 
in  the  lliNt 
heir  geneiitl 
f  HoluN>l,  anil 
I'd  It  year  in 

ine  he  tfetn  .i 

ion  or  l)oHi'*l 
lUHt  be  paiil 
p  any  of  \\w 
luipiueut. 
I  the  cavalry 

applicatioiiH 

luivalent,  to 

0  be  Hecoiid 

subjecte<l  to 
be  assigned 

ispirants  for 

1  assigned  t«> 

n  equitation 
signmeut  to 


enta. 

lanii- 
tion. 


MiHiitrp  «('A<t«l — (Umrintf  lN«/»'Mr«OH— ('oiitiniiMl. 


Hult|««^t. 


Law,  |io1itii-ii1  anil  militATJ 

V'ilitury  g«'<i)(ri»)>h,v 

Kortittciition  (drnwitiK  iiiolnil«<I). 

Military  .ncimnta 

Military  re|{ulatloii» : 

Thoorctioal , , 

I'riiuttcal 

Oy  iniia«ticii 

FtMiriug 

KitUuK  (for  infantry  cailetii)! 

Con<lH«'t 

Military  aptitude 


ToUl 

Rilling  (for  tiio  cavalry  aapiranta) . .- 

Mitrk  for  the  practical  perioil  of  inntmctinn 
(InRtmotional  camp),  to  b«  willed  to  th(> 
tlnnl  average : 

Military  instrnction 

Topograpbio  exeroiie 


Firit-year  nietltcluntii. 


Nnm- 
ber  of 
IcMonn. 


no 
150 

120 


830 
ISO 


Con  me. 


Kxaml- 
nation. 


Hi<roiiil>year  ooelUoieuta. 


46 


.01 
.01 


Niini- 

Itcr  of 

leMODN. : 


no 

70 

100 

30 

50 

ino 

00 


CoiirM', 


Rxanil- 
iiNtlon. 


8H0 
300 


47 
2 


.01 
.01 


53 
4 


Marking  and  utonding, — The  final  standing  of  pupils  at  the  military  school  in  determined 
after  the  examinations,  which  are  held  at  the  end  of  each  scholastic  year,  but  the  ]nipils  rectMve 
marks  on  the  progress  they  have  made  during  the  course,  determined  by  their  written  work,  their 
drawings,  and  their  answers  to  questions  put  to  them  by  the  professors  and  instructors  during 
the  lectures  and  class  instruction. 

Marks  are  also  given  by  the  instructors  in  riding,  fencing,  and  gymnastics  for  each  pupil  at 
the  end  of  every  two  months. 

Marks  are  given  in  conduct  and  military  aptitude  by  the  company  comnianders  at  the  end  of 
every  four  months. 

The  standing  is  made  out  in  the  middle  of  the  year,  on  the  battis  of  the  marks  given  during 
the  term;  the  average  mark  of  each  scholar  is  multiplied  by  the  corresi)onding  coefficient  and 
the  sum  of  the  products  is  taken.  Dividing  this  sum  by  the  sum  of  the  coefficients  gives  the  gen- 
eral average  for  each  scholar.  The  scholars  then  take  rank  according  to  their  respective  general 
averages.  Those  scholars  are  declared  deficient  who  obtain  a  mark  less  than  10-20  in  any 
subject. 

At  the  end  of  each  scholastic  year  the  average  for  the  term's  work  is  determined  and  com- 
bined with  the  average  resulting  from  the  examination.  In  this  way  is  establishe<l  the  yearly 
;;eneral  average,  on  which  depends  the  final  standing  of  the  pupils  in  each  class. 

In  order  to  be  promoted  a  class,  or  to  graduate,  a  pupil  must  obtain  in  each  subject  a  genenti 
average  of  not  less  than  10^20,  and  in  all  subjects  a  final  general  average  of  not  less  than  11-20, 
including  the  marks  given  for  conduct  and  military  aptitude. 

Those  pupils  who  fail  to  qualify  are  turned  back  a  year.  If  they  have  already  been  turned 
back  one  year,  they  are  transferred  to  some  corps  of  the  army  to  finish  the  time  for  which  they  are 
liable  to  military  service. 


II 


'I  J 


22 

The  time  for  wliich  boys  wlio  enter  the  military  school  or  the  military  academy  bind  themMelvos 
to  serve  iu  the  army  is  determined  by  the  law  of  '' Arruolamento  voluntario  ordinario,"  or  ordiuai.v 
volunteer  enlistment.  This  time  is  foar  years  in  the  cavalry  and  three  years  in  all  the  otlicr 
arnis.  Those  scholars  of  the  military  school  who  fail  in  their  graduating  year  in  any  brancli 
except  military  regulations  may  enter  I'e  array  as  sergeants,  being  assigned  to  corps  in  accor- 
dance with  their  applications.  Such  schi  irs  must  contract  to  serve  for  five  years,  in  which  time 
their  two  years  at  the  military  school  will  bo  counted. 

AsHignmcnt  to  regimentit  on  grnduation. — The  assignments  to  regiments  are  ma<le  in  accordance 
with  the  following  rules: 

Those  graduates  who  are  in  the  first  tenth  of  the  whole  class,  independently  of  the  arm  or 
corps  for  which  they  are  aspirants,  are  allowed  to  designate  the  three  regiments  in  which  they 
prefer  to  serve.  The  other  graduates  will  have  no  choice,  but  will  be  assigned  to  regiments  in 
tlH^ir  own  arms  according  to  the  numerical  order  of  the  regiments,  beginning  each  year  with  tlio 
one  designated  by  the  minister.  Such  graduates  as  are  pronounced  physically  qualified  for  Clio 
"bersaglieri"  (rifles),  and  the  "Alpini''  (mountain  rifles),  by  an  examining  committee  api)ointe(l 
at  the  school,  are  commissioned  in  those  regiments,  and  the  tallest  graduates  are  assigned  to  tliu 
grenadiers. 

Lots  are  drawn  for  the  places  in  the  commissariat  corps  when  there  are  more  applicants  than 
there  are  vacancies  or  disi)osab1e  places. 

The  same  rule  is  followed  when  more  graduates  are  recommended  for  the  rifles  than  there  arc 
vacancies  available. 

As  a  general  rule,  applications  from  newly  appointed  ofiicers  for  assignment  to  i>articnl»r 
regiments  will  not  be  entertained  by  the  minisler  of  war.  Exceptions  for  the  higher  graduates 
have  been  indicated. 

The  cavalry  graduates  of  the  military  school  are  immediately  sent  to  taice  a  post-graduate 
course  at  the  school  of  cavalry  in  l^inerola.  Their  ultimate  seniority  is  determined  by  their 
standing  at  the  end  of  the  course. 

Military  organization,  etc. — For  the  purpose  of  military  instruction,  drills,  etc.,  the  scholars 
of  each  class  are  divided  into  companies,  which  in  turn  are  organized  into  two  battalions;  the  flr^t 
battalion  is  formed  by  the  companies  of  the  second  year,  or  sfTiniors,  and  second  battalion  by  the 
companies  of  the  first  year,  or  juniors.  The  number  of  companies  in  a  battalion  depends  on  tlie 
number  of  scholars  in  the  class. 

Each  company  is  organized  in  a  manner  conformable  to  the  infantry  drill  and  interior  servi«'e 
regulations.  The  commanding  officers  of  companies  are  captains,  and  the  subaltern  officers 
lieutenants  detailed  from  the  army.  The  ticting  noncommissioned  officers,  or  '^capiscelti  and 
suelti,"  are  appointed  from  the  cadets  of  the  second  year  who  are  specially  qualified  for  such 
duties,  from  which  class  are  also  appointed  the  cadet  instructors  or  drillmasters.  To  each 
company  are  also  attached  two  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  army  belonging  to  the 
school  staff;  also  two  of  the  schol  domestics,  as  policemen. 

Each  battalion  of  the  school  is  commanded  by  a  field  officer,  generally  a  major,  detailed  from 
the  army.  When  the  two  battalions  are  united  for  reviews,  inspection,  etc.,  the  command  of  the 
whole  is  generally  taken  by  tlie  colonel,  who  is  second  in  command  at  the  school. 

The  commandant  of  the  school  is  a  general  officer,  who  is  directly  responsible  to  the  minister 
of  war. 

II. — The  Accadbmia  Militare,  or  Military  Academy  of  Titrin. 

The  object  of  this  school  is  to  educate  boys  for  the  position  of  officers  in  the  artillery  and 
engineer  arms. 

The  course  of  study  is  completed  in  three  scholastic  years,  at  the  end  of  which  those  scholars 
who  pass  the  prescribed  examinations  are  appointed  second  lieutenants  of  artillery  or  engineers, 
with  seniority  from  the  date  of  their  entering  the  last  year  of  the  course. 


23 


1(1  theinselvos 
"  or  ordinal) 
all  the  otlicr 
any  biancli 
rps  in  ac'cor 
n  which  time 

n  accordance 

f  the  arm  or 
n  which  they 
regiments  in 
ear  with  tho 
ilitted  for  the 
ee  ap))ointed 
signed  to  the 

plicantH  than 

lan  there  arc 

to  particular 
ler  gradnatos 

)08t- graduate 
ned  by  their 

the  Hcholars 
ons;  the  first 
;talion  by  the 
spends  ou  the 

terior  service 
Itern  oflBcers 
apiscelti  and 
fled  for  such 
rs.  To  each 
nging  to  the 

letailed  from 
imand  of  tlie 

the  minister 


artillery  and 

lose  scholars 
)r  engineers, 


Admiaaion  to  the  military  academy. — Tho  number  of  admissions  yearly  to  the  lowest  <;lu8s  of 
the  military  academy  is  flxed  every  year  by  the  minister  of  war,  and  is  published  in  the  (iiornale 
Militare  Ufflciale  at  the  same  time  that  the  number  of  admissions  for  the  luilitary  school  is 
announced.  These  places  are  all  given  in  accordance  with  the  results  of  a  competitive  comple- 
mentary examination,  to  which  are  admitted  only  such  boys  as  belong  to  the  three  following 
categories:  {a)  Boys  who  have  graduated  at  the  coUegi  militari;  (/>)  boys  who  have  obtained  the 
diploma  of  a  classical  school  or  technical  school,  and  who  satisfy  all  the  other  requirements  for 
this  class  of  applicants  as  prescribed  in  the  regulations  for  admission  to  the  military  school;  (e) 
hoys  who  have  passed  in  all  the  subjects  of  the  entrance  examination  for  the  military  school,  and 
wiiohave  obtained  in  the  mathematio^il  examination  an  average  of  not  less  than  14-20.' 

All  these  boys  must  jiossess  the  same  (lualiflcations  with  regard  to  Italian  nationality,  age, 
lieight,  etc.,  that  are  required  for  admission  to  the  military  school. 

Complementary  examhmtion. — The  subjects  of  the  complementary  examination  for  admission 
to  the  lowest  class  of  tho  military  academy  are  the  following:  Trigonometry,  complementary 
j:;eometry,  and  complementary  algebra,  in  accordance  with  the  programmes,  which  will  be  given 
hiter. 

This  examination,  which  is  oral  only  and  whi(;h  lasts  fifteen  minutes  for  each  candidate,  is 
j^'iven  by  a  committee  appointed  by  the  minister  of  wlr,  which  holds  its  .nessious  suci!essively  at 
tlie  military  academy  and  at  the  various  coUegi  militari. 

For  each  one  of  the  throe  subjects  mentioned  above  the  president  of  the  examining  com- 
mittee draws  by  lot  a  question  from  the  list  on  the  programme,  and  ou  this  question  the  candidate 
is  examined  during  the  time  allotted  to  him.  The  committee  may,  however,  put  further  ijuestions 
to  the  candidate  on  any  of  the  subjects  of  examination,  and  may  besides  question  him  on 
))rogramme8  8  and  9  for  admission  to  the  military  school.  (These  numbers  refer  to  geometry  and 
trigonometry.) 

With  regard  to  the  votes  to  be  taken  to  determine  whether  a  candidate  is  qualified,  and  to 
determine  his  mark  and  general  average,  the  regulations  correspond  in  general  to  those  laid  down 
tor  the  military  school.    A  final  vote  is  taken  tor  all  three  of  the  subjects  of  examination. 

All  those  candidates  wlio  obtain  a  final  mark  of  not  less  than  10  are  declared  (|ualified. 

When  the  number  of  qualified  candidates  is  greater  than  the  number  of  vacancies  the 
valiancies  are  given  to  those  who  have  obtained  the  highest  ratings  on  the  complementary 
examination,  irrespective  of  the  class  of  competitors  to  whicli  they  belong. 

SAMPLK  QUESTIONS. 

1.  Trigonometry. — No.  8 — Area  of  a  triangle;  {a)  in  functions  of  the  two  sides  and  the  included 
angle;  (h)  in  functions  of  one  side  and  the  angles;  (c)  in  functions  of  the  three  sides.  Area  of  a 
quadrilateral  in  functions  of  the  two  diagonals  and  tho  angle  included  between  them.  Area  of 
a  regular  polygon  in  functions  of  tho  side  and  the  number  of  sides.  To  calculate  the  diag(mals, 
the  angles,  the  area  of  a  quadrilateral  inscribed  in  a  circle,  and  the  radius  of  the  circle,  in  terms 
of  the  sides.    Problem  of  Pothenot. 

2.  Algebra. — No.  6 — Product  of  m  binomial  factors  of  the  form  of  a-f />,  a-f-  c,  a-\-d.  •  •  • 
Number  of  terms;  law  of  the  exponents  of  a,  and  law  of  the  c^oeflicients;  development  of  (a+fr)"', 
in  being  entire  and  positive;  law  of  the  coeflScients  and  equality  of  the  cttefiicients  of  terms 
equidistant  from  the  two  extremes;  deveh>pment  of  (a — &)■";  sum  of  tho  binomial  coefficients  and 
sum  of  the  same  coefficients  with  alternate  signs. 

3.  Geometry. — No.  2 — The  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  sides  of  a  quadrilateral  is  equal'to  the  sum 
of  the  squares  of  the  diagonals  increased  by  four  times  the  square  of  the  segment  which  unites  the 

■  See  the  decision  of  the  iniuiHter  of  war  with  reference  t<>  examinatiaus  fur  admiaeion  to  the  military  8ohool 
iind  military  academy  for  1896  (footnote  on  p.  17). 


I 


'$.■ 


i 


I  ■ 


24 

middle  points  of  the  diagonals;  in  every  quadrilateral  inscribed  in  a  circle  the  product  of  tbc 
two  diagonals  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  products  of  the  opposite  sides;  in  every  quadrilateral 
in8cril)e<l  in  a  cin-le  the  two  diagonals  are  to  each  other  as  the  sum  of  the  products  of  the  sidos 
which  meet  respectively  at  the  extremities  of  the  same  diagonals;  calculate  the  area  of  a  quatlri 
lateral  in  terms  of  the  sides  and  the  two  diagonals;  calculate  the  area  and  the  diagonal  of  an 
instiribed  quadrilateral,  and  the  radius  of  the  circumscribing  circle,  in  terms  of  the  sides. 

The  so  called  "questions"  of  these  programmes,  it  will  be  seen,  are  really  sets  of  questions. 

The  course  of  instruction  at  the  military  academy  commences  in  October.  In  1893  and  18»4 
the  boys  admitted  were  ordered  to  reiMirt  on  the  14th  of  this  month. 

The  number  of  admissions,  as  has  been  stated,  is  fixed  every  year  by  the  minister  of  war. 
In  1893  the  total  number  of  admissions  to  the  lowest  class  was  42;  in  1894  it  was  63.  Th.f 
orders  for  this  year  announce  that  70  places  will  be  oi)en  for  competition  for  the  class  enteiing  in 
October,  1895.' 

Terma  of  payment;  free  and  half-free  place*.— The  regulations  under  these  heads  are  tli« 
same  as  those  that  apply  to  the  military  school. 

Military  aeademf/— Count  of  inttmeUon. 


Snbjm-t. 


Approximate  iiiiiii- 
ber  of— 


Coufflcienta. 


LeasoiM. 


riK8T  VKAK. 

Finite  analysis  (higher  algebra,  spherical  trigonometry-, 

analytical  geometry) |  lfl6 

Projective  geometry,  i.  e.,  higher  or    non-Euolidiau  ; 

geometry 60 

PhysicH  (mechanic!),  electricity,  magnetiHm,  optica) ...  90 

Topography 30 

Italian  literature 


French  literature 

Military  law  and  regulntiouH 

Uiglit-liue  drawing 

German  language  (optional) . 


Total 


SBCONI>  YRAIl. 


Infinitesimal  analysis  (dift'erential  and  integral  oal- 

ciilnH) 

Descriptive  geometry 

Chemistry , 

Italian  literature 


90 


15 


30 


670 


diSwIng.;  t^^»""«- 


I  8 

30  6 

6 

30  4 

<  2  0 

3 

1 

30  3 
1  0.02 

90        ^1 


Examina- 
tion. 


12 

8 
8 
5 
7(') 

sn 

4 

2 


0.03 


French  literature 

Field  fortification 

Military  art  (organization  and  logistics). 


lao 

60 
60 

30 

60 
30 
30 


30 


30 


8 

6 

4 

3(') 

2(») 

2 

3 

3 


\     3(')     !i 
(     2(»)    i) 


12 

9 
B 

4(0 

3(») 

3 

4 

4 


■  The  number  of  places  announced  for  October,  1896,  was  also  70. 

<  Composition. 

^  Questions,  and  oral  examination. 


"H'itiiS'..uM..im.»u 


26 


,(.' 


redact  of  th<- 
qumlrilat^rtil 
8  of  the  8id('s 
i  of  a  qntulri 
iagonal  of  nn 
lides. 

of  questions. 
S93  and  18!)4 

lister  of  war. 
WM  03.  The! 
)8  entering  in 

eadH  are  tlio 


Military  aeademji — Cour»e  <>/  iMa(rH0«Ott— Continned. 


t«. 


umioa- 
)ion. 


12 

8 
8 
5 

3P) 

4 

2 


0.03 


2 
« 

3(») 
3 
4 
4 


Bnbject. 


KECOXI>  YKAR — POntillllMl. 

Military  hiHtory  (ancient,  medin^val,  and  voinnience- 

nient  of  modern  period) < 

Landscape  ilrawing 

Oerman  laugnage  (optional) 


Total 


THIRI>  YKAK. 


"  Mecciinicoa  razionale  " 

Ap]ili(;ati«n8  of  deHcriptive  geometry 

Applied  chemistry 

Elements  of  artillery 

Military  art— tactics 

Military  history— modem  times 

Elements  of  administration  nnd  accounts  . 

Topography  

Architectural  drawing 

German  langnage  (optional) 


Approximate  num- 
ber of— 

Lessons   I  .  '^"y* 
*'"'**•"■•  '  drawing. 


60 


eo 


510 


ToUl 


120 
60 
60 
60 
45 
60 

in 

30 


510 


30 


90 


Coefficients 
Course. 


3 
3 
0.02 


30 


30 
30 


8 
6 
4 
3 
3 
3 
2 
3 
3 
0.02 


Exaiiiiua- 
tioi). 


0.03 


12 
9 
6 
4 
4 
8 
2 
4 


0.03 


90 


For  military  iustraction  and  conduct  the  coefficients  are,  respectively,  8  and  6  for  each  year  for 
the  "course"  only. 

The  length  of  the  lessons  and  of  the  sessions  in  drawing  is  between  one  hour  and  an  hoar  and 
a  (|uarter. 

Marking  and  standing.— The  progress  made  by  the  different  scholars  during  the  year  is  raeas- 
ured  by  the  marks  which  are  given  to  them  by  the  professors  and  instractors,  and  which  are  baaed 
on  their  written  work  and  on  the  answers  to  the  questions  put  during  the  lectures  atd  class 
instruction. 

During  the  first  four  months  of  the  year  the  scholars  retain  the  standing  they  had  at  the 
Iteginning  of  the  t«rm. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  term  of  four  months,  and  also  at  the  end  of  the  second  term  of  this  length , 
the  standing  is  made  out  anew.  The  director  of  the  studies  causes  to  be  determined  the  general 
average  of  each  scholar.  The  average  for  each  branch  is  determined  from  the  marks,  the  written 
work,  and  the  drawings,  if  any  drawing  is  included  in  the  subject. 

Marks  are  also  assigned  at  the  end  of  every  four  months  for  conduct  and  military  instruc* 
tion. 

Each  subject  ha«  its  own  coefficient,  established  by  the  minister  of  war,  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  classification  or  standing. 

To  obtain  the  general  average  for  any  scholar,  multiply  the  average  in  each  subject  by  the 
proper  coefficient;  take  the  sum  of  these  products  and  divide  by  the  sum  of  the  coefficients.  To 
the  result  add  the  average  for  any  optional  study  that  has  been  taken,  calculated  in  accordance 
with  the  proper  coefficient  fixed  by  the  minister  of  war.  All  those  whose  general  average  in  the 
obligatory  subjects  fails  below  10-20  are  declared  deficient 


pi: 


26 


The  yearly  examinatioHa. — At  tbe  end  of  the  Hcholastic  year,  and  before  the  examinations  tnk(^ 
place,  the  averages  of  the  scholars  in  each  branch  of  study  are  determined  >u;cordinK  to  the  piii: 
ciplcM  already  laid  down.    The  marks  are  also  determined  for  conduct  and  military  instruction. 

The  votes  are  taken  by  the  examining  subcommittee  on  each  scholar  and  in  each  subject. 
The  tlrst  vote  determines  the  matter  of  qualiflcation.  After  this  vote,  another  is  taken  to  deter 
mine  the  mark  to  which  the  scholar  is  entitled.  If  he  has  been  declared  qualifled,  each  of  tlu* 
three  members  of  the  examining  subcommittee  must  assign  him  a  mark  not  lower  than  10  and  not 
higher  than  20.  If  he  has  been  declared  not  qualifled,  ea(!h  member  must  assign  him  a  mark 
iHitween  0  and  9.  The  detinite  mark  is  the  arithmetical  mean  of  the  marks  given  by  the  three 
examiners. 

To  determine  the  final  general  average,  on  which  depends  the  standing,  multiply  the  annual 
average  in  each  subject  by  the  proper  coefficient,  and  also  tbe  average  on  examination  by  the  pre- 
scribed coefticieut;  take  the  sum  of  the  products  and  divide  by  the  total  sum  of  all  the  coefficients. 
The  general  average  thus  obtained  is  increased  by  the  average  gained  on  optional  subjects, 
if  any. 

Every  scholar  is  declared  qualified  on  examination  when  he  obtains  on  every  subject  of  exam 
ination  a  mark  not  less  than  10-20,  including  the  averages  for  conduct  and  military  instruction. 

A  written  examination  in  Italian  literature  will  prei;ede  all  tbe  other  examinations;  any 
scholar  who  does  not  obtain  on  this  examination  a  mark  of  at  least  10-20  will  not  be  admitted  to 
the  oral  examination  in  the  same  subject. 

Any  scholar  who  is  declared  deficient  in  any  subject  is  entitled  to  a  reexamination  in  this 
subject,  provided  that  his  final  general  average  is  not  less  than  12-20.  In  other  cases,  schoiais 
who  are  not  qualified  must  refieat  the  year's  course,  unless  they  have  already  lieen  turne<l  back  a 
year,  in  which  case  they  are  either  transferred  to  some  corps  or  regiment  in  the  army  to  serve  out 
their  time  (see  page  22)  or  to  the  military  school. 

The  s<;holars  who  fail  in  the  first  or  se<;ond  year's  examination  of  the  military  academy  have 
the  option  of  entering  the  corresponding  class  of  the  military  si^hool.  Those  who  fail  on  tlie 
graduating  examination,  and  who  can  not  or  do  not  wish  to  repeat  the  course,  have  the  same  rights 
with  regard  to  promotion  as  if  they  had  graduated  at  the  military  school. 

Asgignmeni  on  graduation. — Tbe  graduates  of  the  military  academy  who  are  apirainted  second 
lieutenants  are  assigned  to  the  artillery  or  engineers  in  accordance,  as  far  as  possible,  with  their 
own  applications.  However,  tbe  minister  has  the  power  to  make  assignments  according  to  what  he 
may  deem  the  interests  of  the  service,  taking  into  ac<;ount  only  the  particular  aptitude  of  tlie 
officer,  and  disregarding  his  application  for  assignment  to  one  thorps  or  the  other. 

Before  being  assigned  to  regiments  and  before  doing  duty  with  troops,  the  graduates  of  tlie 
military  aca<lemy  who  are  ap|)ointetl  second  lieutenants  are  sent  to  the  school  of  application  of 
artillery  and  engineers  to  finish  their  professional  education.  Here  the  officers  of  the  two  arms 
follow  separate  courses  of  instruction,  and  their  seniority  in  their  own  arms  depends  on  their 
standing  when  they  finish  this  professional  course. 

Military  organization,  etc. — ^Tbe  scholars  are  organized  into  companies,  which  are  divided  into 
sections.  The  third  company  is  formed  of  the  scholars  of  the  first-year,  or  lowest  class,  the  second 
company  corresponds  to  the  second-year,  and  the  first  company  to  the  scholars  of  tbe  third-yeur. 
The  sections  into  which  the  companies  are  divided  are  approximately  equal. 

Tbe  commanding  officers  of  the  companies  and  the  lieutenants  are  respectively  captains  and 
lieutenants  detailed  from  the  army. 

The  three  companies  united  constitute  tbe  cadet  brigade. 

The  acting  noncommissioned  officers,  '^capiscelti  and  scelti,"  are  detailed  from  the  cadets,  one 
''  cai>o-scelto  "  and  a  number  of  '^scelti "  to  each  company.  They  are  taken  from  the  cadets  of  the 
third-year,  or  highest,  (tiass. 


nm'jiiiii.j^.:jiijuuiiLin!Uin.im.a 


2T 


linatiniis  tnk(> 
IK  to  the  prji: 
iiMtruction. 
each  BubjiM-t. 
nken  to  deter 
1,  each  of  tlic 
an  10  and  not 
I  liim  a  mark 
by  tlie  tliioe 

)ly  the  annual 
»n  by  the  ]nv 
le  coefficients. 
>nal  8ubject8, 

>jectof  exam 
instruction, 
inations;  any 
«  admitted  to 

nation  in  this 
ases,  scholars 
;urne<I  back  a 
y  to  serve  out 

icademy  liavt^ 
10  fail  on  the 
le  same  ri^lits 

ointed  second 
>te,  with  their 
ng  to  what  lie 
ititnde  of  the 

d  nates  of  the 
ipplicatiou  of 
;he  two  arms 
snds  on  their 

I  divided  into 
IS,  the  second 
le  third-year. 

captains  and 


e  cadets,  one 
cadets  of  tlu^ 


In  the  way  of  practical  inntmction  the  scholars  of  the  second  and  third  years  are  exercised 
in  ridin.i;  threi>  times  a  week,  and  the  scholars  of  all  three  classes  receive  every  week  three  lessons 
in  I'oncint;  and  two  in  {gymnastics.  They  have  besides  sach  drills  and  practical  military  instrnctlon 
as  are  necessary  to  tit  them  for  their  sjiecial  arms. 

Vacations. — There  is  an  ordinary  vacation  or  fiirloagh  every  year,  in  the  interval  between  the 
end  of  one  course  and  the  commencement  of  the  next.  For  such  cadets  as  have  been  promoted  a 
class,  the  maximum  length  of  this  vacation  is  thirty  days.  For  those  who  are  to  bo  reexamined, 
the  vacation  is  curtaileil  more  or  less,  according  to  circumstances,  and  the  commandant  of  the 
academy  may  deprive  any  ca<let  of  his  whole  vacation  on  account  of  bad  <*onduct,  etc. 

MoiHjlcation  in  the  organization  of  the  academy. — Among  the  reforms  projected  in  the  royal 
decree  of  the  (>th  of  November,  1894,  was  the  consolidation  of  the  military  academy  and  the  school 
ot  application  of  artillery  and  engineers.  At  the  present  time  (April  25, 1805)  this  decree  has  not 
yet  been  approved  by  Parliament,  and  may  possibly  never  be  carried  out. 

AUSTRIA; 

The  military  schools  in  Austria  which  correspond  most  closely  to  the  United  States  Military 
Academy  are  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  of  Wiener- Neustadt,  and  the  Technical  Military 
Academy  of  Vienna. 

Before  proceeding  to  a  description  of  either  of  these  schools  a  brief  reference  will  be  necessary 
to  the  schools  which  prepare  for  these  academies,  which  are  called  military  "Bealschnlen''  or  tech- 
nical schools.  Though  these  schools  are  specially  intended  to  prepare  for  the  military  academies, 
there  is  nothing  to  prevent  boys  from  getting  their  preparation  in  other  "Bealschulen"  or  in 
private  educational  establishments. .  The  ^'Bealschnlen"  generally  in  Austria  and  Germany  are 
intended  to  lay  the  basis  for  a  scientific  education,  or  what  in  France  is  called  "Penseignement 
inoderne."    The  classical  schools  are  called  *' Gymnasia." 

The  course  at  the  military  real  schools  is  seven  years,  of  which  four  are  passed  in  the  "  Unter- 
Uealschule,"  and  three  years  in  the  ^'Ober-Bealsclmle.'^  There  are  four  of  these  under  technical 
Kciiools,  situated,  resiiectively,  at  St.  Polteu,  GUns,  Eisenstadt,  and  Kaschau.  They  have  in  all  a 
capacity  of  about  860  scholars.  The  superior  technical  school  is  at  Weisskirchen.  It  has  a  capacity 
of  450  scholars. 

The  military  technical  schools  also  prepare  for  what  are  called  the  <<Cadetten-SchuIeu"  or 
ciidet  schools.  The  graduates  of  the  cadet  schools  do  Tiot  enter  the  army  as  officers,  but  are 
assigned  to  corps  and  regiments  as  cadets,  with  the  actual  or  honorary  position  of  noncommis- 
sioned ofHcers.  As  vacancies  occur  they  are  appointed  ^'Oadet-Offlciers-Strelvertreter"  (cadet 
oiticers'  substitutes),  in  which  position  they  exercise  the  functions  of  officers  and  associate  with 
tliem  without  actually  having  officers'  rank.  After  a  probationary  period  in  this  position  they 
may  be  nominated  by  the  Emperor  to  be  lieutenants  of  the  lowest  grade  in  their  resi)ective  corps, 
but  they  must  be  acceptable  to  the  officers  of  the  unit  where  they  have  been  on  probation. 

Armed  with  what  is  called  the  matnra  certificate,  the  graduate  of  the  "Ober-Bealschule"  is 
entitled  to  apply  for  ai>pointment  to  one  of  the  military  academies.  In  these  appohitments  prefer- 
ence is  given  to  officers'  sons  first,  and  then  to  sons  of  officials.  The  standing  of  at  least "  good"  is 
required  for  admission  to  the  academies.  Of  the  graduates  with  this  standing  about  60  per  cent 
are  promoted  to  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  and  about  40  per  cent  to  the  Technical  Military 
Academy.  Graduates  of  the  ''Ober-Realschule,"  with  only  ''sufficient"  standing  are  generally 
sent  to  the  second  class  of  a  cadet  school. 


'-■»<&y&te»i,,4-j»ftiiCT.- 


,^,iSis»rt&*ssSWau(j&d*iife,<. 


28 

The  following  table,  showinf;  the  classiticatioii  list  of  the  "Ober-Realschnle"  for  the  year 
1888-89,  will  illustrate  the  Bystein  of  promotion  or  recommendation  for  promotion  in  the  Anstriiin 
military  schools: 


\ 


y-  ' 

Clan  I. 

Claw  II.        Clam  III. 

Total. 

18 
54 
239 
78 
16 
10 

A. 

B. 

C. 

A. 

B. 

o.j». 

1       4 
6       fl 

B. 

3 
7 

30 
4 

C. 

2 
10 
26 

2 

1 
1 

Excellent 

1 
5 
24 
16 
3 
1 

2 
3 
26 
13 
2 
2 

1 
3 
25 
12 
4 
4 

2 
4 

28 
9 
2 

1 

2 

8 

27 

» 

1 

Verv  irooil 

Gowl 

30 
6 
2 
1 

23 

7 

Snflloient 

Ininffloient 

UnolMaifled 

Total 

60 

48 

49 

46 

47 

45 

43 

44 

42 

414 

Ordered  nromoted  a  olaaa . 

147 

138 

120 

45  1  ii. 

40 
5 

1 

43 
2 

44 

•  •  >  • 

41 
3 

257 

16 

,     2 

67 
49 
14 
2 
3 
2 
1 
1 

Reezamination  allowed  

2 

2 
1 



2 

Disoharire  aaked  bvoarenta ..... .. 

Recommended  for — 

Thereaa  Militarv  AoademT 

22 

16 

5 

25 

17 

3 

22 

16 

2 

Technical  Militarv  Academv 

Transfers  to  cadet  sohoola 

1 

•  •  •  • 

1 

1 

•  •  •  ■ 

2 
1 

Tnmed  back  one  Tear 

Diamiiaal 

1 

1 
1 

1 

•  ••• 

Diacharffe.  nlivBioal  diaabilitv ..... . 

•  ■  ■  • 

•  ••  * 

1 

Piirlonirh  for  six  inonthft     ... . - 

1 

TrAnafoT  to  nAval  soboo^ . .-.. 

1 

ToUl 

60 

48  1  40 

46  1  47 

45 

43 

44  1  42 

414 

147 

138 

129 

Boys  enter  the  "  Unter-Bealschule  "  at  the  age  of  aboat  ten.  The  seven  years'  course  comprises 
three  groups  of  subjects  of  instruction,  viz : 

Group  A:  Beligious  instruction;  languages,  German,  Hungarian  or  Bohemian  (either  one), 
Polish  (for  boys  whose  fathers  are  not  citizens  of  countries  of  the  Hungarian  Crown,  Polish 
may  be  chosen  in  the  Ober-Realstihule  course  instead  of  Hungarian  or  Bohemian),  French; 
geography,  history,  natural  history,  physics,  chemistry,  mathematics  (arithmetic  and  algebra, 
geometry,  geometrical  drawing),  descriptive  geometry,  free-hand  drawing,  calligraphy. 

Group  B :  Drills,  target  practice,  drills  and  exercises  in  field  service,  gymnastics,  fencing, 
games,  including  skating,  swimming. 

Group  G:  Service  regulations,  deportment  and  sanitary  instruction,  singing  and  musics 
dancing. 

The  instruction  in  the  Bealschulen  is  extremely  thorough.  Those  who  do  not  pass  the  yearly 
examinations  in  July  are  turned  bacic  a  year  in  their  classes,  or  may  be  sent  away.  By  the  time 
the  "Ober-Beal"  course  is  reached  a  sufBcient  number  has  been  weeded  out  to  prevent  any 
crowding  of  the  course.  , 

THE  MILITARY  ACADEMIES. 

The  Theresa  Military  Academy  of  Wiener  I^eustad  ^  «^<lncate8  officers  for  the  infantry,  rifles, 
and  cavalry;  the  Technical  Military  Academy  of  Vienna  educates  officers  for  the  artillery, 
engineers,  and  technical  troops  (including  the  railway  and  telegraph  troops). 


treaB 
payi 


VfJfKHS-J}-',- 


i"  for  the  y«';ir 
n  the  Anstrian 


Fotoi. 


18 
64 
239 
78 
15 
10 

414~ 


267 

16 

I     2 

67 
49 
14 

2 

3 

2 

1 

1 

4i4~| 


Me  comprises 

(either  one), 
rowu,  Polish 
an),  Frencli; 
and  algebra, 

y. 

ties,  fencing, 


anc) 


iniisic. 


J8  the  yearly 
By  the  time 
prevent  any 


intry,  rifles, 
le  artiller.\. 


99 


▲DMISSIUN  TO  TUK  MILITAUY  ACADBMIB8. 

The  different  kinds  of  places  at  the  military  academies  are:  (1)  *'Ararial"  (imiierial  or 
treasury)  places,  wholly  or  half  f^ee;  (2)  "Stiftungs"  (foundation  or  endowment)  places;  (3) 
paying  places. 

These  different  kinds  of  places  are  at  the  disposal  of  the  imperial  war  ministry  or  the 
ministries  of  national  defense  of  Austria  and  Hungary.  The  places  for  which  there  are  endow- 
ments of  private  funds  are  disposed  of  in  accordance  with  the  stipulations  of  the  letter  of 
donation.  The '' ArariaF  places  are  given  directly  by  the  Emperor.  In  awarding  these  places 
preference  is  given  to  the  sons  of  officers,  and  then  to  the  sons  of  officials. 

The  <'  Stiftungs"  places  are  disposed  of  by  competitive  examination,  the  persons  who  are 
iillowed  to  compete  being  designated  by  the  state,  county,  or  other  authorities,  or  the  corimrations 
01  private  individuals  interested. 

Board  (Kostgeld). — The  price  of  board  is  8(M)  gulden  yearly  (about  $320)  at  both  academies,  or 
IihM'  that  amount  for  the  half- free  places.  Besides  the  board  money,  a  payment  of  14  gulden  at 
tiio  beginning  of  each  school  year  is  required  flrom  each  aspirant  admitted  to  a  military  academy 
or  military  technical  school.    This  is  called  "school  money." 

Qualiftcatiotu  far  admuiHion. — Aspirants  must  not  be  under  17  nor  over  2U  years  (»f  age  on 
tlie  1st  of  September  of  the  year  they  enter.  These  limits  are  the  same  for  both  academies. 
Tliey  must  possess  Austrian  or  Hungarian  citizenship  (foreigners  may  be  admitted  by  special 
IK'rmission  of  the  Emperor,  under  certain  conditions).  They  must  possess  also  physical  fitness 
for  military  training  and  satisfactory  moral  character. 

ApplioatioHB  for  plwses. — These  applications  must  be  before  the  proper  authorities  by  the  15th 
of  May  in  each  year.  The  necessary  accompanying  papers  are:  (1)  A  certificate  of  domicile;  (2) 
a  baptismal  or  birth  certificate;  (3)  a  military  surgical  certificate;  (4)  the  proper  school  certificate. 

The  surgical  certificate  filed  with  the  application  for  a  place  will  not  of  itself  be  sufficient  to 
secure  entrance  to  either  academy.  The  applicant  must,  in  addition,  pass  a  medical  examination 
at  the  academy  immediately  after  his  arrival. 

Applicants  who  are  passed  at  this  surgical  examination  are  then  admitted  to  the  regular 
entrance  examination. 

Only  the  aspirants  coming  ttom  private  educational  establishments  are  required  to  pass  the 
complete  entrance  examination.  To  enter  the  Technical  Military  Academy,  however,  the  **Ober- 
Uealschule"  graduates  must  pass  an  examination  in  descriptive  geometry.  Otherwise  the 
"Ober-Realschule"  graduating  certificate,  with  the  notation  of  at  least  "good,"  is  sufficient  for 
admission. 

The  fiiU  examinations  for  the  civil  scholars  in  both  academies  are  as  follows; 

I.— Military  Academy  of  Wunbr-Nbustadt. 
[The  llMMM  ItiliUry  Aoadmny.] 

(a)  Herman  langttage.—Ortkl:  Vnt  dslivery  of  »  given  and  atudisd  theme;  different  kinds  of  iieriods  and 
•  xpreMiona;  knowledge  of  the  priucipkl  periods  of  Gennui  literary  history  and  of  the  prominent  Austrian  writers 
of  the  nineteenth  century.  Written:  Paragraphs  on  historical,  religions,  and  biographical  th«meB;  logical 
•irrangement  of  matter  in  larger  periods  in  a  given  theme. 

(6)  Geography. — Thorough  acquaintance  with  the  physical  and  political  geography  of  Knrope,  cMpecially  of  the 
Ntati's  bordering  on  Austria-Hungary,  including  the  statistical  military  conditions  of  the  latter,  and  an  acquaintance 
with  the  Austro-Hungarian  monarchy  in  all  its  details;  general  knowledge  of  other  parts  of  the  world,  'with  special 
rofereuce  to  European  colonies;  knowledge  of  mathematical  and  physical  geography.  The  aspirant  must  be  able  to 
K)  ve  a  good  graphical  representation  of  the  continent  of  Europe,  and  especially  of  central  Europe.  Best  text-book, 
Sonklar's  "Oeographie  flir  die  k.  u.  k.  Militar  Real-und  Cadettenschnlen.'' 

(e)  history.— Knowledge  of  the  principal  historical  events  of  ancient  times,  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  of  modem 
times  down  to  the  present,  a  correct  comprehension  of  the  correlation  of  these  events,  with  special  reference  to  the 


^iSS^^^^iajjigi^,;:^^ 


30 


development  nf  Aiiiitria-IInngary.  Text-books  reoom mended :  "Lehrbaoh  dor  allKemeiiien  Ooscbichto  nirdlu  k.  u. 
k.  CailettenHobiilen,"  or  A.  Oinduly's  "Lehrbaoh  der  allegeniriuen  OeHchichto  fllr  OborgymiiaHicn." 

((I)  i'fcjfffif*.  — Ooiioral  and  itpeclal  proportieH  of  bodies;  mecbaiiicH  of  solid,  fluid,  and  gasi^oiis  biidioH;  wa\(> 
motion,  aooustios,  optics,  beat,  magnetism,  and  einctrioity,  with  the  cleiiieutary  mathematical  truatmuiit  of  tli< » 
subjects.    (Se«  the  text-books  recommended  for  the  Ober-Realschtile  oonrse  by  Handl. ) 

(e)  Ck«mi«(ry.— Haine  as  the  course  for  the  third  year  of  the  Ober-Kealsohole  course.  This  course  includes  ilif 
elements  of  organic  and  inorganic  chemistry,  and  also  a  knowledge  of  the  synthesis  of  the  more  important  curlMin 
compounds.    (See  the  text-books  recommended  for  the  higher  gratles  of  the  middle  schools  by  Uoscoe. ) 

(/)  J/alkema<ic«.— Arithmetic  and  algebra,  including  the  solution  of  equations  of  the  second  degree  with  itim 
or  two  unknown  quantities,  arithmetical  and  geometrical  progressions,  and  the  theory  of  combinations,  binomial 
theorem. — Geometry,  Planimetry,  stereometry,  plane  and  spherical  trigonometry,  elements  of  analytical  geometry 
including  right  lines  and  conic  sections.    Text-book  recommended,  Moenik's  Lehrbiicher  t1lr  Oberclassen. 

(g)  CalHgraitkjf.—GiMd,  legible,  pleasing,  and  easy-running  style  of  handwriting,  in  both  German  and  Lai  in 
characters, 

II. — Thr  Tkchnioai.  Military  Acadkmy. 

The  same  requirements  as  for  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  in  Wiener-Neustadt,  with  the  addition  of  descii|i- 
tive  geometry. 

Various  relations  of  points,  right  lines,  and  planes;  representation  of  jtolyhednuis,  their  plane  and  otlur 
sections;  representation  of  curved  lines,  curved  surfaces,  and  their  plane  and  other  sec^tions;  tangent  planes  to 
curved  surfaces;  shades  and  shadows. 

Although  scholars  may  be  admitted  to  any  class  of  the  Ileal-Schalen  on  passing  the  required 
examination  for  that  year,  no  one  is  allowed  to  "  pass  up"  a  year  at  the  military  academieu. 
Aspirants  are  only  admitted  to  the  academies  in  the  first-year,  or  lowest,  class. 

0OUB8E8  OF  INSTRUCTION  AT  THE  MILITARY  ACADEMIES. 

Rating  and  marking. — There  are  five  different  ratings  in  the  Austrian  military  schools,  and  to 
each  rating  is  assigned  a  numerical  value,  as  follows : 

"  VorzUglich,"  or  excellent 5 

"Sehrgut,"  or  very  good 4 

"Gut,"  or  good 3 

"Oenilgond,"orBuffloient 2 

"  ITngenllgend,"  or  insufficient 1 

"Schlecht,"  or  bad 0 

In  order  to  be  graded  as  ''  excellent "  the  average  in  any  subject  must  be  equal  to  at  least  U, 
or,  more  correctly,  must  exceed  4J. 

To  determine,  for  instance,  the  minimum  credit  which  will  insure  the  rating  "excellent,'' 
take  the  sum  of  the  number  of  subjects  of  instruction  in  the  Group  A,  for  the  particular  school 
and  year;  multiply  this  sum  by  9,  and  divide  the  product  by  2.  When  this  dividend  is  divisible 
by  2,  then  the  half  plus  1  will  be  the  minimum  credit;  when  it  is  not  divisible  by  2,  then  the 
"grossere  Halfte,"  or  the  half  plus  one-half,  will  be  the  minimum  credit. 

In  a  similar  manner  is  determined  the  minimum  credit  for  the  ratings  ''  very  good  "  and 
"  good."  In  the  first  case  the  multiplier  is  7,  in  the  last  case  6.  To  obtain  the  minimum  credit  for 
the  rating  of  "  sufficient,"  multiply  the  sum  of  the  number  of  subjects  of  instruction  by  2. 


■ti*\v-t? 


ehto  nirilie  k.  ii. 

UB  bodioH;  Wine 
latnieiit  of  tli.",r 

urselucluden  (he 
■iiportaiit  curlicpii 
•e.) 

•legrce  with  onn 
•tioiis,  binoiiii.ii 
lytloal  gKomtttiv 
usen. 
uiuii  anil  Latin 


Itloll  of  d08lTi|l. 

•liiuo  ami  othrr 
ngeut  planes  to 

tbe  required 
■y  acadeniieH. 


ihools,  and  to 


>•..  5 
....  4 
...  3 
...  2 
...  1 
...  0 

o  at  least  i^, 

"excellent," 
icular  Rcliool 
i  i»  divisible 
r  2,  then  tbe 

good"  and 
im  credit  for 
t)y2. 


31 

The  fullowiiig  table  exhibits  the  niininmni  credit  for  all  thuHe  ratings  at  both  of  the  a<-adeniioM: 

MiHimum  m-aUt  for  nnmber  of  •w6/«c<f  o/  inilritelUnt  of  thu  Group  A  of  Ike  vurrirHlum. 


No. 


12 
16 
22 

II 
18 
23 
11 
17 
22 


Naiiio  of  Hohuol. 


ClHM. 


f  ' 

Tiiereatt  Milttury  Academy {  II 

1 1  III 
Technical  Military  Academy : 

f  ^ 

Artillery  di viaiuu \l  II 

1 1  III 

Engiueer  diviaiou |<  II 

I  III 


Kxofll- 
l«nt. 

Very 
good. 

(>o<hI. 

Hum. 

dent. 

55 

43 

31 

24 

73 

57 

41 

32 

100 

78 

5<i 

44 

50 

30 

2M 

22 

82 

tU 

46 

36 

104 

81 

58 

46 

50 

39 

28 

22 

77 

«0 

43 

34 

100 

78 

66 

44 

The  length  of  the  whole  course  of  instrnction  at  both  academies  is  three  years. 

The  school  year,  which  at  both  academies  begins  on  the  18th  of  September  and  cndH  on  tbe 
17th  of  August,  is  divided  into  a  theoietical  and  a  practical  coarse;  the  theoretical  coniHc  is 
divided  into  a  winter  and  a  summer  semester. 

The  theoretical  coarse  at  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  lasts  till  the  30tli  of  June,  and  at  the 
Technical  Military  Academy  till  the  31st  of  May;  the  rest  of  the  school  year  forms  the  practical 
course;  one  month  is  allowed  for  the  vacation. 

The  subjects  of  instruction  at  the  two  academies  and  the  division  of  these  subjects  among 
tlie  different  years  of  the  course  are  indicated  by  the  following  table: 


Subject. 


Obocp  a. 


Military  corrempondeuce 

Hungarian  or  Bohemian  language. 

French  language 

Geography 

General  military  history 

PhyHioB 

Phy aicB  and  technology 

Chemiatry  and  technology 

Higher  mathematics 

Practical  geometry 

Deaoriptiye  geometry 

Architecture 

Law > 

Army  organization 

Military  administration 

Artillery  instruction 

Study  of  arms 

Tech  nical  instruction 

Pionnier  service 


Theresa  Military 
Academy. 


ClaHM  Class  Class 
I.        II.      III. 


Technical  Military  Academy. 


Artillery  division.    Engineer  division 


ClaHB  ClaaM  Claits 
I.        II.      Ill 


Claaa !  Claos  Class 
I.        II.      III. 


V: 


WiB-i'.'i-a-a-.-g-' 


WW^Si^iAf^iS^^-ik. 


m^Bm^iMi 


82 


i 


Subject. 

Then 
A 

ClM* 
I. 

isa  Military 

Teotanloal  Mill 

UryA 

Engin 

Class 
I. 

oadem] 

r. 

oademy. 

Artlll 

sry  div 

Class 
II. 

islon. 

Class 
III. 

1 

eer  di% 

Class 
II. 

rision. 

Clase 
III. 

1 

1 

Class  Claaa 
II.      III. 

Class 
I. 

Okuhp  A— Continued. 

FortiHoatlou  and  attack  and  defciiae  of  fortl- 
flcatlonn 

1 

1 

1 

1    ' 

1 
1 

Drill  regulatioua: 

Infantry 

1 

1 
1    '      1 

Cavalry 

1 

; 

Artillery 

1 

1 
1 

Tactics 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Hervice  regulationi 

1 

HorseH  and  veterinary  service 

8tiidy  of  Kround  and  representation  of  ground. 
Free-hand  drawing 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Total  numlterof  subjects  of  instruction 
ill  each  year..... , 

13 

16 

33 

11 

18 

38 

11 

17 

'  1 

33 

Group  B. 
Drills  and  Meld-servloe  exercises 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
...... 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

Gymnastics 

Kencinff ......    ..    

1    !      1 

* 

Riding 

1 

Total  number  of  subjects  of  instruction . . 
Group  C. 
Service  regulations  and  deportment 

1 

3 

3    !      4 

1 

3 

4 

4 

3 

3 

4 

1 

1 

1    i      1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1    flanitarv  affairs .......... 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

Aitiirinir  Anil  miiHio .... 

.     1          1 

1    1      1 

1 

1    Dancinir. . 

Total  nomber  of  subjects  of  instruction . . 

i 

4 

5 

4 

i 

4 

5 

4 

4 

5 

. — 

The  course  of  iustraotion  has  been  slightly  changed  ftom  the  above  scheme,  bat  the  changes, 
though  not  exactly  known,  are  of  small  importance. 

The  higher  mathematics  taught  at  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  comprise  (1)  algebraic 
analysis,  (2)  analytical  geometry  of  two  and  three  dimensions,  and  (3)  differential  and  int/egral 
calculus.  At  the  Technical  Military  Academy  the  course  comprises  the  same  branches,  but  a 
greater  amount  of  time  is  devoted  to  the  subject. 

Aaaignment  of  the  atudenU  to  eour»e». — At  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  the  course  of  the 
first  two  years  is  common  for  all  the  students,  but  in  the  third  year  the  pupils  are  assigned  to 
the  cavalry  or  infantry  Abtheilungs  according  to  their  fitness  for  the  mounted  or  dismounted 
service.  At  the  Technical  Military  Academy  the  pupils  upon  entering  are  at  once  assigned  to  the 
engineer  or  the  artillery  Abtheilung,  with  a  view  to  a  special  training  for  one  or  the  other  arm 
of  the  service.    The  division  is  continued  up  to  the  end  of  the  course. 

Organization  for  military  iwtruction,  etc.— At  the  Theresa  Military  Acsjdemy  the  pupils  are 
organized  into  an  infantry  half  battalion  (two  companies),  ofBcered  ttom  the  army;  a  part  of  the 
first  (upper)  class  is  formed  into  a  platoon  for  cavalry  instruction,  to  which  all  the  pupils  of  this 
class  are  assigned  by  turns. 


CIH'  Itl 

wrvi 


!Mdemjr. 
Ber  diviaion.  i 


1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

! 
1 

1 
1 

17    I    22 


;be  obauges, 

1)  algebraic 
iud  integral 
lobes,  but  a 

lorse  of  the 
assigned  to 
dismonnted 
igned  to  the 
B  other  arm 

I  pnpils  are 
part  of  the 
pils  of  this 


'   tb«  III'    uuy  acti<*'^nii«M  whose 

.tiitM;  th'    •  whoHif  HiHddilig  is  at 

<>f  iMitiHGk    wry  are  iissigiied  to  the 


The  hair  battalion  of  the  TechiiM'al  4iUtar  .  Aca<leiny  uonMiHts  of  uii«>  (•iif(i  ^t  ct>'\\\i»uy  and 
om  artillery  comiMiny.  It  should  b«t  mri  iontf^i  that  *^  ^m^  in  at  the  TeobBu^l  Milit  .  Aca(l«>iiiy 
a  "  Siiiiernumerary  Abtheilung,*^  the  HtiK'  ut^ofwhii  liave  been  judged  n«t  fit  >r :.  iivt«mili(.kiy 
M'i'vice.    They  are  under  training  for  thf     mneheit  ot     lie  fwlnn    •«trative  (m>  vitnn- 

liraduatum  and  obligation  to  aerve  in  the  firmy. — iifiulii.tt- 
standing  is  at  least  <«good"  are  as8igne<l  to  the  army  n»  \mi 
Wmt  "satisfactory"  enter  as  cadets,  and  those  lielow  the  i;«tii 
army  as  nonoonimissioned  officers. 

Graduates  who  have  held  ''ararial"  or  '^stiftungs"  places  mv  immiimI  to  serve  in  the  army  one 
year  for  every  full  year's  instruction  in  the  military  schools  or  academies;  those  who  have  held 
lialf-f^ee  '^ararial"  places  must  serve  half  a  year  for  every  ftill  year  of  instruction,  plus  the  three 
years'  regular  service,  but  no  pupil  who  has  held  a  tVee  place  is  obliged  to  serve  more  than  ten 
years,  and  no  one  who  has  held  a  half-ft'eo  place  is  oblige<l  to  serve  more  than  seven  years  in  the 
army. 

Buoh  pupils  as  change  from  a  place  of  one  kind  to  another  during  the  course  of  instruction  are 
bound  by  the  service  obligation  attached  to  the  last  kind  of  place  held;  but  in  this  case  the  total 
time  of  obligatory  service  is  not  to  exceed  seven  years. 

Those  pupils  who  for  any  reason  letive  any  of  the  military  educational  establish  men  ts  without 
completing  the  course  of  instruction  are  only  obliged  t4)  serve  their  regular  time  with  the  colors 
(tiiree  years). 

The  number  of  students  in  each  of  the  academies  for  the  year  1805  is  tlxed  in  the  army  list  as 
follows:  Theresa  Military  Academy,  450;  Technical  Military  Academy,  270. 

These  numbers  are  hardly  ever  equaled;  tbr  instance,  the  budget  for  1805  appropriates  for 
only  400  at  the  Theresa  Military  Academy  and  230  at  the  Technical  Military  Academy. 

In  the  two  military  academies  the  number  of  <<stiftungs"  places  amounts  to  107;  the  total 
number  of  "pay  places"  is  75,  and  of  the  half-free  places,  13.  The  remaioiug  places,  amounting 
U)  about  450,  are  apparently  all  "ararial"  or  free  places. 

ENGLAND. 

The  schools  which  correspond  most  nearly  to  the  United  States  Military  Academy  are  the 
Royal  Military  Academy,  at  Woolwich,  and  the  Royal  Military  College,  at  Sandhurst. 

I. — THK  KOYAL  MILITARY  ACAOEMT. 

1.  This  institution  is  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  affording  a  siieoial  military  education  to 
candidates  for  commissions  in  the  royal  artillery  and  royal  engineers.  Candidates  must,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  commander  in  chief,  be  in  all  respects  suitable  to  hold  commissions  in  the  army. 

The  commander  in  chief  is  the  president  of  the  Royal  Military  Academy. 

An  independent  inspection  will  be  made  annually  by  a  boaM  of  visitors,'  appointed  by  the 
secretary  of  state  for  war,  and  reporting  to  him.  Such  visitors  will  not  be  a  permanent  body, 
but  will  not  all  be  changed  at  the  same  time.  The  report  of  this  board  will  be  presented  to 
Parliament. 

The  academy  will  bo  under  the  control  of  a  military  officer,  styled  governor  and  commandant, 
ai)|M)inted  by  and  responsible  to  the  secretary  of  state  for  war,  through  the  commander  in  chief. 

The  governor  will  be  assistecl  by  a  staflf  officer  styled  the  assistant  commandant  and  secretary, 
wlio  will  be  responsible  in  his  temporary  absence  for  the  charge  of  the  establishment.  This  officer 
will  command  the  cadet  company,  and  have  the  custody  of  the  records  and  correspondence  of  the 
academy,  and  will  give  the  governor  such  assistance  as  he  may  require. 


im.f 


M 

The  urganixatioii  will  be  on  a  iiiilitury  baalN. 

The  governor  will  bo  iuMiHt4Ml  in  th«>  arinofrenient  of  the  HtmlioM  by  a  lioard  coni])OHe<l  of  the 
uMMiHtant  oommundunt  and  the  profesitorM  or  senior  instructors  of  the  ditt'erent  bruncJieH.  'I'lir 
lieiul  of  eiu'.li  brnnt'b  will  have  the  Huiierviition  and  inspection  of  the  Htndies  in  his  departninit 
and  will  reitort  on  them  to  the  ^ovornor. 

2.  Regulatintu  /or  admimiion. — Adminsion  to  the  Koya)  Military  Academy  as  cadets  will  he 
crantcMl  to  the  snccessftal  candidateH  at  an  open  oomiMtitive  examination. 

The  number  of  cadetH  admitted  to  the  academy  will  varyaocordiiiK  to  the  ruquiremeiitH  of  tlie 
Nervice,  and  notice  will  \wi  gWeu  tVoni  time  to  time  of  the  number  of  ViusancioH  oi>en  to  comiietitinn. 
At  t\w  examinatiou  which  commenced  November  12, 181)5,  the  unuibor  of  vacancies  to  be  comiH'hd 
for  WHH  44). 

The  dates  of  a<lmi8Hion  will  be  on  the  Wudnesday  of  the  week  in  which  the  27th  of  Janimry  or 
11th  of  March  falls  eiu;h  year. 

The  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  to  the  acailemy  will  be  conducted  by  the  (;ivil 
service  commissioners.  The  examinations  will  lie  held  in  London  and  at  such  other  centers  hh  the 
(^ommissiouers  maj'  apitoint.    (Fees  are  from  £1  to  £3.) 

The  number  of  trials  allowed  will  not  exceed  three. 

The  successful  candidates  will  be  insiiected  by  a  medical  board,  and  no  candidate  will  l(« 
considered  eligible  for  admission  to  the  academy  unless  oertiflod  by  the  Itoard  to  be  tVee  t'loiii 
bodily  defects  or  ailments,  and  in  all  respects  flt  for  Her  Mf^esty's  service.' 

The  limits  of  age  for  admission  to  the  academy  will  be  fk-om  16  to  18.  Candidates  muHt  lie 
within  those  limits  of  age  on  the  Ist  of  July  for  the  summer  examination  and  on  the  Ist  uf 
December  for  the  winter  examination. 

3.  Examinations. — The  examinations  will  be  held  half-yearly,  and  will  commence  in  June  and 
November;  due  notice  will  be  given  of  the  dates  of  the  examinations,  and  every  candidate  for 
those  examinations  must  send  to  the  military  secretary,  on  a  date  not  later  than  the  1st  of  May 
or  Ist  of  October,  respectively,  an  application  in  his  own  handwriting  to  attend  the  examination. 
Candidates  will  be  supplie<l  with  a  ''  form  of  particulars, *'  which  should  be  caref^illy  filled  up  and 
signed,  and  returned  without  delay  to  the  military  secretary,  accompanied  by  the  following  papers: 

(a)  An  extract  ft'om  the  register  of  his  birth  (or  an  equivalent  legal  paper). 

(h)  A  oertiflcate  of  good  moral  character,  signed  by  the  tutors  or  heads  of  the  schools  or 
colleges  at  which  he  received  his  education  for  the  four  years  immediately  preceding  the  date 
of  application,  or  some  other  satisfactory  proof  of  good  moral  character. 

(o)  If  the  candidate  holds  a  commission  in  the  militia,  a  recommendation  fVom  the  comniaiul 
ing  officer  of  the  regiment. 

4.  The  subjects  of  the  examination  and  the  maximum  number  of  marks  obtainable  for  each 
subject  will  be  as  follows : 

Class  I. 


pri> 


I 


(1)  If athematios :  (a)  Arithmetic,  inclading  vnigar  and  decimal  Aractiona,  pruportion,  and  simple  interest;  (b) 
algebra,  up  to  and  ineliiding  the  binomial  theorem;  the  theory  and  use  of  logarithms;  (o)  Euclid,  Books  I  to  IV, 
and  VI;  (d)  plane  trigonometry,  up  to  and  inclading  solution  of  triangles,  and  mensuration;  (e)  statics;  the 
equilibrium  of  fbroes  acting  in  one  plane  and  of  parallel  forces,  the  center  of  gravity,  the  mechanical  powers; 
dynamics — uniform,  uniformly  accelerated,  and  uniform  circular  motion,  falling  bodies  and  projectiles  in  vaciiu. 
Analytical  methods  of  solution  will  not  be  required ;  3,500  marks. 

(2)  Latin,  2.000  marks. 

(3)  French  or  German  (200  for  colloquial),  2,000  marks. 

(4)  English  composition,  including  spelling  and  handwriting,  1,000  marks. 

(5)  Drawing,  geometrical,  including  spelling  and  handwriting,  1,000  marks. 


M 


|i|M>M«<i  (»r  tiif 
laiicheH.  rii). 
|r  depnrtiiii  lit 

ladetM  will  lie 

|unieiitHol  tlie 
C4)iiii>etitiiiii. 
I>  be  c<>iii|H'tr(l 

lot' JtiiiiiHry  (If 

tl  by  the  civil 
uentersaH  the 


lidate  will  !>« 
be  fVee  from 

lates  inuHt  lie 
on  tbe  Ist  uf 

e  in  June  and 
candidate  tor 
he  Ist  of  May 
a  examination. 
r  filled  up  and 
lowing  papers: 

>he  schools  or 
ling  the  date 

ihe  coninuinil- 

table  tbr  eacli 


pie  interest;  (ft) 
Booka  I  t<>  IV, 
(«)  atetics;  the 
lanioal  powers; 
otilea  in  vaciiu. 


('itMiildatra  will  lie  retpiireil  to  ah-iw  a  aatiiYkotory  knowlwlKe  iif  eaoli  of  the  ttliov«-rii«<ntloiie<l  liranclian  »( 
iiiiitliKiiintlca,  anil  niiiat  ala<>  obtain  miob  an  aiftiroKate  of  uiarka  in  tlin  •iibjaota  of  CIiwm  1  im  iniiy  Mtialy  the  olvil 
■iitiia  eonjniiaaionern.  Candiilatea  who  have  previonaljr  to  January  i,  tH94,  paaaad  the  iirniy  pielliiiinury,'  or  any 
iitliir  of  the  exaniiniitlona  which  have  hitherto  keen  aooepted  aa  e<|iiivalaDt  thereto,  will  not  he  ruJeote«l  for  (klliuK 
to  iiualiCy  in  arithmetic  or  to  obtain  tbe  aKK'aK>t«  reqnired  in  Claaa  I. 

VlJkM  II. 

(1)  Higher  niutheniutloa :  In  all  tba  followinK  subject*  a  great  importance  will  bo  attachctl  to  lurcuraiy  In 
niiiiicrloai  results:  Further i|ue«tlonB  uimI  problema  on  the  subjects  of  the  obligatory  examination :  Htatios;  problems 
anil  exercises  will  be  extended  to  friction;  (the  graphical  or  Keometrlcal  method  of  treatiiiK  such  problems  should  be 
miikIIpiI,  as  well  un  the  nnalytloal;  no  uppUoation  of  the  dliTerential  calculus  to  statics  will  lHtre4|uirml).  Dynumlos, 
pri>l>lemN,  and  exerciitea  will  be  extended  to  oolliMlons  and  work.  (Analytical  methods  of  solution,  but  not  the  use 
of  tint  dilTerentlnl  culculns  will  lie  involved.)  Analytical  geometry,  problenis  on  straight  line  and  circle.  Conlu 
Mictions,  elementary  properties  with  easy  problems,  both  on  the  analytical  and  geometrical  nietho«lH,  2,0i)()  niarku, 

(2)  Oerman  or  Fr>  nch,  aa  alternating  with  subject  H,  in  ClaMs  I  (200  for  colloipiial),  2,1)00  miirkM. 

(3)  (ireek,  2,000  marks. 

(4)  English  history!  There  will  Ite  set  one  general  paper;  one  pa|i«r  limited  to  it  llxed  |ierlo«l,  of  which  notice 
will  be  given,  2,000  marks. 

(5)  ('bemistry :  Elements  of  inorganic  chemistry,  1,000  marks. 

(6)  Physios :  Elementary  properties  of  electricity,  ir^agetism,  heat,  light,  and  sound,  3,000  marks. 

(7)  Phyaiography  and  geology,  2,000  marks. 

In  each  of  the  subjects  (6),  (6),  and  (7)  the  examination  will  be  partly  practical. 
Only  two  of  the  subjects  in  Class  II  can  be  taken  up. 

CLA88  III. 

(1)  (ieography,  500  marks. 

(2)  Drawing,  fk'ec-hand,  600  mjrkH. 
Both  these  subjects  may  be  taken  up. 

The  number  of  marks  allowed  to  each  candidate  in  the  several  subjects  in  which  he  has  been  examined  will  be 
Hummed  up,  and  the  resulting  total  will  detevmine  the  place  of  the  candidate  in  the  competitive  list,  the  Buacessfiil 
candldat<>a  being  those  who  stand  at  the  head  of  the  list  up  to  the  number  of  cadetshlps  competed  for. 

r>.  Time-table,  November ,  1895. — ^The  examinations  covered  the  time  from  the  12th  to  the  23d 
of  November,  inclusive,  tbe  hours  of  attendance  being  firom  10  a.  ni.  to  5.30  p.  m.,  with  an  intermis- 
Hion  for  lunch. 

The  medical  examination  of  the  sucoessftil  candidates  takes  place  after  the  result  of  the 
examination  has  been  announced,  and  is  held  in  London. 

Note. — Some  of  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  conduct  of  the  examinations  are  as  follows : 

No  candidate  may  quit  the  examination  room  until  the  expiration  of  half  an  hour  from  the  time  fixed  for  the 
t'uiiimencement  of  the  paper  on  which  he  is  engaged. 

No  candidate  who  Itas  left  the  examination  room  during  the  hours  assigneil  to  paper  work  may  return  to  the 
piiper  which  he  haa  quitted  without  special  permission,  obtained  before  he  leaves  the  room.  In  such  cases  the 
Gommisaioners  will  decide  whether  marks  can  be  allotted. 

Daring  the  whole  of  the  examination  each  candidate  will  be  designated  by  the  number  assigned  to  him  on  the 
time-table,  and  he  must  write  this  number  (not  his  name)  on  every  Iwok  or  separate  sheet  of  paper  which  he  sends  in. 


■Formerly  the  entrance  examination  for  Woolwich  was  divided  into  the  "preliminary"  and  the  "further" 
exandnstions.  The  present  regulations,  which  went  into  eifeot  January  1,  1894,  abolished  the  "preliminary  exam- 
ination."   It  covered  much  the  same  subjeota  as  those  mentioned  in  the  present  Class  I. 


Wt'\ 


lurement. 


36 


5" 

1 


t 


H 
H 
< 
P 

M 

o 


s 


t 


(9 


'8a{ 

•Xild«jJSo»fj 

'XSoioeS  puv 
Xqd«j8oiBXt{j 


■BaifiXqj 


■Xj^isiiiiaqo 


N 


■ijo:)8!i[  i(tiii8a3 


•3l9»a{) 


I     e* 


■i(anajj 


■uviuiao 


•1  88«10  l«»"X 


■SniAVjp 
[  c  9 1 J  ^  0  m  o  a  {) 


-odmoa   qsH^^S 


■uvnusQ 


M 


N 


•qouMj 


'^wn 


M 


^ 


e 


IM 


'Ba{:|«ui9q!|vj( 


s 


I- 


s 

•^ 


8 


IB 

00    CO 


« 

1 

B 

1 

^. 

e 

o 

I 

1 

s 

hI  m 

• 

es 

• 

f^ 

'A 

4 

W  fe  * 

. 

(*» 

rf". 

1^ 

Is 

>4  ^ 

M 

•UOj^J 

SG* 

P 

-saimiixo  ni  jaqinux 

^    N 

•%\i»ui 

rt    M    » 

5 

> 

,|o  ja|MO  ni   joqiiiiijj 

i 

J 
3 

a 

5 


J3 

■s 


B  I 

6  i 

%  I 

^  I 

i  « 

"  S 

^  I 


I-    IM 

»    Ift 


S^S 


I 

I 

a 

1 

i 


I 


t 

a 

I 

■3 

s 
s 


i 


00  •^ 
CD  n 


^ 


gJS 


0 


-2 

p 

I 

a 


s 


H         9 


H 

c 


853 


|5 

M    S 


e  ji 


a  h 

B 


a   1 
«    a 

e 
t 
I 


i       -3 


-2 

a 


i 


I 


4 

d 
s 


§        ^ 


o 

1 


1 


•a 
a 


!s  := 


■  '■-*^--" 


37 

6.  Course  of  itutruction, — ^The  length  of  the  ooarse  of  instruction  will  be  two  years,  divided 
into  four  terras. 

The  academy  terms  in  each  year  will  be — 

(a)  From  about  the  middle  of  April  to  middle  of  Augnst. 

(b)  From  about  middle  of  October  to  middle  of  March,  with  a  short  recess  at  Ghristmas. 
The  intermediate  periods  will  constitute  the  vacations. 

All  the  cadets  in  the  third  and  fourth  classes  will  be  educated  together.  On  leaving  the  third 
class  the  cadets  promoted  to  the  second  class  will  bifurcate  into  two  separate  divisions  for  artillery 
and  engineers,  respectively,  which  separation  will  be  maintained  for  the  remainder  of  the  course 
at  the  academy.' 

Oadets  passing  highest  on  the  list  of  the  third  class  will  have  the  choice  of  joining  the 
en^'iueer  division,  so  far  as  the  vacancies  may  be  available,  with  a  view  to  obtaining  commissions 
ill  the  royal  engineers;  the  remainder  will  be  attached  to  the  artillery  division,  with  a  view  to 
obtaining  commissions  in  the  royal  artillery. 

When  once  a  cadet  has  joined  any  particular  division,  no  transfer  will  under  any  circnni- 
stuiices  be  allowed. 

The  following  subjects,  in  addition  to  drill,  riding,  and  gymnastics,  will  form  the  ordinary 
course  of  obligatory  studies,  with  the  marks  assigned  to  each: 

KOUBXH  AND  THIRD  CUi88K8. 

Mathematics,  3,000  marks,  inolnding  200  for  plates,  sketches,  and  notes. 
Field  fortification,  2,000  marks,  inclading  400  for  plates,  sketches,  and  notes. 
Military  topography,  2,000  marks,  including  800  for  plates,  sketches,  and  notes. 
French  or  German,  1,000  marks. 

Chemistry  and  physics,  1,500  marks,  including  60  for  plates,  sketches,  nnd  notes. 
Model  drawing,  800  marks. 

SKCOND  ANI>  FIRST  CLASSES. 

SubjeeU  commnn  to  the  artillery  and  engineer  diriaione. 

Military  topography,  1,000  marks,  inclading  400  for  plates,  sketches,  and  notes. 

Tactics,  1,000  marks. 

Electricity,  1,500  marks,  inclading  100  for  notes  and  examples. 

Special  to  artillerif  division. 

Artillery,  2,000  marks,  including  200  for  plates  and  notes. 
Fortification,  1,000  marks,  including  200  for  plates  and  notes. 

^fecial  to  engineer  ditMon. 

Fortification,  2,000  marks,  inolnding  400  for  plates  and  notes. 
Artillery,  1,000  marks,  including  100  for  plates  and  notes. 
Mathematics,  2,000  marks,  inclading  100  for  plates  and  notes. 
Free-hand  drawing,  1,000  marks. 

In  addition  to  the  above  obligatory  course,  every  cadet  will  be  allowed,  at  his  option,  to  take 
up  as  ft  voluntary  subrject  in  the  third  and  fourth  classes  landscape  drawing;  also  to  be  examined 
ill  the  third  class  in  an  advanced  paper  in  mathematics  on  the  course  of  the  fourth  and  third 
classes,  and  in  a  paper  on  the  differential  and  integral  calculus. 

■  With  rt^gard  to  this  system  of  "  bifurcation,"  the  board  of  Tisitors of  1806  retaiarks as  follows :  "The  system  of 
liifuroation,  although  adversely  reported  upon  by  successive  boards  of  visitors,  still  continues  in  force.  The  board 
consider  it  their  duty  again  to  direct  attention  to  this  very  serious  flaw  in  the  educational  arrangement  of  the 
academy.  Tho  testimony  of  the  late  as  well  as  of  the  present  governor,  whose  opinion  was  formed  from  the  experi- 
(Miue  he  has  had  of  the  yoang  officers  who  have  joined  the  royal  engineers  during  the  time  he  filled  the  position  of 
roTumandant  of  the  School  of  Military  Engineering,  of  the  commandant,  and  of  the  professors,  is  unanimous  in 
condemnation  of  the  present  system,  under  which  there  can  be  no  doubt  that,  in  addition  to  loss  of  incentive  to  work 
by  a  large  portion  of  each  batch,  the  instruction  is  not  carried  so  far  as  it  ought  to  be  in  some  subjects.  The  board 
are  of  opinion  that  bifurcation  diould  b«  abolished  and  that  the  oourses  of  study  should  be  so  regulated  in  future 
tliat  the  study  of  each  subject  should  be  carried  so  far  as  and  no  farther  than  is  alike  advisable  or  necessary  for 
I'iitlets  about  to  be  commissioned  in  either  the  royal  artillery  or  royal  engineers." 


» 


i 


38 

The  maxiinutn  marks  for  these  snbJectH  will  be  700  for  landscape  drawing,  0.5  being  tlic 
counting  niinimuin  at  each  examination,  and  400  for  eaicli  of  the  mathematical  papt^rs  above 
mentioned,  0.4  being  the  minimum  to  count  marks  on  each  paper. 

A  cadet  will  not  be  allowed  to  take  up  or  present  himself  for  examination  in  voluntary 
mathematics  unless  the  professor  reports  that  he  has  previously  attained  a  sufficient  prjAcicnt-y 
in  the  obligatory  mathematics. 

The  language  to  be  studied  by  a  cadet  mnst  be  that  in  which  ho  iiossesses  snch  proficiency  as 
will  enable  him  to  benefit  by  the  advanced  iuHtruction  given  to  the  clasK. 

7.  Examinations. — There  will  be  examinations  at  the  end  of  each  term,  conducted  by  independent 
examiners.    A  cadet  failing  to  p^ss  satisfactorily  at  any  examination  will  not  get  class  promotiou. 

The  examination  in  the  third  class  will  cover  the  fouth  and  third  classes'  course,  and  that  of 
the  first  class  the  second  and  first  classes'  course. 

The  examinations  are  almost  always  in  writing. 

At  the  end  of  the  course  those  cadets  who  have  passed  satisfactory  examinations  will  lie 
entitled  to  commissions  as  second  lieutenants,  in  the  royal  artillery  from  the  artillery  division,  and 
in  the  royal  engineers  from  the  engineer  division. 

For  class  promotion  from  the  fourth  class,  and  also  from  the  third  class,  a  cadet  will  be 
required  at  each  examination  to  obtain  0.5  of  the  marks  in  the  obligatory  conr8e  of  mathematics 
and  in  at  least  three  other  obligatory  subjects,  and  0.5  of  the  aggregate  of  marks  allotted  at 
that  examination  for  the  six  obligatory  subjects,  as  shown  in  Table  0. 

To  count  marks  in  an  obligatory  subject,  at  least  0.25  of  the  total  marks  for  that  subject  in 
the  examination  must  be  obtained. 

The  marks  allowed  to  count  in  the  fourth  class  will  be  added  to  those  allowed  to  count  in  tlie 
third  class,  and  the  result  will  determine  the  order  of  merit  for  appointment  to  the  artillery  ami 
engineer  divisions;  but  no  cadet  can  be  posted  to  the  engineer  division  who  does  not  obtain  0.5  in 
fortification  in  the  examination  in  the  fourth  and  third  classes. 

For  class  promotion  from  the  second  class,  and  also  for  commission  at  the  end  of  the  course, 
the  following  qualifications  will  be  required : 

Artillery  ({{v»«ton.— Five-tenths  in  artiUery  and  in  at  least  three  other  obligatory  subjects,  and 
0.5  of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  allotted  at  that  examination  for  the  five  obligatory  subjects,  as 
shown  in  Table  C. 

Engineer  <Itvmon.— Five-tenths  in  fortification  and  in  electricity  and  in  at  least  three  other  sub 
jects,  and  0.5  of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  allotted  at  that  examination  for  the  seven  obligatory 
subjects,  as  shown  in  Table  D. 

To  count  marks  in  an  obligatory  subject  at  least  0.25  of  the  total  marks  for  that  subject  in  the 
examination  must  be  obtained. 

The  marks  allowed  to  count  in  the  second  class  will  be  added  to  those  allowed  to  count  in  tlie 
first  class,  and  the  result  will  determine  the  order  of  merit,  and  the  cadets  will  be  gazetted  to  their 
respective  corps  in  the  order  in  which  they  pass. 

8.  A  cadet  will  be  removed  fh>m  the  academy  on  the  following  grounds:  (1)  If  he  fall  more 
than  one  term  behind  the  class  with  which  he  originally  joined  the  academy ;  (2)  if  he  fail  to  acquire 
a  sufficient  proficiency  in  military  exercises. 

Exceptions  to  these  rules  are  only  allowed  on  account  of  illness. 

9.  Prizes. — Prizes  will  be  awarded  as  follows : 
At  the  end  of  the  first  year's  course: 

To  the  cadet  who  has  obtained  the  highest  number  cf  marks  in — 

Mathematics. 
French. 
German. 
Drawing. 
Chemistry  and  Physics. 


■mmmm 


wtm 


mm 


39 


9.5  beiiif;  tlic 
[>ap«?r»  above 

in  volaiitary 
it  prjflcu'iicv 

proficiency  as 

^iiidepeiidciit 
H8  proniotiou. 
),  and  tliat  of 


»tion8  will  lie 
'  division,  and 

cadet  will  be 

matlieiuaticB 

iH  allotted  at 

liat  mibject  in 

9  count  in  the 
)  artillery  and 
b  obtain  0.5  in 

of  tlie  conrso, 

snbjects,  and 
y  snbjects,  as 

irve  other  sub 
'en  obligatory 

subject  in  the 

0  count  in  the 
setted  to  their 

(  he  fail  more 

1  fail  to  acquire 


loiii  ciHir  Artillery  Division: 

Artillery. 

Fortiftcation. 
Engineer  Division : 

Mathematics. 

Artillery. 

Fortification.  •• 

Combined  first  class: 

Electricity. 

Military  Tofiography. 

Tactics. 

Tablk  B.-flo*r.  of  drilh,  parades,  •'«*«,  ete. 


Ordinary  hours. 


Special  Biinimer  hours. 


Reveille 

Defaulter's  parade. 

Breakfast 

Hoapital 

First  study 


Ordinary.       Saturday. 


Orderly  room . 
Second  stndy . 


Kidiug  drill: 
First  dasa— 

Mondays  and  Thurwiaya. 


6.15  a.  ni 

6.30to7a.ni. 

7.15  a.  m 

7.50  a.  nt 

8.15  to  9.45 

a.ni. 
g.45tol0a.ni 
10  to   11.45 
a.m. 


11.30  to  12.30. 


.Same    as 
ordinary. 


Sunday.         Ordinary. 


8  a.  HI 


9  n.  ni  . 

10  a.  m 


Wednesdays 

Set^ond  class— 

Tuesdays 

Drill  (or  gymnastics  for  fourth  class) 


30  to  9.30 
m. 


V 
10  to  11.30 
a.ni. 


10.45      to 
11. iW. 


Saturday. 


Sun- 
day. 


9.30    to    11 

a.  ni. 
9.15  a.  m 


815to9.45 

a.m. 
9.45  a.  ni.. 


11.15  a.m.  to     10  to  11.30 
1  p.  m.  »•  «»• 


8.30  to  9.30.. 


10.45      to 
11.30. 


Luncheon  paraile... 
Riding  drill : 
First  class- 
Fridays.... 
Second  class- 
Thursdays 
Third  class- 
Mondays.. 
Tuesdays.. 


12  to  1p.m..: 

1.15  p. m  ....   1.15 p.  ni 


\ 


Defaulter's  panule. 


2.30  to 

3.!J0 

p.m. 

2.15  to 

3.15 

p.m. 
2.10  to 

2.40 

8.16  to  9.16 
a.  in. 


p.m. 


2.10  to  2.40 
p.m. 


>  This  subject  is  voluntary  for  the  artillery  .'.ivlH.on. 


1. 


■KaMiiSiSiiSSStliiitSiMiaMMa 


40 


Tahlr  h.—Bour»  of  drills,  parade$,  aludie*,  etc. — Continued. 


Ordinary  hours. 


Ordinury. 


I)rill(argynmaHtics  for  fourth  class). 
Gymnastics  for  third  class 


Voluntary  study  (Weduestlays  ex- 
cepted). 
Third  study 


Diuuer  parade. 
Kollcall 


LiKhta  out . 


Check  para«l«s. 


Sundays : 

Church  parade  . 

Coffee  lunch 

Tea  in  hall 


2.10  to  3.10 

p.m. 
2.10  to  3.10 

p.m. 
4  to  5  p.  m . . . 


6.15  to  7.15 
p.m. 

7.30  p.  m 

10  p.m.,  on 
Tuesdays 
at  10.30 
p.m. 

10.30  p.m., 
on  Tues- 
days at 
11  p.m. 

r3.45  p.  m 

8.30 p. m  .... 

^9.30  p.  m 


Saturday. 


7.30  p.  m  . 
10  p.  m 


10.30  p.  m 


3.45  p.  m  .. 

6p.  m 

8.30  p.  m  .. 


Sunday. 


Siiecial  summer  honr«. 


1.15  p.  m  . 
10  p.m... 


11.30  p.  m 


3.45  p.  m 
8.30  p.  m 
9.30  p.  m 


11  a. m  .... 
5  to  6  p.  m 
8 p. m.  ... 


Ordinary. 


8.15  to  9.15. 


Saturday. 


Sun 
day. 


Note. — Where  leaders  are  used  in  columns  of  "  Ordinary  hours,"  it  signities  that  there  is  nothing  detailed  lor 
these  hours.  Where  nothing  is  shown  in  column  of  "  Special  summer  hours,"  the  hours  are  the  same  as  shown  iu 
"  Ordinary  hours." 

Tablk  C. — Marks,  fourth  and  third  classes. 


Voluntary  subjects. 

Obligatory. 

Voluntary. 

Marks. 

Count- 
ing 
mini- 
mum. 

s 

1 

1 

500 

(*) 

1,600 

(•) 

1 
1 

u 
e 

I 

250 

(•) 

7B0 

s 

a 

t 

s 

1 

Ml 

a 

1 

•s 

75 
(•) 

226 

■(-) 

• 

1 

a 

2 

I 

1 

I 
1 

a 

> 

5 

;           1  Differential   and   integral 
;           {                  calculus. 

1.  Landscape  drawing 

2.  Advanced  paper  in 

mathematics 

3.  Uifl'erential  inte- 

gral calculus 

700 
400 
400 

0.5 

... 

Fourth  class: 
MATifniim 

760 
375 

2,250 
1, 125 

600 

(*) 

1,500 

(•) 

500 

n  ' 

1,000 

(•) 

2,676 
1.287 

7.225 
'  3,1»2 

175 
87 

625 
2&i 

Minimiitn 

• 

1 

Third  class : 

Maximum 

400 
160 

i 

400    \ 
100    1 

Minimum ..- .,. 

*  .See  page  38. 


mm 


41 


Tablk  n.—M*rk»,  itvond  attdftrtt  olatie*. 


r  koiiM.          j 

rdity. 

81111  1 
day. 

1 
1 

i 

i 

1 

ing  detailed  for 
kuie  as  shown  iu 


liiutary. 

—      1 

1 

.g 

-^  ■ 

fa 

s  s 

I 

^? 

7 

e 

1 

a 

■31 

4} 

> 

€ 

5 

s 

400 

1 

400 

leo 

100 

Engineer  and  ar- 
tulvry  divisionif 
oombined. 


Second  t-lass : 

Maximnui . 

Minininm  . 
First  class : 

Maximnin  . 

Minininm  . 


H 


250      200 

(0  :  (') 

750      750 


s 

H 

i-s. 


Artillery 
division. 


500 
=•250 

1,000 
>500 


1 


700 
350 

1,300 
650 


§ 


I 


250 

(') 

7S0 


Engineer  division. 


to 

I 


500 
250 

1,500 
750 


a 


250 

(») 

750 


1 


a 
«  E 


Total 


Total 
,  *'"*'l*s  i  engiiiwr 


1,000  250 

(')  (") 

1,000  750 

(»)      i  (') 


'1,960 
»50 


3, 000 
1,500 


■4,500  I      6,500 
2,275  1      3,260 


'  These  figures  do  not  include  markn  for  fVee-hand  drawing. 
» See  pa^e  3X. 


•Compnlsory  qualifi'ing  subject  for  engineer  divlHiou. 
10.  SjiUahHt  of  tht  eoHi'ge  of  inrtrncUon. 
The  marks  are  apiwrtioned  as  follows: 


MATHEMATICS. 

• 

Fourth 
class. 

Third 
class. 

Engineer 
on 

division 

Second        First 
class.         class. 

200 
2,060 

100 

900 

Notes,  plates,  etc 

Examination .............•••-•-• 

750 

1,000 

Total 

750 

2,250 
800 

1,000 

1,00U 

Voluntary  papers 

8,060 

3,800 

2,000 

rOL'RTH  CLAM. 


Subject. 


Marks. 


Algebra 

Trigonometry  and  mensuration. 


Analytical  geometry. 
Mechanics 


Total. 


150 
150 

150 
800 


750 


Treatise. 


H?.!l  and  Knight's  Highw  Algebra. 
Goodwin's  or  Todhnnter's   Trigonometry 
(smaller  edition).     Brabant's  Mensuration. 
Smith's  Conic  Sections. 
Robinaon's  Treatise. 


¥ 


42 


Syllahui  of  the  cohtm  of  <M«(rMc(ioti— Continned. 

THIRD  CLASS. 


Subject. 


Analytical  Kcometry— repetition  of  the  fourth- 
class  conrse. 

Mechanics  (plates  connt  200  additional),  rep- 
etition of  fourth-class  course  in  dynamics 
and  statics. 

Applied  mechanics.  Stability  of  structures, 
200  marks ;  strength  of  materials,  200  marks. 

Hydrostatics 

Plates  (in  mechanics) 


Marks. 


400 


ma 


400 

300 
200 


Total. 


Voluntary  nuithematics— problems  in  trigo- 
nometry, analytical  geometry,  applied  me- 
clianics,  and  hydrostatics, 400  marks;  differ- 
ential and  integral  calculus,  400  marks. 


2,260 


800 


Treatise. 


See  fourth-class  course. 
Do. 


Crofton's  Applied  Mechanics,  second  edition, 

188ft. 
Resant's  Hydrostatics,  edition  1892. 


Demoivre's  Theorem;  Smith's  Conic  Sections; 
Croftou's  Treatise  on  Applied  Mechanics; 
Resant's  Hydrostatics;  Oreenhill's  Treatise 
on  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus,  edition 
1891. 


HSrONI)  CLASS,  ■NOINRRR  DIVISION. 


Geom<)try,  including  spherical  trigonometry.. . 
Differential  and  integral  calculus 

300 

450 
250 

Smith's  Conic  Sections. 

Spherical  Trigonometry,  Ooml win's 

fourth  edition,  1893. 
^feenhill's  Treatise,  edition  1891. 
Iiectures. 

Treatise, 

Statics  and  dynamics .. 

Total 

1,000 

riRST  ClJkSS  BNOINUU  DIVISION. 


Statics  and  dynamics. 

Hydrostatics 

Mechanism 

Plates 


Total 


400 
250 
250 
100 


1,000 


t  Lectures. 

Goodeve's  Treatise,  edition  1888. 


//.  Fortification,  practical  »olid  geometrtf,  and  military  engineering. 
The  marks  are  apportioned  as  follows: 


Fourth 
class. 

Third 
class. 

300 
1,200 

Engineer 

division. 

Artillery 

division. 

Second 
class. 

First 
class. 

Second 
class. 

50 
200 

First 
class. 

150 
600 

Notes,  plates,  etc. 

100 
400 

100 
400 

300 
1,200 

Examination 

Total 

500 

1,500 

500 

1,500 

250 

750 

«■ 


mmm 


48 


First 
clasa. 

150 
600 

750 


.  11.  Fart\/lcaUan,  practical  m,Udg»melrt,^ndmmimrte»9il»»»rint-i:ontinneA. 

FOUKTII  OLAtW. 


Snlijeot. 


Practical  wiUd  geometry,  elemenUry,  ortho- 
graphic projection. 
Fleia  fortification 


Notes,  plates,  etc. 
Total 


Miirks. 

r 

!        200 

aoo 

100 


Treatise. 


Rosa's  Practical  Solid  Geometry,  edition  IH87,  j 

pages  1-38.    Flrat  six  problems,  piiges  29-!W.  ^ 

Text-Book  of  Fortification  and  Military  Kngi-  | 
ne^ring.    Part  I,  edition  1892.    Paragraphs 

1.4,6,8,10,16,18,27,66-«1.  Alsolitliograplis  1 
of  works  of  modem  typo. 


BOO 
THIRU  CLASS. 


I       ino     Ross's  Practical  Solid  (ieometry,  eilition  1887. 
IWlcal  solid  geometry,  elementary 400     ""'^l^Ttonri^.-cU^  conL    Also  Con- 

tonred  Plans  of  ParapeU,  etc. 
800    Text-Book  of  Fortification  and  Military  Kn- 
gineering.    Part  I,  edition  1882.    Review  of 
fourth-class  course,  and  as  far  as  paragraph 
133.    Also  lithographs,  etc. 


Field  fortification 


Notes,  plates,  etc. 


900 


Total »•«» 


ABTILLKKY  MIVISION.  8KC0ND  CLASS. 


Field  fortification  (applle<l). 


Pioneer  duties  (applied) . 
Camp  duties  (applied)... 


Coast  defenses  (applied) 

Notes,  plates,  etc.  (applied). 


Total. 


! Text-book  of  Fortification  and  Military  Kn- 
glneerlng,  Part  I,  edition  1892. 
Do. 
—  I  Regulations   and    Instructions  for  Encamp- 
ments. 
Engineering,  Part.  II,  etlltlon  1893. 

50 


250 


KNOnrSKR  DIVISION,  SKCOND  CLASS. 


Practical  solid  geometry  (advanced),  ortho- 
graphic projection. 
Pioneer  duties ' 


Field  fortification  (applied). 
Camp  duties 


Coast  defenses 

Notes,  plates,  etc. 
Total 


200 


200 


100 


Ross's  Practical  Solid  Geometry,  e«lition  1887. 

Text-book  of  Fortification  and  Mllitory  En- 
gineering, Part  I. 
Do. 

Regulations   and    Instructions  for  Encamp- 
ments. 

Text-book  of  Fortification  and  Military  En- 

i    glneering,  Part  II,  edition  1898. 


500 


44 


■  B 

tl 


It.  Forl^oat<«Mi«,  prwitieal  mIM  geometry,  ani  miUiw$  fti^Mr<iif<~ContiiiiMd. 
AKTILLERT  DIVISION,  VIRHT  CLASS. 


Btibjeot. 

Marks. 

Treatise.     . 

Ptsriiiaiient  futtiflciitiou 

>     600 
150 

Text-boolc  of  Fortification  and  Military  KnKi- 
neering,  Part  II,  edition  18i». 

Attack  Hiut  defense  of  forts  and  fortresses 

Hecond-olass  course,  review  of  and  reexamina- 
tion in. 
Notes,  plates,  etc 

Total 

760 

KNOINEKR  DIVISION,  FIKST  CLASS. 


Permanent  fortification 

Attack  and  defense  of  forts  und  fortresses 

Second-class  course,  review  of  and  reexamina- 
tion in,  including  extra  paper  for  engineer 
division,  covering  the  whole  year's  course. 

Notes,  plates,  etc 

Totol 


1,200 


300 


1,500 


Text-book  of  Fortifloation  and  Military  Engi- 
neering, Part  II,  eilition  1803. 


IS.  Militarfi  topograph^. 
The  marks  are  apportioned  as  follows : 

roURTH  AND  THIBD  CLASSES. 


Fourth 
class. 

Third 
class. 

Notes,  plates,  etc 

200 
300 

600 
400 

500 

Examination,  indoor 

Examination,  outdoor;  uncontoured  sketch  by  aid  of  prismatic  compass  and  sketching 
case           ..      ........         .......       ...       ......        ............................... 

Total 

500 

1,500 

Fourth-class  course:  Text-book  of  military  topography;  practical  work  indoor;  practical  work  ontdoor. 
Third-class  course:  Text-liook  of  military  topography;  practical  work  indoor;  practical  work  outdoor. 


SECOND  AND  FIRST  CLASSES. 


Notes,  plat<'S,  etc. 


I    Examination,  indoor 

;    Examination,  outdoor;  oontourwl  sketch  by  clino-compass  and  sketching  case. 


Total. 


Second 
class. 


100 
160 


250 


First 
class. 

900 
150 
300 


750 


Second-oIoHH  course:  Text-book  of  military  topography;  practical  work  indoor;  practical  work  ontdoor. 
First-class  course:  Text-book  of  military  topography;  practical  work  indoor;  piiiotlcal  work  outdoor. 


BiiiiiMiiiiaiii 


mm 


iry  Kagl- 


ry  En«i- 


Third 
elan. 

0 

600 

0 

400 

BOO 

0 

1,500 

ontdoor. 

mtdoor. 

I 

li 

1 
300 

150 

• 

300 

750 

45 

ll\.  Frenvk  or  Oerman;  the  markM  allotted  to  eaoh  uf  tlieHu  luiigiiMgeM  »re  upiNtrtioiitNl  tu) 
foUowH : 


Fourth    Third 

ClkM.         OlSM. 


Written  exumlnatiun : 

Writing  fruHi  diotittion 

TmnslKtion  from  Engliah 

Tnuialfttion  Into  £ngliith 

Oramnidtionl  <|ueati«>nB 

Compoeition 

Oral  examination : 

Converution 

Viva  vm-e  tranalation  fVom  Kngliah . 


ToUl. 


35 

90 

50 

150 

45 

130 

30 

95 

35 

116 

i          30 

U6 

25 

75 

250 

750 

1,000 

14.  Ckemi$trif  and  php$ic§. 
The  markH  are  apportioned  as  fnlluws: 


Fourth 
class. 

Third 
class. 

Second 
class. 

460 
50 

First 

class. 

960 
50 

Kxamination  . 

500 

960 
50 

NotcM.  exaninlsA.  sto  .--.-. ......  .-.-.. .. ..--..  ...••■ .... ...... .... 

Total 

, 

1.500 

1.500           1 

FOURTH  CLASS. 


Snbjeot. 

Marks. 

Treatise. 

Theoretical  chemistry  and  physios:  (a)  ele- 
mentary chemistry  and  physios;  (()  chem- 
istry of  metals. 

Practical  chcmiatrv 

400 
100 

Notes  on  chemistry,  practical  eieroises,  and 
(for  chemistry  of  metals)  notes  of  lectures. 

Total 

500 

THIRD  CLASS. 


Sound,  heat. liirht. and  exnlosives .......... 

650 

300 

50 

Notes  on  heat;  notes  on  explosives. 
Practical  exercises  on  chemistry. 

Practical  chemistrr 

Notes,  examnles.  etc 

Total      

1,000 

outdoor, 
tdoor. 


IK*8iaSB*!S5«SJSi^eg^i5!j»y,,^tS?ffiSi^*^vS#?W 


46 


l.'i.  KtectrUifif  and  m»gtnH»m, 
Till'  iiiurkM  are  npportioiivd  ah  follows: 

8K0UM)  OliAKH. 


Sniijeot. 


'rhnorotioHl . 


I'rHvtioul 

NotuN,  exaiupleii,  ete . 

Total 


Marks. 

200 
50 


. . .  j        500 

I 

KIKST  CLA88. 


Trraiitie. 


NoteM   on    electricity.    HylvaiiiiM    TlioiiiMm'H 
Klovtricity,  for  rufereuve. 


I    Th«oretioBl 

'    l>raotiottl 

Noten,  exumples,  viUs . 

ToUl 


5B0 

400 

SO 


1,000 


16,  Taetica  (not  minor  tactici). 

The  luarkB  am  apportioned  as  follows: 

MECOKD  AND  FIRST  CLASHES. 


Second  oIiim. 
Kirat  cIhm... 


Kxamination. 

2B0 

760 


Total 1,000 

17.  ArMltrg. 


The  inarkH  are  apportioned  as  follows: 

SRCONU  AND  FIRST  CLASSES. 


NoteH,  plates,  etc . 
Examination 


Total 


Artillery  di- 
▼isioD. 


Second 
olau. 

40 


First 
class. 


160 
1,140 


Engineer  di- 
vision. 


Second 
class. 


25 
225 


First 
class. 


76 
676 


700      1,300 


260  I      760 


ARTILLERY  DIVISIOK,  SECOND  CLASS. 


Subject. 

Marks. 

Treatise. 

Ordnance 

180 

Treatise  on  Ordnance,  1893. 
Treatise  on  Ammnuition,  1892. 
Handboolc  on  Gunpowder  nud  Uun  Cotton, 
1888.    Notes  on  Cordite. 

Ammunition  

Explosives 

Mechanism .... . .. 

180 
100 

200 

Notes,  olates.  etc 

40 

Total 

700 

ne«r  «li- 
Bion. 

1 

Finit 
olasfl. 

i 
i 

76 
675 

) 

760 

10 


T«blt  E 


WuKLT  DnAiL  ors 


Itr  Clam. 
AflilOTT  INvtitoa. 


I 


RafliiiMr  DtfMen. 


i 


t«»uua. 
Artillwy  PIvMon. 


I 


■iikiwt. 


lit 


aua^m.  to  &«••.«. 
nJla.».l»ltMNB. 


■,UpA.I*rM^M. 


Aittltoo . 
!  Drill. 


m 


ArUllwjr. 


&»•.».  to  tt.4*a.M. 
IM  K.a.  le  11.9  •■w. 

llJt  •  JB.  to  IIM  ^Hl. 


(cowpMiOfy) 
I.U  p.*.  to  7.11p.m. 


lit 


aMliwIMlL 


r«if«Mw- 


th«. 


•.IIMH.  If  MpjH. 


r«piiimph)r 


VoL 


«.•  p.*.  to  M  IM*. 
•.U  pjn.  to  T.M  p.m. 


lLUMi.toap.n. 


▼•L 


MMklPMpM. 

MlfJB.lP*JlpLa. 


'•.»•■■.  to  Mp-a. 


$M%jm.t»lJ»PM. 


Ul 


tPlUI 

ilpUpbi 


I.UMkl»*.Upk» 


£upb«.l»r.Upba. 


MiMktpMpa. 


tSrilL 


tUwmmtmlMpM. 
iMpjB.tPfJMp.B. 


}i&2&. 


M 


Mlika.t«L*pja. 
IMiMiklolU«la.M. 

IMMMtolJtPM. 

■J*pjiht»*J«PA. 


HMMHlin 


lMMa.ton<«MB. 

lMllMMtoMp.lli. 

•Mpk&toTJapiM. 


U»»m.U1»Mi 


} 


MB. 


•.U«.a.tolL«ika. 

lMfcn.tolUla.a. 

UJlMB.IOllbNpA 


IMMktPlUI 


}. 


TA 


4y»pJiut«MpkK 


UlfM.«>rj| 


•.UpAletJSpJik 


Uip.aktoaJlpjik 


uipi&«*r.up& 


■MINI  Drift 


Ul 


IMajiktolLM 
IMaMMlolj* 


Mtpjik«»yjlp.aL 


AitmiiT 


M 


DriU 


M 


•.Uua.tolL«Mk 
lM*.m.lelLM»jB. 

IMMontoMpjM. 

tMPiBkt«taJtp.in. 

I.U  p.m.  to  7M  p.a. 


}-? 


DriE 

■MtawDrin. 


■.UukieMak,m. 

lM».M.toll.MA.«. 

lMMoatol4p.M. 


ToL 


4«p.m.toMp«i. 


■.U9.B.toT.UpwB. 


DrflL 


{ 


•LUMi.toMLUMk 
llL«ia.B.toUJlAJM. 


m 


BMii«DriIL 


•.U».ai.toMkU 
I«.4t«Atoll40 


ElMtrMtr. 
nrilL 


Ut 
tnd 


•.U««.to«.Ma 
lM»A.toUJ>i 


1 


AHUhnr. 


Tftl>l«  E 


^UKLT  Drail  orSruom  avd  Dulu. 


ta»Uua. 
AHttlvy  INvMmi. 

tlOCtiMi 

■•ftuMT  DIf  Wm. 

UVOUM. 

«aOi4» 

INT. 

■«».. 

■iikiwt. 

i 

Mmn. 

M«Ml 

1 

u^ 

takHn. 

i 

■-* 

MlHl. 

.Ua.m.ifiMp.M. 

T4l{Si!:i3;, 

M< 

|l.Ua.n.toM9«. 

THMinipMr- 

M 

IM«.m.toll.«i.a. 

IMMMtolJpklL 

Mip.a.toMt»M. 

QmIMI. 

■MiiiiiMn. 

M 

tbU».M.to0wMa.a. 
lMa«kton4la.«. 

IMMMtoMpbM. 

•.MpLa.to«.WpM. 

».•  p,ai.  In  M  p.m. 

usa 

▼•i 

iKSg 

.Upjn.to1Mp.m. 

'tt- 

M 

■bUMi-l>M«».a. 

'tnJAl 

M 

Mapji.tor.upbM. 

•ttJ" 

M 

•.Upba.toT.Upba. 

»es. 

■MwlMI 

■lilvDrlH 

lal 

M«>.a.toMlaJii. 

}•«- 

IM 

MI*mtoMlMk 

\^^^  ' 

M»kB.laMMk 

^aSSi" 

MlA.MtoUMib 

♦  jWito  .1 

IM 

Ml 

IMMktoUwMUk 

J   1m; 

IMMMt»lJ»p.«. 

}i8fe 

M 

Ml 

NhMMlktoU^Mb 
IMMMtoUMk 

}^iaft. 

▼•L 

ULtMMtoUphto. 

UlpjbtoMfpjik 

OmMIL 
■MtollMIl 

IMMMtoMMl. 
4«pba.toMp«. 

'tt-r 

'IwHH^* 

«-—,. 

M 

■kUMktolOlMi. 

BIMVni^y* 

M 

nupkM.toy.upji. 

•ttLr 

Ml 

MSpAtoTJCpba. 

}•«- 

ill 

•JIMi.toli«».M. 

}•«- 

lal 

•.UMi.toMlMk 

iMtM.  to  11.41  a.a. 

}i£Sa, 

M 

}2Ri&| 

lU MM  to  MM*. 
MfpAtoTJSpiM. 

AtNlHir. 

M 

lMMMtol.*r<H. 

•>up.«.tor.upd^ 

AiMliwy 

M 

lMaoMtot4p.B. 
M>p«.toV.Upm 

OmlMIL 

M 

lMMMtol4p«. 
tiWpb«.toawpba. 

lbUMi.tofJI»A 

-ar 

IdSKS 

tot 

}*-- 

tto 

MfajikWMauib 

}■*- 

M 

}i»U 

IM«JB.tolUlaM. 

M 

lMaiM.tolMts.M. 

M 

1»»%M.HUM»M. 

•i* 

1M»M.UUM»M. 

n«MMtoL»Mi- 

•Mi^lMiL 

IMMMtoUp^M. 

•vwiMIL 

IMMMtoLtpM. 

OwlMIL 

IMHMtolJtpba. 

t»     

■MiMilMtt. 

ATVHHiy* 

M 

MVMiktoMipLa. 

uivkMtor.upb& 

■MtafMIL 
ArtUtay. 

M 

tMpjiktoUtpbm 

4*pbM.toMpba. 

■.upji.tor.upbfB. 

■sar 

M 

UipjiktoUtpM. 
Mlpba.MTJIpha. 

liMiMIL 

flwaa. 
ItoMDnv 

'cMMiiirf 

•bUajih  to  •«■.». 
IM  ».fli.  to  114k  «.a. 

111 

lM*.ni.toll^a.a. 
UOBOMtoU^a. 

vMlMi. 

Ut 

•.Ua.a.toMI«.«, 
ULtamtolUlur. 

IMMMtoUMk 

jsnss. 

■ssr 

M 

IMamtolUBaA. 

IMMMtoUpbB. 

{MM. 

iajlMMtoUp.M. 

OrilL 

jars 

UtpuiktoMtpjib 

OjTMMliM. 

t.Up«.toU»Mk 

'  vns^p* 

4*^ai.toMHik 

Dnvtog. 

V«L 

"tta 

■.U9.K.to7.Up.B. 

HtcMiitf. 

M 

Mtpka.to7.UpA. 

■betrMty. 

M 

•.Up.a.toTJlpba. 

IfaMDnw. 

tad. 

»« 

ftoMk    «r 
OarwM. 

I.UMi.toMI».H. 

AHUlMjr. 

in 

•.UMiktoM»a.m. 
lMaj».toUJI*.aL 

rwUtai- 
Itoo. 

m 

Mia.«.toMla.a. 
IM>dii.tolL»sm 

ito 

■iU«.a.toM>aA 

lMika.tolUia«. 

1JS& 

I«r 

.V  fi»>  jn,j|  »;i,..t    I  inU 


.xiff  Mi,tfii>,.'t  line  [_,  ] 


■i.H  o.i  a;  .mjs 


«4-f-^i 


i-.«(SI^ 


» -J  I  btm  i;   m 


ijcifiK 


«'^.,t-  -'^J«*«*-'*'* *"-  4|   '; 


jn« 


lir"  i|iii,    rirmiirtiitffiimitjti     » 


:o*uwj5«J.a  j  tnr. 


'.«(*,.>- 


4»-..  -.  .. 


vHhOsJtJ.iafi.m.ii'.as.SfWvlt'iifflfcffl   ',  '' 


1 

t     .iin'-.HirHl 


,    J^ 


•-^^l<MIMjiwliM4i»W<lnW.>i  HiittH.iir^Mi«i< 


•Mii4»««iM  ■■i»»i.'«».«»ii-^«iM»  »i«',iffi«a.Fr-<-i.i-.- --  -v-y.."  -  |-.-^- 


I 


'I'-  MiJt  AU:  m  ^.%W«.4.  »#■'  H*0tai%^»egi 


I    ,m^O,J-*»-(«!<WS**^   j 


*    w.'r'ITi'' 


.»t**-«*«*W:«3fl 


.r 


!..-j*i»'f  ji.J9|    ,ln.<ti«««»».ltt4fer-*'?    i' 


,..,„-.-i-,v..iiiyaiijfitnii<)iiaifiimi8nf»iniiii)iMiiii(S(ii.|'t;<aa>;  '--'r '    i-i 


iiiW^i  linn  inwiiwiymi  111  liiiwii  j  |»4^*».^^.* 


.fs4Mg4^.<ia4 


>a2,q^^it,«rii_^^|JU 


Iwf 


Jo7 


«"?]. 


%life«i;»)T 


■  »r  r /.,    ,..,,  .J  J  (^^^   ,j 


>^i-5i^irj<»i.<  j    «k«  -; '  ''■*'  ■ 


Ssz    \ 

'"■«*"*■"-     -I     I   1,1  II 


f  • 

if  * 


47 


''htfitt 


'{«(j«fiy<)'; 


*fwm 


17.  Jrliffwy— Continued. 
ARTILLKRT  DIVI8ION,  FIK8T  CLASS. 


Subject. 

1 

Marks. 

Treatise. 

■    Ordn&iic6 -,.- .--. ...... ...... ...... .... .... 

180 
180 
340 
340 
100 

160 

Treatise  on  Ordnance,  1893. 
Treatise  on  Ammunition,  1895. 
Treatise  on  Military  Carriages,  1K88. 
Text-book  of  Gunnery,  1887. 
Field,  siege,  and  garrison  artillery  drill  liuuks; 
notes  and  lectures. 

'    Aininiiiiitioii 

Militarv  oarriairoM ... 

i    PrinciDleaof  Bunnerv 

1    Organization,  equipment,  and  employment  of 
artillery. 
Nutes.  dIaIoh.  ©ic ........ .. . ........ . ... 

Totol 

1,300 

EMGINEER  DIVISION,  SKCOKD  CLASS. 


Ordo«noe , 

Ammunition , 

Notes,  plates,  etc . 


Total 


125 

100 

25 


250 


Treatise  on  Ordnance,  1803. 
Treatise  on  Ammunition,  1892. 


KNOINEER  DIVISION,  FIRST  CLASS. 


Ordnance " 

Ammnnition .- 

Military  earriag*?" 

125 
100 
200 
200 
50 

75 

Treatise  on  Ordnance,  1893. 
Treatise  on  Ammnition,  1892. 
Treatise  on  Military  Carriages,  1888. 
Text-book  of  Gunnery,  1887. 
Field,  siege,  and  garrison  artillery  drill  books; 
notes  and  lectures. 

Principles  of  gunnery 

Organization,  equipment,  i  nd  employment  of 

artillery. 
Notes,  plates,  etc 

Total 

760 

18.  ArtilUry  drilla  and  exercises. — Artillery  division,  second  class:  Field- Artillery  Drill  (hand- 
book, 1893).  Field-Gan  Drill.  Garrison  Artillery,  Vols.  I  and  II,  1892.  First  class:  Garrison 
Artillery,  Vol.  1, 1892.  9-inch  B.  M.  L.  gan  drill.  Garrison  Artillery,  Vol.  II,  1892.  Exercises. 
Siege- Artillery  Drill,  1891.    Exercises.    Miscellaneoas.    Sights  and  range  and  position  finders. 

Engineer  division,  second  class :  Field- Artillery  Drill,  1889.  Field-Gan  Drill.  Garrison  Artil- 
lery Drill,  Vol.  I.  Laying  ordnance.  9-inch  R.  M.  L.  gnn  drill.  Garrison- Artillery  Drill,  Vol.  II. 
Exercises.  First-class :  Garrison- Artillery  Drill,  Vol.  II.  Exercises.  Siege- Artillery  Drill,  1891. 
Exercises.  Laying.  6.6-inch  B.  M.  L.  gnn  drill.  Miscellaneoas.  Scott's  sight  and  depression 
range  finder. 

19.  Military  organization. — ^The  cadets  are  organized  into  one  large  company,  under  the  direct 
command  of  the  assistant  commandant  and  secretary.  This  company  is  Habdivided  into  three 
divisions,  each  of  which  is  ander  a  lieutenant  of  the  army.  The  noncommissioned  officers  are 
appointed  ftt>m  the  cadets.  There  is  one  senior  nnderofficer  appointed  from  the  first  c}ass,  who  is 
senior  in  rank  to  all  the  other  cadets  at  the  academy.  There  are  also  three  divisional  under- 
ofBcers  appointed  i^om  the  first  class,  one  for  each  division. 

The  other  noncommissioned  officers  are  of  the  grade  of  corporal.  They  are  selected,  as  a  mie, 
from  the  first  class.    All  the  cadet  noncommissioned  officers  are  selected  for  their  general  fitness. 


iiWiiiimM 


MM 


-:' lL-Hi.tH*-jf^Titj 


48 

Their  appoiiitineuts  are  made  by  the  governor,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  assistant  com- 
mandant. They  enjoy  certain  privileges  not  usually  granted  to  the  other  cadets  and  have  an 
increased  allowance  of  pocket  money.  They  may  be  reduced  to  the  ranks  for  neglect  of  duty, 
misconduct,  or  incapacity,  with  such  additional  punishment  as  the  governor  may  impose.  Oudets 
reduced  to  the  ranks  for  unfitness  are  not  to  be  recommended  for  commissions  in  the  army  unless 
they  obtain  reinstatement  at  least  to  the  rank  of  corporal  before  graduation. 

The  establishment  reported  at  the  last  inspection  by  the  boartl  of  visitors,  in  June,  1895,  was 
12U8  cadets,  including  1  Queen's  cadet.  The  spring  term  of  1896  commenced  with  but  176  cadets, 
Ah  for  a  number  of  years  more  cadets  have  been  graduated  than  there  were  vacancies  available, 
a  m^jority  and  sometimes  all  of  the  class  have  been  obliged  to  wait  several  months  or  a  year  before 
receiving  commissions  in  the  army.  The  policy  will  probably  l>e  to  admit  fewer  cadets  each  year, 
so  that  the  number  graduated  may  be  at  once  provided  for  in  the  artillery  and  engineers. 

20.  Pay  and  terms  of  payment. — ^The  terms  of  payment  for  cadets  are  regulated  by  the  articles 
of  the  royal  warrant  for  pay,  etc. 

The  amount  to  be  contributed  on  behalf  of  a  cadet  at  the  Boyal  Military  Academy  shall 
dei)end  upon  the  position  held  by  his  father.    The  amounts  are  payable  half-yearly  in  advance. 

The  half  yearly  contributions  range  firom  £150  for  the  son  of  a  private  gentleman  and  £8n 
for  the  son  of  a  general  or  admiral  down  to  £40  for  the  son  of  an  officer  below  the  rank  of 
lieutenant-colonel  in  the  army  or  commander  in  the  navy,  the  minimum  contribution  being  £20 
for  the  son  of  a  deceased  officer  whose  family  has  been  left  in  pecuniary  distress. 

Pay  at  the  rate  of  3  shillings  a  day  shall  be  credited  to  a  cadet  to  cover  the  exiienses  of 
regimental  clothing,  messing,  washing,  and  othei'  contingencies.  All  other  necessary  expenses 
which  can  not  be  covered  by  his  pay  shall  be  chargeable  to  his  parent  or  guardian  in  addition 
to  the  regulated  contribution. 

Among  their  necessary  expenses  must  be  included  pocket  money,  which  is  issued  T'""<*kly  "^nd 
charged  in  the  cadets'  accounts  according  to  the  following  scale: 

SbUMu^  < 

Swiior  nnderofflcer i- 

DiviMional  nnderofflcer 4  - 

Corporal 3 

Cadet 2 

If  a  cadet  be  rusticated  or  removed  >  during  a  term,  his  daily  pay  shall  cease  from  the  date  of 
such  rustication  or  removal,  and  the  contribution  made  for  the  half  year  shall  be  forfeited. 

Each  cadet,  other  than  a  Queen's  cadet,*  on  first  joining,  will  be  required  to  pay,  in  addition 
to  the  regulated  (M)ntribntion,  a  sum  of  £25  toward  covering  the  expense  of  uniform,  books,  etc., 
and  to  bring  with  him  the  articles  of  clothing  of  which  he  will  receive  notice,  and  which  must 
afterwards  be  kept  up  at  bis  own  expense.  In  addition  to  the  half-yearly  contribution  in  advanec, 
he  must  also  deposit  £5  for  contingent  expenses,  which  sum  he  will  be  required  to  make  up  on 
returning  to  the  academy  after  each  vacation,  toward  covering  any  expense  that  may  be  incurred 
on  his  account  during  the  ensuing  half  year. 

II.— THB  ROTAL  MILITARY  COLLEGE. 

1.  The  Boyal  Military  College  is  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  affording  a  special  military 
education  to  candidates  for  commissions  in  the  infantry  and  cavalry.  Candidates  must,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  commander  in  chief,  be  in  all  respects  suitable  to  hold  commissions  in  the  army. 

>  Removal  or  expulaion  pravanto  admiaaion  into  any  braooh  of  Her  M^Jeaty'a  aervice. 

*  A  Queen's  cadet  has  no  contribution  to  pay  and  no  admiaaion  fee.  A  Qneento  cadet  at  Woolwieh  mnat  enter 
by  competitive  examination,  having  no  advantage  in  this  reapeot  over  the  other  oandidatea.  At  Pandhnrat,  how- 
ever, It  Qneen'i  cadet  has  to  pass  a  qnalifying  examination  only.  There  was  only  one  Queen'a  cadet  at  Woolwich 
on  the  24th  of  June,  1896,  the  date  of  the  laat  Inapeotion  by  the  botod  of  risiton. 


W.. 


li 


listant  (roin 
nd  havo  an 
ect  of  duty. 
«e.  Omlets 
army  uuIchs 

e,  1895,  w.is 
176  cadetN, 
18  available, 
year  before 
B  each  year, 
its. 
the  articles 

idemy  Hhall 
in  advance, 
an  and  £8(i 
he  rank  of 
1  being  £2U 

txiienses  of 
y  expenses 
ill  addition 

v--«'kly  -^nd 

i- 
4 
3 
2 

the  date  of 
ted. 

in  addition 
[M>okB,  etc., 
rhich  must 
n  advance, 
take  ap  on 
»e  iuutUTed 


al  military 
nst,  in  the 
Barmy. 


miut  enter 
Lhnnt,  how- 
it  Woolwiob 


49 

The  commander  iu  chief  it)  the  president  of  the  Boyal  Military  College. 

An  independent  inspection  will  be  made  annually  by  a  board  of  visitors,  api>ointcd  by  the 
s(>(;retary  of  state  for  war  and  re]M>rting  to  him.  The  report  of  this  board  will  be  presented 
ro  Parliament. 

The  college  will  be  under  the  control  of  a  military  oilicfir,  styled  "governor  and  commandant,'* 
iippointed  by  and  responsible  to  the  secretary  of  state  for  war  through  the  commander  in  chief. 

The  governor  will  be  assisted  by  a  staff  officer,  style<l  "assistant  commandant  and  secretary," 
who  will  command  the  cadet  battalion  and  have  the  custody  of  the  records  and  <;orres))ondence  of 
t!ie  college. 

The  organization  will  be  on  a  military  basis. 

The  governor  will  be  assisted  in  the  arrangement  of  t;he  studies  by  a  board  composed  of  the 
iissistant  commandant  and  the  professors  or  senior  instructors  of  the  different  branches.  The 
head  of  each  branch  will  have  the  supervision  and  inspection  of  the  stndies  in  his  department, 
aiul  will  report  on  them  to  the  governor. 

2.  Regulationa  for  tidmi»»ion. — Admission  to  the  Royal  Military  College  will  be  granted  (a) 
to  snccessflil  candidates  at  a  competitive  examination;  {b)  to  Queen's  cadets,  honorary  Queen's 
cadets,  Indian  cadets,  and  pages  of  honor,  subject  to  a  qualifying  examination. 

The  other  requirements  under  the  head  of  "regulations  for  admission"  are  the  same  as  those 
sot  forth  for  Woolwich  under  the  same'  head,  with  the  following  exceptions  and  additions: 

The  dates  of  admission  will  be  the  10th  of  February  and  the  1st  of  September  in  each  year. 

The  limits  of  age  for  admission  to  the  college  will  be  Arom  17  to  19.  Competitors  who 
desire  to  obtain  commissions  in  the  West  India  regiment  may  be  admitted  up  to  the  age  of 
L'2  until  July,  1894,  and  up  to  that  of  21  after  July,  1894. 

3.  Examinatioiu. — The  regulations  under  this  hood  are  the  same  as  those  comprised  under 
till'  same  subject,  paragraph  3,  of  the  Woolwich  examinations. 

4.  SnbjeeU  of  examinaiiotu. — The  subjects  of  the  examination  and  the  maximum  number  of 
marks  obtainable  for  each  subject  will  be  as  follows: 

CLAM  I. 

(1)  Mathenwiies:  (a)  Arithmetic,  inclnding  vnlgsr  uid  decimal  fhwtiona,  proportion,  »ii<t  Himple  intereet, 
:t,000  marks;  (6)  algebra,  np  Ut  and  inclnding  the  Itinomial  theorem,  the  theory  and  use  of  loKarithms,  3,000  markM; 
(')  Enclid,  Booka  I  to  IV  and  VI,  8,000  marks;  {i)  plane  trigonometry,  np  to  and  inclnding  solution  of  triangles 
aud  mensuration,  8,000  marks. 

(2)  Latin,  2,000  marks. 

(8)  French  or  German  (200  for  colloquial),  3,000  marks. 

(4)  English  composition,  inclnding  spelling  and  handwriting,  1,000  marks. 

(5)  Drawing,  geometrical,  1,000  marks. 

Oandidatos  who  have  not  previously  to  the  Ist  of  January,  1894,  passed  the  army  preliminary 
or  other  examinations  which  have  been  accepted  as  equivalent  thereto,  will  be  reiiuired  to  qualify 
in  arithmetic,  and  must  also  obtain  such  an  aggregate  of  marks  in  the  subjects  iu  Class  I  as  may 
satisfy  the  civil  service  commission. 

CLASS  U. 

(1)  Higher  mathematics:  (In  all  the  following  subjects  great  importance  will  lie  attached  to  accuracy  in 
numerical  results,)— Further  questions  and  problems  on  the  subjects  of  the  obMgatory  examination,  2,000  marks, 
statics:  The  equiltbrinm  of  forces  acting  in  one  plane  and  of  parallel  forces,  the  center  of  gravity,  the  meohanical 
;'t>wers  and  friction  (the  graphical  or  geometrical  method  of  treating  such  problems  should  be  studied  as  well 
IS  the  analytical;  no  application  of  the  differential  calculus  to  statics  will  be  required), 2,000  marks.  Dynamics: 
I  niform,  uniformly  accelerated,  and  uniform  circular  motion,  fklling  iMidies  and  prcjectiles  in  vacuo,  collisions  and 
work  (analytical  methods  of  solntion,  but  not  the  use  of  the  differential  calculus  will  be  involved),  2,000  marks. 
Analytical  geometry:  Problems  on  straight  line  and  circle,  2,000  marks.  Conie  sections:  Elementary  properties, 
with  easy  problems  both  on  the  analytical  and  geometrical  methods. 
10848  M  S A 


M 


lil 


--■•mm)t^!mirm>»*iiimai^mt»*'!>^r0mmM>rwmtiiiii' 


*SSJ.:Sia3E^ 


50 

(2)  Owmau  or  French,  as  »lt«ruatiug  with  Hubject  H,  of  CImm  I  (20U  fur  cuUu«iiiiul),  2,(IUU  iiiHrkH. 

(3)  Greek,  2,000  marka. 

(4)  English  history:  There  will  be  set,  uuo  general  paiior,  one  pafter  Iiuiite<l  to  a  flxud  i>erio<l,  of  wliivh  iiotirti 
will  be  given.  2,000  marks. 

(6)  Chemistry:  Elements  of  inorganic  chemistry,  2,000  marks. 

(6)  Physics:  Elementary  properties  of  electricity,  magnetism,  heat,  light,  and  sound,  2,000  marks. 

(7)  Physiography  and  geology,  2,000  marks. 

In  each  of  the  sabjects  (6),  (6),  and  (7),  the  examinations  will  be  partly  prautiual. 
Only  two  of  the  subjects  in  Class  II  can  be  taken  up. 


C'LAOS  HI. 


(1)  Oeography,  500  murks. 

(2)  Drawing,  fteehand,  600  marks. 


Both  these  subjects  may  be  taken  up. 

5.  The  number  of  marks  allowed  to  each  candidate  in  the  several  subjects  in  which  hu  Ims 
been  examined  will  be  summed  up,  and  the  resulting  total  will  determine  the  place  of  the  candidati' 
in  the  competitive  list,  the  successful  candidates  beirg  those  who  stand  at  the  head  of  the  list  up 
to  the  number  of  cadetships  competed  for. 

(a)  At  the  examination  held  June  26, 1805,  the  number  of  cadetships  to  be  awarded  was  101, 
of  which  83  were  for  the  infantry,  14  tor  the  cavalry,  and  4  for  the  West  India  regiment.  T1k's<; 
numbers,  however,  were  subject  to  reduction  according  to  the  number  of  cadetships  awarded  under 
paragraph  (c).  Intending  competitors  are  always  to  inform  the  military  secretary  before  the  dat« 
fixed  for  the  examination  whether  they  elect  to  be  considered  candidates  for  cavalry  or  infantry. 
They  may  return  their  names  (1)  for  cavalry  only;  (2)  for  infantry  only;  or  (3)  for  cavalry  or  infantry 
(infantry  preferred);  and  must,  in  addition,  state  whether  they  would  prefer  appointment  to  tlic 
Indian  stafT  corps.  Oadetships  will  be  given  to  successful  candidates,  subject  to  the  above 
limitation  of  numbers,  in  order  of  merit,  in  accordance  with  the  election  they  have  made.  Candi- 
dates electing  under  (3),  with  the  exception  of  those  noted  for  appointment  to  foot  guards,  will  nut 
be  brought  forward  to  the  successfhl  cavalry  list  while  there  are  candidates  electing  under  (1)  to 
be  provided  for.  Candidates  must  distinctly  understand  that  the  election  made  by  them  before 
the  examination  will  be  absolutely  final,  and  that  it  can  not  be  altered  after  the  result  of  tlie 
examination  has  been  declared. 

(b)  The  West  India  cadetships  were  awarded  in  the  same  manner  as  heretofore.  The  number 
of  competitors  is  usually  small,  and  as  the  candidates  are  generally  above  the  regular  age  of 
admission  to  Sandhurst,  they  can  go  in  for  the  West  India  regiment  only. 

(c)  Thirty-five  cadetships,  with  a  view  to  commissions  in  the  Indian  staff  corps,  were  awarded 
to  candidates  who  qualified.  Competitors  must,  when  notifying  their  preference  for  the  cavuliy 
or  infantry,  as  above,  state  whether  they  wish  in  addition  to  be  considered  candidates  for  the 
Indian  staff  corps.  AH  Queen's  cadets  (British  and  Indian)  and  honorary  Queen's  cadets  nomi 
uated  by  the  secretary  of  state  for  India  in  council  have  the  option  of  electing  whether  they  will 
join  the  military  college  for  appointment  to  the  staff  corps  or  for  commissions  in  British  cavalry 
or  infantry.  The  cadetships  remaining  after  the  claims  of  the  Queen's  cadets  and  honorary 
Queen's  cadets  (Indian)  have  been  satisfied  are  allotted  in  order  of  merit  to  successfiil  candidates 
other  than  candidates  for  the  West  India  regiment  who  have  elected  for  the  Indian  staff  corpH. 

{d)  The  total  number  of  vacancies  each  half  year  at  Sandhurst  is  120,  and  as  there  are  three 
classes  or  "  educational  divisions,"  the  total  establishment  is  360.  Supernumerary  cadets  ai  e, 
however,  admitted.  The  number  of  supernumeraries  at  the  date  of  the  last  inspection  of  the 
board  of  visitors,  June,  1895,  was  5. 

6.  QvteeiCi  eadets,  h<morarif  Quenfa  caAet»,  Indian  cadets,  and  pages  of  honor. — A  limited  number 
of  the  sons  of  officers,  who  have  earned  the  privilege  by  service  of  a  specified  nature,  are 


i>Siiwiv 


ifiii|iiiri-inf'TTr<  "•"'-' 


utrkH. 

,  of  wliicli  iiiiiicx 

ttrlcB. 
ticttl. 


which  hu  has 
thecuudidiitu 
of  the  li8t  up 

ailed  was  10], 
iment.  Thcs(; 
iwarded  under 
tefore  the  date 
ry  or  iofautry. 
Iry  or  infantry 
utment  to  Mic 
to  the  above 
made.  Caudi 
aards,  will  nut 
ig  under  (1)  to 
y  them  before 
I  result  of  the 


51 

appointed  Queen'H  or  honorary  Queen's  cadets,  or  Queen's  India  or  honorary  Queen's  India 
cadets,  and  are  admitted  to  Sandhurst  on  passing  a  qualifying  exauiination  only.  The  number 
ot  admissions  of  this  class  is  about  18  every  half  year. 

Pages  of  honor,  youths  who  have  served  in  the  household  of  the  Queen,  may  also  lie  atlnutted 
to  Sandhurst,  being  admitted  in  the  same  manner  as  Queen's  cadets. 

Queen's  cadets  will  be  granted  an  educational  allowance  of  £40  a  year,  tenable  between  the 
ages  of  13  and  17,  and  they  are  exempt  ftom  the  payment  of  any  contribution  while  at  Sandhurst 

With  regard  to  Queen's  cadets,  the  direotorgeneral  of  military  education  remarkH  as  follows: 

The  object  of  giving  a  money  ■llowMce  from  the  age  of  13  is  to  enable  the  catlet  to  obtain  an  education  which 
]ii8  mother'e  meanii  would  not  otherwise  enable  her  to  secure  for  him.  Instead  of  this  it  liecomes  a  guaranty  for  his 
entering  Sandhurst  without  that  education.  To  give  money  for  edaeation  and  then  to  admit  on  a  low  qualification 
set'Uis  to  me  to  be  illogical. 

Queen's  India  cadets  are  also  exempt  from  payment  at  Sandhurst. 

The  total  number  of  cadets  at  each  rate  of  contribution  at  Sandhurst  at  the  time  of  the 
inspection  by  the  board  of  visitors  in  June,  1896,  was  as  follows: 


Who  do  not  pay  contribution : 

Queen's  cadetH 10 

India  cadets 16 

At  jCaO  per  annum '-.-•  3 

At  £40  per  annum 42 

At  £60  per  annum 31 


At  £70  per  annum 3 

At  £80  per  annum 3 

At  £150  per  annum 202 

Total 365 


7.  Pay  and  term$  of  pajfment.—Tht)  pay  of  cadets  and  the  terms  of  payment  at  Sandhurst  are 
the  same  as  are  prescribed  for  Woolwich,  with  the  exception  not«l  for  the  privileged  cadets. 

8.  Timetable,  June^  1895.— The  examinations  covered  the  time  from  the  26th  of  June  to  the 
(itli  of  July,  inclusive,  the  hours  of  attendance  and  the  intermission  in  the  middle  of  the  day 
))eing  practically  the  same  as  for  the  Woolwich  examination. 

The  niles  for  the  conduct  of  the  examination  quoted  under  paragraph  6,  Woolwich,  note, 
apply  also  to  the  Sandhurst  exunination. 


The  number 
regular  age  of 

were  awarded 
at  the  cavalry 
idates  for  the 
8  cadets  uomi 
sther  they  will 
tritish  cavalry 
and  honorary 
fill  candidates 
staff  corps, 
liere  are  thne 
ry  cadets  are, 
lection  of  the 

imited  number 
id  nature,  are 


Wms:' 


■^"•™*i(SI®sS!9iaiS^*l9i^*^IWB?P5^ 


52 


!■. 


i 


a 
§ 

s 

a 

e 

t* 

w 

a 
« 


'8n{ii«jp  pa«q-«uj 


*il{dvjSo9{) 


■^8o[o 
-•>  pa«  iCqd«j8o|aiqj 


■aaiiiqj 


'Xi^afmaqo 


•Aio^^n  qaiiSaa 


e* 


04 


•JiawO 


'qaasjj 


'avauoQ 


■lai^vmoq^mn  J9q)H|H 


04 


I 

e 

J 


•I  «w«IO  'l«»ox 


'8a}ii«ip  i«0!J}enio«{) 


Sn}ii«da  Safpniani 
'ao{t{aodaioa  qaiisdg 


*a«au9f) 


'qoaaij 


•aB«l 


'ao)9«ii»q!|«]( 


I 


■ao{!(«a{nraxo  a;  jaqmntj 


S.i 


§•  g 


I 


rf -r 


3/  i 


'<«         do 


S*  3 


B 


•    4 


■S     «      5 


*^u9in  JO  aapjo  a{  jsqumn 


!g.  9!; 


5 

M 
H 

M 


I 


g 


S    3 


CO 


«0 
OS 


i 

§ 

■* 

i 

i 

(0 

^ 

s 

0) 

§ 

^ 

3 

9f 

§ 

^ 

n 
d 


i   5 


g' 


-.  8 


09       J 

s  ! 

5  I 


4> 


»    % 


I 


H      i 

i 

1^ 


5 


i 

si  I 

1>  u  IS 

|8| 
111 


^§1 
III 

lit 
ill 


lis 

ill 

;g  -   ~ 


o 

p< 


111 

li 
!  »  b 

g  »  S 

<M    C     -A 

•3     .S  * 
•  "  s  o 

im 

S.S  o  « 

s  S.21 

§  Ssl 

lill 

a  .a  9 


nai 


68 


9.  Sjtnoptit  of  ike  cour»e  of  imtruetion,  «<<!.— The  lenjcth  of  the  course  of  In»tni«tion  will  be 
eighteen  months,  aivide<l  into  three  terms  or  classes  of  six  months  each.  The  classci*  arc  known 
its  seniors,  intermediates,  and  Janiora. 

The  college  terms  will  be — 

First  term:  From  the  Weilnesday  of  the  week  in  which  the  27th  of  January  falls  to  the  27tli 
ol  June,  with  a  vacation  of  eleven  days  at  Easter. 

Second  term:  From  the  Wednesday  of  the  week  in  which  the  Iflth  of  August  falls  to  the  21  «t 

of  December. 

The  intermediate  periods  will  constitute  the  vacations. 

10.  The  following  subjects  will  form  the  ordinary  course  of  obligatory  studies: 


Courne  of  iimtrnotion. 


Marks. 


Senior 
division. 


MiliUi^   )*!>  linistration. 


Military  law 

Tactics  and  mnskstry 

Military  history  and  geography. 

Fortlflcation 

Military  topography 

Drill 

Riding 

Gymnastics , 


300 

300 
■000 

150 
*900 
'800 

200 

aoo 

200 


*°*f';  I  Junior 
mediate  -  ,i|_.«,«„n 
division. '  '"^'•'"»- 


Aggregate 3,660 


300 
300 
300 
ISO 
300 
300 
nil. 
nil. 
nil. 


1,660 


300 
300 
300 
nil. 
300 
300 
nil. 
nil. 
nil. 


1,500 


■  Inolading  150  for  tactical  schemes  and  150  for  musketry. 
*  Inolading  300  for  plates,  sketches,  etc. 
s  Including  200  for  plates,  sketches,  etc. 

Fifty  marks  will  be  given  toward  the  aggregate  of  each  of  the  underoftlcers  as  a  reward  for 
tbeir  services  if  recommended  by  the  governor.    The  text  books  used  are  the  following: 
Fortifications,  including  artillery:  Phillips's  Fortification;  Manual  of  Military  Engineering. 
Military  topography :  Richards. 

Military  law:  Queen's  Regulations;  Manual  of  Military  Law;  Morrison's  Text-hook. 
Tactics  and  musketry :  Clery's  Tactical  Text-book;  Musketry  Instrnction.  1896. 
Military  administration:  Queen's  Regulations;  Mannal of  MUitary  Law ;  Pay  Warrant;  Morrisons  Text-book 

(Notes  on  Military  Law,  Organization,  and  Interior  Economy). 
Drill:  Infantry  Drill,  1893;  Cavalry  DriU,  1896;  Rifle  Exercises,  Lw-Metford,  1882;  Musketry  Instruction, 

Lce-Metford,  1896;  gword  Exercises. 
Oymnastics:  As  laid  down  in  the  regulations. 
Riding:  As  laid  down  in  the  cavalry  drill. 

There  are  some  voluntary  subjects  of  instruction  mostly  practical,  such  as  ambulance  and 
stretcher  drill,  first  aid,  etc.;  range  finding;  signaling. 

11.  Emminatiom.— There  will  be  examinations  at  the  end  of  eacli  term,  conducted  by 
independent  examiners.  Some  questions  will  be  set  on  the  work  uone  in  previous  terms.  Failure 
to  pass  involves  a  warning  that  a  subsequent  failure  will  result  in  removal  from  the  college.  No 
ciulet  will  be  permitted  to  reside  for  more  than  three  terms  at  the  college  except  in  case  of 
pi  otracted  illness. 

Cadets  of  the  senior  division  who  have  completed  their  course  satisfactorily,  if  reported  to  he 
duly  qualified  in  all  respects,  will  be  eligible  as  vacancies  occur  and  will  be  gazetted  to  regiments 
as  second  lieutenants,  as  far  as  possible  in  their  order  of  merit. 


■'mHtm^mi0' 


54 


Oandidates  for  commissionH  will  be  permitted  to  expresH  a  general  preference  for  Iioinc, 
coloniefl,  or  India,  but  muHt  understand  tliat  in  the  intereMts  of  the  service  they  will  be  requiitil 
to  fill  any  vacancies,  wherever  available,  irrespectively  of  such  preference. 

In  catMs  where  a  Hpecial  claim  on  any  particular  rcKlment  may  exist,  any  fully  qnnlifinl 
candidate  may  make  application  accordingly  to  the  mlUtaiy  secretary,  and,  should  the  same  Ih> 
approved,  he  will  be  i)ermitted  to  wait  for  a  vacancy  la  ntk  regiment,  for  a  p<triod  not  exceeding; 
twelve  months,  being  liable,  in  consequence  of  such  waiting,  to  a  loss  of  seniority  in  the  anny. 

The  qualifying  minimum  at  the  several  examinations  is  one-half  of  the  aggregate  markH  and 
one-tliird  of  the  examiner's  marks  in  each  subject,  except  in  riding  and  gymnastics,  in  which  a 
counting  minimum  of  one-third  will  be  required. 

Cadets  who  obtain  0.75  of.  the  marks  at  the  final  examination  will  be  recorded  as  having 
passed  with  honors. 

A  cadet  will  l>e  removed  from  the  Royal  Military  College  on  the  following  grounds: 

(a)  If  he  fails  to  pass  at  two  consecutive  examinations. 

{b)  If  he  fails  to  acquire  a  sufficient  proficiency  in  military  exercises,  viz,  drill,  gymnastics, 
and  riding. 

No  exception  to  the  above  rule  will  be  allowed  on  account  of  absence  from  any  cause 
excepting  illness;  cases  of  protracted  absence  on  account  of  illness  will  be  specially  referred  foi 
decision  to  the  secretary  of  state  for  war  through  the  commander  in  chief. 

A  cadet  who  fails  to  pass  the  examination  at  the  end  of  his  third  term  of  residence  will  not  Ite 
permitted  to  return  to  the  Royal  Military  College,  but  will  be  allowed  to  be  examined  at  the  next 
ensuing  examination  if  specially  recommended  by  the  governor.  A  failure  at  this  examination 
will  disqualify  a  cadet  for  a  commission  in  the  army,  and  his  name  will  be  at  once  removed  from 
the  books. 

Prizes  will  be  given  at  the  final  examination  for  proficiency  in  each  subject. 

A  sword  will  be  given  at  each  final  examination  as  a  special  reward  to  the  most  deserving 
cadet  of  his  term. 

12.  The  following  time-table,  in  force  in  the  spring  of  1895,  will  give  an  idea  of  the  employ- 
ment of  time  in  summer  and  winter.  The  time-table  is  subject  to  frequent  changes,  though 
generally  the  variations  are  slight: 

Tablk  B. — Summer  time-tahle. 


Studies,  exercises,  etc. 


Rouse 

Drill,  ridiug,  and  physical  train- 
ing. 
Commandant's  parade 


First  study,  physical  training. 


Breakfast 

Hospital  attendance 

Drill  and  riding 


Di  vine-serrioe  parade 

Extra  drill,riding,or  gymnastics . 


Second  study. 


Sunday. 


8a.m. 


9  a.  m  . . . 
9.30  a.m. 


10.30  a.m. 


Monday. 


5.45  a.m 

6.10to7.10a.m. 


7.a0to8.a0a.i 

8.20  a.m 

8.30  a.  m 

9  to  10  a.m.. 


10.15  a.  m.  to 
2.15  p.  m. 


Tuesday, 

Thursday,  and 

Friday. 


5.45  a.m 

6.15  to  7.15  a.m. 


7.20to8.a0a.m. 

8.20  a.  m 

8.30  a.  m 

9tol0a.m 


10.15  a.  m.  to 
2.15  p.m. 


Wednesday. 


5.45  a.m 

6.15  to  7.15 
a.m. 


7.20  to  8.20 
a.m. 

8.20  a.m 

8.30  a.  m 


2  to  3  p.m... 

9  a.  m.  to  1 
p.m. 


Saturday. 


6.45  a.  m. 


6.15  to  7.15 

a.m. 
7.20  to  8.20 

a.  m. 
8.20  a.  m. 
8.30  a.  m. 
9   to   10.30 

a.m. 

11.30a.m.  to 
12.30  p.m. 


M 


ice  for  lioiin', 
II  be  requind 

Ully  qnnlifird 
the  Haino  U- 

notexcee4liii<> 
the  nnny. 

te  markH  and 

D»,  ill  which  a 

ed  as  having; 

ids: 

I,  gymnaHties, 

m  any  cause 
y  referre«l  f(»i 

ice  will  not  be 
id  at  the  next 
I  examination 
removed  tmi\ 


ost  deserving 

f  the  employ- 
mges,  though 


Tablr  n.—S»mmer  f<m<!-(«k(*— ContlniiMl. 


Saturday. 


>.45  a.  m. 


1.1B  to  7.15 

a.m. 
.20  to  8.20 

a.m. 
.20  a.  m. 
.30  a.  m. 

to   10.30 

a.m. 

1.30a.m.to 
12.30  p.m. 


HtiidioH,  flxerciHOM,  eto. 


Sunday. 


1  p.  m. 


LiiiiohiMin 

KidiiiK  uiid  gyuinaatirs 

Riding 

KeHtrictioii    nnd    ntoppage    of  '  5  p.  m 
leave,  roll  rull. 

8word  drill ..j 

Men 

First  ])aat 

Lantpont 

Lights  out 


Monday. 


Tueaday, 

Thnrtilay,  and 

Friday. 


3.1Bp.  n 3.1Bp.  ni 

.S.ir>to4.ir>p.iii.   3.15tol.l5p.iii. 


4.iriton.l5p.nic 


8  p.  ni . . . 
».15p.m. 
9.4Rp.m. 
11  p.  m.. 


e.into7.15p.ni 

7.45  p.  m 

9.15p.m 

9.46  p.  ni 

10  p.  m 


4.l6tor>.lftp.m. 


6.1Ato7.1Bp.m. 

7.45  p.m 

9.l5p.ni 

9.46p.ni 

10  p.  m 


WiMlneadny. 


1  p.  m, 


Hntiirday, 


I  p.  tn. 


5  p.m. 


7.46p. m 8  p.m. 

9.15p.  m 9.15  p.m. 

9.4ftp. m 9.45  p.m. 

10  p.  m I  10  p.m. 


Winter  time-table. 


Studios,  exerciaes,  «to. 


Rouse 

First  study,  riding  or  physical  train- 
ing. 

Breakfast 

Hospital  attendance 

Parade,  riding,  and  gymnastics 

Commandant's  para«le 

Second  study 


8und»y. 


8n.  m 


9  a.  m 

9.30  a.  m  .. 


10.30  a.  m 


Divine-service  parade 

Kxtra  drill,  riding,  and  gymnastioa 

Extra  study 

Luncheon !  Ip.  m 

Parade,  riding,  and  sword  drill.. . 

GymnaHtics 

Restriction  drill  or  roll  call 


Stoppage  of  leave  roll  call . . . . 
Private  study : 

First  and  second  divisions. 

Third  division 

Gymnastics 

Mess 

First  post 

Last  post 

Lights  out 


5  and  9.30 
p.m. 


5p.m. 


8  p.m 

10.15  p.m 
10.46  p.  m , 
11  p.  m 


Monday,  Tnes«lay, 
Friday. 


may,  i 
rsday. 


Thu 


6.30  a.m... 
7  to 8 a.m. 


Wednesilay. 


8  a.m 

8.30  a.m 

9  to  10  A.m... 


10.15  a.  m  to  1.45 
p.m. 


1.45  p.  m 

4.15  to  5.15  p.m. 
5.15  to  6.15  p.m. 


6  to  7.15  p.m... 
6.30  to  7.15  p.m. 
6.16  to  7.15  p.m. 

7.45  p.m 

9.45  p.m 

10.15  p.  m 

10.80  p.  m 


6.30  a.m... 
7  to  8  a.  m  . 


8  a.  m 

8.30  a.m.... 

9  to  10  a.m. 


10.15u.m.tol.45 
p.m. 


2.30  to  3.30  p.m. 
1.45  p.m 


Drill,  3  to  4  p.m. 


7.45  p.  m  . 
9.45  p.  m  . 
10.15  p.  m 
10.30  p.  m 


Saturday. 


6.30  a.  m. 

7  to  8  a.  ni. 

8  a.m. 
8.30  a.  m. 

9  to  10.30  a.  ni. 


12  m.  to  I  p.  m. 
12  m.  to  1  p.  m. 
1  p.  m. 


Drill,12m.and3 
to4  p.m.;  roll 
call,  5  p.  m, 

5  p.m. 


9.30  p.  m. 
10.15  p.m. 
10.45  p.  m. 
11  p.m. 


13.  Military  organization. — The  military  organization  of  the  college  has  already  been  briefly 
indicated.'  Each  of  the  cadet  companies  into  which  the  corps  of  cadets  is  divided  for  the  purposes 
of  parade,  messing,  and  quarters  is  under  the  command  of  an  officer  of  the  army,  detailed  from 
the  instructional  staff  of  the  institution.    The  noncommissioned  officers  are  detailed  from  the 


'See  note  to  Table  C. 


,i»<aii8»»s»«v««sw*w*wewj<wi««*!»ff^ 


;-.5^|»«!ffl*B!lS*«»*if  V  ?--■* « -itj,-. 


I 


66 

vndetM.  For  (mm'Ii  nulct  company  tlieri^  arv  ap|Hiiiite<l  oii«  iiiiderofllrer,  two  Nenior  vorporaN. 
and  foar  cor|MiralM.  I'nderoflirorH  and  vorporaU  take  H<>niority  among  tlienim'lvt'M  by  datu  ni 
apiiointnient  or  an  fixed  in  college  orders.  Tbey  are  not  liable  to  minor  puniHiinientH  otlni 
than  ''reprimand,"  bnt  may  lie  duprive<l  of  their  appointment**,  or  be  reduceil  to  a  lower  gi'adc 
in  addition  to  other  pnniHliment  by  the  governor. 

The  aftaiHtant  commandant,  who  cxirreHpimdfi  very  nearly  to  the  commandant  of  cadetK  at 
WeHt  Point,  liaM  command  of  the  cadet  battalion,  and  liaM  charge,  nnder  the  Kovernor,  of  the 
diHcipline  of  the  ca<letH.  il'in  dnty  u  to  direct  personally  the  instrnction  of  the  cadetM  in  all  drills 
and  military  exerciMeM.  He  prcpareM  and  iHHaeH  all  neceHKary  daily  orderH,  an<l  id  reNiM>nHib]e  for 
the  duty  roHters. 

14.  The  headwork  or  intelle<;tnal  work  at  SandhurHt  takes  up  only  alMiut  four  hourn  each  day, 
but  the  time  of  the  cadets  is  taken  up  in  some  way  or  another  from  7  in  the  morning  until  about 
r>  in  the  afternoon  for  four  days  of  the  week,  and  from  7  a.  m.  to  1  p.  m.  on  two  dayH  of  the  week. 
The  afternoons  on  which  there  are  no  military  exercises  or  studies  are  Saturday  aiul  Wednes<Ia.v, 
and  cadets  who  are  not  under  restriction  are  generally  given  leave  fnmi  Saturday  notui  to  Monday 
morning. 

Although  the  course  is  nominally  eighteen  monthn,  the  breaks  due  to  the  Saturday  and 
Sunday  holidays,  the  summer  and  other  vacations,  reduce  the  actual  academic  work  in  the  year 
from  twelve  nionthK  to  less  than  eight. 

Compared  with  the  lloyal  Military  Aca<lemy,  the  Sandhurst  vacations  were  formerly  consid 
erably  longer.  The  board  of  visitors  of  1804  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  vatratiotiH  at 
Woolwich  iind  Sandhurst  were  of  different  lengths  and  nt  different  seasons  of  the  year.  They 
recommendcd  that  the  vat^ations  at  the  two  institutions  should  be  at  the  same  peri(Nls,  and  tliat 
they  Mhould  coincide,  if  possible,  with  those  of  other  educational  institutions.  Acc«)rdingly,  in 
lS9a,  the  vacations  at  Sandhurst  were  reduced  to  the  same  length  as  those  at  Woolwich,  and  th«- 
board  for  1HU5  rei)orted  that  the  vacations  for  1890  will  be  as  nearly  as  possible  coincident. 

The  working  of  the  classes  at  Sandhurst  is  seriously  affected  by  having  two  kinds  of  c;tdets 
at  the  institution,  i.  e.,  the  competitive  cadets  and  the  Queen's  cadets.  The  Queen's  cadets  find 
themselves  side  by  side  with  youths  who  are  more  a<lvanced  than  themselves,  so  that  there  is  u 
tendency  to  delay  the  instruction  of  the  abler  cadets,  or  to  hurry  over  it  with  the  privileged 
eailets.  As  might  be  expected,  the  pro|)ortion  of  the  Queen's  cadets  who  fail  to  pass  their  exami- 
nations is  greater  than  that  of  the  competitive  cadets.  The  professor  of  fortification  at  Sandhurst 
reiiorted  on  the  2Sth  of  November,  1803,  ''that  out  of  the  12  cadets  who  failed  to  qualify  at  th<> 
first  term  examination  for  removal  from  the  third  division  to  the  second  division,  7  were  Queen's 
or  honorary  Queen's  cadets,  i.  e.,  58  per  cent."  Yet  the  Queen's  cadets  only  form  about  15  per 
cent  of  the  total  strength  of  the  division. 

The  director-general  of  military  education  in  his  report  for  1893  gives  the  following  figures: 

From  June,  1889,  to  December,  1891,  the  whole  number  of  cadets  who  passed  the  final  exami 
nations  was  1,012,  of  whom  891  entered  by  competitive  examination  and  121  by  qualifying' 
examination.    The  number  who  failed  at  the  final  examinations  during  the  same  period  was  22,  of 
whom  13  entered  by  competitive  examination  and  0  by  qualifying  examination. 

OENEBAL  REMARKS  ON  THE  TWO  INSTITUTIONS. 

The  characteristic  features  of  the  Woolwich  and  Sandhurst  schools  are  the  brief  period  ol 
instruction  and  the  somewhat  exacting  competitive  standards  for  admission;  the  two  occupying 
to  a  considerable  extent  the  relation  of  cauise  and  effect,  and  some  diversity  of  judgment  is 
expressed  as  to  their  expediency.  On  the  one  band  it  is  asserted  that  too  prolonged  a  course 
would  tend  to  discourage  young  men  of  the  class  from  which  the  supply  of  officers  in  England  is 
naturally  drawn  from  undertaking  an  arduous  training  following  the  years  spent  under  tuition  at 


I 


tr  uorportils, 
i  l>y  (Into  III 
iiientH  otli«-i 
lower  giMW. 

of  ciidetN  lit 
eriior,  of  tlh- 
*  ill  all  UrillN 
'4jM>nHib]e  t'oi 

irs  eiich  day, 
until  about 
of  tlio  week. 
Wednewlay, 
ti  to  Monday 

iturday  and 
ill  the  year 

lerly  consid 
^ai'atioiiM  :it 
year,  Thoy 
l8,  and  tliat 
ordin{f)y,  in 
icli,  and  thf 
ident. 

Is  of  citdets 
I  catlets  find 
it  there  is  ti 
B  privileged 
their  exaini- 
t  Sandhurst 
lalify  at  the 
■ere  Queen's 
ibout  15  per 

ing  figures: 
final  exanii- 
'  qualifying 
>d  was  22,  of 


Bf  period  of 
}  occupyiiifj 
udgment  is 
ed  a  course 
England  is 
Br  tuitiou  at 


TABII      C . 


Fmbmaiimb  of  9nmai  Mid 

KxnoMi 

for  «Im 

fcf 

^^  DriU,lUtHMlPlk>i^tfI 
1^          k-uaiMi^m. 

OrtlLRii^i^l  aiul 

9.«r4wi  u  i.iirM. 

SnAS 

$U  U  •.!• 

■r4Mk 

DaUJaf  Waft 

r. 

1 

A,a.  c»a9-»rai 

C.  Bi«»aP~J)ria 

CUif  UatvuaUra  ■ 

Milil 

& 

A  mAB-MIum. 

C.P,  c»ur-B^ 

TaNf 

C  ««4  P-C;)MRMtl'»«- 

A  «UB-(i:(MMMiw. 

CtamilMAV/, 

II 

Mt«i^. 

flit  Bt^lM 

CUaiaaJi  *iU  V , 

II  HAM 

U 
lilP.M. 

f  ><iari 

ClaaNtlli  «iUlV, 

Cuk  fieri 

9 

Orill 

OtiU 

TMtitt,  B«. 

LaataN  an  l^^iUiy  to«,  in  M*.  i 

r*ir  K 

Laatuit  NaU,  ««r,  4»A  CUm 

Ac 

IwintctwR. 

1 

CD,  C an! P— Prill. 

A.a.c«»Ar-2)>iU. 

TMliM,  Jm. 

UotHia  aM  A4MNi«<ralMM  mNa.  t 

P«irr 

A  ftiaB-R>Aiig. 

C*nAO— XiaiN|. 

iMlMit  H«U,  «U,  aU  Ckw 

fnftiiiiftn 

a« 

% 

c,o.B*ar-^«u 

A.B.BMUr.DnU 

MiliMM 
raftMMlttib 

Ga«  iMltiottaN 

Milit 

IViMiatf- 

1 

Ornt. 

OfW. 

Uatwe   i<t   N«    )    Laatara  M«U, 

r  p 

IMU  IO.M*.m. 

11 

Clau   iMCrualwN,   10.10  A.M.  U 

\%MWH0k. 

Ua«  •!  Omm  CaliaM  Mar   N«N 

IMaukt,  Itlal.l5f  w. 

1 

CO.t  •MP-Aritl 

A.ACwiAB-DriU. 

F«rtHi«ftkMM 

CUitMllaH4V.      A 

\IIMw«MH^-              f.«fta 
CluMiUlMiAiV.        I|.ttill«. 

Viaiit«Ma«frM4a. 
CUHatlAwAVl 

VUltypacartaaJa.    ,     IIMtO 

wiHMm. 

CUMfiiiMaiV           1.19  P.  M> 

t 

CO.CwifiPoJ)^. 

A.B.C«n4»-l)«»l 

tutKt. 

Water  «HMy.        J 
Lackin  M MAlaN  Uh  m|t«  1 

LoclM*  ftetl.  f  H  Ai^  CiMI 

iMtraatta* 

A  ii*B~ayiiMMiiM- 

fi  «Map-aiymM«M 

4 

IMU. 

j>rai. 

Miiiteiy 

•■•. 

Ontt.iUaM|«niPhyMM] 

IVMINIf 

iAfftollfAJt. 

lUttaAir. 

•i«9  «.«  t*  1.19  VJK 

1.19 1< 

»«-» 

o«wi«nir«k. 

1 

t 

▲  mmaiiAV^lMi. 

▲.l.B.aiiAf.-na- 

C.9.B.MIAV-MD. 

A-wAB—BUHL 
eO.B.«i4V.-lAl. 

'Sz- 

Caaat  Inalnietim 

Chaa  iMbMUoB  Mil  Oh^Amt 

eitp.-<iji»iiiMii 

A.  idB.-qywMtiM 

C1mw»  I>  mA  YI.,  4>l«f  TimOw 

IIM 

n»*y, 

' 

Oum  II.  Mi  T^  Co*  liAi, 

lllBAJt.  tP  1.19  FM. 

MNtft 

CI«M»  in- UA IV.,  Sta#a  Loi^ 

11.40  AJK.  ta  1.19  ».ic 

s 

** 

IMI. 

IWttif^lcc 

Laatw*  m   tvMtfk.  te  M»   & 
Ltcnw  BaD,  O^l  a.h-  ai^ 
C9aaaJbitfnic3Bi».         ^ 

Wr»a 

A.  B.C.««<.  0.-9(0. 

A.AB.mJLV.-IhilL 

Tactic*,  lib 

LoetuM  a»  ImMu,  m   N*.   a 

•MbMb 

«w-r. 

1 

a 

jLB.C.MiAD.-lMiL 

a«iii]>.-BiiiV- 
▲.B.E.M«r>IkilL 

lliilaqr 

lactam  HaO,  •■48   ajc,  mA 
ClMlMtnwtUt 

•fiU 

« 

&  AM  y>"-^WIIM0(HV> 

C.—AB.'-fly'"— tin. 

SSttCfi! 

Laetor*  i»  Ba  1  Laatara  Htfl, 
9>I9  AM.  t>  1040  AA,  Chtf 
Iitftnictioa. 

JKqr. 

P 

•.aotTraoAji. 

8.IOtat.M4Jtf. 

IMD. 

10.0  AM.  to  11.0  AJK. 

1 

A.B.B.MMir-lMI 

^etart  OB  NM^  Ti«« 

■ 

s-^. 

% 

CuiD.    SMlM. 

▲.■.■.MAfTiRin. 

CmAB.    Bjiiiwrtii 

|N«kj^teJfcvBMMkr 

% 

IMD. 

tfo.  1  iMtar*  Haa 

< 

TABU     C. 


Md 

iKWfiiii 

for  Um  Wtak  oiidbiC  2Mi  Jom  IIM. 

PM. 

tlCUJ-M- 

l(iiiiM|  mJ  fiy mm*  1;  iu . 

SwcriOaU 

1^ 

t>^. 

\l  Wart 

tJtri»4»S 

^^ruJAf 

64r           7  If 

f. 

•V, 
4tyt| 

9.4»r, 

•  ll.lf  AM. 

II  ISAM 

U 
III  r.M. 

«,  in  H*.  t 
4«ACUit 

III. 

Ac 

D.  B  «iULF^C^MMlM< 

>.  ■  »«AC--Gj|illlMltM<. 

A  AiUi  r4N4r 

Militafi 

U*AU  in 

inittwt. 

1 

MmUg. 

MiNtMlMnmN*.! 
9U,«U  C|»M 

N 

)    LMl«r«  I4«U, 
m,   10.10  > H  U 

ZaUm  MM   N«« 

•  i.i3rM. 

TaU  Note* 
lie 

MiiitarH 

r  p  p(«*i 
11. 

A.M. «nA  C-CyMMiUu 

A«NAB-Xidiii| 
0.  C  MMtr—QymMiAiu. 

Cm«ID    AtnAI 

rUvoiM. 

i 

& 
1 

TiMdbdi. 

V.     ^ 

t      ^ 

IV 
n. 

,     IIMM 

I.IS  r.M. 
Ml  »ii«  1 

,  Mi    CtMf 

iSyjK 

XI9t«t.l< 

XidUf  aai  GywiM^itiM. 

SwwAftrfH. 

•  * 

u 

iwr. 

•#W«Fk. 

I4«ti44i. 

4k4t  te  •.«. 

ftfti 
AJO. 

7.  If. 

n 

Ite  till  OHk^^MT 

n.,  4rlH  TlwAv 

*.M. 

1  T.,  Ca*  IhMi. 
I.IS  rM. 

1.19  *.m; 

BMtleL  te   M»   » 
n,  MS  A.H,  mA 

lII.t»W 

<Mt»»jBl« 

a...Ai-i«ti^. 

C  MiO  -Rdini 

jLmtU 

clMio. 

iS 

1 

A 
S 

TkuMa^. 

EmMu,   m   N»    a 
D|«.48   ^JC,  mA 

0.  1  Lm«d«  lUI, 
»  1040  JLM.,  ChH 

s.r.  wii^. 

B.B.r    OynMiin 

CmAD 

itudr. 

1 

a 
• 

**r, 

.OA.IS. 

• 

E  <¥>    r,    are   the   deBij- 


Hifitg. 


I 
% 


A,B.C  MAO-Sritt. 


Onll 


C.  ft.  eAnaF-PrA 

CO,  CAtar-itniL 

A  Mil— GiiNMNitf. 


OrtU. 


PoTtilicftlim 


TMiia,fte 


CUSt  lASttH£ti»li  ■ 

Ct4WU  I  mU  Vf , 

f  tte  ttldM*- 
CUssMJiAiUV, 

Cknvlli  awliV, 

Calk  f  tOTS. 
I.MUM  an  MiliUiy  Lfw,  in  N*.  1 

Lutun  H«U,  9-4I-,  4«a,  CUtf 

twtrucban. 


II  ISAM 

U 
|.I(P.M. 


IkoAay- 


1 
« 


CO,  CaiUP— Orin 
A  aiidB—R'iiiiig. 

A  *«A  B  —  CyiNMaMiet. 
Orni. 


A.B.C««aP— Drill. 
C  andD— KidiRl. 

A.ji,s*iar~orai. 


TofltlM,  Itc. 
MiliUiy 

P*fti»Mlt«R 


Laeturt  tii  AdiMiMCratMn  i»N«.  t 
UOwt  H«ll,  f.«5,  c»4  Ckti 
iMtltutMll. 

Ckai  InilrMUMN 

Uctwe   tn   No    1    L«ctar«  M«U, 

945  U  IO.MA.W. 
CImi   iMtruatMn,   lO.IO  XH-  U 

l».«  MM. 
Ut«  at  Oun  CtttaR  «•» 

X«d*iikt,lltol.i5r.M. 


C.O.S  Mid  P -Drill 
A  Mtd  B->-JluUtg- 


A.ACmAD-DriU. 
S  Mid  P  —llidnif 


PortUUttktMi 


C.D.e«iAP-J)i>a. 
DriU. 


A.B.C«nAO-Onll 
C  omA  P  >-aym«ail«s 

AriU. 


PhyMa 


CUsmiIImUIV.      <) 

Ul  Mtd  IV. 


Tutici. 


MilitAiy 


Visit  t|Mt«fTM4t. 

CUM«r*«AVt       1 

VUittyp«*ftMJ&l      II.MM 
CUMHiiJ  omAIV      f    I.I9P.M- 

WaUrCufrN.        J 
LMtMiB  MMAlaii  Um  mj<«  1 

Utcfau*  Itell,  »««,  Ml  Clfti* 

ImtntDtnw  ■ . 
CUMlmttnuitotn. 


DiM, 


•StjI 


iJlOtollfAA. 


IMB, 


It" 


9l49  A.K.t*  1.19  VJC 


IVWiafWorii. 


▲.B.B-WIAF. 

CmAn 


C.J).l.wAP-MIL 
A.MAB.— liiki. 

C  D.S.«i4V.-0iffl. 
JL.  — dB.— OymnnhM 


OMfl. 


TMfkf^fee. 


ClMt  iMbrUCtiHi 

Cbw 

ffoAc . 

ClMK*  !■  mA  VI.,  4-laf  TtMdw 

lI.4CtiaI.lS*.M. 
Oum  II.  Mil  T,  Ca*  "Bahtt 

IVUAJt.tO  1.15  VM. 

C21iMM»  la.  ud  IV.,  Sii^  IioA^ 

11.40  AM.  te  LIS  rx. 
LMtum  m   IterttciL  is  !!»   » 

LccOM  HaO,  MS  am^  mA 

CluilMiraclim. 


weiy. 


iLB.CM«.S.-»DrflI. 


a 


A.B.C.MAD.-1ML 
S.«iiAf. 


A.B.B.uAV-DfeiiIL 


TacUo,^ 


IfiilMy 


iMliii*  M.  lM«iu«  m  Ns.  a 
Lwstar*  HdL9.«9    ajc,  mA 

Clun  livlraBtian - 

Laeture  in  So.  1  LmAwo  HMI, 
9.45  A.K.  to  lOJO  iMC,  CkH 
Inflraction. 


J>qr* 


StfMnd^, 


Drfn, 


•MAlliyipkMl 


•.aotorwAjfi. 


&ao«o9.«o 


C.anAD.    SMm. 
▲.B.S.MA7.    iRiD. 
CmAD. 

StiO. 


iiiVo.tLMlMkb]l. 

«•«}»,  taJfcv  loaoM.- 
«miBmm. 
LMtero    Voro&caltev.  i& 
ir*  1  iMlvr*  Hall. 


DriD. 
10.0  A  K.  to  11.0 


Cammandon^  P«m^ 


Mote.-  The  letter*  A,  I 
nations  of  the  »ix  coapo 
divided,  each  coi»p«;y.o« 
the«e  companies  eontfani 
from  each  of  the  eivcati 
the   college. 


UatHteitMn- 

AttUtw^ 

C4iiao-RidiiM 

A  AiUB  e«Mir 

illilitaii 

1 

InitniotMii,  9i«3  (o  1 1 .1  ff  AM. 

c  a«a.r  HUmg. 

_         _ 

ir^Tf, 

a» 

tllMUVI,        \ 

II  ISAM 

III. 

t«^«a«- 

MoNloy. 

Mar*. 

U 

1  It  P.M. 

a»tlit4itli 

It  m  And  IV  , 

inltant. 

Ik  gim$.            J 

M  m  MikUiy  l.#w,  m  N».  t 

r«ir  Notu 

A.  B  a.ftlC— CjfmiMfliu. 

^         — • 

Rtvitim. 

9 

tfuic  H«U,  9.HS,  *«A  CUtf 

kc 

tructwn. 

u«  (li  AdmiHMtratMn  mN*.  1 

Fair  Note* 

Coiidr— xi4iR|' 

CaiiaO    AanAB 

RavUioa. 

I 

•Ctoit  Hftll,  fftS,  «U  C|»a 

ftc 

itmatMn. 

IiuU««UMn 

Military 
IbfofMlty 

A  andA— Xidiag 

—             — 

*3 

X 

TuMdb^. 

IMC   tn   No    )    l.«et«rc  H«U, 

r  P.  Pt«lt 

A,  JB.  *nl  C-CymHAOiU. 

0.  C  aJiAr  — flyiMaihu. 

—            •» 

t 

15  u  io.«o  ».m. 

II. 

iMCroAtiMt,  io.«e  xm  u 

M  MM- 

af  Qun  CattoK  mm   Hvh 

id»ukt,  llU|.l3f.M. 

mjIIahAV.      1 

••UlMl/lV, 

».«Sto 

sy!:::vr*'> 

iittyp«r*f«Mia. 

,     ll«OM 

McliJ  ohAIV 

I.19P.M- 

kUs«  HaU.  fys,  Ml  Clui 

ItniBlMN.. 

ilMtnicbm. 

litstiuir 

I  A-Kt*  1.19  »JC 

uastuiy. 
aLi9t«».i« 

AM. 

Kidwif  ani  GyMnastiai. 

S«m4  OrAl. 

tjO«i0.4K 

•1     . 

«   (* 
c3 

iv. 

IMiHafWflA. 

a4fte44«. 

44fe»S.«l. 

5.4V  «i 
•JO. 

•JO«o 

7.  If. 

•  IMnietim 

M  IiMboelMB  tai  tMrioat 

■.aaAl.'SaU^. 

C  MdX)  -lUlini 

A-mAB 

CLanAO. 

Tail  ^>Mi«  A  ■  1 

1 
ft 

rwkccMfMCM 

lU.«iU 

««>I.»aAVI.,«-l«f  iMdw 

Mil                  9 

|.4Ct»l.lSV.K. 

jMttatfiQ 

ThiMMiy. 

Mw  II.  Mi  y.,  CiA  Viftt, 

i.isajw.  to  l.lSrit. 

lH»m.uAIir.,Si»#iLoih^ 

1.40  A.K.  te  LIS  V.IC 

Mctun  H«^  MS  iMS  mA 

WrNol^^. 

A,B  «NiC— (^ytMHaiUw- 

*^ 

■"• 

JkriMl. 

t 

liM  an.  iMtiM,   m   N^    a 

Nir]iBt«ft» 

A.anll-JMniff 

CanAO. 

X.aa«r 

ta^WM. 

mtvt  HdL  f  .49    ▲«.,  nA 
•LMtbatraatkn. 

1 

Aiitar. 

ture  itt  >«.  1  LMdtM  HaU, 

¥y&- 

JL*  S.  MM  C      QyMIISMilf . 

11.1. r  fljwMiin 

j^SeSl 

a 

■■^■r* 

.49  A.K.  to  1040  .*r«.,  ChH 

n. 

s 

nftroction. 

1 

hiirfiifc> 

1                                1 

SiAlabr. 

Bnn. 

lAlt.toll.OAJ>. 

Pav^e. 


-  The  lottera  A,  B.  C,  D,  I  V»  F,  aro  the  d«»l|- 

componioo  contain*  •••obdirioion  of  *l>o«*  f® 
saeh  of  the  oducational  division*  or  claiso*  of 

>ll«ge. 


;/|i^:6  ;. 


t.: 


m 


se 


i  «ti    UfsJ 


y^^^^\^rf*ii,.i  j:    ji.-j,.4,((!     ij 


•t.tf  ^1^ 


4- — '  ')'■' 


»«»t4 


->4..tt  <k«  di 


'Ml 


'^.:.  I 


i  ;      -y-'^:^  •■.-4 .  ! 

M.A«J  i! 

'•■   •-^•JS£) 
f 


;»J(«.ir. 


•r: 


,. -,#4<«ia|^ft*,,|_.     i«'- 


'f  .« : 


>..<k  O^.ettfOt; 


Uswt^fe.tn.Ss'-Sifl'J'Hfl  i  I  8 


'         .■  ■;   ,,,..„._  y  «   ..1* 


;Mt<J>!*.5C^iiiiW6. 


.A»v  .^*^t    •r^ 


57 


the  public  schools,  particularly  in  view  of  tbe  fact  that  the  army  as  a  profession  is  not  paid 
(Mioiigh  to  be  self-supporting,  and  not  all  who  enter  it  can  be  sure  even  of  continued  employment 
on  full  pay.  An  alternative  proposed  is  to  raise  the  standard  of  admission  and  thereby  take 
advantage  of  the  competition,  to  counteract  the  brevity  of  instruction  later,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  supply  a  means  of  pretty  thoroughly  sifting  the  material  at  the  outset. 

Ou  the  other  hand,  it  is  contended  that  mere  academic  proficiency  is  not  by  any  means  the 
surest  test  of  those  qualities  which  go  to  make  a  soldier,  however  desirable  as  an  auxiliary,  and 
liat  a  period  of  training  sufUciently  long  to  develop  and  modify  individual  characteristics  and  to 
saturate  the  pupil  with  the  traditions  and  essential  re<iuiremeuts  of  the  military  service  is  needed 
both  to  impart  the  requisite  technical  knowledge  and  military  instinct,  and  in  particular  to 
inculcate  habits  of  discipline  that  are  essential  and  that  can  not  be  required  if  the  period  of 
tutelage  is  too  short. 

In  the  case  of  Sandhurst,  the  course  of  instruction  has  within  the  last  few  years  been  length- 
ened from  one  year  to  eighteen  months,  so  that  a  demand  for  a  still  further  lengthening  of  the 
course  would  probably  meet  strong  opposition.  With  regard  to  Woolwich,  it  is  very  generally 
conceded  that  the  course  of  instruction  is  too  short,  or,  as  the  boards  of  visitors  of  1893  and  1894 
express  it,  "That  no  amount  of  instruction  that  can  be  given  during  the  two  years  which  cadets 
now  pass  at  the  academy  can  by  any  possibility  be  considered  adequate  for  the  completion  of  the 
instruction  of  ofScers  of  artillery  any  more  than  it  can  be  for  that  of  officers  of  engineers." 

An  additional  argument  for  longer  courses  of  instruction  is  found  in  the  fact  that,  especially 
in  the  case  of  Woolwich,  the  army  vacancies  are  fewer  than  the  graduates,  and  thus  the  young 
men  are  kept  waiting  without  occupation  or  pay  for  prolonged  periods  after  completing  the  course. 
Of  the  graduates  from  Woolwich,  for  example,  of  March,  1894,  the  greater  number  were  still 
inprovided  for  in  March,  1895.' 

It  is  evident  that  such  an  intervening  stage  of  idleness  and  freedom  from  restraint  is  highly 
disadvantageous  to  the  individual  at  the  age  of  graduation. 

The  matter  has  been  brought  before  Parliament,  and  the  secretary  of  state  for  war  has  agreed 
that  provision  should  be  made  for  continuing  instruction  and  supervision  until  commissions  are 
given  and  the  young  officers  ordered  to  duty. 


I 


FRANCE. 

The  schools  which  correspond  most  nearly  to  the  United  States  Military  Academy  are  the 
I^cole  Polytechnique,  at  Paris,  and  the  l^cole  Sp^ciale  Militaire,  at  St.  Gyr,  or  St.  Cyr,  as  it  is 
popularly  designated. 

I.— L'ficOLE  POLYTECHNIQUB,  OE  THE  POLYTECHNIC  SCHOOL.  , 

Thin  school  is  at  Paris  and  was  founded  in  1794.  It  has  been  reorganized  by  various  decrees, 
the  latest  of  which  was  dated  March  13, 1894. 

The  object  of  the  school  is  to  train  students  for  the  following  branches  of  the  public  service, 
viz:  The  artillery  of  the  army  and  the  marine  artillery;  the  engineer  corps  of  the  army  (g^nie 
militaire);  the  engineer  corps  of  the  navy  or  naval  constructors  (g^nie  maritime);  the  corps  of 
naval  officers;  the  hydrographic  corps;  the  marine  commissariat  corps;  the  corps  of  highways 
and  bridges  (ponts  et  chaussiies);  the  manufactories  of  the  State;  the  engineers  of  the  powder 
and  saltpeter  service;  the  mining  engineers,  and  the  telegraphic  lines;  also  for  such  other  public 
services  as  require  a  profound  knowledge  of  the  mathematical,  physical,  and  chemical  sciences. 

Admittance  to  the  school  is  exclusively  by  competitive  examination.    After  a  two  years' 
course  the  student  may  go  to  one  of  the  special  schools  of  application  for  any  of  the  above- 


■  "niis  applies  more  p»rticalarly  to  cadetH  reoommended  for  the  royal  artillery. 


•*^£??i«^v»'ri-,i 


f.^  ^^^f^am^itftii/im 


pi 


68 


mentioned  services,  provided  be  can  pass  Huccessfully  the  final  examinations  and  be  declared 
to  be  acceptable  for  this  service  by  tlie  decision  of  a  committee  wbiuli  draws  up  the  classification 
list  for  the  public  services. 

Fulfillment  of  these  conditions  does  not  give  an  absolute  right  to  enter  any  of  the  public 
services;  admission  to  any  service  depends  upon  the  number  of  vacancies  existing  at  the  time  of 
leaving  th«)  school,  upon  the  physical  aptitude  of  the  student,  and  his  place  on  the  order  of  merit. 

The  polytechnic  school  is  subject  to  military  discipline  and  is  directly  subject  to  the  minister 
of  war. 

The  number  of  students  to  be  admitted  is  fixed  every  year  by  the  minister  of  war.    In  1894 
the  number  was  fixed  at  210.    The  admission  depends  partly  upon  the  capacity  of  the  school 
buildings  and  partly  upon  the  prospective  number  of  vacancies,  although  the  minister  is  author 
ized  to  admit  one-tenth  more  than  the  number  necessary  to  fill  vacancies  that  will  presumably 
occur. 

The  cost  of  board  (pension)  is  1,000  francs  per  year.  The  cost  of  the  outfit  is  fixed  every 
year  by  the  minister.  A  deposit  of  100  francs  in  addition  is  required  on  entering  to  constitute  the 
student's  individual  fund  (masse). 

Full  or  half  bursars  are  appointed  from  those  whose  family  financial  circumstances  require 
such  concessions.  These  are  required  to  bind  themselves  to  serve  the  State  for  ten  years,  unless 
they  reimburse  the  treasury  the  cost  of  their  respective  bnrsarships.  On  graduating  into  the 
artillery  or  engineers  each  bursar  cadet  receives  the  cost  of  a  first  outfit. 

Tlie  competition  for  admission  to  the  Polytechnic  is  public,  and  takes  place  every  year  in 
Paris  and  in  certain  cities  designated  by  the  minister  of  war. 

All  candidates  must  be  French  born  or  naturalized,  must  have  been  vaccinated  or  have  had 
the  smallpox,  and  must  be  between  the  limits  of  17  and  21  years  of  age  on  the  1st  of  January  of 
the  year  of  the  competition.  Temi)orarily,  soldiers  who  have  served  six  months  with  the  colors 
are  eligible  up  to  the  age  of  25. 

Candidates  must  enter  their  names  by  the  1st  of  April  at  the  latest,  either  at  the  prefecture 
of  the  department  where  they  are  studying,  if  they  are  civilians,  or,  if  they  are  soldiers,  at  the 
prefecture  of  the  department  where  they  are  garrisoned.  Only  the  students  of  the  Prytance 
Militaire  are  exempt  from  the  requirement  of  entering  their  names. 

Before  they  are  allowed  to  enter  their  names,  candidates  must  produce  the  following  papers: 

(1)  The  legally  attested  birth  certificates  of  the  candidate  and  his  father. 

(2)  Proof  that  the  candidate  possesses  one  of  the  following  diplomas:  Bachelier  cs  sciences, 
or  bachelier  de  I'enseigueraent  secondaire  special  ou  moderne.  Oertiflcates  that  the  candidate 
has  passed  the  first  examination  for  the  baccalaureate  are  also  admitted  in  lieu  of  the  diplomas 
above  mentioned. 

(3)  A  certificate  of  physical  aptitude. 

(4)  A  declaration  of  the  place  where  he  wishes  to  be  examined. 

(5)  A  declaration  from  the  father  of  the  candidate  with  regard  to  the  payment  of  the. board 
(pension)  for  his  son,  or  an  application  for  a  bursarship  or  demibursarship. 

Every  candidate  who  succeeds  in  obtaining  an  appointment  to  the  school  and  who  does  not 
report  to  the  commandant  of  the  school  within  the  time  fixed  by  the  letter  of  appointment  will 
be  considered  as  having  resigned. 

0~i  u-  "iving  at  the  school  every  appointee  will  be  subjected  to  a  medical  examination,  and 
all  those  who  are  found  fit  for  miiicary  service  are  required  to  sign  an  engagement  to  serve  three 
years  from  October  1  in  the  army.  The  two  years'  service  at  the  school  is  credited  to  the  scholar, 
but  in  case  a  scholar  fails  in  his  studies,  or  is  dismissed  for  misconduct,  he  is  required  to  serve  out 
his  full  term  of  three  years  as  a  soldier  in  some  line  regiment. 


n 


e  declared 
aBSifioatioii 

the  public 
the  time  of 
sr  of  merit, 
le  minister 

In  1894 

the  school 

is  author- 

»resamably 

fixed  every 
tstitute  the 

cea  require 
ars,  unless 
g  into  the 

ery  year  in 

r  have  had 

January  of 

the  colors 

prefecture 
iers,  at  the 
>  Prytanee 

ag  papers: 

8  sciences, 
candidate 
)  diplomas 


the.board 

)  does  not 
;ment  will 

ition,  and 
»rve  three 
e  scholar, 
serve  out 


59 

For  certain  reasons,  such  as  failure  in  health  or  on  account  of  injury,  scholars  may  be  turned 
back  for  one  year,  but  not  more  than  once,  and  this  year  does  not  count  as  a  credit  against  the 
three  years'  engagement. 

By  article  15  of  the  new  decree,  a  certain  number  of  foreigners  may  be  permitted  by  the 
minister  of  war  to  follow  the  course  as  externals,  provided  their  aptitude  has  been  established  by 
means  of  a  special  examination,  but  no  such  foreigner  may  be  admitted  as  a  resident  scholar. 

The  scholars  live  in  barracks,  and  are  divided  into  four  companies  for  purposes  of  discipline 
and  military  instruction ;  for  academic  purposes  they  are  classed  into  two  divisions,  corresitonding 
to  the  years  of  the  course.  Twice  a  year  the  standing  of  each  scholar  is  published  by  bulletin. 
At  the  end  of  the  school  year  an  examination  fixes  the  relative  order  of  merit  in  each  division, 
and  the  average  of  the  results  of  the  final  examinations  of  both  years  fixes  the  order  of  merit  of 
the  graduating  class.  The  scholars  of  the  graduating  class  select  the  public  service  which  they 
wish  to  enter  before  they  go  up  for  the  final  examination,  and  they  also  declare  their  secondary 
selections.  If  they  decide  not  to  enter  any  of  the  public  services,  they  so  declare,  and  are  then 
sent,  equally  with  those  who  have  selected  a  civil  position  in  the  public  service,  to  serve  one  year 
in  the  reserve  of  the  army  as  second  lieutenants.  They  must  all  fulfill  the  three  years  of  service 
for  which  they  contracted  on  entering  the  school. 

If,  for  any  reason,  any  scholar  should  not  accept  the  place  in  the  public  service  assigned  to 
him,  or  if  his  graduating  standing  should  not  have  obtained  for  him  a  vacancy  in  some  of  the 
services  supplied  by  the  polytechnic  school,  he  may  be  appointed  a  second  lieutenant  in  some  part 
of  the  army  or  navy  not  specified  in  the  list  of  services  sup  iied  by  the  school,  or  may  be  sent  to 
the  school  of  forestry,  or  to  one  of  the  schools  of  application  for  the  civil  service. 

Those  who  graduate  in  the  artillery  and  engineers  of  the  army  and  the  marine  dllery  are 
sent,  as  el^ves  sous  lieutenants  (student  secoiid  lieutenants),  to  take  a  post-graduate  course  at 
the  school  of  application  for  the  artillery  and  engineers  at  Fontaiuebleau  (formerly  Metz). 

Of  the  graduates  of  1894,  who  went  into  the  army  or  marine,  76  entered  the  artillery  of 
the  army,  24  the  marine  artillery,  10  the  marine  engineers  (naval  constructors),  1  became  a 
hydrographer  of  the  navy,  and  21  went  into  the  engineer  corps  of  the  army. 

The  polytechnic  school,  though  under  the  minister  of  war,  is  much  more  of  a  scientific  school 
than  a  military  one.   A  diploma  from  this  school  is  considered  invaluable  for  any  scientific  career. 

ENTRANCE  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  competition  is  divided  into  three  successive  examinations:  First,  the  "compositions"  or 
written  papers;  second,  the  preliminary  examinations  or  examinations  of  the  first  degree  (oral), 
and,  third,  the  examinations  of  the  second  degree  (oral). 

Papers  {^'compositiono^^).— These  include  a  paper  on  the  course  of  special  mathematics,  a 
problem  in  descriptive  geometry,  a  paper  on  the  French  language,  a  paper  on  physics  and  chem- 
istry, a  trigonometrical  problem,  a  pen-and-ink  (or  india-ink)  drawing,  am:  '^  drawing  of  a  bust 
from  a  plaster  cast. 

All  the  papers  are  corrected  and  marked.  When  the  marks  allotted  to  any  paper,  multiplied 
by  the  proper  coefficient,  amount  to  less  than  the  sum  fixed  by  the  examining  board,  the  candidate 
is  not  allowed  to  enter  the  examinations  of  the  first  degree. 

KXAMINATION  OF  THE  FIRST  DKORKB. 

The  oral  examinations  of  the  first  degree  are  held  on  the  subjects  specified  in  the  programme 
of  admission,  and  serve,  in  connection  with  the  mathematical  papers  and  the  papers  in  chemistry 
and  physics,  to  exclude  from  the  oral  examinations  of  the  second  degree  such  candidates  as  are 
insufficiently  prepared. 


60 

To  accomplish  this  result,  the  mean  of  the  marks  of  the  two  examinations  will  be  mnltiplied 
by  10;  to  this  will  be  added  the  mark  of  the  physical  and  chemical  paper  multiplied  by  2,  and 
tlie  mari{  on  the  mathematical  paper.  When  the  sum  of  the  points  thus  obtained  is  less  tlinn  the 
minimum  fixed  by  the  exaniinint;  board,  the  candidate  will  be  eliminated. 

KXAMINATION  OV  THE  8RCOXD  DKGRKB. 

The  oral  exansinations  of  the  first  degree  serve,  in  connection  with  the  papers  and  the  oral 
examinations  of  the  second  degree,  to  determine  the  classification  in  order  of  merit. 

CoejSlcient$. 

Oral  examinations  of  the  flrat  degree 10 

Mathematical  paper 1 

Physical  and  chemical  paper 2 

For  final  admisHion  : 

Mean  of  the  two  oral  examinationH  of  first  degree 18 

Examinations  of  the  second  degree : 
Mathematics — 

First  examiner 20 

Second  examiner 20 

Physics 10 

Chemistry 5 

Gorman 5 

Papers : 

Mathematics 4 

Descriptive  geometry 3 

Trigonometrical  problem 1 

Drawing 4 

Pen-and-ink  sketching 1 

French 6 

The  marks  on  the  difl'erent  papers  and  examinations  range  from  0  to  20. 

Any  candidate  who  obtains  in  any  subject  a  mark  less  than  5  shall  be  reported  to  the  board 
and  may  be  excluded  for  insufficient  preparation,  and  any  candidate  who  turns  in,  in  any  subject, 
a  blank  sheet  yfiW  not  be  allowed  to  enter  the  oral  examinations. 

PROGRAMME  OF  SUBJECTS  OF  EXAMINATIONS  (1895). 

The  examiners  are  always  allowed  to  satisfy  themselves  that  the  candidates  are  properly 
grounded  in  the  elementary  mathematics  (arithmetic,  geometry,  and  algebra). 

(1)  Algebra:  Through  the  higher  algebra. 

(2)  Trigonometry:  Through  plane  and  spherical  trigonometry. 

(3)  Analytical  geometry :  Analytical  geometry  of  two  and  three  dimensions. 

(4)  Mechanics:  Cinematics,  dynamics,  and  statics. 

(5)  Descriptive  geometry:  As  far  as  the  intersection  of  conical  or  cylindrical  surfaces  of  the 
intersections  of  surfaces  of  revolution  whose  axes  intersect. 

(<))  Physics:  Optics,  measuring  instrament«,  such  as  verniers,  micrometers,  and  spberometers; 
weight,  laws  of  falling  bodies,  etc.;  hydrostatics,  statics  of  gases;  heat,  calorometry;  changes  of 
state,  such  as  fusion,  solit^lfication,  and  surfusion ;  hygrometry. 

(7)  Chemistry :  Organic  and  inorganic. 

(8)  French  language:  A  composition  of  the  same  style  as  those  prescribed  by  the  programmes 
of  the  class  of  i)hilo8ophy. 

(9)  German  language:  The  principal  rules  of  grammar;  translating  at  sight;  answering  in 
German  questions  addressed  to  them  in  that  language,  etc. 

(10)  Geometrical  drawing,  drawings  in  india  ink,  and  copies:  Candidates  must  execute  a 
problem  in  descriptive  geometry,  an  indiaink  drawing,  and  a  copy  from  a  plaster  cast,  in  penciL 


61 


anltiplied 
by  2,  and 
tliHii  the 


the  oral 


} 


be  board 
'  subject, 


propflrly 


ss  OP  the 

^meters; 
mjifes  of 


rammes 

>ring  in 

icute  a 
[)enciL 


(11)  Problems  and  drawings  to  be  handed  to  the  examiners:  Candidates  mnst  tarn  in  to  the 
examiners  a  number  of  descriptive  geometry  problems,  and  drawings  in  pencil  and  India  inic, 
executed  by  themselves  during  the  current  scholastic  year.  This  work  must  be  proi)erly  attested, 
HO  as  to  make  sure  that  the  drawings  presented  are  really  the  work  of  the  candidates  in  question. 
Attempts  at  deception  with  regard  to  these  matters  will  rule  out  a  candidate  from  further 
competition. 

FUBTHBB  BaOULATION». 

An  advantage  of  15  points  will  be  granted  to  those  candidates  who  produce  the  diplouia  of 
bachelier  ^s  lettres,  or  a  certificate  that  the  candidate  has  passed  the  first  examinations  for  tliis 
baccalaureate  degree. 

An  advantage  of  from  1  to  5  points  is  granted  to  those  candidates  who  show  themselves 
proficient  in  some  living  language  other  than  German. 

A  number  of  points,  varying  from  1  to  15,  will  be  allowed  the  candidates  for  their  aptitude  in 
physical  exercises  (fencing,  gymnastics,  and  riding).  Candidates  are  not  admitted  to  the  exami- 
nation of  the  second  degree  unless  they  can  preoent  a  certificate  from  the  physical  examining 
board  to  the  effect  that  they  have  passed  the  tests  required  by  this  board. 

All  the  subjects  included  in  the  programme  are  equally  obligatory.  Candidates  whose  infor- 
mation on  any  of  the  subjects  of  examination  is  deemed  to  be  insufficient  are  to  be  struck  from 
the  list,  whatever  may  be  the  rank  they  occupy  in  the  order  of  merit. 

OOUBSE  OF  INSTEUCTION. 

The  course  comprises  the  following  branches :  Analysis  (the  higher  branches  of  analysis), 
mechanics  and  machines,  descriptive  geometry  and  stereotomy,  physics,  chemistry,  astronomy, 
architecture,  history  and  literature^  drawing,  including  drawing  of  machinery,  and  German. 

There  is  also  a  department  of  military  instrnotion,  .^resided  over  by  a  chef  d'escadron  of 
artillery. 

No  list  of  text-books  is  available  at  present. 

II.— I/fiooLB  Sf^oiale  Militaibe  i  St.  Otb. 

The  special  military  school  of  St.  Oyr,  or  St.  Cyr,  as  it  is  popularly  designated,  dates  from  the 
time  of  Louis  XIY.  It  was  last  reorganized  in  1882.  It  is  intended  to  supply  officers  for  the 
infantry,  the  cavalry,  and  the  marine  infantry. 

The  course  of  instruction  lasts  two  years,  and  no  scholar  is  allowed  to  remain  more  than 
three  years  at  the  school.  The  privilege  of  taking  a  third  year  to  complete  the  course  is  only 
allowed  where  circumstances  of  exceptional  gravity  have  compelled  a  student  to  suspend  work  at 
the  school. 

The  school  is  subject  to  military  discipline. 

The  cost  of  board  (pension)  is  1,000  francs  and  that  of  the  outfit  from  tfOO  to  700  francs. 

Bursarships  or  half  bursarships  may  be  granted  to  young  men  whose  parents  are  unable  to 
support  them  at  the  school.    Outfits  or  partial  outfits  may  also  be  allowed  in  such  cases. 

Admittance  to  the  school  is  exclusively  by  competitive  examination.  The  competition  is 
divided  into  three  parts: 

(1)  The  papers  ("compositions"). 

(2)  The  examination  of  the  first  degree  (oral). 

(3)  The  examination  of  the  second  degree  (oral). 

Competitors  are  limited  to  those  who  have  obtained  degrees  as  bachelier  es  lettres,  bachelier 
^8  sciences,  bachelier  de  I'enseignement  special,  or  a  certificate  of  qualification  for  the  baccalau- 
reate degree  in  secondary  or  classical  modern  schools. 


62 


PoBBession  of  one  or  more  of  these  degrees  or  oertifloates  gives  n  right  to  a  nnniber  of  imints, 
varying  from  40  to  15,  according  to  the  number  and  Icinds  of  degrees  possessed  by  the  competitor. 
These  count  for  admission  only. 

Tlie  programmes  and  dates  of  the  entering  examinations  or  competitions  are  published  every 
year  suffloiently  long  in  tulvunce  to  give  candidates  from  the  remotest  parts  of  France  plenty  of 
time  to  compete.  Candidates  must  be  French  born  or  naturalized,  robust  and  well- formed,  free 
from  any  ailment  that  would  unfit  them  for  the  military  service,  and  not  loss  than  17  or  more  than 
21  years  of  age  on  the  1st  of  January  of  the  year  of  the  competition.  They  must  be  registered  as 
candidates  before  the  night  of  the  15th  of  April,  those  not  belonging  to  the  army  at  the  prefecture 
of  the  region  where  they  are  completing  their  studies,  those  already  soldiers  at  the  prefecture  of 
the  region  where  they  are  garrisoned.  Scholars  of  the  Prytan^e  Militaire  need  not  register.  The 
competitions  for  admission  are  held  during  the  months  of  June  and  July  at  all  the  principal 
centers  of  each  army  corps  region. 

Accompanying  his  application  to  register,  the  candidate  must  famish  the  proper  birth  certifi- 
cates, a  surgeon's  certificate  of  vaccination,  and  a  certificate  from  the  local  recruiting  officer  that 
he  has  military  aptitude;  also  a  statement  of  the  place  where  he  desires  to  be  examined,  and  a 
statement  from  his  parents  or  guardians  that  they  are  able  to  pay  the  expenses  of  board,  etc.,  or 
if  not  so  able,  a  request  for  a  full  or  half  bursarship. 

COMPETITIONS. 

Papers  {^^eompositiona"). — (a)  A  paper  on  the  French  language  of  the  grade  of  the  class  of 
elementary  mathematics;  {b)  an  exercise  in  German,  German  script  to  be  employed;  also  a 
translation  from  the  German ;  both  exercise  and  translation  to  be  made  without  the  help  of  a 
dictionary;  (e)  a  mathematical  paper;  {d)  a  logarithmetic  calculation,  solution  of  a  triangle; 
no  tables  allowed,  except  a  five- place  table  of  logarithms;  (e)  a  simple  problem  in  descriptive 
geometry,  or  in  one- plane  descriptive  geometry;  (/)  a  drawing  in  pencil,  fh>m  a  plaster  cast;  {g)  a 
shaded  copy  of  a  landscape;  (h)  a  topographical  drawing,  copy  of  a  map  on  a  scale  of  1-20000. 

A  failure  to  turn  in  any  one  of  these  papers  will  exclude  the  candidate  from  the  rest  of  the 
competition.    However,  an  unfinished  paper  will  not  necessarily  be  a  ground  for  exclusion. 

In  all  the  papers  stress  will  be  laid  upon  legible  writing  and  correct  spelling.  Failure  on 
these  points  will  exclude  a  candidate  from  flirther  comi)etition. 

The  papers  are  judged  by  examiners  and  "correctors"  appointed  by  the  minister  of  war. 

The  marks  given  by  the  "correctors"  range  ftom  0  to  20. 

The  mark  given  to  a  paper  is  multiplied  by  the  corresponding  coefficient,  and  the  result  is  the 
number  of  points  gained  by  the  candidate  on  such  paper. 

The  mean  of  the  marks  on  the  pencil  drawing  and  the  landscape  drawing  gives  the  number 
of  points  allowed  for  drawing. 

In  any  case  where  the  sum  of  the  products  formed  by  multiplying  the  marks  on  the  different 
papers  by  the  corresponding  coefficients  is  less  than  a  certain  limit  the  candidate  is  excluded. 

This  limit  is  fixed  every  year  by  the  minister  on  the  recommendation  of  the  examining 
committee  under  the  presidency  of  the  director-general  of  infantry. 

KXAMINATIUNS  OF  THE  FIRST  OBGRBB. 

Taken  in  connection  with  the  papers  the  examination  of  the  first  degree  decides  the  question 
of  "admissibility"  in  the  case  of  any  candidate.  The  subjects  of  this  examination  include  all 
those  mentioned  in  the  programme,  with  the  exception  of  the  German  language. 

The  board  is  composed  of  three  examiners,  one  for  the  literary  part  and  two  for  the  scientific 
part. 

The  questions  put  to  any  candidate  are  drawn  by  lot  from  a  number  prepared  by  the 
examiners.    Each  examiner  marks  the  candidate  on  the  answers  to  the  questions  he  has  put  to 


him, 
and 


of  |N)intN, 
ompetitor. 

liwl  every 
plent}'  of 
rnied,  free 
more  tban 
mistered  m 
prefe<;turo 
sfeuturo  of 
ter.  The 
priucipul 

rth  certifl- 
fficer  that 
led,  and  a 
d,  etc.,  or 


e  class  of 
i;  also  a 
help  of  a 
triangle; 
Bscriptivc 
ast;  (g)  a 
L-20000. 
BSt  of  the 
on. 
i'ailure  on 

war, 

alt  Ih  the 

)  number 

different 

ded. 

:amjning 


luestion 
ilade  all 

cieutific 

by  the 
I  put  to 


him,  on  a  Hcale  ranging  from  0  to  20;  he  multiplies  this  number  by  the  corresponding  coetticient 
and  puts  down  the  partial  pro<lucts  on  a  sheet  bearing  the  name  of  the  candidate. 

To  obtain  the  total  number  of  points  to  which  a  candidate  is  entitled  on  this  oral  examination, 
Hie  examiners  luld  together  all  these  partial  products. 

To  determine  the  total  numl>or  of  the  points  which  will  fix  the  positio.i  of  the  candidate  in 
the  order  of  merit,  add  together  the  total  number  of  points  obtained  as  just  mentioned,  the  total 
number  obtained  on  papers,  those  allowed  for  physical  aptitude,  and  the  credit  or  "mt^oratiou," 
if  any,  allowed  for  the  literary  diplomas  or  certificates. 

Each  examiner  devotes,  in  general,  twenty-five  minutes  to  the  examination  of  a  candidate. 
All  the  answers  of  the  candidate  are  considered  in  giving  him  his  mark,  which  ranges  between 
0  and  20. 

The  examiners  of  the  first  degree  put  down,  on  a  sheet  bearing  the  name  of  the  candidate, 
the  three  marks  obtained,  multiply  each  by  the  corresponding  coeflflcient,  and  take  the  sum  of  the 
products.    This  result  is  added  to  the  total  number  of  points  obtained  on  the  papers. 

In  any  case  where  the  sum  of  all  the  pointti  thus  obtained  is  less  than  a  certain  limit  the 
candidate  is  excluded  from  the  examinations  of  the  second  degree. 

The  candidates  who  satisfy  all  the  above  conditions  receive  a  certificate  of  «  admissibility,"  on 
the  presentation  of  which  they  are  admitted  to  the  examinations  of  the  second  degree. 

XXAMIMATI0N8  OP  THK  SKCOMU  OBORKK. 

For  the  examination  of  the  second  degree  the  l>oard  is  composed  of  five  examiners — three  for 
the  scientific  part,  one  for  history  and  geography,  and  one  for  German  and  English. 

'  PHYSICAL  APTITUDE. 

Independently  of  the  written  or  oral  examinations,  the  candidates  undergo  another  to  deter- 
mine their  physical  aptitude,  their  skill  in  riding,  fencing,  and  gymnastics.  The  last  three  are 
obligatory. 

A  mark,  ranging  from  0  to  20,  is  given  each  candidate  for  each  of  the  three  separate  exami- 
nations in  riding,  fencing,  and  gymnastics. 

The  effectives  of  the  school  are  fixed  every  year  by  the  minister  of  war,  upon  which  depends 
the  number  of  vacancies  to  be  competed  for.  Heretofore  the  effectiv<^s  were  usually  fixed  at  900, 
which  would  give  a  yearly  number  of  450  admissions,  or  rather  more.  In  1894  the  number  of  places 
to  be  competed  for  was  475,  for  which  there  were  about  2,200  entries.  For  1895  the  number  of 
admissions  has  been  raised  to  600,  and  the  150  additiouals  may  be  taken  from  those  at  the  top  of 
the  list  of  successful  candidates  for  entrance  to  the  naval  school. 

Every  candidate  who  receives  an  appointment,  and  who  does  not  report  to  the  commandant  of 
the  school  within  the  time  fixed  by  his  letter  of  appointment,  is  considered  as  having  resigned. 

No  one  can  be  admitted  to  St.  Oyr  who  is  under  the  height  of  1  meter  540  millimeters  (about 
61  inches),  or  who  is  laboring  under  any  of  the  disabilities  that  would  involve  discharge  from  the 
army.  Gonsequently,  the  appointees  on  their  arrival  at  the  school  are  subjected  to  a  medical 
examination.  If  they  pass  this  examination,  they  are  required  to  sign  an  engagement  to  serve 
for  three  years. 

Bursar  cadets  are  required  to  serve  for  ten  years,  unless  they  make  good  the  sums  that  have 
been  advanced  by  the  State  for  their  board,  etc 

PBOOBAUME  OF  THK  8UBJB0TS  OF  EXAMINATION. 

(1)  History:  The  history  of  France  and  of  Europe  from  the  reign  of  Louis  XIII  to  the 
present  time.  (Coincides  as  fur  as  possible  with  the  course  of  history  taught  at  the  <<lyc^es," 
which  correspond  to  our  high  schools.) 


f 


•4 

(2)  Geography:  (a)  Europe:  Physical  geography;  orography;  hydrography;  fMlitical  googra 
phy ;  railwayn.  (A)  France:  Physical  geography;  orography;  hydrograpliy ;  political  geography ; 
railways;  iuteriial  navigation;  colonies,  particularly  Algeria  and  Tunis,  (v)  Auia:  Ht'us,  couMts, 
ishindH,  <'aiM>M,  etc.;  orography;  hydrography;  foreign  colonies;  Ohina  and  Japan.  (f()  Africa: 
Seas,  coasts,  islands,  capes,  etc. ;  rivers  and  lakes;  European  colonies;  Egypt,  {r)  America:  HcaH. 
ooaitts,  islands,  caftes,  etc.;  mountains  and  rivers;  European  colonies;  United  States;  summary 
information  on  the  other  American  States.  (/)  Oceanica:  Archipelagoes  and  islands;  European 
colonies. 

(3)  (lernian  language:  A  theme  on  the  bliusltboard;  reading  German  script;  translating  at 
sight;  conversing  in  German. 

(4)  English  language:  Optional.    Questions  only. 

(5)  Algebra:  Through  the  8<tlution  of  e<|uationM  of  the  first  degree  and  Miuations  of  the  sec- 
ond degree  with  one  unknown  quantity;  also  through  arithmetical  and  geometrical  progrosHJouH, 
including  logarithms. 

(0)  Geometry:  Through  Mplierical  geometry. 

(7)  Descriptive  geometry  and  one-plane  descriptive  geometry:  As  far  as  the  projection  of  the 
plane  sections  of  spheres,  cones,  and  cylinders  of  the  sectmd  order. 

(8)  Plane  trigonometry:  Through  the  solution  of  triangles. 

(9)  Analytical  geometry :  Kootilinear  coordinates  only. 

(10)  Mechanics:  S^'atics,  cinematics,  dynamics. 
(U)  Physics:  Hydrostatics,  heat,  electricity,  optics. 

(12)  Cosmography:  Oonstellations  and  principal  stars,  celestial  sphere,  the  earth,  construction 
of  maps. 

(13)  Topography:  Planimetry,  representation  of  the  ground,  accidents  of  ground,  measure  o<' 
distances  on  the  ground,  measure  of  angles,  theory  of  the  execution  of  a  regular  survey,  estimation 
of  the  ditt'erence  of  level  of  two  points. 

TahU  of  ooejfleienU. 

(1)  Papers: 

French  paper 14 

Mathematical  paper 14 

Logarithmic  calcnlation 2 

Problem  in  descriptive  geometry 6 

Drawing  iYwm  model 3 

Topographical  drawing 2 

German  theme 8 

German  tranalation 4 

Total 68    83 

(2)  Examinations  of  the  first  degree : 

Physios,  meolianics,  cosmography,  topography 10 

Algebra,  geometry,  descriptire  geometry,  trigonometry,  analytical  geometry . .  10 
History  and  geography 10 

ToUl 30    30 

Hum  of  the  coelticients  for  admissibility 83 

(3)  Examinations  of  the  second  degree: 

Literary  snbjeota — 

French  paper  (sapplemen tary  ooeffioient) ; 2 

History 14 

G«^ography 14 

German 10 

English  (optional) 2 


cal  froofrra 

t'UH,  COilNts. 

(d)  Atrivn: 
rictt:  H»uH. 
;  Buinmurv 
;  Etiropeuii 

uslating  Ht 


of  the  Her- 

0(;rCM8i0DH. 


itioii  of  tliv 


>n8tmctioii 

iiieaHiire  of 
estimation 


S3 


66 

(9;  KxaiuiiiAtiuDit  uf  ilia  mouuiI  d»gr««»— €ouliuu«Hl. 
Hulautlflc  ■ubjeoto— 

Algebra  and  pUn*  trigonometry 10 

Oeonietry 13 

Denoriptive  Keoiuetry 10 

Annly tiral  geoinotry 10 

Coemography  and  topography 6 

Physioa  and  nieohaniva 18 

Total lU 

(4)  rbyHical  aptitude: 

Riding 2 

Fencing 3 

OymuaatloM 3 

Total 8 

Hum  of  the  ooatHoienta  for  adniiaaion 306 

SYHTKM  OF  INSTRUCTION,  OUBBIOULUM,  ETO. 

The  system  of  instraction  followed  is  mainly  that  of  lectures,  there  being  several  large  rooms 
(anii>hitbeator8)  arranged  for  that  purpose,  which  will  seat  ft'om  150  to  200  students  at  a  time,  the 
I)eiiche8  being  raised  like  the  seats  in  a  theater,  so  that  every  cadet  may  have  a  good  view  of  the 
instructor,  the  blackboards,  or  the  illustrations  which  the  instructor  may  have  to  imint  out.  A 
company  of  cadets  is  usually  inarched  into  the  lecture  room  by  its  own  company  officers,  and  they 
carry  with  them  their  arms.  After  the  lecture  the  companies  are  marched  to  one  of  the  several 
large  study  rooms,  where  each  cadet  has  his  special  desk,  and  works  out  the  result  of  the  lecture 
lie  has  just  heard.  In  addition  to  these  lecture  and  study  rooms,  there  are  small  examination 
rooms  where  the  cadets  are  questioned  on  the  work  that  they  have  completed  in  the  study  rooms 
us  a  result  of  the  lecture  previously  had. 

OourM  of  inatruetion. — The  course  of  instruction  includes  the  following  branches :  Artillery, 
topography,  military  art  and  history,  military  legislation  r>Dd  administration,  fortification, 
musketry,  geography  and  statistics,  military  literature,  Oerman,  and  drawing.' 

The  cadets  also  receive  instruction,  practical  and  theoretical,  in  infantry  and  cavalry,  and  in 
gymnastics  and  fencing. 

The  purpose  of  the  instruction  given  to  the  cadets  is  purely  military. 

During  their  stay  at  the  school  all  the  cadets  also  receive  instruction  in  riding. 

The  cadets  are  divided  into  two  divisions  or  classes  corresponding  to  their  respective  years  of 
instruction  at  the  school.  They  are  promoted  from  the  second  to  the  first  division  after  passing 
the  prescribed  examination. 

The  cadets  of  the  first  division  undergo  a  final  or  graduating  examination. 

A  cadet  who  is  dismissed  fbr  misconduct  is  sent  to  do  duty  in  some  regiment  as  a  noncom- 
missioned officer  or  private,  according  to  the  circumstances. 

Those  who  fail  at  the  final  examinations,  and  who  are  not  turned  back  at  the  school,  are  sent 
to  regiments  as  noncommissioned  officers  to  complete  their  three  years'  service.  The  successful 
h'raduates  go  to  the  infantry  or  cavalry  or  the  marine  infantry  as  second  lieutenants.  They  rank 
ill  the  army  according  to  their  graduating  standing. 

The  school  is  organized  on  a  military  basis.  The  scholars  live  in  the  barracks  and  are  formed 
into  a  battalion  of  eight  companies,  constituting  one  infantry  battalion.    This  battalion  ranks  as 


■  See  Table  A,  annexed,  for  tha  prograuune  of  instraction  for  a  week  in  December,  1895. 
16848  M  S 5 


I^PWP* 


W~I«TI  J 


66 


the  tli-Mt  of  thu  tiruiy  of  FritiK'e.  Thu  ofltceiH  of  tbu  biUtulioii  uiw  dutuiltMl  t'roiii  tliu  iirniy.'  Tlir 
Hergeiiiit-nii^ior,  <|Uttrt4)nii»Mt«r-M(n-|{ouiit,  mirt^eiiiitH,  un<l  coi'itorulit  iir«  detailud  fVoiii  thu  Hohohu'H  oi 
the  Huiiior  oIhmh  or  ilivlMlon. 

ThoM;  H(rhoh)rH  who  nt  the  Kuster  examination  of  thoir  tlrHt  year  have,  at  their  own  re4|U(>Ht, 
and  after  an  ivxumlnation  by  a  board  of  cavalry  ."Ir  -  »^u  dosignatud  for  the  cavah-y,  furiii  a 
H|ieeial  Mec^tion  for  cavah'y  inritruction,  inttpeotionH,  i  >  '  Uscipliiie.  Once  chtsHt'd  in  tlie  ciivalry 
Hection,  a  ciulet  can  not  be  taken  out  of  it,  except  fu>  .'\»it''  inltrniity  wldcli  would  niitit  hini  tor 
niounteil  H«jirvico. 

The  cavalry  Hcction  Iiim  an  organization  correH{N>ndinK  very  nearly  to  that  of  a  H<|uadri»h.' 
ItM  ofticerH  and  acting  noncoinmiBHioned  oillcers  are  apiiointed  in  a  nninner  sindlar  to  that  pre 
8(;ribed  for  the  schmd  infantry  battalion. 

CadetH  receive  pay  at  the  rate  of  28  trentimeH  (~ij  cents)  per  day. 

The  number  of  graduates  tVoni  St.  Cyr  in  1804  was  417,  of  whom  75  went  into  the  cavalry  and 
the  remainder  to  the  infantry. 

Tej't-lmokH. — The  text-books  used  at  the  school  are,  (is  a  general  rule,  compiled  or  written  l>.v 
the  professors  or  instructors  on  duty  at  the  school,  and  are  i)eculiar  to  the  institution.  They  urt> 
rewritten  from  year  to  year,  or  as  often  as  is  necessary  to  keep  pace  with  military  progress,  and 
are  mostly  lithographed  from  manuscript,  only  a  lindted  edition  being  published.  For  this  reason 
they  are  seldom  seen  outside  of  the  school. 


■  Each  of  the  oonipantea  of  the  infantry  battalion  Ih  comman<leil  by  a  onptaln-inHtrnotor,  detaileil  ft-om  the  army, 
Thd  preHeiit  regiilittioim  i)f  the  Bchmtl  (20th  September,  1895)  provide  thitt  each  captaiu-itistruotor  shall  hiive  iiiiilnr 
liJH  orderH  four  liontenaiit-iiiHtriiotorH,  iiIro  detailed  from  the  army.  Aa  n  rule,  the  two  senior  lientoiinnts  lire  in  cliiir);e 
of  the  military  instruction  of  the  soholiirs  of  the  Heoond  year  or  senior  olitss;  the  other  two  should  tlicn  Ih<  emplo.viMl 
in  the  instruction  of  the  soholars  of  the  first  year.  As  the  lieutenant-instructors  are  supposed  to  remain  on  duty  at 
tlie  school  for  two  years,  the  ciulets  will  remain  nnder  the  same  military  instructors  ilnring  the  whole  of  the  conrHc. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  the  number  of  lieutenants  detailed  at  the  Hchool  does  not  allow  the  assignment  uf  four  to 
each  company.    The  number  of  lieutenantH  actually  so  detailed  for  each  company  nppeurH  to  be  only  two. 

"  At  present  the  cavalry  section  of  the  school  is  under  the  conmiand  of  a  chef  d'escadrouN  (m%jor).  The  cavalry 
scholars  form  two  siiuadrons  of  cavalry,  each  consisting  of  four  platoons.  The  1st  squadron  is  made  up  of  the  schdl- 
ars  of  the  second  year  or  senior  class;  the  2d  squadron  includes  only  soholars  of  the  first  year.  The  2d  squadron  Is 
not  formed  until  tiie  Ist  of  .January  following  the  entrance  of  the  class.  Each  squadron  is  commanded  by  a  captitiu, 
who  remains  the  instructor  of  his  own  particular  tquwlrou  during  the  whole  course  of  study. 

The  captain-instructors  of  cavalry  are  assisted  by  lieu  tenant- instructors,  four  of  whom  are  attached  to  i-itch 
squa<lron.  These  lieutenants  act  as  platoon  commanders,  and  have  the  same  general  duties  as  are  pre«cribe«l  for  tlitt 
lieutenant-instructors  of  the  infantry  companies. 

The  captain  commanding  the  2d  squadron  has  charge  of  the  special  equestrian  instruction  of  the  infant ly 
scholars  of  the  second  and  first  years.  He  is  assisted  in  this  duty  by  two  lieutenants,  one  commanding  the  cavalry 
noncommissioned  staff  at  the  soliool,  and  the  other  commanding  the  remount  detachment. 


"^ 


a 


•£. 


•5> 

9 


.2 


{ 


urniy.'    T 
lu  HcholurK  oi 

)wii  rfN|U(*Ht, 

^'alry,  form  n 

tli«  mviilry 

iiiiflt  liiiii  (or 

u  N<|imdi-i»ii.' 
to  tliut  pre 


)  cavdlry  aii< 

)r  written  by 
a.    They  urt« 
trogreHB,  aii< 
r  tliia  roHHuii 


from  the  Briny, 
lall  have  iiiiilflr 
ta  uroiuvhiii')!e 
tn  Im  etiiph>,v<Ml 
lain  on  duty  at 
)  of  the  conrNc. 
nient  uf  four  to 
two. 

I.  The  cavalry 
upof  these  hoi- 
2d  8<|iiadroii  is 
d  by  a  captaiu, 

ttaohed  to  (micIi 
Mtoribed  for  tint 

if  the  infantry 
log  the  cavalry 


1 


f 


OBRMANY  (PRUSSIA). 

The  school  which  corresponds  most  nearly  to  the  United  States  Military  Academy  is  the 
«  Haupt-K&detten-Anstalt,"  or  Upper  Cadet  School,  at  Oross-Lichterfelde. 

This  school  is  fed  or  supplied  by  the  "  Kadettenhausen,"  or  preparatory  cadet  schools,  ol 
which  there  are  now  seven,  viz,  Ooslm  (formerly  at  Ouliner),  Potsdam,  Wahlstadt,  Bensberg, 
Plon,  Cranienstein,  and  Karlsruhe.    An  eighth  school  is  now  building  at  Naumburg. 

Beginning  with  the  lowest  class  of  the  preparatory  schools,  the  classes  are  designated  as 
Sexta,  or  VI;  Quiuta,  or  V;  Quarta,  or  IV;  Unter-tertia,  or  U.  Ill;  Obertertia,  or  O.  Ill; 
Unter-secunda,  or  U.  II;  Ober-secunda,  or  O.  II;  Unter-prirua,  or  U.  I;  Ober-prima,  or  O,  I.  lu 
addition  there  is  an  extra  class  called  ''selecta." 

There  are  thus  nine  classes,  counting  from  VI  up  to  and  including  upper  prima.  The  course 
of  each  of  these  classes  lasts  one  year.  The  lower  or  preparatory  schools  contain  the  classes  from 
Vl  up  to  and  including  upper  tertia;  the  other  classes  belong  to  the  upper  cadet  school.  Occa- 
sionally, also,  depending  on  the  space  available  and  the  necessities  of  the  case,  some  of  the  npper- 
tertia  class  are  admitted  to  the  upper  cadet  school.  In  the  upper  cadet  school  begins  the 
immediate  preparation  for  service.  The  classes  from  sexta  up  to  and  including  upper  prima  arc 
assimilated  in  the  matter  of  instruction  to  the  corresponding  classes  of  the  "Bealschulen"  of  the 
hrst  degree. 

CONDITIONS  OF  ADltaSSION. 

The  places  at  the  cadet  schools  are  divided  into  several  different  categories. 

1.  Boyal  or  "budgetary"  places,  to  which  pupils  are  admitted  either  gratuitously  or  on 
payment  of  a  yearly  contribution  of  90, 180,  300,  or  460  marks. 

2.  "Fensionare,"  those  who  pay  for  their  "pension,"  or  board,  whose  yearly  contribution  is 
£xed  at  800  marks. 

3.  "Hospitanten,"  or  externals,  who  pay  a  contribution  of  60  marks. 

4.  Foreigners.  Such  foreigners  as  may  be  admitted  form  a  special  class  of  "pensioniire." 
Their  yearly  contribution  is  fixed  at  1,500  marks. 

1.  Boyal  cadets. — ^These  places  are  granted:  (a)  To  the  sons  of  ofBoers,  preference  being  given 
to  the  sons  of  officers  who  have  been  killed  in  battle  or  who  have  died  in  consequence  of  wounds 
or  disease  contracted  in  the  field;  (h)  to  the  sons  of  noncommissioned  officers;  {c)  to  the  sons  of 
persons  in  the  civil  service  who  have  greatly  distinguished  themselves. 

Applications  for  these  places  are  made  when  the  boys  are  8  or  9  years  old,  and  are  addressed 
to  the  officer  who  is  at  the  head  of  the  staff  (command)  of  the  "kadettenkorps."  The  staff  is 
stationed  in  Berlin.  A  committee  is  appointed  to  decide  on  these  applications.  It  consists  of: 
(<t)  The  inspector-general  of  the  military  educational  establishments,  chairman;  (&)adelegaU' 
appointed  by  the  war  minister;  (c)  a  delegate  appointed  by  the  minister  of  public  worship;  (d) 
the  officer  commanding  the  several  corps  of  cadets;  (e)  the  officer  commanding  the  upper  cadet 
school  at  Lichterfelde. 

The  committee  throws  out  the  applications  which  show  no  ground  for  admission,  classes  the 
candidates  according  to  the  sums  which  they  will  have  to  pay,  taking  into  account  the  financial 
position  of  the  parents  and  of  the  boys  themselves.  The  Emperor  makes  the  final  decisions  after 
the  recommendations  of  the  committee  have  been  submitted  to  him. 

2.  Pensionare. — Applications  for  pay  places  may  be  made  in  behalf  of  the  sons  of  natives  of 
any  of  the  German  States.  Foreigners  may  also  apply  for  these  places,  but  they  are  only  admitted 
when  the  rights  of  natives  are  not  prejudiced  thereby. 

The  number  of  pay  places  each  year  is  dependent  niion  the  number  of  royal  cadets  admittetl. 

Applications  for  pay  places  are  addressed  to  the  officer  commanding  the  several  corps  ot 
cadets,  at  his  headquarters  in  Berlin.    This  officer  decides  upon  these  applications. 

The  youths  who  are  successful  in  obtaining  these  "pensionare"  appointments  are  distributed 
to  the  different  establishments,  regard  being  paid  to  the  residence  of  the  parents  and  to  the 
vacancies  existing  in  the  various  schools. 


^':^^iiSm:m^ 


69 


eniy  is  th<j 

schools,  or 
Beusberg, 

ignated  as 
or  O.  Ill; 
r  O.  I.    lu 

The  coarse 
asses  from 
jol.  Occa- 
the  upper- 
begins  the 
prima  ar<>, 
len"  of  the 


asly  or  on 
ribntion  is 

ensioniire." 

>eing  given 
of  wounds 
the  sons  of 

addressed 
'he  staff  is 
ionsists  of: 
a  delegate- 
jrship;  (d) 
[>peF  cadet 

classes  the 
e  financial 
sions  after 

natives  of 
Y  admitted 

admitted. 
1  corps  of 

istributed 
nd  to  the 


For  admission  to  any  class,  either  as  a  royal  cadet  or  as  a  pensioner,  a  boy  must  be  between 
the  ages  of  10  and  15  years. 

3.  ^^Hospitanten,^  or  externals. — These  may  be  admitted  to  the  preparatory  cadet  schools  on 
the  authority  of  the  officer  commanding  the  several  corps  of  cadets,  and  in  such  numbers  as  the 
accommodations  of  the  different  schools  will  admit.  They  must  be  between  the  ages  of  10  and  14 
years,  and  must  pay  an  annual  contribution  of  60  marks. 

Sons  of  officers,  instructors,  professors,  and  officials  of  the  cadet  schools,  when  admitted  as 
^'hospitanten,"  are  exempt  from  the  payment  of  this  contribution. 

Sons  of  officers,  instructors,  etc.,  of  the  upper  cadet  school  may  also  be  admitted  to  this 
establishment  as  "hospitanten,"  provided  they  have  not  passed  the  age  of  16  years. 

BXAMINATIONS. 

Boys  who  receive  provisional  appointments  to  any  of  the  cadet  schools  must  report  for 
physical  and  mental  examination  at  the  institution  to  which  they  are  appointed,  as  a  rule  at  the 
beginning  of  April.  If  the  surgical  examinations  show  deficient  physical  development,  or  any 
defects  that  would  exclude  a  person  from  entering  the  army,  the  boys  are  sent  back  to  their 
parents  and  not  allowed  to  take  the  mental  examination. 

The  mental  examinations  are  both  oral  and  written.  In  the  mental  examination  less  stress  is 
laid  upon  the  scope  of  the  candidate's  information  than  upon  its  thoroughness.  To  enter  the 
lowest  class  of  a  preparatory  cadet  school  the  candidate  is  examined  in  arithmetic  and  the  German 
language  only.  More  details  of  this  examination  will  be  given  later.  To  enter  a  higher  class 
than  the  sexta  the  candidate  must  pass  an  examination  upon  the  course  of  the  year  preceding 
the  class  which  they  wish  to  enter. 

In  case  a  boy  passes  successfully  both  physical  and  mental  examinations,  he  is  admitted  to 
the  institution  and  uniformed. 

ENTBANOE  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  SEXTA. 

German  language. — Readiness  in  reading  and  writing,  using  both  German  and  Latin  charac- 
ters.   Ability  to  take  down  from  dictation,  without  grave  faults,  an  easy  German  theme. 

Arithmetic. — Operations  under  the  four  fundamental  rules  of  arithmetic.  Writing  and  reading 
figures  up  to  the  number  of  seven  places.    Knowledge  of  the  principal  coins,  measures,  and  weights. 

No  preparation  in  Latin  or  French  is  required. 

The  following  table  shows  the  subjects  of  instruction  at  the  different  cadet  schools  and  the 
number  of  hours  of  in.itrnction  per  week  in  each  class  and  subject: 


Subject. 

Classea. 

VI. 

V. 

IV. 

U.  III. 

2 
3 
4 

8 

O.  HI. 

2 
3 
4 
4 
4 
5 
2 
2 

U.II. 

2 
3 
3 
4 
4 
5 
2 
2 

O.ll. 

U.l. 

0.1. 

Keligion 

2 
4 

7 

2 
3 

7 

2 
3 
6 
6 

1 

3 
3 
3 
4 

n 

4 

3 

2 

3 
3 
5 
4 

4 

1    » 

3 

4 

4 
5 

3 

Oermun 

Latin 

FfAnch 

English 

Arithmetic  and  luathematios.. 
History 

4 
1 

2 
2 

5 

1 
2 
2 

4 
2 
2 
2 

5 
2 
2 

OeoirraDhT 

PhysJCB 

2 

3 

2 

3 
3 

3 
3 

'Fnnnirrfki'nliirAl  ilrAwinir 

}        ^ 

1        ^ 

I    (') 

2 

•jj 

Free-hand  drawiuir 

2 
2 

2 

2 

I 

(') 

(') 

Writinir 

"  "•"•K 

Total 

■": 1 

26 

X 

U» 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

Opt!oD»l. 


70 

The  higher  mnthematical  course  embracer  algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry,  the  eleiiKMitn  ot' 
descriptive  geometry,  and  aualytical  geometry  (conic  sectionH). 

The  (course  of  the  upper  tertia  class,  in  which  an  examination  must  be  passed  to  enter  the 
upiier  cadet  school,  comprises  religion;  German — prose  and  iH)etry,  versification,  arrangement 
of  sentences;  Latin — through  Books  I  and  Y  of  De  Bello  Qallico;  French — grammar,  reailin^% 
and  conversation;  English — grammar,  reading,  and  conversation;  mathematics — geometry,  high<>r 
arithmetic,  and  algebra  through  solution  of  etiuutions  of  the  first  degree;  history — history  of 
Middle  Ages  up  to  1648;  geography — geography  of  Europe,  especially  of  central  Europe,  the 
atmosphere,  laud,  seas,  inland  waters;  physics — general  properties  of  bodies,  solid,  liquid,  and 
gaseous,  elements  of  heat  and  chemistry,  chemictU  union  and  combustion;  topographical  and 
mathematical  drawing — elements  of  projections  and  i>ers^^ective,  scales  and  conventional  sij^ns, 
etc.,  with  an  optional  course  in  free-hand  drawing  and  writing. 

In  all  the  schools  the  instruction  begins  on  the  1st  of  April,  at  which  dates  cadets  who  have 
successfully  passed  the  examinations  of  their  respective  classes  are  promoted  a  class.  For  ttie 
last  five  years  the  number  of  promotions  in  each  class  has  averaged  90  per  cent  of  the  nuniber 
examined.  As  shown  by  the  preceding  table,  the  number  of  hours  spent  in  the  class  room  ea(;li 
week  is  about  30.  The  morning  hours,  from  7  to  12,  or  in  the  winter  from  8  to  1,  are  emi)loyed  in 
this  manner,  though  the  time-table  is  not  exactly  the  same  in  all  the  schools.  After  the  morning 
school  hours  there  is  a  roll  call,  at  which  the  orders  for  the  day  are  read,  letters  distributed, 
punishments  announced,  etc.    A  drill  of  half  an  hour  comes  next. 

Then  after  dinner  comes  an  hour's  recreation,  which  should  be  taken,  as  far  as  possible,  in  the 
open  air.  Then  two  hours  are  devoted  to  police  duty  and  work  around  the  quarters  under  tlic 
supervision  of  the  instructors.  The  two  hours  following  are  devoted  to  gymnastics  and  singing, 
bathing  and  swimming,  fencing  and  target  practice. 

Sundays  and  holidays  the  cadets  receive  a  greater  amount  of  liberty  than  on  ordinary  days. 
There  are  vacations  of  fourteen  days  at  Eastertide  and  Christmastide,  and  of  five  days  at  Whit- 
suntide. In  summer  there  is  a  vacation  of  five  weeks.  About  the  1st  of  October  instruction  is 
suspended  tbr  a  few  days,  during  which  time  cadets  take  part  in  military  excursions,  which  in  the 
upper  cadet  school  have  the  character  of  field-service  exercises. 

Cadets  are  divided  actjording  to  their  conduct  into  what  are  called  "Censur-Klassen,"  or  con- 
duct classes.  All  cadets  who  have  just  entered  are  assigned  to  the  third  of  these  classes.  They 
are  promoted  to  the  second  class  for  good  conduct,  and  to  the  first  class  for  exceptionally  good 
conduct.  The  higher  conduct  classes  enjoy  special  privileges  and  favors,  in  the  matter  of  liberty 
especially.  The  fourth  or  lowest  conduct  class  is  a  disciplinary  section.  Cadets  who  pass  into 
this  section  ar*-  under  close  supervision  *ud  enjoy  no  privileges  or  liberty. 

MILITASr  OBOiiNIZATION. 

The  preparatory  cad«t.  schools,  with  one  exception,  are  intended  to  accommodate  220  cadets 
each.  The  school  of  Plon  has  only  v^xmj  for  150.  In  each  of  those  schools  the  boys  are  organized 
into  two  companies,  the  officers  of  whlel)  are  detailed  from  the  army.  Corporals  and  sergeants  are 
detailed  from  the  cadets. 

The  theoretical  course  in  tlw  lowor  cadet  !*choolf»  is,  as  has  been  noticed  l)efore,  the  same  or 
nearly  the  same  as  that  -f  the  Eealschulen  ot'  the  Mrst  degree,  and  military  subjects  are  not 
embraced  in  the  curriculum  at  all.  Th«  cadets,  <if  course,  are  under  military  discipline,  and  the 
amount  of  drill  and  other  exercises  in  whi«'h  they  have  to  take  part  has  already  been  indicated. 
A  (constant  efltbrt  is  miule  by  the  military  instructors  to  train  the  characters  as  well  as  the  minds 
of  the  boys,  and  to  cultivate  correct  deportment  and  manners  and  a  high  sense  of  honor. 


« 


71 


'luilHMltH  of 

>  euter  the 
raiigeinent 
iiT,  reading, 
(try,  higher 
-history  of 
urope,  the 
li(iui(1,  and 
phieal  and 
onal  8i;;n8, 

I  who  have 
For  the 
lie  number 
room  eaeh 
m ployed  in 
le  morning 
istributed, 

ible,  in  the 

under  the 

id  singing, 

nary  days. 
'8  at  Whit- 
itrnction  is 
hich  in  the 


8es.    They 

nally  good 

of  liberty 

pass  into 


320  cadets 
organizeil 
geants  are 

te  same  or 
:s  sire  not 
e,  and  the 
indicat«'(l. 
the  ndndvS 
r. 


THE   irpPEK  CADET  .SCHOOL. 

The  entrance  examination  for  this  Hchool  and  the  studies  pursued  have  already  been  outlined. 
Besides  the  branches  already  mentioned,  th(^  cadets  receive  instruction  in  the  reguhitionH  of  the 
service,  so  that  they  may  be  well  grounded  in  these  matters  on  entering  the  army.  The  upper- 
class  cadets  also  receive  instruction  in  riding.  Guard  mounting  and  guard  duty  are  practi(;ed 
twice  a  week. 

The  complement  of  the  school  is  1,000  cadets,  organized  into  two  battalions  of  Ave  companies 
each.  The  officers  of  the  companies  and  battalions  are  detailed  from  the  army;  the  noncomaiis- 
sioned  officers  and  even  sword-knot  ensigns  are  appointed  from  the  cadets. 

After  passing  successfully  through  two  years  of  the  course  (the  classes  of  the  lower  and 
upper  secunda)  a  cadet  is  admitted  to  the  Port-ej>ee-B'iihnrich's  examination  (sword-knot  ensign's 
examination).  This  is  held  every  year,  in  the  spring,  before  the  superior  military  examination 
committee  of  Berlin. 

1.  Those  cadets  who  will  attain  their  seventeenth  year  on  the  1st  of  April,  and  who  have 
the  requisite  physical  development,  are,  if  they  pa^s  this  examination  successfully,  (a)  either 
recommended  for  appointment  in  the  army  as  brevet  sword-knot  ensigns  (charakterisirte  Port- 
6p^e-Fahnriche),  or  (6)  are  transferred  to  the  selecta  class  in  order  to  prepare  directly  for  the 
officers'  examination,  or  (c)  transferred  to  the  under  prima. 

Those  cadets  who,  having  passed  through  the  upper  secunda,  fail  at  the  ensign  examination, 
or  who,  on  account  of  unsatisfactory  standing,  are  not  admitted  to  it,  are,  as  a  rule,  cither  returned 
to  their  parents  or  else  entere<l  in  the  army  as  privates,  exceptionally  as  noncommissioned  otlicers, 
for  the  discharge  of  their  liability  to  military  service. 

(6)  Selecta. — The  course  of  the  selecta  class  corresponds  closely  to  that  taken  in  the  so-called 
'<war  schools,"  and  consists  entirely  of  military  studies  and  the  Fren(;h  and  Kussian  languages. 
Selecta  cadets  are  the  only  persons  who  receive  directly  officers'  commissions.  All  other  aspirants 
for  commissions,  whether  cadets  or  "avantageurs,"  must  first  pass  thr;)ugh  the  grade  of  sword- 
knot  ensign. 

The  members  of  the  selecta  are  at  the  close  of  their  course,  if  deemed  proficient,  admitted  to  the 
officers'  examination.  Those  who  pass,  and  who  seem  qualifletl  by  reason  of  their  conduct  and 
bearing  on  and  off  duty,  receive  their  appointments  as  second  lieutenants  at  once.  Such  cadets  as 
pass,  but  are  not  perfectly  satisfactory,  enter  the  army  as  ensigns,  and  may  gain  their  commissions 
in  from  two  to  six  mcmths.  Those  who  fail  are  also  appointed  ensigns  and  sent  to  regiments,  to  bo 
reexamined  at  tlie  end  of  three  months. 

Those  cadets  of  the  upper  secunda  who  are  admitted  to  the  selecta  and  gain  higli  rank  in  this 
class  have  a  considerable  advantage  over  those  of  the  same  class  who  euter  the  army  as  brevet 
sword-knot  ensigns.  The  first-named  get  their  second  lieutenancies  about  one  year  after  the 
expiration  of  the  upper-secuuda  course,  while  the  greater  number  who  are  transferred  to  the  army 
as  brevet  sword-knot  ensigns  only  gain  their  commissitms  in  about  one  year  and  seven  months. 

This  time  is  mside  up  about  as  follows: 

First,  the  cadets  appointed  sword-knot  ensigns  are  sent  to  regiments  to  servo  tor  five  months 
from  about  the  1st  of  May,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time  they  ought  to  have  wou  the  "dienstzeug- 
niss,"  or  military-qualification  certificate,  from  their  respective  squadron,  battery,  or  company 
«x)mmanders.  This  entitles  them  to  the  grade  of  actual  or  effective  sword-knot  ensign  and  to 
admission  to  the  October  course  of  a  war  school,  if  the  conduct  and  application  to, duty  of  a 
brevet  sword-knot  ensign  are  satisfactory,  he  is  ordered  to  attend  a  war  school,  even  if  ho  has  not 
on  the  Ist  of  October  quite  completed  full  five  months'  service  with  troops.  Tlie  war-school  course 
lasts  nine  or  ten  mouths,  at  the  end  of  which  time,  if  the  pupil's  marks  are  satisfactory,  he  h 


i% 


admitted  to  the  officers'  examination,  after  passing  which  the  aspirant  is  nominated  to  tbe 
Emperor  for  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant,  provided  he  is  acceptable  to  tbe  majority  of 
the  officers  of  the  regiment  to  which  he  has  been  assigned. 

(c)  The  under  prima. — To  this  class  of  the  upper  cadet  school  are  transferred  those  cadets  who 
pass  the  Port-6p^eFiihnrich's  examination,  but  who  have  not  yet  attained  to  the  prescribed  age 
or  the  requisite  physical  development. 

To  the  under-priraa  class  are  also  transferred  those  upper-secunda  cadets  who  pass  the  exaiiii 
Hi  ion  with  credit,  and  who  have  attained  the  prescribed  age  and  the  requisite  develupuieiit, 
provided  the  parents  of  the  cadets  request  this  transfer. 

Those  cadets  who  pass  through  the  under  prima  successfully,  and  who  have  attained  tbe 
prescribed  age  and  physical  development,  are  disposed  of  as  follows,  a<'.cording  to  tbe  desire  of 
tbeir  jjarents : 

They  are  recommended  for  appointment  in  the  army,  according  to  tbeir  standing,  as  actual  or 
brevet  sword-knot  ensigns;  or  tbey  maybe  transferred  to  tbe  upper  prima  in  order  to  prepare  for 
the  Abiturienteii  or  Maturitiits  examination  (tbe  diploma  granted  to  a  person  who  lias  passed 
this  examination  is  a  qualification  for  admission  to  a  university  course) ;  or  they  may  be,  in  special 
exceptional  cases,  transferred  to  the  selecta. 

2.  The  upper  prima. — Cadets  who  have  gone  through  the  npi»er-prima  course  come  up  for  tlieir 
Abiturieuteii  examination  before  the  examining  committee  of  the  cadet  corps,  and  tliose  who  pass 
this  examination  are  appointed  actual  sword- knot  ensigns,  and  at  tbe  same  time  are  sent  to  take 
tbe  course  at  a  war  school.  At  the  completion  of  the  war-school  course,  those  who  have  passed 
with  tbe  rating  of  at  least  "good"  receive  with  their  promotion  to  tbe  grade  of  second  lieutenant 
a  commission  bearing  the  date  of  tbeir  entrance  into  the  army. 

Upper-priraa  cadets  are  also  appointed  to  be  sword-knot  noncommissioned  officers  if  war- 
ranted by  their  general  standing  and  conduct.  Upper-prima  cadets  are  to  receive,  also,  as  far  as 
possible,  instruction  in  military  branches  along  with  their  regular  theoretical  instru(^tion. 

The  final  examination  for  tbe  upper-x)rima  cadets,  or  the  Abiturienten  examination,  is  to  be 
so  arranged  that  it  will  be  over  by  tbe  1st  of  February. 

The  war-school  course  for  tbe  successful  upper-prima  cadets  begins  on  the  Ist  of  March,  but 
before  joining  the  war  school  tbey  are  to  report  to  the  respective  squadrons,  batteries,  or  com- 
panies to  which  they  are  assigned,  not  later  than  the  25th  of  February,  for  the  jmrpose  of  taking 
tbe  oath  and  receiving  their  uniforms. 

As  has  been  shown,  tlie  higher  selecta  cadets  have  the  advantage  in  tbe  race  for  the  officers' 
commission,  since  it  takes  them  only  about  three  years  from  the  date  of  entering  tbe  upper-cadet 
school  to  attain  this  grade  (two  years  in  tbe  under  and  upper  secunda  and  one  year  in  the  selecta). 
Those  who  go  through  both  under  tmd  upper  prima  are  the  last  to  get  commissions,  since  in  tbe 
most  favorable  cases  tbey  get  rank  as  second  lieutenants  only  from  the  date  of  their  entrance 
into  the  army,  or  over  four  years  fi*om  tbe  time  of  their  entrance  into  the  upper-cadet  school.  On 
the  other  band,  if  a  youth  is  forced  to  givf-.  up  the  military  career  for  any  cause,  the  one  wl  >  lias 
passed  bis  Abiturienten  examination  has  the  best  chance  in  civil  life,  since  the  same  careers  arc 
o])en  to  liim  that  are  open  to  the  "Abiturienten"  of  tbe  " Bealgymnasia." 

Tbe  following  table  shows  for  three  years  the  number  of  cadets  graduating  into  tbe  army 
from  tbe  cadec  corps,  and  the  different  classes  into  which  they  were  divided: 


H 


Second 
lieutensuts. 

90 
90 
87 

Actual 

Bword  kuot 

r   ligns. 

Brevet, 
ensigus. 

163 
162 
199 

1891-92 

36 
21 
27 

1892-93 ^ 

1893-94 

78 


ted  to  the 
iiajority  of 

cadets  who 
cribed  age 

the  exaini 
I'elopiiieut, 

tained  tho 
e  desire  of 

8  actual  or 
repare  for 
as  passed 

,  in  special 

p  for  their 
I  who  pass 
lit  to  take 
ve  passed 
lieutenaut 

rs  if  war- 

',  as  far  as 

1. 

n,  is  to  be 

[arcU,  but 
»s,  or  coiii- 
of  taking 

le  officers' 
►per-cadet 
B  selecta). 
ice  in  the 
entrance 
iool.  On 
i  \f]'  I  Lias 
ireers  arc 

the  army 


War  schools. — The  programme  of  these  schools,  which  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  the 
selecta  class  at  the  upper-cadet  school,  and  upon  which  the  ofBcers'  examination  is  based,  com- 
prises the  following  subjects: 

1.  Tactics. — Theoretical  instruction,  and  also  practical  exercises,  as  follows:  (a)  Formal  tac- 
tics, taught  by  drills  of  tlie  pnpils  in  the  company,  battalion  (skeleton),  squadron  (with  horses), 
and  the  battery  (harnessed),  attendance  at  the  exercises  of  troops  on  the  drill  ground;  (b)  applied 
tactics,  taught  by  solution  uf  problems  on  the  map,  solution  of  problems  on  the  terrain,  to  which 
about  two  weeks  of  tiie  practical  course  are  devoted ;  attendance  at  saitable  maneuvers  of  troops 
on  the  terrain,  exendses  in  kriegsspiel. 

2.  Science  of  arms. — This  is  to  teach  the  construction  of  the  guns  and  arms  used  in  the 
Oermau  army,  practical  ballistics,  and  the  effect  of  the  projectiles  of  both  artillery  and  infantry; 
and  also  with  regard  to  the  effect  of  projectiles,  the  employment  in  action  of  the  two  arms  just 
mentioned.  This  instruction  is  tlirthered  in  various  ways:  (a)  By  the  dllligent  use  of  the  various 
aids  provided  for  object  instruction,  {h)  By  visits  of  inspection  to  various  technical  establish- 
ments and  depots,  (e)  By  drills  at  the  guns,  {d)  By  the  execution  of  the  minor  firing  exercises 
for  instruction,  according  to  the  infantry  firing  regulations,  by  the  best  shots  among  the  pnpils. 
(e)  By  attendance  at  the  target  ranges  of  infantry  and  artillery. 

3.  Science  of  fortification. — The  course  comprises  field  fortification,  permanent  fortification, 
and  the  attack  and  defense  of  fortifications.  The  instruction  in  this  course  is  furthered  by  the 
following  exercises :  (a)  By  visits  of  inspection  to  various  permanent  works,  {b)  By  attendance  at 
the  various  pioneer  exercises,  (c)  By  the  execution  by  the  pupils  themselves  of  shelter  trenches 
of  various  profiles,  (d)  Examples  on  the  map,  relating  to  the  fortification  of  a  position  of  small 
extent  on  the  basis  of  a  certain  tactical  disposition,  (e)  The  same  kind  of  exercises  on  the  terrain. 
Tho  lines  of  projected  works  are  simply  to  be  outlined  with  flags  or  stakes. 

In  these  last  exercises  several  days  of  the  practical  conrse  are  to  be  employed. 

4.  Study  of  ground. — The  study  of  this  branch  deals  with  the  knowledge  and  description  of 
the  surface  of  the  earth,  with  reference  only  to  the  military  significance  of  the  terrain  and  its 
influence  upon  the  employment  of  troops;  all  deviations  into  the  province  of  geodesy  or  of 
military  and  physical  geography  are  to  be  avoided.  The  stady  of  gronnd  forms  not  only  the 
basis  for  toiragraphical  drawing  and  surveying,  but  also  the  basis  for  applied  tactics. 

5.  Topographical  drawing. — The  instruction  in  this  t"  anch  comprises  a  primary  triangulation 
of  a  tract,  topographical  land  surveying,  and  hasty  surveying  for  special  purposes.  Use  of 
surveying  instruments  is  also  taught. 

6.  Army  organization. — ^This  instruction  comprises  a  detailed  study  of  the  peace  organization 
of  the  German  army  and  its  historical  development,  and  also  of  its  recruitment,  mobilization  for 
war,  and  the  difl'crent  war  formations.  It  iuclades  also  a  course  in  military  justice,  etc.  A  short 
course  is  tklno  given  ov  the  organization  of  the  German  navy. 

7.  Instnuition  in  foreign  languages. — («)  French :  This  is  intended  to  perfect  the  pnpil  in  the 
language  of  conversation,  both  oral  and  written,  (b)  Russian:  The  instruction  in  this  language 
is  only  elementary,  the  idea  being  to  lay  the  foundation,  which  the  pupil  can  improve  upon  later; 
it  will  therefore  be  limited  to  reading,  writing,  as  well  as  translating  simple  sentences. 

8.  Military  correspondence,  etc. — This  includes  practice  in  the  making  cut  of  such  dispatches, 
letters,  reports,  records,  rolls,  and  accounts  as  are  used  in  the  interior  service  of  a  company, 
squadron,  etc.,  and  such  as  are  required  from  an  officer  exercising  an  independent  command. 

9  Regulations  and  duties,  etc. — The  instruction  in  this  branch  embraces  the  service  of  subaltern 
officers,  in(;luding  the  instruction  to  be  imparted  by  them  to  the  men.  For  mounted  oflSoers  this 
includes  the  contents  of  the  riding  instruction  and  stable  service;  also  a  short  course  in  veterinary 
surgery  and  farriery.  Pupils  who  belong  to  the  dismounted  arsas  reoeir'*  "N^truction  in  saddling, 
bridling,  care  of  horses,  and  the  diseases  of  horses;  also  in  shoeing,  b:..    .:    /«  such  information  is 


r 


74 

iiocesHiiry  for  mounted  ofllcerH  of  infantry.    The  subjects  inentione<I  under  this  head  (0)  form  no 
part  of  tlie  oHIcer's  examination,  liowcver. 

10.  /Special  in»tructioH. — Si)e(tiul  instruction,  aside  from  that  mentioned  under  the  head  of  (9), 
is  given  only  to:  (a)  Pupils  who  are  aspirants  for  commissions  in  the  field  or  foot  artillery,  who, 
separate  from  each  other,  are  trained  in  the  ilrst  term  or  quarter  of  the  course  in  the  duties  of 
gunners  in  their  respective  arms,  so  that  they  may  be  employed  in  this  capacity  in  the  gun  drills 
of  the  other  pupils;  (b)  pupils  who  are  aspirants  for  commissioua  in  the  pioneers,  who  are 
exercised  in  simple  branches  of  field  pioneer  work. 

11.  DrilU  and  exercises. — Tlie  purpose  of  the  practical  exercises  is  as  follows :  (a)  The  improve- 
ment of  the  bearing  and  discipline,  completion  and  strengthening  of  the  instroction  begun  for 
tills  puri>ose  in  the  companies,  etc.    {b)  Exercises  in  commanding,  instructing,  and  corret^ting. 

(c)  Oompletiou  of  the  instruction  in  elementary  tactics,  in  which  the  pupils  must  l>e  trained  for 
the  duties  of  section  or  pl.^toou  (commanders. 

12.  Firing  instruction. — The  preliminary  exercises  mentioned  in  the  firing  regulations,  and 
also  a  careful  instruction  in  the  science  of  musketry,  must  precede  actual  target  practice.  Tlie 
targ<^t  practice  includes:  (a)  Firing  with  target  ammunition,  {b)  The  school  exercises  of  the 
second  class,  according  to  the  firing  regulations  for  infantry  or  cavalry,  with  either  the  rifle  or 
carbine,    (c)  Bxercises  in  revolver  firing,  according  to  the  firing  regulations  for  infantry  or  cavalry. 

(d)  Instructional  firing  for  ballistic  purposes. 

13.  OymnanticH,  fencing^  and  swimming. — Gymnastics:  The  instruction  in  gymnastics  is  for  all 
pupils,  but  the  training  dift'ers  according  to  the  .icms  in  which  they  will  serve.  Fencing:  For  all 
pupils,  to  include  fencing  with  the  broads\tord;  ior  infantry,  in  addition,  the  bayonet  exercise. 
Exercises  in  swimming  are  to  be  held  whenever  the  opportunities  occur  and  the  means  at  hand 
will  permit. 

14.  Riding. — The  aim  of  the  instruction  in  riding  is  to  enable  the  pupils  who  belong  to  the 
dismounted  arms  to  ride  the  average  troop  horse  with  a  firm  and  easy  seat,  and  over  all  sorts  of 
ground. 

The  instruction  of  the  pupils  of  the  mounted  arms  corresponds  to  the  requirements  of  the 
services  to  which  they  will  be  assigned. 

15.  Visits  of  inspection  outside  of  the  garrison. — Five  or  six  days,  depending  on  the  location 
of  the  different  war  schools,  are  spent  by  the  pupils  in  these  visits.  They  are  made  to  various 
fortifications,  pioneer  exercise  grounds,  polygons,  etc.  At  the  war  school  of  Potsdam  five  days 
are  allowed  for  this  purpose,  and  are  divided  in  the  following  manner:  Two  days  in  Spandau 
(fortress  and  military  establishments) ;  one  day  in  Berlin  (pioneer  exercise  ground) ;  one  day  in 
jiiterbog  (artillery  x>olygou);  one  day  in  Spandau  (firing  school). 

The  wholii  period  of  instruction  at.  the  war  schools  is  divided  into  four  terms  or  quarters. 
Threfl  of  t^iese  terms  are  devoted  to  the  theoretical  course,  while  the  fourth,  which  lasts  about 
six  weeks,  is  occupied  by  the  practical  course. 

It  is  to  be  remarked  that  with  few  exceptions  all  the  officers  of  the  army  pass  through  the  war 
schrols.  The  exceptions  are:  («)  Youths  who  have  studied  for  one  year  at  a  university  or  certain 
hi^ih-class  technical  schools.  "Avautageurs"  of  this  class  may  at  once  be  given  the  educational 
»;ertiiicate  required  for  a  Port-6p6e-Falinrich,  and  are  eligible  for  the  officers'  examination  without 
having  six  montl>s'  sefvti>\  They  must,  however,  be  "chosen"  before  being  appointed  second 
lieutenants.  (A)  Cadets  of  the  selocta  class.  As  has  been  already  explained,  the  selecta  cadets 
are  the  only  aspirants  for  <'oramissu!^t:Ji  who  are  exempt  from  being  "thrown  out"  by  a  vote  of  the 
corps  of  officers  of  tiio  unit  to  whi«'h  they  are  assigned,  (f)  Officers  of  the  reserve  who  arc 
transferred  to  the  active  army  do  not  i>*ss  through  the  war  stdiools. 

Ensigns  of  foot  artillery  and  engiiifera  who  have  passed  the  officers'  examination  are  first 
appointed  suiiernumerary  or  extrabudgetary  second  lieutenants  of  their  respective  arms,  and  are 


(9)  form  no 

lead  of  (0), 
illery,  wlio, 
B  duties  of 
)  gun  drills 
8,  who  are 

\e  improve- 

begun  for 

corre<'ting. 

trained  for 

fttions,  and 
jtice.  The 
ises  of  tlie 
tlie  rifle  or 
or  cavalry, 

Bs  is  for  all 
ig :  For  all 
t  exercise. 
18  at  baud 

long  to  tbo 
ill  sorts  of 

»nt8  of  the 

be  location 
to  various 
I  five  days 
t  Spandau 
me  day  in 

•  quarters, 
asts  about 

?h.  the  waj 
or  certain 
lucational 
>n  without 
ed  second 
eta  cadets 
ote  of  the 
9  who  arc 

ti  are  first 
IS,  and  are 


76 

only  appointed  full,or  "etatsmilssige,"  second  lieutenants  after  going  successfully  through  the 
combined  artillery  and  engineer  8<hool  at  Berlin,  and  passing  the  professional  or  "llerufs 
examination  before  the  "  examining  committee  of  the  foot  artillery  and  engineer  and  pionnier 

'''^'^Before  attending  the  courses  of  this  school,  all  foot  artillery  and  engineer  officers  are  sent  to 
their  respective  battalions  or  corps  to  serve  about  one  year  and  nine  months. 

Formerly  the  officers  of  field  artiller:  were  on  the  same  footing  as  the  officers  ot  the  foot 
artillery  in  that  they  were  commissioned  at  the  start  as  supernumerary  second  lieutenants,  and 
were  obliged  to  pass  through  the  combined  artillery  and  engineer  school  before  receiving  their 
final  commissions  as  officers.  For  the  last  three  years,  however,  they  h^ve  been  on  the  same 
footing  with  regard  to  first  apiiointments  as  officers  of  infantry  and  cavalry,  and  are  exeinpt 
from  attending  the  artillery  and  engineer  school  and  from  passing  the  "  Berufs-Prllfung."  For  the 
puriK)8e  of  receiving  their  final  instruction,  however,  they  have  to  attend  a  course  of  four  months 
at  the  field-artillery  firing  school.  *    .,  „ 

Saxony  and  Ba»ana.-Saxony  and  Bavaria  have  their  own  cadet  corps  corresponding  to  the 
preparatory  and  upper  cadet  schools  of  Prussia,  from  which  appointments  are  made  to  the  Saxon, 
or  Twelfth,  army  corps  and  to  the  corps  of  the  Bavarian  army.  Saxony,  however,  has  no  artil  ery 
and  engin^r  school,  and  officers  of  those  arms  have  to  pass  through  the  Prussian  school  at 
Berlin.    Bavaria  has  ita  own  artillery  aM  engineer  school  at  Munich. 


TlSm^li.^. 


Reen 


Li 
to  offu 
the  sei 
of  it. 

Tl 
officer 
in  civi 

1. 
they  8 
9.5  foi 
the  in 
name< 
the  pj 
nonco 

3 
theL 

3 
tion  0 
recog 

4 

5 
faithi 
iionu( 

total 
divid 
the  c 
Acco 
abott 
quali 
uiissi 
cies. 


Reenlistments  and  Quarantles  of   Employment  for  Noncommissioned 
Officers  and  Ex-soldiers  in  European  Armies. 


AITSTBIA-HUNOARY. 

Like  all  European  powers  which  are  maintaining  a  largo  ntanding  army,  Anstria  is  compelled 
to  offer  considerable  inducements  to  the  noncommisHioned  oilicers  to  tempt  them  to  roenlist  in 
the  service  and  thus  keep  the  corps  of  noncommissioned  officers  up  to  the  high  standard  required 
of  it. 

The  inducements  provided  are:  (1)  Bounties;  (2)  special  employment  for  non(3ommis8ioned 
officers;  (3)  permission  to  marry;  (4)  pensions  and  admittance  to  soldiers'  homes;  (5)  employment 
in  civil  life. 

1.  The  bounties  given  to  noncommissioned  officers  are  in  the  shape  of  additional  pay  while 
they  are  in  service,  and  amount  to  17  florins  per  month  tor  first  sergeants,  14  for  sergeants,  and 
9.5  for  corporals.  The  Austrian  florin  is  40.6  cents,  United  States  money,  and  the  real  nature  of 
the  inducement  will  become  apparent  when  it  is  stated  that  the  ordinary  monthly  pay  of  the  above- 
named  noncommissioned  officers  amounts  to  10.5,  0,  and  4.50  florins,  respectively;  in  other  words, 
the  pay  of  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  is,  in  round  figures,  three  times  that  of  the  ordinary 
noncommissioned  officer. 

2.  Special  employment  consists  in  the  assignment  to  particular  commands  or  places,  such  as 
the  Life  Guard  Infantry  Company. 

3.  Permission  to  marry  is  of  two  kinds,  one  being  simply  permission  without  official  recogni- 
tion of  the  family;  the  other,  which  la  given  to  about  10  per  cent  of  the  noncommissioned  officers, 
recognizes  the  family  by  making  provisions  for  same. 

4.  Pensions  are  granted  according  to  injuries  received. 

5.  But  the  most  polent  of  all  these  inducements  is  the  guaranty  of  civil  employment  after 
faithful  service  of  twelve  years  in  the  army,  when  the  last  eight  have  been  passed  in  the  grade  of 
noncommissioned  officer. 

The  places  in  the  gift  of  the  State  for  noncommissioned  officers  number  in  all  50,641,  with  a 
total  pay  of  27,824,566  florins,  giving  an  average  pay  of  4611.53  floiius.  The  reserved  places  are 
divided  into  two  classes,  such  as  are  exclusively  reserved  for  the  noncommissioned  officers  holding 
the  certificate  for  civil  employment  and  those  in  competing  for  which  they  are  given  preference. 
According  to  the  report  of  Lieutenant-Colonel  Dawson,  Coldstream  Guards,  of  January  30, 1803, 
about  530  posts  are  annually  given  to  these  noncommissioned  officers,  while  the  number  of  those 
qualifying  each  year  for  civil  employment  amounts  to  650.  In  that  year  there  were  2,400  noncom- 
missioned officers  serving  in  the  army  holding  the  certificate  of  employment  and  awaiting  vacan- 
cies.   The  number  of  applicants  is,  therefore,  considerably  in  excess  of  the  vacancies. 


7t 


|.-k/ 


The  luw  ]>r(>vi(Ung  tor  tiivil  uiiipi  >yin«ut  dateM  from  April  11),  1872,  and  ivudB  aM  follows: 


It),  187U,  KiSHrKCTiNu  TiiK  Okantino  <*i-  CivM.  Kmploymknt  to  Kktikru  Noncommihbionkii 

OrrKtiRM. 


Law  ui'  Ai'Hil 


With  the  nbjeet  of  mvryteipaat  tk»  falMiion  of  paragraph  3H,  WehrgeMtc  of  DAoember  5,  1868,  the  fuIlowiiiK 
has  boen  pawietl  by  botli  llonaen  of  th«  IfdafcaaMi  and  MMiTwl  the  Imperial  confirmation ; 

1.  NoiiconimiaHioued  ufflcont  who  have  ftolSllfld  twalv*  y«an^  aervice,  of  whicli  nt  letmt  eight  years  wa«  im 
nonoouimiHHloned  officer,  in  the  active  army,  navy,  ur  eadna  Mid  dataahmenta  of  the  landwehr,  and  bavn 
couduuteU  tliemselveN  well,  acquire  the  diiini  to  being  employMl  nnJar  tk«  Qoraniment;  alHo  lu  the  railways, 
NteaiiiHliip  compuuioH,  and  other  undertakings  that  are  aiibvoutioned  by  the  Stnto  (par.  91^  Wahrgeaetz).  Horvii  < 
UM  acting  noncommissioned  officer  will  lie  allowed  to  count  in  the  eight  years'  noncommtsaioaad  oilear  service. 

2.  Those  noncoiiimlsitioned  officers  also  acquire  a  claim  without  reckoning  length  of  senrios  vko^  kalbra  tlic 
enemy  or  while  serving  »h  police,  gendarmerie,  etc.,  through  i>oint(  lamaged  in  any  wiiy,  beoouie  unfit  fbr  aaUH*i7 
Nervioo,  ulwiiyH  supposing  they  are  vapuble  of  Iieiug  employed  iii  '^ume  civilian  cupaoity. 

3.  In  fulUlIiueut  of  those  olaims  there  will  be,  for  the  noacommisHiuued  ollicers  mentioned  in  paragrapliH 
1  and  2— 

(1)  (  ortain  posts  reserved  exclnsively  for  them, 

(2)  Other  postH  in  tlie  granting  uf  which  they  will  be  given  a  preference  over  other  competitors. 

4.  The  posts  reserved  exclusively  for  noncommissioned  officers  are — 

(a)  All  servants  and  lower  gratle  of  inspectorship  in  the  k.  k.'  bureaus,  courts  of  Justice,  offices,  penal  and 
other  estnbliHhuieuts  which  either  wholly  or  partly  are  maintained  by  the  State. 

(h)  TlioHo  posts  mentioned  in  the  category  of  office  and  chancery  servants,  classified  as  second-claas  suporin- 
tendciilH  and  traffic  employees  in  the  railways,  steamship  companies,  and  other  undertakings  subventioued  or 
guaranteed  by  the  Htate  which  will  either  be  shortly  concessioned  or  ore  already  oouceasioned  and  which  by  their 
Btatat<>8,  conditions  of  concessions,  or  otherwise  are  bound  to  take  into  consideration  the  employment  of  retired 
uonconimiBaioued  officers.  These  reservations  of  posts  are  made  Irrespective  of  whether  the  situation  so  resttrvetl  is 
porniancut  or  temporary. 

.5.  In  filling  up  the  post  of  officials  (Beamte)  in  bnreans  of  ordinary  office  clerks,  in  the  courts  of  Justice, 
offices,  establishmentH,  and  other  State  undertakings  which  will  only  be  grantetl  either  to  officials  who  are  not 
already  in  rececipt  of  a  salary  or  who  are  at  the  moment  unemployed,  the  preference  will  be  given  over  all  otliers  to 
such  fully  qualified  noncommissioned  officers  as  have  a  claim  thereto.  Th<;se  noncommissioned  officers  also  enjoy  a 
similar  preference  in  the  conferring  of  posts  in  the  k.  k.  civil  constabulary  an<l  in  the  customs. 

6.  The  list  of  reserved  posts  and  situations  in  the  conferring  of  which  noncommissioned  officers  en,joy  a  prefer- 
ence is  to  be  otUcially  tabulated,  kept  up  to  date,  and  promulgated  from  time  to  time. 

7.  A  certitlcate,  issued  by  the  war  ministry  or  ministry  of  defense,  will  be  handed  to  the  noncommissioned 
offlcerH  who,  in  accordance  with  the  law,  possess  the  claim  either  to  a  post  reserved  for  them  or  a  preference  for 
competing  for  other  postN. 

If  a  noucoiuuilHsioued  officer  is  qaaiifled  for  the  post  of  official  (Beamte)  this  fact  most  be  stated  in  his 
ccrtifioat''. 

A  libt  of  cci tlAcatos  so  granted  has  to  be  made,  and  reporte<l  np  to  date,  by  the  war  ministry  of  defense. 

'A.  Noncommissioned  officertt  possessing  claims  must  apply  for  reserved  situations,  also  for  those  posts  in  bureaus 
or  in  the  constabulary  where  they  have  a  preference,  to  the  office  or  establishment  competent  to  grant  the  same. 

These  appln  ations  can  be  made  direct  in  the  case  of  the  applicant  having  left  the  army,  or  in  the  preaoribed 
manner  by  those  Htill  serving. 

9.  A  noncomtnisnioned  officer  having  a  claim  may  apply — 
(«)  For  a  particular  post  already  vacant. 

(ft)  For  a  post  about  to  become  vacant. 

In  the  latter  case  the  fact  of  his  having  applied  is  to  he  duly  noted. 

10.  When  there  occurs  a  vacancy,  either  in  a  reserved  poster  in  one  where  a  noncommissioned  officer  has  a  pref- 
erence, the  fact  has  to  be  published  by  the  bureau  or  establishment  which  has  the  power  of  conferring  the  poat,  and 
the  limit  of  time  allowed  for  the  competition  is  to  be  stated,  due  notice  being  given  to  the  war  ministry  and  miniatry 
of  defense. 

No  Buch  pnblication  need  take  place  in  the  caae  of  poata  vacant  in  the  borean  and  eetabliahments  mentioned  in 
paragraph  4  (ft)  when  applicants  wiio  have  a  claim  thereto  have  already  been  registered  as  snch,  or  if  the  post  is 
being  conferred  npon  such  applicant. 

11.  All  authorities,  offices,  and  inatitntions  who  have  the  right  to  confer  reserved  posts,  or  snch  aitnations  of 
officials  or  police  constaldes  in  the  granting  of  which  noncommisaioned  officers  have  a  preference,  are  obliged  to 


cation 


being 


>  Austrian  (kaiserlioh-koniglioh). 


79 


)MMIIIBIONKIi 

Ihe  fullowlii({ 

f»an  WM  UH 
au<l  b«vi^ 

pio  railwuvN, 

tz).    Horvlcc 
irioo. 
kafcn  till' 

|A»r  bUUuj 

paragrapliH 


t  penal  aixl 

»•«  Hiiperin- 
entioued  or 
icli  by  their 
it  of  retired 
» reserved  in 

'  of  Justice, 
'ho  are  not 
>n  otliern  to 
also  enjoy  u 

<»y  a  prefer- 

mmissioned 
sference  for 

tted  in  his 

)nse. 

in  bureaus 
)  same, 
preaoribed 


^aa  a  pref- 

poflt,  and 

I  ministry 

itioned  in 
ho  post  is 

lations  of 
bliged  to 


rofftstor  oaeli  nppliontlon  inadn  to  thorn  for  a  post  about  to  bernmo  vai^nnt,  and  to  hand  to  oach  applioMnt  puiHirs 
stuting  that  thoy  have  so  applied,  and  giving  tlie  number  of  applicaiitH  who  have  previously  applied. 

12.  Kach  applicant  luuHt,  iu  addition  to  setting  forth  hU  ulMini  (par.  7),  giv«  thr  nucSMiary  dutallit  hh  to  pliyNii|ii<< 
and  a  iipeuial  (|ualilloatiuti  for  the  snrvioe  ho  seeks.  Applioautii  uiust  iu  all  vases  prove  that  they  are  citizens  of  the 
kingdoms  and  orown  lands  reproHenti'd  in  the  KeiohHrath.. 

IK.  UeHerved  powts  (par.  4)  mm  lie  hold  only  by  noncommissioned  ottloers  having  a  oiniui  thereto  '  pwtn.  1  and  2), 
except  in  caHes  where  no  iinalitled  applicant  has  applied  for  them.  The  iiuthorities  moutiouud  in  puutKraph  11  are 
froi  to  choose  among  <|iialiHe<l  appliuunts  as  they  see  tit. 

M.  Kesurved  poHts,  withiu  the  meaning  uf  the  above  paragraph,  muauH  those  to  which  tho  IowohI  anioiiutuf 
pay  is  attached, 

iri.  Kach  applicant  having  a  claim  has  the  right  to  lodge  a  complaint  in  case  any  rosurved  pottt,  or  one  where  h> 
liitH  u  preference,  shall  have  been  filled  up  in  contravention  of  the  unactment  of  this  law, 

16.  In  caHo  reserveil  post  bo  conferred  on  a'  person  not  poHseHMJiig  a  clidiii  thereto,  exoept  in  the  cawe  Htatcd  in 
paragraph  13,  or  if  posts  such  as  are  mentioned  in  paragraph  '>,  Nuch  as  otllcials  and  police  constables,  are  tilled  in 
contravention  of  the  preference  granted  to  certain  nonoommissionvd  otticers,  then  the  ministry  under  whose  control 
the  authority  or  establishment  so  having  conferred  the  post  is  placed  can  declare  such  appointment  invalid,  and  can 
direct  the  person  so  appointed  to  bo  dismissed.  8noh  action  can  not  betaken  on  the  part  of  the  ministry  if  a  period 
of  one  year  has  elapsed  between  the  time  of  tilling  the  post  and  the  ministry  becoming  cogniitant  thereof.  If  a  post 
has  been  so  filled  in  contravention  of  the  provisos  of  this  law  by  tiny  of  the  establislimonts  montioiK-d  in  paragraph 
4,  such  action  renders  such  establishment  liable  to  a  tine  of  100  to  500  tlorins,  which  sum  is  to  lie  added  to  the 
charity  fnnd  of  the  district,  and  the  plea  that  the  tilling  of  the  )iost  is  lawful  f^om  the  lapse  of  time  shall  not 
exempt  ft-om  the  tine. 

17.  The  claim  to  a  reserved  post,  or  priority  of  claim  in  the  case  of  otUclal  *  <»'  ]iolioo  constables'  situations,  is 
forfeited  iu  the  following  cases : 

(a)  By  being  voliintarilv  resigned. 

(ft)  If  the  candidate  i  viuted  of  such  crime  or  ndsdemeanor  as  carries  with  It  tho  loss  of  piiblio  and  (iovorn- 

ment  situations. 

(o)  Through  candiducus  having  passed  the  age  of  45,  and  this  only  in  the  case  of  those  situations  tlie  salaries  of 
which  are  wholly  or  partly  paid  out  of  the  8tato  exchequer, 

(d)  Through  oamlidates  having  passed  the  age  of  37  in  the  case  of  those  situatious  which  are  not  paiil  for  by  the 
State. 

Whenever  a  claim  is  forfeited  this  fact  has  to  appear  on  the  register  (par,  7)  on  which  vacancies  are  entered, 
the  certificate  granted  being  at  the  same  time  withdrawn  from  the  holder  thereof.  In  case  of  only  ])art  of  the  claim 
becoming  void  (par,  17  (d)),  a  remark  to  this  effect  has  to  bo  subjoined  to  the  oertitloate  an<l  to  the  name  of  the 
candidate  on  the  register, 

18.  All  certificates  granted  to  qualitled  persons,  their  applications  in  writing  for  reserved  posts  or  for  those 
where  they  have  the  preference,  as  well  as  all  documents  subjoined  to  applications  for  reserved  situations,  or  to  be 
placed  on  the  candidates'  register,  enjoy  immunity  from  stami*  duties, 

19.  In  granting  concessions  to  railways  and  steamship  companies  destined  to  bo  worked  in  the  interests  of  pnb- 
lie  traflBc,  care  must  be  taken  that  the  documents  referring  to  the  concession  expressly  represent  the  oomiiauies 
concerned  as  submitting  to  the  enactments  of  this  law. 

ao.  The  imperial  decree  of  December  19,  1853,  No.  266,  becomes  void,  but  the  claims  obtained  under  it  rem  ii:i 
in  forc«),  the  persons  enjoying  them  receiving  the  certificate  as  per  paragraph  7. 

21.  The  minister  of  national  defense,  in  oonsnltatiou  with  the  other  central  departments  conceruud,  is  charged 
with  executing  this  law. 

Signed  at  Schonbrnnn,  April  19.  1872. 

This  law  is  supplemented  by  the  following  ministerial  order : 

ORDKK    of    the    MINI8TRY    OF    DKFRNSE,   DATED    JULY   12,    1872,   IN    CONSULTATION    WITH    THK    OtIIKK    CkNTKAL 
AUTIIORITIKS  CONOERNRD,   FOR  CaRRYINO  OuT  THE   LaW   OF  APRIL  19,   1872. 

1.  Certificates  showing  claims  to  posts  are  to  be  issned  by  the  war  office  or  ministry  of  defense  according  to 
the  branch  of  the  service  to  which  the  noncommiasioned  otfioer  belongs, 

2.  Lists  of  posts  to  be  referred  to  are  to  be  found  under  Bchedule  A,     (See  Appendix  I.)' 

3.  Men  actually  serving  obtain  their  certificates  through  their  regimentHj  others  through  the  nearest  "  Ergiin- 
KungsboEirks  Commando." 

4.  Commanders  or  other  anthorities  mast  send  iu  lists  according  to  Form  I)  (see  Appendix  II), ■  showing  <|ualill- 
cations,  physique,  etc.,  of  men  qaalified. 

5.  War  office  and  defense  ministry  to  keep  lists  of  all  men  duly  qualified  for  such  posts,  all  claims  thereto 
being  previonsly  adjudicated  by  a  rpecial  commission. 

1  Omitted  in  translation. 


•0 

TlioM  wliiMM  iiiiiiieii  »re  ontored  on  the  regiatcr  m  i|a»Uile«l  »re  tu  \hs  pruvldixl  with  tha  certilloiittw  nifliitioiiml 
In  pnragra|ili  1,  itiitl  which  vary  itcconliug  to  the  rtmIo  of  poet  applieil  for.  Thoee  are  given  on  Forme  (.',  I>,  U,  and 
K    ( Kor  dcioriptiona  nck  Appundiz  III.)  ■ 

«l.  Thore  in  poMeealon  of  oertitieetee,  if  itlll  nerving,  ^  Mnd  In  their  iipplluBtion  for  vaoaut  inmU,  or  for  regiN- 
tratliin  for  poatii  ae  they  beounie  vaoant,  through  thoir  ooii  i» <tnding  otliver. 

ThoHe  who  havn  left  the  army  apply  for  theee  poetii  dlruct. 

The  oertidoateH  of  the  Matter  must  be  accompanied  (n)  by  one  ft-om  the  head  of  thi^lr  oommnno  a*  to  character; 
(t)  by  one  fn>ni  »  doctor;  (c)  )>y  one  f^oni  nn  employer  ae  to  their  npecinl  i|ualltt<!ation«  for  tliu  pout  applietl  for. 

In  the  cane  of  thoee  actually  eerving,  limilar  oertitloatee  to  be  umt  in  by  their  oommandiuK  ollioerH.  The  latter 
are  bound  toanawer  any  queationa  relative  tocandidatea  which  maybe  addreaaed  to  them  by  the  iuatitutea  in  wIioho 
gift  thf^  poatH  are. 

7.  Inoaae  of  any  applicant  aaking  for  hia  name  to  be  put  on  the  rettinter,  or  applying  for  any  vnoant  appoint- 
mont,  hlH  certificate  and  other  doeumenta  niiiat  be  retnrnetl  to  him  after  inapnction. 

8.  Applionuta  granted  poata receive  the  loweat  rate  of  pay  on  entering,  but  thoMe  exoeptionuUy  i|ualil)ed  are  ut 
once  advanced. 

0.  Inatltutlnna  having  vaoancieM  in  notifying  to  the  war  otiioe,  un  laid  down  in  paragraph  10  of  the  law,  uiuat 
give  a  liMt  of  applioatioua  (if  any)  that  have  already  been  made.  The  notitioation  la  to  be  made  un  Fot-i  G.  (gen 
Appendix  IV.)' 

Noticea  of  vaoanciea  ooourriug,  with  dotaila  tiiereof,  are  to  be  publiahed  in  the  regimental  ordora  ol  t^:   iiuy. 
The  nanal  period  before  Ailing  up  a  poat  ia  to  be  four  wueka,  bat  under  exceptional  ciroumatancea  fourteen  dnyn. 

10.  A  nonoommiaalune*!  oflicer  who  ia  granted  a  pont  reoeivea  an  order  to  take  it  up,  anil  a  decree  conferring  1  )i « 
poat,  through  the  aanie  channel  ity  whiiii  he  applied  for  it.  Commanding  otHceni  are  liound  to  allow  a  nonoommia- 
aioneil  oflicer  ho  poated  to  take  hia  aituation  at  once. 

Men  grant4>d  permanent  poata  who  have  f^ilfllled  their  term  of  aervice  receive  their  diacharge  ttom  the  army; 
othera,  if  temporarily  poated,  are  aent  on  fVirlouKh  until  they  receive  a  permanent  poat,  or  elao  fulfill  their  term  of 
atTvice. 

In  the  caae  of  a  man  Htill  on  the  active  eatabliahmont,  or  In  receipt  of  invalid  pay  taking  u|i  a  post,  the  qucH- 
tion  whether  he  ia  to  be  permanently  or  temporarily  discharged  iVom  the  army  reata  with  the  military  authoritiea  In 
conjunction  with  the  intended  employera. 

11.  For  poata  requiring  a  term  of  probationaiy  service  a  nonoonimlaaiouod  ofHcer  on  the  active  list  i?«  'Munted 
aix  montha'  leave,  the  ordinary  army  pay  being  given  him  if  he  reoeivea  no  aalary  from  hia  poat  during  mix!)  ;>rob»- 
tion.  Only  nonoommiaaioned  offlcera  applying  for  poata  requiring  an  examination  can  be  grnittod  leavx  t<i  work 
during  thr '  i-  twelve  yeara'  aervice. 

12.  Whenever  a  nonoomu  iaaioned  officer  ia  granted  a  aitnation,  the  office  employing  him  haa  to  give  notice  of 
the  aame  to  the  miniatry  of  vi  ar  or  defenae.  Liata  of  poata  ao  given  are  to  be  prepared  by  tbe  war  and  defenae 
miniatriea,  and  to  be  aent  quarterly  to  all  public  officea  concerned. 

13.  If  any  po'tt  ia  fillet^  o|'  in  <  <  .ttravention  of  thia  law,  an  applicant  thereby  excluded  can  forward  a  complaint 
to  the  notice  of  the  depart.  f>  *.  cm;  <   >  ored  to  deal  with  auch  caaea,  or  to  the  war  or  defenae  miniatriea  direct. 

14.  All  changea  of  4"  ■-. '  :  -i  or  .  i-fiaon,  or  in  the  condition  of  life,  auch  aa  invaliding,  diacharge,  etc.,  of  clalm- 
anta  for  poata  at  the  time  '■  .  oly  employed,  to  be  notified  to  the  miniatry  concerned,  and  the  future  addreaaea  of 
the  men  to  be  aubjoinr  ^  Om  auch  a  claimant  taking  up  hia  reaidence  in  a  diatrlct,  notice  muat  be  given  by  the 
military  authoritiea  ui  '.  i  v/hoae  command  he  haa  been. 

In  the  caae  of  claitiiauta  no  longer  on  the  active  Hat,  a  like  notice  haa  to  be  given  with  regard  to  the  changea 
above  mentiom  d,  or  in  cuae  of  death  by  the  "Ergunzungabezirka"  and  Landwehr  authorities  to  whoae  diatrlct  the 
man  belonga.  it  foUowa  that  the  "  Ergunzungabezirka  "  and  Landwehr  authorities  have  a  complete  liat  of  all  retired 
noncommiaaioned  offlcera  residing  in  their  diatrlct  who  have  a  claim  for  employment.  Their  register  has  to  contain 
the  name  in  full,  rank,  creed,  branch  of  the  aervice,  and  other  details ;  alao,  the  number  of  the  certifloaie,  and 
whence  iaaued,  of  every  claimant. 

The  age  limita  for  poata  under  Oovemment  being  45,  and  for  certain  other  poata  37  (in  both  caaea  the  age  for 
entering  on  the  post  ia  meant),  the  fact  of  a  claimant  attaining  the  limita  muat  be  notifled. 

If  a  certificate)  ia  withdrawn  thia  fact  muat  be  notifled. 

15, 16,  17.  Treat  of  the  forfeiture  of  certificates  through  conviction  in  a  criminal  court,  lapae  of  certiHcatea 
through  death  or  ag«i,  limit  being  paaaed,  renewal  in  case  of  loas,  etc. 

lu  couclading  hiu  report  Lieutenant-Oolonel  Dawson  states : 


The  relatione  between  the  army  and  the  civilian  population  are  of  a  moat  cordial  nature  iu  u  country  where,  aa 
regards  military  aervice,  all  are  equally  bounden.  Such  a  thing  aa  looking  down  on  the  soldier  doea  not  exist  here. 
Hotel  and  reataurant  keoperi,  theater,  and  other  placea  of  amnat^ment  proprietors,  even  employera  of  labor,  make 


'M%  iiimilioiifxl 
•  C,  l>,  K,  una 

•,  or  for  reglM- 


'  t«t  ohamctnr; 
>plle<l  for. 
a.    The  liitttir 
mteii  in  wiioHo 

omit  uppoint- 

iiiililleil  lire  ut 

the  law,  uiuHt 

of   tV.'   ,luy. 

bnrtovii  (Uiy„. 
)onferrinKHr. 
I  nonooiunila- 

>m  the  uriiiy ; 
their  term  of 

Mt,  the  qiK'8- 
tuthorities  In 

Ist  ;•*  Mnintod 
5  Njioh  ;irolm- 
eavK  1(1  woric 

;ive  notice  of 
'  and  defense 

a  complaint 
direct, 
tc,  of  olaim- 

addreasea  of 
jiven  by  the 

the  changes 
)  district  the 
9f  all  retired 
w  to  contain 
tifioate,  and 

I  the  age  for 


'  certificates 


ry  whi'H",  as 
t  esifit  here, 
labor,  make 


"r^-f>m/m-^w" 


! 
J 


tsi.-vmms^mfsii^m3ir,amimmmmmmiia<^^iesu>f. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


£111    12.5 


I.I 


_l^    I 

^  Ui   12.2 


lit 

■UUb 


IL25  i  1.4 


m 


1.6 


Photograpiiic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


«' 


'<f!^. 


33  WiST  MAIN  STRKT 

WfBSTIR.N.Y.  14580 

(716)«72-4S03 


'^ 


'-^^ 


tfMHKl 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  InMltute  for  HUtorlcal  MIcroraproductlont  /  Instltut  Canadian  da  microtaproductiont  hiatoriquaa 


.81 

no  distinction  between  tbe  Holdicr  and  the  civilian;  indeed,  the  latter  are  known  to  prefer  old  Muldiers.  lu  short, 
tlie  uniform  in  nnder  all  circumatancea  here  a  paasport  to  reapect,  consideration,  and  welcome. 

The  lialiita  of  discipline  learned  durin<;  service,  the  healthy  outdoor  life  and  development  of  the  manhood  of 
tlie  Empire  by  exercise  and  by  regular  food,  are  attknowledged  as  a  boon  by  nearly  the  whole  community. 

In  conclusion,  I  beg  to  remark  that  such  a  condition  of  affairs  is  only  possible  where  throughout  the  whole  sys- 
tem good  character  is  an  absolute  necessity.  A  good  character  here  is  essential  for  prolongation  of  service,  and  pro- 
liiiigation  of  service  is  essential  to  insure  provision  for  old  age.  Hence  the  tacit,  and  In  many  cases  even  contented, 
acceptance  of  universal  conscription  by  the  great  mass  of  thinking  people,  who,  though  they  deplore  and  groan  under 
the  expense  entailed,  have  learned  to  look  on  it  as  a  necessity  which  must  be  made  the  best  of.  In  acknowledging 
the  claims  of  the  soldier  who  has  served  his  country  conscientiously  the  employer  of  labor  is  performing  hia  part, 
while  in  taking  care  that  none  but  well-behaved  men  shall  remain  in  the  service  the  military  authority  reciprooatea, 

ENGLANli. 

Since  tbe  system  of  short  service  has  been  in  operation  in  England  from  32,(K)0  to  3(J,00() 
recruits  are  required  each  year  to  fill  up  tbe  army,  and  on  the  other  band  a  correspondingly  large 
immbor  of  men  revert  annually  to  the  civil  status. 

The  question  of  providing  for  these  discharged  men  has  been  tbe  subject  of  considerable  study 
and  practical  effort  in  Great  Britain  for  a  number  of  years,  as  it  bears  directly  on  the  number  and 
character  of  new  enlistments  as  well  as  on  the  state  of  society;  unemployed  ex-soldiers  being  as 
undesirable  a  class  of  men  as  any  other  unemployed.  While  in  other  countries  civil  employment 
is  assured  after  a  certain  term  of  service  to  faithful  noncommissioned  officers  in  order  to  induce 
them  to  reenlist,  it  is  in  Great  Britain,  in  the  first  place,  a  question  of  getting  the  men  to  enlist 
from  whom  noncommissioned  officers  may  be  made. 

The  first  official  inquiry  into  the  subject  of  civil  employment  of  ex-soldiers  was  made  in  1876  by 
tlie  select  committee  of  the  House  of  Commons,  which  recommended  the  appointment  of  discharged 
soliliers  to  certain  positions  in  the  civil  service;  but  uc  organized  ettbrt  was  made  to  obtain  places 
for  meritorious  ex-soldiers.  In  1883  a  committee  was  appointed  by  the  treasury,  which  reported 
iu  favor  of  employing  discharged  soldiers  and  sailors  in  the  lower  branches  of  employment,  and  in 
1884  the  war  office  issued  instructions  for  the  establishment  of  registers  iu  every  regimental 
district  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  reserve  men  and  discharged  soldiers  living  within  such  district 
to  obtain  employment.    The  subject  thus  became  a  matter  recognized  by  the  Queen's  regulations. 

The  most  powerful  impulse  to  the  movement  for  providing  employment  for  discharged  soldiers 
was  given  by  the  establishment,  in  1885,  of  the  National  Association  for  the  Employment  of  the 
Reserve  and  Discharged  iSoldiers.  The  association  was  entirely  a  private  undertaking,  but  was 
so  far  recognized  by  Parliament  in  the  next  year  as  to  receive  an  annual  grant  of  £250.  The 
subsequent  history  of  the  movement  may  best  be  stated  in  the  words  of  Gen.  William  Fielding  in 
his  testimony  before  the  select  committee  of  the  House  of  Commons  on  July  17, 1894.  He  says 
among  other  things : 

In  1887  the  financial  secretary,  Mr.  Broderick,  inquired  into  the  whole  subject  of  the  employment  of 
ex-soldiera  in  Government  appointments,  and  came  to  the  conclusion  that  compulsion  would  have  to  be  applied  in 
Kome  form  to  secure  such  a  number  of  Government  posts  as  would  be  of  appreciable  benefit.  In  February,  1888,  his 
royal  highness,  the  commander-in-chief,  addressed  a  letter  to  the  secretary  of  state  for  war,  mentioning  the  efforts 
made  by  the  National  Association  for  the  Employment  of  Reserve  nud  Discharged  Soldiers,  and  by  the  officers  in 
charge  of  regimental  district  registers,  and  urging  that  the  subject  be  brought  to  the  notice  of  the  Government 
with  tbe  view  to  preference  being  given  to  ex-aoldiera  when  filling  up  vacancies  in  the  civil  departments  of  the 
State  for  which  they  are  eligible,  such  as  writers,  messengers,  porters,  gate  keepers,  letter  carriers,  etc.  The  secre- 
tary of  state  circulated  the  letter  to  Government  departments  with  u  strong  expression  of  his  hope  that  uis  royal 
highness'  request  would  be  complied  with.  On  the  1st  of  January,  1892,  appointments  as  postmen,  etc.,  which  had 
lieen  previously  only  open  to  reserve  men  in  Leinster,  Munater,  or  Connaught,  were  reaerved  for  cx-aoldiers  tl-roughout 
the  United  Kingdom,  the  only  class  having  preference  of  ex-soldiers  in  filling  those  appointments  being  the  telegraph 
messengers,  who  were  already  in  the  post-office  employ. 
15848  M  S 6 


ij^  :: 


r  *i 


■'1 
1,1 


!    '■: 


82 

In  tho  Buniiner  of  1802  the  iiianagors  of  the  priucipal  railway  companies  were  convoked  nt  the  war  olliinn  1i\ 
the  then  secretary  of  Htnte,  and  about  twenty  of  them  were  present.  Through  tlieir  nionthpioce,  Sir  Henry  Oakley, 
they  expressed  their  willingness  to  help  tho  Government  in  this  matter,  but  said  that  they  could  not  posHihly  cim 
ceivo  that  it  was  likely  that  more  than  2,000  of  these  posts  would  be  vacant  in  any  one  year.  During  that  year, 
1K92,  or  early  in  that  year,  it  having  been  found  that  the  reginieutul  registers  had  been  productive  ol'  very  good 
results,  the  officers  in  charge  of  them*  registries  were  urged  to  form  regimental  district  associationN  for  the  purposr 
of  employing  reserve  soldiers,  these  associations  to  be  composed  of  the  most  inlluential  people  within  their  arci. 
ami  to  put  themselves  into  personal  communication  with  all  tho  employers  of  labor  whom  they  could  meet.  When 
these  were  once  constituted  it  became  necessary  to  consider  how  far  it  was  wise  that  these  associations  should  hr 
considered  official  or  voluntary.  It  was  decided  that  they  should  be  voluntary  and  that  they  shonld  be  reconnnendc<l 
to  become  branches  of  the  National  Association,  because  it  was  thought,  and  rightly  so,  I  think,  that  official  associii 
tions  of  this  sort  would  bo  more  likely  to  do  the  work  perfunctorily,  and,  perhaps,  with  a  slackness,  than  if  tbc.v 
were  affiliated  with  such  a  body  as  the  National  Association,  the  committee  of  which  is  composed  of  officers  of  tlic 
highest  rank,  and  employers  of  labor  and  other  civilians  who  take  a  personal  interest  in  the  ([uestion.  That  com 
mittee  would  always  be  composed  of  the  same  stamp  of  people,  having  a  personal  interest  in  the  soldier,  whereas,  if 
tho  control  rested  with  the  head  of  a  Government  department,  that  official  might  or  might  not  take  a  personal 
interest  in  that  particular  work. 

A  pamphlet,  entitled  Guide  to  Obtainiug  Civil  Employment,  and  issued  by  the  publifshing 
house  of  Gale  &  Polden,  enumerates  in  addition  to  the  National  Association,  several  others,  all 
private,  and  established  for  the  purpose  of  providing  employment  for  the  reserve  man  or  discharged 
soldier.  These  societies  are,  "  The  Army  and  Navy  Pensioners'  Employment  Society,"  the  "  Corps 
of  Commissionaires,"  "  The  Riflemen's  Association,  Winchester,"  and  ''The  Loyal  Association  of 
Pensioners,  Dublin."    The  operation  of  some  of  these  societies  is  limited  to  special  corps. 

In  his  annual  report  for  1894  the  inspector-general  of  recruiting  states  that  the  number  on  the 
official  registers  for  employment  in  1892, 1893,  and  1894  was  5,642,  fi,77r>,  and  7,827,  respectively, 
and  that  the  total  number  of  men  for  whom  employment  was  found  was  for  the  same  years  2,197, 
2,914,  and  1,448,  respectively. 

It  is  thus  seen  that  so  far  any  preference  British  ex-soldiers  have  received  in  appointments  to 
Government  places  has  been  through  the  untiring  and  gratuitous  efforts  of  their  officers,  and  that 
the  Government  is  apparently  rather  indifferent  as  to  what  becomes  of  men  on  reverting  to  civil 
life,  after  spending  the  best  years  of  their  lives  in  the  public  service  at  the  risk  of  life  and  limb. 


FBANOE. 

The  disinclination  of  noncommissioned  officers  to  reenlist  is  making  itself  felt,  and  seriously 
disturbs  the  military  authorities.  No  soldier  may  reenlist  except  he  be  a  noncommissioned  officer, 
a  corporal,  or  a  private  recommended  for  corporal  (grad^).  The  periods  for  reenlistment  are  for 
two,  three,  or  five  years,  at  the  option  of  the  soldier,  these  several  periods  of  reenlistment  carry- 
ing with  them  a  graduated  amount  of  bounty,  according  to  the  length  of  the  reenlistment.  Aiiy 
noncommissioned  officer  may  reenlist  so  that  with  his  original  service  he  may  have  a  total  of  ff  ftecii 
years  of  active  service,  but  no  longer.  Their  applications  must  be  filed  at  least  two  months  pic- 
vions  to  the  expiration  of  their  original  enlistment  or  sub^<Miuent  reenlistments.  The  applicant 
must  draw  up  his  request  in  his  own  handwriting,  and  send  it  up  through  his  company  commander, 
who,  after  having  indorsed  thereon  his  remarks,  forwards  it,  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the 
man's  service,  a  brief  of  bis  punishments,  and  a  certificate  of  aptitude  formulated  by  the  post 
surgeon.  These  papers  all  pass  through  the  hands  of  the  battalion  commander,  who  indorses  on 
them  his  remarks  and  sends  them  to  the  regimental  commander. 

The  limit  of  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  carrying  bounty  must  not  exceed  two-thirds 
of  the  normal  strength  of  the  noncommissioned  officers.  The  noncommissioned  officers  of  tin' 
regimental  staff'  are  not  limited  in  their  reenlistments,  as  are  the  noncommissioned  officers  of 
the  companies.  A  corps  commander  may  authorize  reenlistments  of  noncommissioned  officers 
without  bounty  in  excess  of  the  two-thirds  mentioned  above. 


e  war  olllco  liv 
Henry  Oiikley. 
>t  poHNJItly  con 
ing  that  your, 
e  of  very  good 
tor  the  ]>ur|)osi' 
liiu  their  arc!!. 
1  meet.  When 
ioiiH  fthonld  he 
B  reconniieinlcil 
official  nasociii 
H,  than  if  tht^v 
olTicovs  of  tlic 
)n.  That  com 
lier,  whereas,  i  I' 
nki)  a  perHonnl 

e  publishing 
al  others,  all 
)r  dischargort 
'  the  "  Corps 
ssociation  of 
»rp8. 

imber  on  the 
respectively, 
i  years  2,197, 

)ointments  to 
era,  and  that 
rting  to  civil 
B  and  limb. 


md  seriously 
sioned  officer, 
;ment  are  for 
itment  carry- 
itment.  Any 
otal  of  fifteen 
I  months  prc- 
'he  applicant 
r  commander, 
;ement  of  the 
I  by  the  iwst 
i)  indorses  on 

ed  two-thirds 
fflcers  of  thi' 
ed  officers  of 
[oned  officers 


88 

The  tlnal  aiitnority  for  reenlistments  emanates  from  the  commander  of  the  army  corps,  to 
which  have  come  all  the  applications  originating  within  the  companies,  supported  by  their  aux- 
iliary documents,  to  which,  when  they  reach  the  corps  commander  and  have  been  tabulated,  has 
been  added  a  statement  from  the  treasurer  or  paymaster  of  the  funds  available  for  bounty.  The 
table  will  also  show  the  number  of  noncommissioned  offl<;er8  already  reenlistcd  and  serving  within 
the  corps. 

Since  1889,  when  the  number  of  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  was  limited  to  27,593,  and 
later  circulars  dated  April  29, 1892,  which  brought  the  limit  down  to  22,5(i6,  at  which  number  it 
now  stands,  the  number  of  noncommissioned  officers  actually  reonlistt^d  has  been  steadily  dimin- 
ishing tliroughout  the  years  1893, 1894,  and  1895,  until  on  the  Ist  of  November  the  total  number 
of  reenlisted  was  but  19,015,  a  difference  of  3,551  below  the  number  fixed  by  the  ministry  of  war 
who  might  be  reenlisted  with  bounty.    In  1895  only  275  were  reenlisted  with<mt  bounty. 

This  falling  oft'  in  reenlistments  is  attributed  to  several  causes,  one  of  which  is  the  suppres- 
sion of  battalion  sergeant-m^ors,  which  formerly  aftbrded  a  promotion  from  the  duty  sergeants 
of  companies,  and  was  a  certificate  for  the  noncommissioned  officer,  on  leaving  the  service,  which 
was  likely  to  promptly  furnish  him  civil  employment.  Then,  too,  the  bounties  have  been  mate- 
rially decreased;  but  what  has  caused  the  most  dissatisfaction  is  the  failure  of  the  Government 
to  provide  adequate  civil  employment  .contemplated  by  law  for  discharged  noncommissioned 
officers.  Yet,  annually,  the  civil  employment  furnished  noncommissioned  officers  is  very  con- 
siderable, but  the  emolument  attached  to  most  of  the  places  which  they  obtain  iu  the  various 
departments  of  the  Government  is  so  small  that  even  that  inducement  fails.  The  strengths  of 
the  French  and  German  armies  differ  but  very  little,  but  the  showing  of  reenlistments  among 
the  noncommissioned  officers  in  the  two  armies  is  significant.  Whereas  only  19,015  reenlisted 
noncommissioned  officers  existed  in  the  French  Army  on  the  1st  of  November,  1895,  the  number 
of  noncommissioned  officers  reenlisted  in  the  German  Army  was  78,000. 

To  remedy  this  growing  defect,  a  new  project  of  law  concerning  the  reenlistment  of  noncom- 
missioned officers  and  the  best  means  of  assuring  civil-service  employment  to  those  noncommis- 
sioned officers  when  they  leave  the  military  service  is  about  to  be  introduced  into  parliament, 
after  having  been  carefully  considered,  not  only  by  the  minister  of  war,  but  by  the  entire  cabinet 
of  France. 

There  are  said  i<>  be  in  France  763,000  civil  officers  of  various  kinds,  and  in  consideration  of 
that  enormous  number  of  places  to  be  filled,  as  well  as  the  encouragement  which  it  is  desired  to 
offer  capable  soldiers  to  remain  fifteen  years  in  the  service,  as  many  as  possible  of  these  civil 
offices  are  to  be  reserved  for  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  army  who  have  completed 
their  fifteen  years  of  service  with  the  colors. 

The  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  who  have  <;ompleted  fifteen  years  of  service  with  the 
colors  receive  a  pension.  Those  who  are  thus  pensioned  are  for  five  years  longer  at  the  disposal 
of  the  minister  of  war  for  service  in  the  territorial  army  or  for  drill  masters  in  the  preparatory 
military  schools  (for  young  soldiers  or  enfants  de  troupe). 

Besides  this  pension,  the  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officers  may  be  appointed  to  certain  civil 
iwsitions  within  the  gift  of  the  Government,  as  already  mentioned,  preference  being  given  to  those 
who  have  completed  their  fifteen  years'  service  over  those  who  have  served  more  than  ten  years 
but  not  fifteen  years.  This  latter  class  do  not  receive  a  pension,  because  of  not  having  fulfilled 
fifteen  years  of  service;  yet  they  are  eligible  for  appointment  to  certain  civil  positions.  In  either 
case  it  is  necessary  for  the  reenlisted  noncommissioned  officer  to  make  application  for  civil 
employment  in  one  of  the  departments,  or  services  mentioned  in  a  table  annexed  to  the  reenlist- 
ment law,  the  application  to  be  filed  daring  the  last  twelve  months  of  his  reenlisted  service. 
This  request,  in  writing,  mentioning  in  the  order  of  preference  the  civil  employment  he  desires, 
is  forwarded  through  the  military  channels  to  the  heads  of  the  departments  in  which  those 


I. 


^  'ifil 


lb*  - 


84 

civil  employments  exist.  Tbe  candidates  are  then  submitted  to  an  examination,  whicii  will  fix  the 
pi-ofessionul  aptitude  of  the  candidate,  and  he  is  classified  on  a  list  of  candidates  acconlln^r 
to  the  result  of  that  examination.  If  the  candidate  leaves  the  service  after  having  complied 
with  the  examinations  for  civil  employment,  and  still  not  having  received  an  appointment  to 
that  civil  position,  he  may  demand  a  certificate  showing  that  he  has  completed  the  necessary 
time  of  service  to  entitle  him  to  a  civil  employment.  If,  then,  even  after  a  lapse  of  time,  he  still 
desires  one  of  these  employments,  be  applies  to  the  minister  of  war  through  the  gendarmerie 
of  the  section  in  which  he  is  domiciled.  The  right  to  go  upon  the  classified  lists  is  open  to 
candidates  up  to  the  age  of  40  years. 

All  the  civil  departments,  within  which  exist  the  positions  that  may  be  filled  by  discharged 
soldiers,  send  every  six  months  to  the  minister  of  war  a  list  of  the  names  of  the  military  appoint- 
ments that  have  been  made,  which  list  will  also  show  how  many  vacancies  there  still  exist,  or  will 
exist,  within  those  different  bureaus  for  the  six  months  about  to  elapse. 

These  various  lists  are  then  sent  by  the  minister  of  war  to  the  President  of  the  Bepublic,  who 
institutes  a  commission  to  assign  or  allot  the  vacancies  existing  to  the  soldier  candidates.  This 
commission  is  composed  of  a  counselor  of  state  as  president,  two  general  ofilcers  of  the  army,  an 
ofiii-er  of  high  rank  from  the  navy,  a  member  of  the  intendance  corps,  a  delegate  each  from  the 
ministries  of  the  interior,  of  finance,  and  of  public  works,  an  official  from  the  bureau  in  which  the 
employment  to  be  given  to  the  candidate  exists,  and  two  secretaries.  It  is  the  duty  of  this  com- 
mission to  draw  up  a  list  of  the  candidates  capable  of  filling  these  reserved  places  as  fast  as  they 
become  available.  The  places  are  then  given  out  in  the  order  of  merit  of  the  candidates  as  clas- 
sified by  the  commission  and  as  fast  as  the  vacancies  are  created.  These  lists  are  published  in  the 
official  journal,  and  the  minister  of  war  notifies  the  noncommissioned-officer  candidates  within 
two  months  from  the  date  that  the  notification  comes  from  tbe  commission.  The  minister  of  war 
also  transmits  to  the  chiefs  of  the  ministries  interested  all  tbe  papers  relating  to  each  candidate 
who  has  been  designated  for  a  vacant  employment.  In  case  the  commission  so  finds,  the  minister 
of  war  mast  be  notified  that  no  noncommissioned  oiflcers  capable  of  filling  the  indicated  vacancies 
have  been  found,  and  in  such  cases  the  minister  of  war  also  notifies  the  chiefs  of  the  departments 
interested,  who  may  then  fill  these  appointments  otherwise  than  by  ex-soldiers,  so  that  tbe  i>ublic 
service  may  not  suflier  by  the  positions  remaining  unfilled. 

That  the  intending  candidates  for  civil  employment  may  be  kept  informed  of  the  vacancies 
existing,  or  about  to  exist,  in  the  civil  departments,  tbe  classified  tables  of  these  offices,  already 
referred  to,  are  periodically  published  throughout  the  army.  This  table  not  only  gives  tbe  nature 
of  each  employment,  but  the  salary  or  allowances  attached  to  it.  A  peculiar  feature  of  the  law, 
which  secures  these  civil  employments  to  ex-soldiers,  requires  that  no  commercial  or  industrial 
enterprise  may  hereafter  be  chartered  by  the  Government,  or  even  by  a  municipality,  except  on 
the  condition  of  reserving  for  ex -soldiers  a  certain  number  of  positions. 

The  following  is  the  list  of  civil  employments  that  nonconunissioned  officers  may  secure: 

MINISTRY  OF  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS. 

Forwarding  clerks,  watchmen,  and  messengers. 


Tbe  same  as  above. 


MIMISTUY  OF  JUSTICE. 
MINISTRY  OF  TUB  INTERIOR. 


Same  as  the  above,  and  in  tbe  prison  department,  as  teachers,  clerks,  bookkeepers,  warders, 
keepers,  porters,  etc.  In  all  the  other  divisions  of  the  department,  as  forwarding  clerks,  door 
keepers,  etc.    In  the  police  department  over  one-half  of  all  the  places  are  reserved  for  ex-soldiers. 

In  Algiers  all  tbe  places  are  reserved  for  ex-soldiers  in  some  of  tbe  divisions;  in  others,  from 
one-third  to  three-quarters. 


-^•\^a*0' •*<•*- 


86 


svill  fix  the 
according 
',  complied 
iitiiieut  to 
necessary 
no,  ho  still 
)iidarinerie 
is  open  to 

liscliargud 
y  a])point 
ist,  or  will 

ublic,  wlio 
ites.  This 
Q  army,  an 
h  from  tbc 

which  the 
f  this  com- 
ast  as  they 
tea  as  clas- 
^hed  in  tlu' 
ites  within 
3ter  of  war 
1  candidate 
16  minister 
1  vacancies 
epartmentK 
>  the  public 

9  vacancicis 
«s,  already 
the  nature 
of  the  law, 
■  industrial 
,  except  on 

secure: 


'8,  warders, 
lerks,  door 
ex-8oldiers, 
>thers,  from 


MINISTRY  OK  FINANCKS. 

From  one-third  to  three-quarters  of  the  clerkships  and  wat<;hmeu. 

MINI8TUY  OF   WAR. 

All  the  lower  clerkships  and  watchmen,  besides  the  porters  at  all  the  main  buildings,  and 
from  one- half  to  three-quarters  of  the  employees  in  tlie  powder  and  saltpeter  works. 

MINISTRY   OK  MARINE. 

The  same  as  for  the  ministry  of  war,  with  the  exception  that  preference  therein  is  given  to 
ex-sailors. 

MINISTRY  OK   PURMC  INSTHt'CTION  AND  IIRAUX  ARTS. 

From  one-half  to  three-quarters  of  the  clerkships,  all  of  the  watchmen  and  lower  assistants, 
porters,  etc.,  in  all  the  buildings  or  museums  and  monuments. 

MINISTRY  OK  AORICULTt'RK. 

All  the  lower  clerkships  and  port«r8,  and  from  one-half  to  three-quarters  of  the  positions  in 
charge  of  the  horse-breeding  establishments,  the  agricultural  schools,  and  the  forests. 

MINISTRY  OK  COMMBRCK  AM)  INDUSTRY. 

From  throe-quarters  to  all  the  lower  ]M)sitions,  which  includes  the  posts  and  telegraphs. 

MINISTRY  OF  THE  COLONIES. 

From  one-half  to  all  the  lower  positions  in  all  the  oiHces  located  at  Paris,  as  well  as  all  those 
located  in  the  French  colonies  all  over  the  world. 

Ministry  of  public  works,  which  includes  all  the  great  works  on  bridges,  mines,  fish-culture 
establishments,  the  State  railroad,  the  local  custom-houses  of  Paris,  the  docks,  sewers,  water- 
works, markets,  and  theaters,  from  one-quarter  to  all  the  places.  In  the  police  department 
four-fifths  of  the  appointments  go  to  ex-soldiers. 

The  principal  requirements  are  that  the  clerks  shall  have  good  handwriting  and  have  a  minor 
education.  The  porters,  messengers,  policemen,  etc.,  must  have  robust  health  and  be  at  least  1.64 
meters  in  height.    None  of  the  examinations  are  particularly  difficult. 

Voluntary  original  enlistments,  to  a  limited  number,  may  be  made  in  the  French  army  in  lieu 
of  the  service  which  would  certainly  be  required  under  the  general  recruiting  law  of  the  country. 
The  period  of  these  enlistments  is  for  three  years,  and  must  be  taken  during  the  month  of  March 
annually.  A  certain  number  per  regiment  only  is  allowed.  For  1896  they  are  limited  to  five 
voluntary  enlistments  in  each  of  the  regiments  of  infantry,  of  zouaves,  tirailleurs  alg^riens, 
sapeurs-pompiors,  artillery,  and  engineers,  and  to  three  for  the  battalions  of  chasseurs  d,  pied 
and  of  garrison  artillery.  Voluntary  enlistments  may  also  be  made  in  the  remount  service,  but 
the  number  of  the  same  must  depend  upon  the  needs  of  that  service.  No  voluntary  enlistments 
for  three  years  can  be  made  for  the  cavalry.  Voluntary  enlistments  for  the  period  of  four  or  five 
years  are  still  received  for  all  the  troops  of  cavalry,  infantry,  artillery,  and  engineers  without 
limitation  as  to  number. 

These  voluntary  enlistments  in  the  land  forces  are  sometimes  detached  for  service  in  the 
marine  infantry  or  artillery,  as  sufficient  volunteers  for  those  services  are  not  always  obtainable. 

This  year  (1896)  1,100  voluntary  enlisted  men  for  the  army  have  been  sent  to  the  marine  infantry 
and  300  to  the  marine  artillery,  and  were  distributed  to  the  garrisons  of  Cherbourg,  Brest,  Lorient, 
Rochefort,  and  Toulon,  from  which  points  they  will  eventually  be  sent  to  the  colonies  for  duty. 

The  benefit  to  the  soldier  of  the  voluntary  enlistment  is  that  he  may  be  sent  to  his  home,  to 
await  orders,  at  the  expiration  of  one  year. 


H:    'i 


M» 


i***»<»«*- 


) 


86 


OEBMANY. 

Ilecogiiizinp  the  fact  that  a  good  corps  of  iioiicomtnissioned  oflBcers  is  the  backbone  of  an 
army,  and  finding  that  the  reenlistinents  were  becoming  fewer  and  fewer,  an  imperial  decree  was 
issned  in  1H8.'>  maliing  i>rovi8iou  for  enlisted  men  who  become  disabled  in  the  service  or  serve  a 
certain  period.  The  increased  facilities  for  gaining  a  good  livelihood  afforded  by  the  great  growth 
of  industrial  interests  in  Germany  and  the  consequent  falling  off  in  reenlistments  made  it  nec- 
essary to  offer  inducements  for  reenlistment  at  least  equaling  those  held  out  by  a  civil  career. 
These  inducements  are  very  substantial  indeed.  They  consist  in  a  bounty  of  100  marks  paid  in 
cash  on  reenlistment  to  any  reenlisting  noncommissioned  ofttcer  or  private  (to  be  made  a  noncom 
missioned  officer  as  soon  as  a  vacancy  occurs),  and  a  second  bounty  paid  in  cash  ou  discliarge  as 
follows: 

After  a  total  service  of—  MarkH. 

Fivo  years 50 

Six  years 100 

Seven  years -00 

Kigbt  years 350 

Niue  years ''^ 

Ten  years ^'Ofl 

Eleven  years S'OO 

Twelve  years ^i  000 

These  anumuts  may  not  seem  high  to  us,  but  they  gain  iu  size  when  considering  that  the 
bonus  of  1,000  marks  is  equal  to  sixteen  and  two-thirds  mouths'  pay  for  a  first  sergeant,  twenty- 
two  and  two-fifths  months'  pay  for  a  vice  first  sergeant,  twenty-eight  months'  pay  for  a  sergeant, 
and  forty  months'  pay  for  a  corporal. 

This  cash  iionus,  however,  does  not  represent  the  most  substantial  inducement  held  out  as  a 
reward  for  reenlistment.  There  is  provided,  besides,  pension  or  admittanc^e  to  an  institution  for 
iuvalids,  the  "  Civil-versorgungs-scheiu,"  or  certificate  for  civil  emidoyment. 

In  order  to  fit, them  for  their  position  in  the  army  as  well  as  in  the  civil  service  afterwards, 
noncommissioned  officers,  after  five  or  six  years  of  service,  are  put  through  a  course  of  instrut- 
tion,  among  whose  subjects  are  embraced  German,  history,  arithmetic,  mensuration,  geography, 
map  reading,  and  military  correspondence.  A  certificate  of  proficiency  is  given  to  every  noncom- 
missioned officer  who  has  successfully  taken  this  course  or  has  passed  an  examination  in  its 
various  branches. 

Noncommissioned  officers  desiring  employment  make  application  to  tlie  proper  department 
through  military  channels.  If  otherwise  acceptable,  they  must  be  able  to  show  their  qualification 
for  the  pla<ie,  if  necessary,  by  an  examination.  All  appointments  are  probationary  at  first.  If  a 
noncommissioned  oflBcer  be  undergoing  this  probationary  period  previous  to  the  expiration  of 
twelve  full  years  of  service,  an  advance  may  be  made  to  him  of  part  of  the  bonus  of  1,000  marks. 
If  the  noncommissioned  officer  fails  to  be  accepted  at  the  end  of  the  probationary  term  and  has 
to  return  to  the  colors,  only  such  balance  of  the  bonus  as  remains  unpaid  is  handed  over  to  him 
o!i  subsequently  obtaining  civil  employment. 

Having  once  obtained  employment  in  a  department,  promotion  therein  is  regulated  by  separate 
regulations,  in  which  the  employment  certificate  plays  no  part. 

If  the  possessor  of  an  employment  certificate  is  retired  on  a  pension,  the  certificate  becomes 
inoperative  and  must  be  turned  in. 

There  are  some  491  categories  of  employment  obtainable  by  noncommissioned  officers  after 
twelve  years  of  faithful  service,  of  which  358  are  exclusively  reserved  for  the  army  and  navy,  with 
a  total  of  92,345  places,  distributed  over  the  postal  and  telegraph  service,  the  admiralty,  war 
ministry,  railways,  police  and  gendarmerie,  collection  of  taxes  and  customs.    In  the  greater  part 


,,.,.^..w-.T  .^-^.py,^^!.^^-!^^,  ,j„...f  .^  i-y|n,|'^-f|,  -'-I-  „^,.„..^,^,.-^.j)^-^>^-r.-.p.T^,-j^||ij^f--^p-— 1=^  .  -  if..-r  ^-[■''irr-tritn  " 


'  ^BrihWrVitfHii'lriwiiitei--. 


87 


'I    ! 


\\ 


me  of  an 
jcree  was 
>r  serve  a 

t  jjrowth 
(le  it  net!- 
il  career. 
IS  paid  ill 

iioncoin- 
;liarge  as 


0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

that  the 
t,  twenty- 
sergeant, 

I  out  as  il 
tutioii  for 

'terwards, 
f  instnu'- 
BOgrapliy, 
r  noncoin- 
on  in  its 

tpartnient 
ilificatiou 
rst.  If  a 
iration  ol* 
DO  marlis. 
1  and  has 
sr  to  him 

'  separate 

becomes 

Kers  after 
avy,  witli 
alty,  war 
ater  part 


of  the  remaining;  1.33  categories  from  one-third  io  one-half  of  the  places  are  reserved  for  army  and 
navy. 

"Tliere  is  one  liard  and  fast  rule  in  connection  with  the  pliu;es  that  are  reserved,  as  detailed 
above,  and  that  rule  is  tliat  none  of  tlie  posts  set  aside  for  candidates  provided  witli  an  employ, 
iiient  certificate  may  be  given  to  others  as  long  as  tiie  qualitlcation  of  such  candidate  siiftices. 
IMaces  whicli  are  only  partly  given  to  tlie  service  are  filled  in  fair  rotation  of  turn  between  the 
military  and  civilian  candidates,  irrespective  of  the  numbers  of  each  already  lioMing  such  places; 
that  is  to  say,  if  a  vacancy  occurs  by  a  civilian  being  removed,  he  may  be  replaced  by  a  military 
candidate  if  it  is  the  turn  for  such  a  one  to  be  admitted. 

"The  system  of  giving  civil  employment  to  well-deserving  old  soldiers  was  started  by  the  first 
King  of  Prussia  in  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth  century.  It  was  much  encouraged  by  Frederick 
tlie  Great  and  his  two  immediate  snccressora,  owing  to  the  number  of  foreigners  who  in  those  years 
were  accepted  into  the  Prussian  army,  and  to  whom  promises  had  to  be  made  to  induce  them  to 
serve.  When,  after  the  terrible  defeat  of  Jena,  Napoleon  ordered  Prussia  to  confine  her  standing 
army  to  40,(M)0  men,  which  led  to  the  wise  measure  of  conscription,  and  enabled  this  country  rapidly 
to  form  a  serviceable  reserve,  it  was  forced  to  select  for  its  annual  contingent  the  best  and  strongest 
of  its  youths  for  service  with  the  colors;  and  in  order  to  make  this  palatable,  and  to  recruit  it^ 
army  out  of  the  best  of  its  human  material,  it  was  necessary  to  offer  such  inducements  to  good 
behavior  as  the  State  could  grant. 

"  It  must  not,  however,  be  accepted  that  this  proved  successful  at  once.  Many  were  the  sub- 
sequent laws  which  dealt  with  this  question  until  the  final  one  in  188.J  welded  the  system  into  its 
present  form;  and  thus  it  is  seen  that  Prussia's  King  never  ceased  to  consider  and  improve  the 
lot  and  the  future  of  the  soldier  who  had  served  his  country  well  and  conducted  himself  like  an 
honorable  citizen. 

<<  It  is  the  army  and  navy  that  giv6  the  German  his  certificate  of  character.  A  well  conducted 
soldier  or  sailor  who  passes  into  the  reserve  after  his  three  years'  service  is  always  sure  to 
obtain  employment.  I  have  often  seen  advertisements  for  men  in  which  the  first  essential  has 
been  <  that  he  must  have  been  a  soldier.'  The  great  employers  of  labor  infinitely  prefer  a  man 
who  has  been  schooled  to  discipline,  regularity,  cleanliness,  and  orderly  conduct  to  youths  who, 
for  one  reason  or  another,  have  become  exempt  from  shouldering  the  musket." ' 

ITAI.Y. 

The  provisions  made  by  Italy  for  noncommissioned  officers  of  long  service  are  very  similar 
to  those  of  the  other  great  military  powers  of  Europe.  They  consist  chiefly  in  extra  pay  paid  to 
noncommissioned  officers  and  a  certificate  for  civil  employment. 

After  serving  five  years  with  the  colors,  noncommii:..sioned  officers  may  reenlist  for  a  term  of 
three  years,  and  on  its  expiration  they  may  reenlist  ft  <  /.a  year  to  year  until  they  complete  twelve 
years'  service.  While  thus  in  reenlisted  service  the  n^?  ".commissioned  officer  receives  extra  pay 
ranging  from  $22  to  $43.50,  and  on  discharge  he  receives,  in  addition  to  his  certificate  for  civil 
employment,  a  bonus  of  $400. 

The  law  regulating  the  appointment  of  noncx)mmissioned  officers  to  civil  appointments  dates 
from  July  8, 1883,  and  reads  as  follows: 

Articlk  1.  Underofflcers  of  the  army  are  selected — 

(a)  From  corporals  qualified  for  promotion  after  having  served  eighteen  months  with  the  colors. 

(6)  From  the  pnpils  of  the  special  instruction  sections  and  from  those  of  the  other  corps  who  have  successfully 
passed  the  prescribed  course  for  promotion  to  sergeant. 

(o)  From  the  cadets  of  the  military  school  or  military  academy  who  have  failed  to  pass  the  necessary  examina- 
tion for  appointment  as  a  second  lieutenant  at  the  termination  of  the  second  or  third  course,  provided  the  subjects 
failed  in  are  not  of  a  military  nature. 


,  if 


lii 


!  ^ 


'  From  the  report  of  Col.  L.  V.  Swaine,  British  military  attach^  at  Berlin. 


^ww 


88 

The  following  am  pnTollcrt  with  the  griulo  of  (»«ru«i»iit: 

(d)  lioNorvf]  olllcuiH  whu  huvv  reHigiiutl  their  coiuiuiMiuim  an  laid  down  in  article  7  of  the  luw,  .linif  :.'{),  IHH'J. 
No.  KiO. 

(e)  Tbofle  wlio,  in  ticcordance  with  paragraph  (rf)  of  article  1  of  the  al»ove-i|U(>t<*d  law,  were  not  uppoinloi 
reserve  iiulilinutonantB. 

(/)  Ono-year  volnnfoern  wlio  have  pagHnti  tho  examination  qnallfying  them  for  the  gradti  of  iittrKeant. 
(a)  ('ori)oral-MiivJorN  wlio  on  diiichurKe  tVoni  the  colom  are  promoted  MerguaiitH. 

(ArticloH  2  toi)  and  11  to  1M,  hoth  inclusivu,  have  been  replaced  liy  the  correspond iu|{  provisionH  of  the  rocriiit- 
in^  law  of  tho  army,  as  followH) : 

AitT.  121.  NonconniiJHHionedotncera  of  the  variouH  arniR  contract  to  serve  five  yearn.     •     *    • 
Am.  125.  llaviiiK  completed  tludr  cnlistmenta,  all  men  of  the  flritt  category  are,  in  time  of  peace,  sent 
on  nnliinitml  leave,  remaining  on  the  rolls  of  the  permanent  army.     *     •     * 

The  nonuoniniiHHicmed  olticers  of  the  varions  arms  •  *  •  pass  in  thn  eightli  or  ninth  year  of  survictt 
to  the  mobile  militia,  to  which  they  remain  assigned  to  the  Slst  of  December  of  the  twelfth  year  of  their  serv- 
ice.    «     •    • 

RKKNI.I8TMKNT  WITH   8RRVICK   PAY. 

AitT.  148.  Noncommissioned  ollioers  of  the  various  arms,  who  are  Judged  worthy,  may  aspire  to  a  reenlist- 
ment  with  service  ])By.     •     *     • 

They  may  coutriict  a  reenlifttment  of  three  years  after  completing  five  years  of  service  witli  the  colors,  anil  at 
the  expiration  of  this  reenlistmeut  they  may  contract  four  successive  reenlistments  of  one  year  ea<'h,  carrying 
service  pay. 

Akt.  149.  If,  at  the  end  of  the  lirst,  second,  or  third  reenlistment,  or  on  account  of  the  cancellation  of 
his  reenlistment,  a  noncommissioned  officer  goes  on  unlimited  leave,  he  remains  assigned  to  the  mobile  militia 
until  the  men  ttf  his  own  class  puss  to  the  territorial  militia. 

Akt.  150.  Daring  the  ilrst  reenlistmeut  a  noncommiasioned  oitloer  receives  an  annual  service  pay  of  loaso 
lire.' 

f)uriug  his  successive  reenlistments  his  annual  service  pay  is  219  lire. 

Ajit.  1.")2.  a  nonitonimissioned  olhcer  loses  his  reenlistment  service  pay  only  when  ho  is  at  a  military  school 
with  a  view  of  obtaining  promotion  to  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant,  or  when  be  is  under  suspension. 

Art.  153.  On  reenlisting  with  service  pay  a  noncommiasioned  ottlcer  receives  no  bounty  in  cash,  but  there  is 
allowed  to  him,  by  way  of  indemnity,  the  sum  of  100  lire  for  his  own  individual  fund. 

Art.  154.  Having  completed  twelve  years  of  service  with  the  colors,  a  uonconmiissioned  ottlcer  is  allowed, 
once  for  all,  an  indemnity  of  2,000  lire,  bearing  in  mind  the  exception  laid  down  in  the  following  article: 

(This  indemnity  is  allowed  and  paid  whether  the  noncommissioned  ottlcer  rttmains  with  the  colors  or  not.) 
A  noncommissioned  officer  of  the  train  who  remains  with  the  colors  up  to  the  end  of  his  sixteenth  year  of 
service  has  a  right  to  an  additional  indemnity  of  1,000  lire. 

Art.  155.  A  noncommissioned  officer  who  is  promoted  to  the  rank  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  royal  army 
after  completing  eight  years  with  the  colors  receives,  once  for  all,  an  indemnity  of  500  lire,  increased  by  us 
many  times  200  lire  as  he  has  years  of  active  service  in  excess  of  eight. 
In  no  case  may  this  indemnity  exceed  2,000  lire. 

Art.  156.  The  noncommissioned  officer  reenlisted  with  service  pay  who  becomes  unfit  for  service  before 

completing  twelve  years'  service,  and  who  consequently  has  no  right  to  a  disability  pension  or  retiring  pension, 

receives,  once  for  all,  an  indemnity  equal  to  as  many  times  300  lire  as  he  has  completed  years  of  reenlistment. 

(Article  14  of  the  law  on  the  position  of  noncommissioned  officers  has  been  repealed.    The  military  chest  no 

longer  provides  for  the  payment  of  r<ienliBtment  bounties,  service  pay,  and  indemnities.    All  such  payments  are  now 

provided  for  in  the  annual  budget.) 

Art.  10.  The  underofficer  who  has  completed  twelve  years'  service  with  the  colors  is  entitled  as  a  right  to  a 
situation  of,  as  a  miuimum,  900  lire  per  annum  in  one  of  the  Government  offices,  railway  companies,  or  such  other 
private  establishments  where  Government  may  stipulate  that  situations  should  be  reserved. 

Art.  15.  The  underofficer  unwilling  to  enter  the  civil  service,  and  preferring  to  remain  in  the  army  with  the 
colors,  may  do  so,  if  qualified  and  deserving,  on  the  termination  of  his  twelve  years'  service. 

With  this  view  ho  may  enter  into  a  series  of  one-year  engagements,  receiving  an  annual  extra  allowance  of 
365  lire  until  he  is  discharged. 

After  twelve  years'  service  the  underofficer  is  entitled  to  be  promoted  to  the  rank  of  color-sergeant;  after 
sixteen,  to  that  of  sergeant-major,  provided  there  is  a  vacancy. 
In  all  cases  they  receive  the  pay  of  the  grade. 


>  One  lira  equals  1  franc,  or  about  20  cents  American. 


■iiliteiMiMilWli"'*  nJiiiw 


.^L^^^.^:.:.-^.-. ^-^.U^J-^f^.^,.^.:■;„■^ 


wwe«*te»iw»irili>i!iriii»ii  1    ii-iliirt  iufiii-pifft<iJ«fti 


'-^■.^.^■^^i-;^,.^^^^^^w;..-^■-^?-^.^^^^^  -•iliYiliiijiiiingiia^jjIljiUlgpw     ' 


\r  :'!»,  IHH-J, 
iippoiiitcil 

t. 

ho  rocniit- 

leace,  Kent 

of  Hitrvico 
thuir  Btii'v> 

a  reeiiliHt- 

orit,  anil  at 
1,  carrying 

ollntioii  of 
Jilu  uiilltiu 

yof  tOil.N) 


bury  Bi'Iioul 

1. 

•lit  there  is 

IB  nllowed, 
k'le : 

raur  not.) 
ith  year  of 

royal  army 
Med  by  iih 


?lce  before 
ig  pension, 
iHtiuent. 
y  chest  no 
ta  arer  now 

right  to  u 
such  other 

'  with  the 

Bwancc  of 

ant;  after 


89 

The  iindiToftlrtT  wlio,  after  completing  twelve  yeir.'  »tervire  with  the  rolorM,  falln  to  nlitnin  employment  in  the 
civil  Hcrvlr*',  may  I"'  rutuine<l  In  thi>  army,  in  which  cum-  he  will  Ih>  entitleil  to  all  the  emoliiinentN,  etc.,  ilne  tothorte 
unileroftlrerN  who  liavn  elected  '     remain  in  the  army  in  preference  to  entering  civil  employment. 

Art.  in.  The  war  miniHter  will  grant  to  underonicem  electing  to  remiiin  in  the  army  after  the  termination  of 
their  twelve  yenrn'  norvice,  every  facility,  provided  they  iln  not  interfere  with  the  iiiteruNtN  of  the  Nervlce,  and  even 
the  pcrmiiiaion  of  marrying  withont  the  neceimary  legal  income. 

Ai(T.  17.  Aliovementioned  nnderolHcerH  employed  In  Hervicei  niinally  llUed  by  local  olerkH,  or  aMNiHtantN,  will 
eventnally  till  hucIi  posts  aH  vacancies  occnr. 

Art.  1H.  Unileruflicers' claims  (o  pensions  commence  after  twenty  years' service  with  the  colors,  independent 
of  age, 

Art,  10.  Tiie  rednotion  of  anderofflcers  can  only  lie  carried  out  by  the  war  minister  in  accordance  with  riiloa 
laid  down  by  royal  dt^cree. 

Art.  20.  The  einployments  and  sitnations  reserved  for  nnderottloeni,  as  per  article  10,  are  as  follows: 

(ri)  All  local  clerks  and  assistants,  engineers'  assistants,  otHce-keepers'  att«-iidants,  care  takers,  and  similar  ]wists, 
in  all  departmcntH  dependent  on  the  war  minister. 

(ft)  In  all  other  public  offices  of  the  Htate  one-half  of  the  va<*ancies  occnrring  in  the  posts  of  seoond-class  clerks, 
storekeepers,  hall  porters,  onstodians,  messengers,  etc.,  with  salaries  varying  fk'oni  1,200  to  BOO  lire  a  year. 

In  the  war  othce  situations  of  second-class  clerks  are  all  reserved  to  local  clerks. 

In  the  otlier  Htate  oltlcrs  only  half  the  appointments  are  reserved. 

(o)  In  the  railway  companies  one-third  of  the  vacancies  ooourring  among  the  clerks,  care  takers,  guards,  etc., 
with  salaries  varying  from  1,200  to  900  lire  per  annum. 

The  liabilities  of  the  companies  shall  be  specially  noted  in  the  covenants  mode  with  the  associations  working 
the  railway  lines. 

A  proportionate  number  of  vacancies  in  the  appointments  mentioned  in  paragraphs  (b)  and  (e)  Hhall  be  allotted 
t<i  petty  otllcers  of  the  royal  navy  who  have  completed  twelve  yearn'  service,  preference  always  being  shown  to  the 
same  when  a  vacancy  occurs  in  a  department  dependent  on  the  minister  of  murine. 

Art.  21.  ApplicantH  for  the  sitnatlona  above  mentioned  are  expected  to  possess  the  neceiwary  qualiticationH  to 
illl  them. 

Art.  22.  In  a  special  regnlation  which  will  be  issued  by  royal  decree,  after  having  previously  been  submitted 
to  a  committee  of  members  of  the  House  of  Senate  and  Chamber  of  Depnties,  together  with  superior  olheers  of  the 
civil  Nervlce,  the  number  of  vacancies  to  be  reserved  to  nnderoltloers  of  the  army  shall  1>e  tlxed  agreeable  to  article 
20,  and  the  rules  for  nomination  to  the  situation  shall  also  be  therein  stated. 

Art.  23.  UndcroAlcers  who  are  allowed  to  reengage  under  the  regulations  of  this  law,  but  who  are  eventually 
transferred  to  the  corps  of  veterans  and  Invalids  during  their  term  of  service,  Hhall  be  entitled  to  the  extra  pay  they 
were  receiving  when  transferred,  and  also  during  the  time  they  remain  with  the  corps. 

Art.  24.  Emolnments  and  extra  pay  aa  fixed  by  this  law  can  not  be  alienated  or  seqneateretl. 

Art.  25.  The  war  minister  shall  annually  lay  before  Parliament,  at  the  same  time  as  the  budget,  a  statement  of 
the  appointments  granted  to  nnderofflcers  during  the  preceding  year. 

Art.  26.  The  nnderofHcer  who,  aa  ruled  by  thia  law,  has  been  provided  with  a  situation  in  a  railway  or  similar 
company,  where  by  special  covenant  posts  are  reserved  for  nnderofflcers,  shall  be  paid  from  the  military  chest,  on 
the  termination  of  his  first  year  of  service,  a  bonus  of  600  lire  as  a  pension  quota  for  twelve  years  spent  with  the 
eoiurs. 

If  pension  chests  for  the  benefit  of  the  personnel  exist,  the  underofflcer  may  pay  Into  the  chest  a  quota  propor- 
tionate to  the  number  of  years  he  has  spent  in  the  army,  being  within  the  proportionate  limits  of  the  payments  made 
for  the  same  number  of  years  by  his  colleagues  In  the  same  administration. 

Art.  27.  Undcrofficers  who  are  appointed  to  such  posts  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  discipline  and  regulations 
to  which  other  employees  of  the  same  class  are  liable,  including  the  rules  and  regulations  regarding  siisiienslon  and 
dismissal. 

Art.  28.  This  law  shall  come  Into  force  on  January  1, 1884. 

SPECIAL  AND  PROVISIONAL  REOULATIONH. 

Art.  29.  Except  that,  aa  is  laid  down  In  article  18  and  article  23,  all  other  regulations  as  ruled  by  the  present 
law  are  not  applicable  to  the  underofticers  of  the  corps  of  royal  carablnieri,  of  the  veteran  and  invalid  cqrps,  military 
penal  establishments,  discipline  companies,  remount  establishments,  bandmasters,  and  corps  of  armorers. 

For  the  underoificers  of  the  above  services  the  previous  regulations  remain  in  force,  Including  those  regarding 
reengagements  with  a  gratuity,  aa  stated  In  article  137  of  the  law  on  recruiting. 

Such  engagements  are  also  applicable  for  the  privatea  of  the  carabinieri,  and  alao  for  private  soldiers  of  other 
branches  of  the  aervicea  who  are  allowed  to  reengage,  although  not  nnderofflcers. 


f 


i.    n 


>'!(, 


11 


90 

Art.  no.  With  thn  nxnAptioii  of  the  Cor]M  nf  Knynl  Cnrnbinierl,  all  nthnr  nnil««rnfnc<M*R  ahnll  t>«  rntitlml  tn  nn 
imnimn  (il  0..'l<)  lir«  per  ili<>iii  in  pince  ol°  the  aiiiiiiul  Krutukty  of  liV)  lirii,  which  in  uliohMh<<il. 

Am.  :U.  rn)l«ri>n)oerii  r<t«nt«riiiK  the  xervice  iiniler  the  attpiilntionii  ol'  artlrln  3,  irri'ipectivo  of  the  niiinlier  of 
veitrH  tliity  havo  titrvwl,  •ball  not  he  aliowcU  to  he  cuiKllilutea  for  einployiiient  before  they  hnvc  ronipleted  fotirteitii 
y«<»rH  with  the  coliim. 

Aid.  111*.  Thit  reKuliitinnn  iih  laid  down  in  iirtlrlo  'J,  ntKanllnK  the  nndoronicnm' termof  nervice, iihnll  bo  rnforneil 
on  all  thoai'  undorolllcerN  who  inn.v  be  promoted  after  January  I,  1HH.H,  or  to  thoae  attached  to  Inatrnotion  noPtioiiM 
on  the  date  of  tho  proilanwition  of  thlN  Inn. 

All  other  nnderotHcern  ahall  b(«  liable  to  th<^  iiNnal  contract*  of  itervice  entered  on. 

Akt.  33.  All  ri^htM  prnvioiiNly  obtained  on  re«*nKaKenienta  with  gratuity  are  maintained,  with  thf  exception  of 
tho  oaac  mentioned  in  articlu  'M. 

Aitr.  31.  llnderonio'rH  nanally  Mcrving  with  the  color*  without  having  reengaged  with  a  gratuity  ihall  be  paid 
monthly  tho  dUfiirencx  botwcon  tho  inoreaaed  pay  mentioned  iu  articlu  30  and  the  actual  gratuity. 

On  tho  completion  of  their  torui  of  Horvice  tho  rogulatiomt  of  tho  present  law  ahall  be  enforced  unrcHtrioted; 
they  may  thon  roougitKe  for  one  year  for  four  itucceaHive  yoara,  aa  laid  down,  with  a  gratuity  of  100  liro  and  an 
annual  allowance  of  2Ul  liro. 

Aht.  :tri.  Undcrollloem  reeuKaKotl  with  a  gratpity  ahall  be  paid  tho  annual  premiuniH  aH  before,  and  monthly  the 
ditfrroiico  between  tho  incroaitod  pay  and  actual  gratuity,  aa  laid  down  in  articlu  30. 

On  tho  termination  of  their  roenKaKoment  they  may  reengage  Huccoaaively  for  one  year  at  a  time  without  extra 
pay,  HO  im  to  entitle  thom  to  a  ponHion  or  to  a  aituation  in  the  civil  M^rvice.  They  will  not,  however,  be  awarded 
a  |>oHt  in  the  civil  m-rvico  until  thoy  have  aorved  fourteen  yearn  with  the  colon*,  or  nntil  two  yoara  have  expired  after 
tho  termination  of  their  ruougagonient. 

The  undnrotHcera  who  claim  their  diacharge  after  twelve  yeara'  Nervico  with  the  colorx  may  heoomo  oandidateH 
for  civil  umployiuunt,  but  at  the  rate  of  one-fifth  of  the  vaoanoiea. 

Akt.  'M\.  ITnderolHcerB  roenliated  with  a  premium,  or  reengaged  with  a  premium,  shall  alwaya  have  the  option 
of  boiuK  troiitod  under  tho  rogulationa  OMtablished  by  thlH  law ;  if  ao,  tliey  ahall  relinquiah  absolutely  the  privileges 
attached  to  the  present  euliHtmont  or  rcongagemout,  and  then  only  will  they  be  entitled  to  the  extra  pay  tlxed  by 
this  law,  and  according  to  the  year  of  sorvice  iu  which  they  are  when  thoy  declare  their  option;  they  shall,  in  addi- 
tion, be  entitled  to  nil  the  privileges  laid  down  iu  the  present  law  for  obtaining  civil  employment,  claim  to  be 
pensioned,  and  payment  of  extra  allowancoa. 

Aht.  37.  An  underoflicer  who  retires  or  is  promoted  to  a  aublioutenancy,  and  who  is  a  creditor  of  capital  due 
for  roongagoments  with  a  gratuity,  previously  obtained  or  already  settled,  and  siuiilarly  the  underofflcer  en,|oying  a 
]iunsion,  shall  have  no  claim  to  the  indemnities  mentioned  in  article  11,  article  12,  and  article '13. 

UndorotHcorH,  however,  who  have  reengaged  under  the  present  law,  ahall  be  entitled  to  a  gratuity  of  300  lire 
per  aunnui  tor  every  year  completed  in  such  reeugagement. 

Akt.  38.  The  regulations  stated  above,  and  laid  down  in  this  law,  do  not  impair  existing  rights  of  applicants 
for  civil  employment  before  the  publication  of  this  law,  provided  such  claims  do  not  imply  a  transfer  i^m  other 
administrations  to  the  war  otHce. 

We  hereby  decree  that  the  present  law,  duly  sealed,  be  inserted  in  the  laws  of  the  Kingdom  of  United  Italy, 

aud  ordain  that  all  concerned  shall  obey  it  aa  a  law  of  the  State. 

Humbert. 

Fkrrcro,  War  ilinitttr. 


fill 


lif 


tied  tn  an 


Field  Range  Finders. 


t.i. 


AUSTRIA-HUNOARY,  BBLOIUM,  ENGLAND,  PRANCE,  OBRMANY,  ITALY,  AND   RUSSIA. 

Ill  tlio  t'oll()win{(  iiuteH  are  eiiuinernted  and  deiicrilied,  iM  far  ns  known,  tliu  held  ran^o  tlrdiirs 
iictunlly  in  uhc  in  Ihu  various  European  arniiuM.  Tlio  descriptions  have  been  taken,  whenever 
|M>NNil)lo,  from  oltleial  sources,  supplemented  occasionally  by  unotHcial  duscriptionH  and  notices, 
trade  advertisements,  etc.  Considerable  use  has  been  made  of  tlie  article  on  range  ttnders  by 
(<apt.  A.  II.  UusMell,  Ordnance  Department,  which  ap|)earetl  in  Ordnance  Notes  No.  170,  of  1881. 

In  a  subHe(|uent  number  it  is  intcndcil  to  descrilHs  as  far  as  possible,  the  systems  of  range 
and  imsitiou  tlnding  used  for  coast  defense  in  Europe. 

AuHTRiA.— TiiB  Infantry  Ranob  Finder. 

THK   ROKSANDK!   RANGE  FINDER. 

Theory  nf  the  instrummt. — Oiven  two  mirrors,  I  and  II,  making  with  each  other  an  angle  of 
40°.    A  ray  fh>m  object  O  falling  on 
mirror  I  is  retlected  in  the  direction     Jt'  jf 

1  II  to  the  mirror  II,  and  thence  in 
the  direction  II  A  into  the  observer's 
eye.  The  angle  inclosed  by  the  re- 
flected ray  II A  and  its  original  direc- 
tion 10  is  double  the  angle  inclosed 
by  the  mimtr  surfaces.  The  former, 
therefore,  in  this  case  is  a  right  angle. 

If  the  angle  made  by  the  mirrors 
be  increased  by  an  angle  a,  the 
angle  between  the  reflected  ray  and 
its  original  direction  lO  must  be 
2(45-1- rr):!  go +2f)r,  and  the  ray  is  re- 
flected in  the  direction  A  D,  which, 
with  A  II  or  A  D,  incloses  the  angle 
2a. 

Now,  if  the  reflected  ray  A  D  is  to 
be  given  its  old  direction  without 
changing  the  mirror  angle  (45° -f- a), 
the  instrument  has  to  be  displaced  so 
far  toward  D  that  the  incident  ray 
and  A  D  inclose  an  angle  of  90-|-2w. 
In  assuming,  therefore,  the  angle 
«OC=2a,  the  instrument  would  have 
to  be  transferred  from  a  to  C. 

We  thus  get  a  right-angled  tri- 
angle aCO,  of  which,  besides  the  acute  angle  2a,  the  short  side  aC  (the  base)  is  known;  the  other 
side  aO  can  now  be  found. 

91 


Fio.  1. 


,^J5^W*'■'''--''*.**^^*'S'j^'W'''^^''!*^^"J!'S'^?.j'!il!^'''';"'^^^^^^ 


'■"« -' 'I  !■■     ("III.. 


'^m'i!.'B-^'!..>-!iJWWPiWW»»     ■ 


92 

C'oniitruation. — The  important  parts  of  the  instrument  are  fixed  to  a  brass  base  plate  P  (fig.  2), 
and  inclosed  by  a  brass  case  G.  Two  phiiii  steel  mirrors  I  and  11  are  each  screwed  to  a  mirror  arm. 
The  rearward  mirror  arm  U  is  cast  in  one  piece  with  tlie  base  plate.  On  its  extremity,  which  pro 
Jecta  through  the  right  side  of  the  casing,  there  is  a  female  screw  \hread  for  screwing  in  a  handle 
U,  a  second  female  screw  thread  being  on  the  anterior  face  of  this  part  for  the  binding  screw  e. 

The  anterior  mirror  arm  V  is  also  of  brass,  and  pivots  on  the  steel  pivot  .r,  over  which  it  is 

8liMi)C(l  and  held  in  place  by  n  pin.    The  i)ivot  is  perpendicnlar  to  the  base  plate  and  screws  into  it. 

At  the  other  extremity  of  this  mirror  arm,  which  is  split,  there  is  a  trigger  1>,  and  above  the 

latter  a  stop  screw  a,  which  may  be  fixed 
in  any  position  by  the  clamp  screw  I: 

Th3  two  mirrors  are  held  apart  by  a 
spiral  spring  of  braas,  whose  ends  are 
inserted  in  corresponding  recesses  of  the 
arms. 

Fixed  to  the  base  is  also  a  split  block 
«,  which  serves  to  receive  the  adjusting 
screw  r,  which  is  of  steel.  The  latter 
may  be  fixed  in  any  position  by  a  clamp- 
screw  Jc,  which  is  screwed  ir  from  below. 
Lastly,  there  is  a  binding  ncrew  e  in 
the  anterior  mirror  arm  opposite  the  ad- 
justing screw. 

The  casing  G,  which  serves  to  protect 
the  mirrors  .and  exclude  superfluous 
light,  is  fastened  to  the  base  by  four 
screws.  On  the  right  side  a  piece  A  is 
cut  out,  through  which  the  rays  from  the 
object  O  on  the  right  reach  the  mirror  I; 
in  the  anterior  wall  there  is  a  window  B 
through  which  the  foreground  can  be 
seen,  and  below  is  a  hole  for  the  head  of 
the  adjusting  screw. 

From  the  rearward  edge  of  the  left- 
side wall  there  springs  a  curved  projetj- 
tion  C,  which,  when  the  instrument  is 
used,  fits  ag<ainst  the  nose.  To  the  rear 
the  casing  is  open.  The  handle  U  is  of 
wood,  reenforced  at  its  upper  end  by  a 
brass  ferrule  ending  in  a  screw.  Each 
instrument  is  provided  with  a  leather-(!overed  wooden  case  which  is  slung  over  the  left  shoulder  by 
means  of  a  strap. 

Use  of  the  range  finder. — When  the  anterior  mirrorarm  is  presse*!  against  the  rear  mirror 
arm  by  means  of  trigger  D,  the  planes  of  the  mirrors  inclose  an  angle  of  45°.  When  the 
trigger  is  released,  the  anterior  mirror  arm  is  pushed  forward  by  the  spiral  spring  until  the 
bindings  crew  e  touches  the  adjusting  screw  r.  In  this  position  the  mirror  planus  inclose  an  angle 
of4r>o34.4'. 

Stand  so  as  to  have  the  object  O  on  your  right;  grasp  the  instrument  by  the  handle  with  the 
right  hand,  point  of  thumb  against  the  mirror  arm  K  and  the  middle  joint  of  the  forefinger  against 
the  trigger  D,  the  projection  C  against  the  right  side  of  the  nose,  right  hand  resting  against  the 
cheek  and  the  right  arm  against  the  body.    Press  the  two  mirror  arms  together  (making  an  angle 


i'"i<i. : 


'j!i-gajeilSS'5JgJ5 


A;- . 


u ,  ->i  < . 


".'•«♦(-    >-Sit 


"•f!*»r*-»- 


|/^V^^Vtv5k%^.^' 


"^^?3 


w 


^■v 

t 
i 

r 

. 

>. 

J 

• 

"sn^ 

^^^ 

,, 

I  ^^ 


,f' 


,«ai- 


1  V  :■     .» 


-s-^  1  < 


ilrJi. 


^4  •.^^^^ 


ki. 


m 


~M!L.iJm.§MMii^MMJtMMi&i^y:«il9mmmti 


:»! 


Major  Stroobants 


Tntervor. 

<»,tff« — 


t 

If 
I 


8 


Vertical  Projectixnv. 


S7 


HorixonUil  ProJecUxiiv. 


& 


eu 


Sir ooh ants'  Telemeter. 


tM  mmm  «»n«  ■ 


I 


4 


98 

of  45  degrees).  Object  O  ig  now  seen  in  mirror  II  in  u  direction  at  right  angles  to  On.  Have  a 
stake  I)  (see  flg,  1)  planted  in  the  apparent  direction  of  the  image  of  O  (looking  over  mirror  O 
throngh  window  B,  flg.  2),  and  stretcli  tapeline  from  your  position  towanl  that  stake.  Release  the 
mirror  arm  and  walk  forward  until  the  image  of  O  and  the  stake  1)  (see  fig.  1)  again  coincide. 
The  distance  you  have  stepped  off  is  1 :  50  of  the  distance  to  O. 

UANUE  FINDll.a  IN   THE  FIELD   AUTILLEBV. 

The  Austrian  field  artillery  does  not  use  range-flnding  instrunients.  The  distiiuces  are 
estinmted,  and  are  then  corrected  by  means  of  the  "  fork." 

Belgium. — The  Infantry  TELEitiKTEs. 

THE  STBOOBANTS  TELBMETEU. 

Fig.  2,  plate,  gives  a  full-sized  drawing  of  this  instrument,  which  consists  of  two  pentagonal 
prisms  inclosed  in  a  casing  of  blackened  copper  so  as  to  leave  the  faces  forming  the  right  angle 
of  each  prism  uncovered. 

Prism  A  (fig.  3)  is  constructed  so  that  the  angle  at  r  is  a  right  angle  and  the  faces  mn  and  pq 
inclose  an  angle  of  45  degrees.  Bays  from  an  object  a  will,  therefore,  after  undergoing  double 
reflection  by  the  faces  mn  and  pq,  strike  rm  normal,  and  the  image  of  a  will  be  visible  in  the 
direction  of  a'.    This  prism  may  therefore  be  used  for  establishing  a  right  angle. 

The  prism  B  (flgs.  4  and  5)  is  constructed  like  A,  with  the  exception  that  the  faces  mn  and 
pq  inclose  an  angle  of  45"  22'  55".  Bays  from  an  object  a  entering  the  prism  normal  to  pr  will 
therefore  undergo  double  reflection  from  the  faces  mn  and  pq,  as  in  prism  A,  but,  not  arriving 
normal  to  rm,  will  suffer  refraction,  the  angle  alt  (or  rdt)  being  equal  to  2x45°  22'  55",  i.  e.,  90° 
45'  50";  the  angle  rds  (or  acs)  will  be  91°  8'  45",  depending  on  the  index  of  the  refraction  of  the 
glass,  and  the  image  of  a  will  appear  in  the  direction  of  a'. 

A^lication, — Establish  a  right  angle  by  means  of  prism  A,  and  mark  same  by  a  stake  or 
other  object;  then  from  the  same  point,  looking  through  prism  B,  advance  toward  the  signal 
chosen  until  signal  and  image  of  target  again  are  seen  to  coincide.  Measure  the  distance  so 
passed  over,  find  the  number  of  units  in  column  B  of  the  table  of  distances,  and  the  figure  oppo- 
site in  the  a^oining  column  D  will  be  the  distance  sought.    If  D  represents  the  distance  to  target, 

B  the  base,  and  a  the  angle  at  vertex  of  triangle,  the  formula  is  D=B  x  ia»«,' 

Use  of  the  iitstrument  {fig.  6). — Standing  at  h  the  observer  wishes  to  find  the  distance  ab. 

Stand  at  6  so  as  to  have  a  on  your  left;  take  the  instrument  between  thumb  and  forefinger  of 
the  right  hand,  one  face  of  the  right  angle  of  prism  A  toward  the  object,  the  other  toward  the  eye, 
the  fingers  holding  the  instrument  about  the  middle.  The  object  is  now  seen  in  the  direction  a', 
and  should  coincide  with  some  clearly  visible  object  seen  in  the  distance  over  the  top  of  the 
instrument.  If  there  is  no  such  object,  move  to  the  right  or  left,  or  forward  or  back,  until  some 
plainly  visible  object  becomes  available  as  signal  S. 

Beverse  the  instrument,  look  through  prism  B,  and  advance  from  h  toward  S,  along  the 
straight  line  connecting  the  two,  until  the  image  of  a  and  the  signal  S  are  again  seen  to  coincide. 
Measure  he  and  find  the  distance  ah  in  the  table  of  distances. 

Or  you  may  stand  at  some  point  e  and  establish  the  signal  S  by  means  of  prism  B;  then 
reversing  the  instrument  and  walking  bitckward  to  some  point  b — looking  meanwhile  through 
prism  A — establish  point  6,  and  thus  the  distance  he,  by  means  of  which  ah  may  be  found. 

The  normal  coefficient,  .  ,  is  50;  but  as  it  is  impossible  in  the  construction  of  the  instru- 
ment to  get  the  angles  of  the  prisms  exact,  and  as  the  refraction  of  the  glass  also  varies  somewhat, 


lit 


py^ 

Wi 


J 


n.' 


( 


94 

a  separate  table  is  luwle  for  each  instrument.  The  coefficient  thus  found  experimentally  for  eacli 
instrument  is  engraved  on  the  casing. 

To  avoid  damage  to  the  exposed  faces  of  the  prisms  of  the  telemeter,  which  are  liable  to  be 
nicked  by  objects  that  would  be  habitually  carried  in  the  pocket,  and  to  keep  these  faces  from 
getting  dirty  or  losing  their  polish,  the  telemeter  is  provided  with  a  metallic  box  with  a  cover. 
The  instrument  fits  snugly  in  this  box,  which  is  also  used  for  carrying  the  tables.  These  are 
sometimes  pasted  to  the  inside  of  the  cover  and  the  bottom  of  the  box. 

The  Stroobants  telemeter  is  claimed  to  be  the  very  lightest  known.  It  is  certainly  lighter 
and  smaller  than  the  Souchier  prism  telemeter.  There  is  absolutely  nothing  to  get  out  of  order. 
It  is  always  correct,  can  be  used  by  anyone  of  ordinary  intelligence,  and  is  perhaps  tl»e  cheapest 
range  finder  actually  in  use. 

RANGE  FINDING  IN  THE  FIELD  AETILLERY. 

Kange  finders  are  not  used  in  the  Belgian  field  artillery.  Ranges  in  the  field  are  first 
estimated,  and  corrections  are  made  by  means  of  the  "bracket"  or  "fork." 

England. 

field  artillery  range  finders. 

The  range  finders  in  the  service  for  horse  and  field  artillery  are  (1)  the  Watkin  field  range 
finder  and  (2)  the  Watkin  field  telemeter.  Their  application  is  at  present  restricted  to  objects 
seen  by  daylight,  and,  except  under  special  circumstances,  to  the  observation  of  stationary  objects. 

Part  I.— The  Watkin  Fikld  Range  Finder. 

The  instrument  is  double  reflecting,  on  the  principle  of  the  common  sextant,  but  is  so  con- 
structed that  the  distant  object  is  seen  by  direct  vision,  and  the  near  one  by  reflection.  It  weighs 
about  ^  pounds.  Its  parts  are  as  follows :  The  metal  case,  the  cylinder,  the  cylinder  guide  collar, 
the  cylinder  band,  the  base  bar  and  sliding  collar,  the  base-bar  spring,  the  steel  bar,  the  steel-bar 
spring,  the  index  glass,  the  short  arm,  the  horizon  glass,  the  rack  and  pinion,  the  rack  knob  and 
spring  slide,  the  regulator,  the  regulator  blocks,  the  adjusting  key,  the  telescope,  the  two  eyeholes 
with  sliding  shutters,  one  for  each  eyehole. 

The  cylinder  consists  of  a  metal  barrel  with  a  steel  pointed  screw  rigidly  fixed  in  it.  The 
screw  works  in  a  split  spring  guide  collar,  its  point  bearing  upon  a  steel  block  at  the  end  of  the 
base  bar.  The  cylinder  has  engraved  upon  it  spirally  a  scale  of  ranges  from  460  to  6,000  yards, 
which  are  read  by  means  of  an  arrowhead  upon  a  fixed  band  which  partly  surrounds  the  barrel. 
The  cylinder  has  a  zero  mark  to  show  when  it  is  fully  screwed  up. 

The  base  bar  is  of  gun  metal,  and  has  a  scale  of  bases  engraved  on  it  from  60  to  130  yards; 
the  scale  is  read  by  means  of  a  line  cut  on  the  sliding  collar.  The  bar  is  compelled  to  move  with 
the  cylinder,  being  pushed  forward  by  it  in  one  direction,  and  constrained  by  the  base-bar  spring 
to  follow  it  in  the  other. 

The  steel  bar  conforms  to  the  movement  of  the  base  bar,  being  pushed  forward  by  it  in  one 
direction,  and  constrained  by  the  steel-bar  spring  to  follow  it  in  the  other. 

The  index  glass,  which  is  entirely  silvered,  is  fixed  in  a  frame  at  the  pivot  end  of  the  steel 
bar.    The  glass  has  necessarily  a  movement  dependent  upon  that  of  the  steel  bar. 

The  horizon  glass  and  short  arms.  The  glass  is  half  silvered  and  set  in  a  metal  frame  fixed 
to  the  short  arm.    It  has  two  positions: 

1.  When  the  regulator  is  pressed  against  the  side  block  K  (Pis.  I  and  II);  it  is  then  at  46° 
inclination  to  the  index  glass. 


95 


2.  When  the  regulator  iu  pressed  against  tbe  center  block  L;  it  is  then  ])arallul  to  the  iiulex 
glass. 

The  horizon  glass  is  shifted  from  one  position  to  the  other  by  the  rack  and  pinion,  ai;tuated 
by  the  rack  knob.    Back  lash  is  avoided  by  a  bent  spring  under  this  knob. 

The  regulator  and  regulator  blocks. — The  regulator  is  a  small  screw  of  hardened  steel  carried 
on  the  end  of  the  short  arm,  from  which  it  projects  in  both  directions;  the  arm  plays  between  the 
steel  regulator  blocks.  The  position  of  this  screw  can  bo  slightly  altered  by  the  adjusting  key 
without  any  alteration  in  the  total  angular  traverse  of  the  short  arm  carrying  the  horizon  glass. 
Thus,  if  the  short  arm  be  locked  in  position  so  that  the  regulator  bears  against  the  block  L  ( I'ls.  I 
and  II),  then  by  screwing  or  unscrewing  the  regulator  the  horizon  glass  can  be  brought  exactly 
parallel  to  the  index  glass,  and  by  this  method  the  instrument  can  be  tested  and  adjusted. 

The  sliding  collar  can  be  set  in  any  itosition  on  the  base  bar  from  the  CO  graduiition  to  the 
extreme  end.  Its  function  is  to  communicate  a  motion  to  the  steel  bar  from  the  base  bar,  the  motion 
being  proportional  to  the  length  of  the  base  to  which  the  collar  is  set.  When  the  cylinder  is  at 
zero  the  steel  bar  and  base  are  absolutely  parallel,  and  the  movement  of  the  sliding  collar  along 
the  base  bar  imparts  no  movement  to  the  index  glass. 

The  amount  of  motion  of  the  cylinder  to  give  a  definite  movement  to  the  index  glass  depends 
on  the  position  of  the  sliding  collar.  By  setting  this  collar  to  the  proper  graduation  for  the  base 
used  the  range  in  yards  can  be  read  direct  from  the  scale  on  the  cylinder. 

The  sliding  shutters  have  eyeholes  in  them  and  should  be  closed  when  the  telescope  is  not 
used.    An  observation  taken  with  the  shutters  open  can  not  be  depended  upon. 

The  telescope  is  focussed  by  moving  the  eyepiece,  and  magnifies  four  times.  For  use,  it  is 
inserted  into  the  eyeholes,  the  shutters  being  withdrawn. 

The  steel  tape  is  a  ribbon  of  steel  20  feet  long  with  a  loop  at  one  end  for  fixing  to  a  button  on 
the  A  picket,  the  other  end  being  fastened  to  the  interior  of  a  case  into  which  the  whole  ribbon 
can  be  wound.  There  is  a  raised  mark  on  the  tape  indicating  a  length  of  6  yards.  The  tape  is 
employed  to  test  the  length  of  the  metallic  cord. 

The  metallic  cord  is  composed  of  a  silk  line  18  feet  9^  inches  long,  and  covered  with  copper 
wire.  One  end  is  fixed  to  a  wooden  shuttle  on  which  the  cord  is  wound;  the  other  is  furnished 
with  an  S  hook  which  enables  the  cord  to  be  attached  to  the  button  of  the  A  picket.  A  lengi  h  of 
exactly  6  yards  is  marked  o£f  by  a  single  knot  on  the  cord  on  the  outside  of  the  hole  in  the  shuttle, 
the  measurement  being  from  this  knot  to  the  outside  bend  of  the  hook. 

The  tripod  pickets  are  of  ash,  each  consisting  of  three  legs  and  an  upright,  and  carrying  a 
little  flag. 

''  CSE  OF  TUB  INSTRUMENT. 

In  order  to  take  the  range  with  the  Watkin  range  finder  from  any  point  P  to  any  object 
O  (fig.  1),  it  is  necessary  that  a  position  may  be  found  to  the  right  or  left  of  P  from  which  both 
O  and  P  are  visible,  and  at  which  point  Q  may  be  marked  so  that  either  the  angle  OPQ  or  the 
angle  OQP  shall  be  a  right  angle.  The  procedure  in  taking  the  range  is  as  follows  (figs.  2  and  3) : 
Place  a  picket  at  P,  find  the  right- angle  point  Q  by  means  of  the  instrument,  and  place  a  second 
picket  there.  Standing  at  Q,  read  with  the  instrument  the  base  PQ  by  means  of  a  sub-base  PB 
marked  by  picket  B  at  right  angles  to  PQ.  Set  ofi^"  the  base  so  found  on  the  base  bar  of  the 
instrument,  proceed  to  P,  and  taking  an  observation  read  the  range  OP  on  the  graduated 
cylinder.  The  operation  thus  consists  of  (1)  fixing  the  right  angle,  (2)  finding  the  b^e,  and  (3) 
taking  the  range. 

1.  FIXING  THE  RIGHT  ANGLE. 

Set  the  cylinder  at  zero,  the  rack  knob  at  «  range-right  angle"  (setting  the  mirror  at  45°),  and 
the  sliding  collar  at  the  stop.    Look  through  the  end  eyehole  marked  for  right  angle  and  range. 


n  .  r 


.■l!|i; 


"I, 


1'^ 


U       (    III'' 


I!-; 


It' 


99 


Let  O  be  the  object  and  P  the  i>oiiit  from  which  the  range  to  O  is  to  be  found  (flff.  3).  Place 
yourself  at  any  point,  say  Q'  or  ii".  Look  at  O  through  the  unsilvered  portion  of  the  horizon 
glasH.  The  image  of  picket  P  will  now  appear  reflected  in  the  silvered  iMrtiou  of  the  glass  toward 
P'  or  P"  at  right  angles  to  PQ'  or  PQ"  (flgs.  4  and  5). 


/^' 


Jt 


Fio.2. 


Fio.3. 


Advance  or  retire,  as  the  case  may  be,  until  object  O  and  image  of  picket  P  coincide  in  the 
glass.    This  will  fix  the  right  angle  (fig.  6). 


Fia.4. 


Fia.  S. 
2.    FIKDINO  THE  KASE. 


Fia.6. 


The  initial  point  P  and  the  right-angle  point  Q  have  each  been  marked  by  a  picket.  })y  means 
of  process  just  described  and  the  metallic  cord  (6  yards  in  length)  establish  point  li  (fig.  13)  and 
mark  with  picket,  PR  forming  a  right  angle  with  QP  and  measuring  6  yards  in  length.  Turn  the 
cylinder  to  zero,  pnsh  rack  knob  to  ''base"  (setting  mirrors  parallel),  and  set  off  length  of 
sub-base— 6  yards — on  base  bar.  Stand  at  Q  facing  QB,  hold  instrument  over  picket  Q,  look 
through  eyehole  marked  "base."  The  reflected  images  of  P  and  B  will  now  appear  immedietely 
under  their  natural  ones  in  the  horizon  glass  (fig.  10).  Bevolve  cylinder  until  reflected  image 
of  B  coincides  with  natural  image  of  P,  and  read  distance  of  PQ  on  cylinder  scale. 

When  the  cylinder  is  at  zero  the  glasses  are  parallel  and  the  images  coincide.  When  the 
cylinder  is  revolved  the  index  glass  is  displaced  and  reflected  image  thrown  to  one  side  to  an 
extent  proportional  to  the  number  of  revolutions  given  to  cylinder.  The  sub-base  PB  (flg.  8), 
being  fixed  at  6  yards,  the  smaller  PQ  is  the  greater  becomes  the  required  movement  of  the  index 
glass — the  amount  of  movement  being  registered  by  the  scale  on  the  cylinder  and  being  a  measure 
of  the  distance  PQ. 


l!*i' 


Jfr-^ 


97 

I.   TAKIMO    i'llK  KANOB. 

The  length  l*Q  havinj?  been  ascertained  as  just  described,  set  off  that  distance  on  the  base 
,  ir ;  otherwise,  set  instrument  as  for  finding  right  angle  and  place  it  uiMin  picket  P  so  tliat  ring 
marked  on  bottom  of  case  coincides  with  head  of  picket. 


0, 


jleettd  mages 


i?'^^ 


^^N. 


'4 


(f 


■-.^    * 


^--V 


•^lA 


Via.  8. 


Fid.  7. 


Fio.  9. 


Look  through  tlie  eyehole  marked  ■<*  range-right  angle."  Image  Q',  of  picket  Q  is  seen 
reflected  at  right  angles  to  PQ  in  a  direction  8  to  the  right  of  O  (figs.  7  and  8).  Revolve  the 
cylinder,  making  Q'  move  toward  O  until  reflected  image  Q'  coincides  with  O,  which  latter  is  seen 


direct. 


no.  10. 


Fio.  u. 


Fia.U. 


Fm.  18. 

In  the  operation  two  right  angles  are  established,  the  mirrors  standing  at  45°  to  each  other. 
When  the  reflected  image  is  made  to  coincide  with  object  the  position  of  one  nurror  is  changed 
and  its  movement  made  to  register  the  distance  on  the  cylinder,  which  has  a  scale  engraved 
on  it.  To  adapt  the  instrument  for  various  lengths  of  PQ  the  base  bar  is  so  arranged  that  the 
movement  imparted  to  the  index  glass  by  each  turn  of  the  cylinder  is  increased  or  diminished 
according  to  the  position  of  the  sliding  collar.   This  compensation  is  approximate,  not  absolute. 

READINU  TIIK  8CALK8. 

The  scale  on  the  base  bar  is  used  for  marking  a  subbase  and  for  marking  a  base.  In  the 
former  case  the  numbered  figures  only  are  used,  the  figures  indicating  so  many  yards.  In  the  lat- 
ter case  the  subdivisions  signify  yards  and  the  marked  divisions  tens  of  yards,  but  for  conven- 
ience these  figures  are  multiplied  by  ten. 

The  cylinder  scale  serves  for  reading  the  range  and  the  base.    The  numbers  are  read  firom 
right  to  left.    Up  to  the  3,000  yards  the  scale  is  graduated  for  every  10  yards,  between  2,000  and 
3,000  yards  for  every  25  yards,  and  from  there  upward  for  every  50  yards.    The  numbers  450  to 
990  denote  the  actual  range  in  yards,  those  from  10  to  50,  hundreds  of  yards. 
15848  M 


*  '3 


'^m 


98 

Fig.  10  HhowB  liow  the  uhidiI  Hubbase  of  0  yards  Ih  Het  off  on  tbo  bar  Hoalu.    Tf  in  reading  tlM> 
base  the  index  of  tlie  cylinder  points  as  in  tig.  14,  it  is  set  o£f  on  the  bur  suulo  without  calculation 


T 


k^\^miM= 


2> 


Fill.  14. 


o 


0 

^yit.i*>i 


1 


Flu,  U, 


r 


1 


n 


i 


YL 


FlO.  10. 

as  in  fig.  16.    If  in  reading  the  range  the  index  on  the  cylinder  jioiuts  as  in  tig.  14,  the  range  is 
1,015  yards. 

THK  MIRROKH. 

Let  E  be  the  eye  looking  through  the  unsilvered  part  of  the  horizon  glass  F  at  the  object  O. 
Let  A  be  the  picket,  the  reflection  of  which  falls  flrst  on  the  index  glass  N  at  the  angle  fi  and  from  it 
passes  off  at  the  angle  /?',  and  falls  ujMin  the  horizon  glass  (silvered  portion)  at  the  angle  r/,  and 

from  it  again  to  the  eye  at  the  angle  ;;'.  Let  B  be  the  angio 
at  which  the  mirrors  are  to  each  other  and  a  the  angle  be- 
tween the  object  and  the  picket.  By  the  optical  law :  Anglo 
of  incidence  =  angle  of  reflection — 

/?  =  /?' 

Now,  by  Euclid,  the  exterior  angle  =  the  two  interior 
opposite  angles.    Therefore, 

V'  +  PFN  =  (f  +  /3'  =  e  +  /3 

Adding — 

/3  +  tf  +  PFN  +  FNP  =  26  +  /3  +  tf 


Fio.  17. 


That  is, 
But— 


PFN  +  FNP  =  26 
the  angle  a  =  PFN  +  FNP 


Therefore, 


a  =  26 
If,  then,  ^  =  450,  a  =  90O. 


99 


Paht  II.— Tiik  Watkin  Fiki.I)  TKi.rMr.TKii. 

TIIK   INHTKI'MKNT   (HRK   l'I.H.    Ill  TO   VI). 

The  iiiHtnimt'iit  is  double  rofloctiiig  like  tho  ttcld  raiiKo  (Ituler,  tho  distant  object  boiiig  neen  by 
direct  viHioii,  the  near  one  by  retteotion.  The  parts  are  the  ft-utnc,  the  cylinder,  the  cylinder  (juide 
ro4l,  the  cylinder  band,  the  coniiiensatinif  bur  and  sprinK,  tlie  sottint;  Hcrew,  the  screw  guard,  the 
l>a8o  bar,  base-bar  spring,  and  sliding  collar,  the  steel  bar  and  spring,  the  double  index  glasH, 
the  horizon  glass,  the  right-angle  (lointer,  the  right-angle  and  base  eyehole  with  sliding  shutter, 
the  range  eyehoh;  with  sliding  shutter,  and  the  telescope. 

The  firanie  is  fitted  with  a  leather  bottom  plate  having  two  recesses  for  the  head  of  the  picket 
corresponding  to  the  range  and  right-angle  eyeholes.  The  instrument  is  partly  of  aluminium,  and 
weighs  2  [munds  15  ounces. 

The  cylinder,  cylinder  band,  and  guide  rod. — The  cylinder  consiHts  of  a  metal  barrel  hollowed 
out  and  tapped  to  work  on  a  screw  guide  rod.  The  cylinder  has  engraved  upon  it  spirally  a  scale 
of  ranges  from  450  to  5,(K)0  yards;  these  are  read  by  means  of  an  arrowhead  upon  a  fixed  band 
which  surrounds  the  barrel.    The  cylinder  has  a  zero  mark  to  show  when  it  is  fully  screwed  up. 

The  compensating  bar  and  screw  are  on  the  right  of  the  instrument;  the  bar  is  pusheil  for- 
ward by  the  screw  in  one  direction  and  constraineil  by  the  bar  spring  to  follow  it  in  the  other. 
The  action  of  the  compensating  bar  is  to  move  the  horizon  glass  within  certain  limits. 

The  steel  bar,  the  base  bar,  and  sliding  collar  are  for  all  purposes  the  same  as  in  the  field  range 
finder.    The  base  bar  is  graduated  to  140. 

The  double  index  glasses  which  are  entirely  silvered  are  fixed  in  frames  at  right  angles  to 
one  another  at  the  pivot  end  of  the  steel  bar. 

The  horizon  glass  is  half  silvered  and  fixed  in  a  metal  f^ame  in  the  compensating  bar. 

The  right-angle  pointer  is  attached  to  the  liorizon  glass,  travels  over  the  brass  platQ,  and  in 
combination  with  a  mark  on  base  plate  marks  the  true  right  angle. 

The  telescope  magnifies  fonr  times. 

The  tape  and  cords  are  the  same  as  for  the  field  range  finder. 

The  trii)od  pickets  are  the  same  as  for  the  field  range  finder,  but  only  two  are  used. 

USE  OF  TIIK  INHTRUMBNT. 

The  conditions  necessary  to  take  the  range  with  this  instrument  are  the  same  as  for  the  field 
range  finder,  but  it  is  not  necessary  to  make  an  exact  right  angle.  A  variation  from  the  right 
angle  is  admissible  to  the  extent  caused  by  a  movement  forward  (toward  the  object)  or  away  from 
it  of  one-tenth  the  base.  A  deviation  exceeding  1  or.  2  paces  is,  however,  to  be  avoided  unless 
greater  cover  is  thereby  obtained,  as  it  involves  an  error  in  range,  the  error  increasing  with  the 
extent  of  the  deviation  and  amounting  to  as  much  as  plus  1^  per  cent  at  the  extreme  limits 
allowable,  which  are  indicated  by  the  travel  of  the  right-angle  pointer,  and  by  the  run  of  the 
setting  screw.  The  operation  of  taking  the  range  consists  of  three  operations:  (1)  Fixing  the 
right  angle;  (2)  finding  the  base;  (3)  taking  the  range. 

1.  FIXIKO  THE  RIGHT  ANGLE. 

Set  the  cylinder  at  zero,  tne  right-angle  pointer  being  set  as  near  as  iwssible  to  right  angle 
and  the  sliding  collar  to  the  stop  on  the  base  bar.  Turn  down  the  setting-screw  guard..  Using 
riglit  eyehole,  make  coincidence  roughly,  plant  the  right-angle  picket  as  for  the  field  range  finder, 
by  means  of  the  setting  screw,  complete  coincidence  exactly  (withimt  moving  the  picket),  and  turn 
up  the  screw  guard,  which  should  not  be  touched  again  till  the  range  has  been  found. 


'I 


;.f|.    { 


|1    1. 


ani 


ICH) 


3    FINDINI)  TIIK  HAMR, 


A  Hiibb»Ho  'laviiiK  boeti  marked  by  tliu  iMHiMtuiit  UHiii  ruiigt^  (liidiiiR  with  tbu  llvhl  riiiiKit  IIimUm 
(oxcept  thiit  piiiket  H  Ih  not  UH«d),  iiiaku  coincidoiicu  IwjtWM!!!  tliu  reMu<rtinii  of  tht^  Hbitttli^  wltirh 
inarkH  the  uiid  of  thii  HubbaHv,  and  tlio  object  by  turning  th«^  cylindiir,  IcNiking  while  ho  dtdn^ 
through  the  right  eyehole  as  before.    The  reading  on  the  cylinder  scale  will  l>o  the  bnMe  requirctl. 


:i.  TAKIN(i  THK  KANUK. 


The  range  in  read  through  the  left  eyehole  at  the  A  picket  in  the  Name  way  aH  with  the  Held 
range  finder. 

The  HcaleH  are  read  the  Haine  way  an  on  the  field  range  Hnder. 


THKOHY  or  TIIK    INHTHUMKNT. 


The  general  theory  of  the  iuHtrunient  it)  the  name  an  that  of  the  tleld  range  Under,  exempt  in 
the  conuieiiBating  action  of  the  double  index  glasseM  and  the  method  of  Hiiding  the  base. 

The  vomjH'Mntiiiff  avtiun. — Consider  the  inHtrumeut  used  with  the  right-angle  i>ointer  at  /.eio 
(both  index  glasses  being  at  45°  to  the  horizon  glass).    Then  if  <)  lie  the  object  (tig.  18)  and  AC  tht> 


■^A 


FHi.  18. 


Fio.  ID. 


base,  OCA  is  made  an  exact  right  angle  by  use  of  the  right  eyehole,  and  CAC  is  made  an  exact 
right  angle  by  the  use  of  the  left  eyehole  (the  cylinder  being  at  %ero).  The  range,  which  is 
approximately  equal  to  CO,  is  recorded  by  the  instrument  as  AC,  cot.  AOC,  and  is  therefore  found 
correctly. 

Consider  that  for  convenience  the  observer  has  left  the  exact  right-angle  position  and  advaucc<l 
to  K  or  retired  to  K'  (fig.  19),  and  has  completed  coincidence  of  A  and  O  by  use  of  the  setting  screw. 
The  two  index  glassses  are  now  no  longer  at  45°  to  the  horizon  glass,  but  the  increase  in  th(> 
angle  on  the  one  side  is  exactly  balanced  by  the  decrease  of  the  angle  on  the  other  side.  It', 
therefore,  the  true  right-angle  base  AC  were  set  on  the  base  bar,  the  range  recorded  by  the  instru 


J 


iiKo  IIikUm 
tiU>  wltirh 

I    Ml   (loi||)r 

I  riM|iiiro(l. 


I  theaeld 


tixuvpt  ill 

9. 

er  ut  /et'o 
lid  AC  tlu- 


D  uu  exact 
,  which  is 
fore  found 

odvauccd 
ing  screw, 
ane  in  the 

side,  ir, 
;he  instru- 


101 

ineiit  would  \m  us  h«for«— AC,  cot.  A<)(  ■.  Hut  iiiMti^ad  of  AC,  the  bune  H«»t  in  AK  or  AK' ;  hence 
Hie  rmiKe  recorded  Ih  AK,<'ot.  A<M!  or  AK'  cot.  AOC,  iiiid  tlie  error  iiitnMluceil  deiMUidn  u|miii  tlie 
dirteieiiee  liet  ween  A  K  or  A  K'  tiiid  A<  \  The  error  cjiUHed  by  a  devifttioii  from  tlie  true  ri^iit  miKle 
Ih  ithvayH  |>Iuh. 

I'INDINU   THK    HAMK. 

Whh  the  Aehl  nuiire  fljidm,  if  XC  in  the  biwe  H\g.  LM)),  and  AH  the  HubbuHC  at  rijfht  ansfleH  to 
AC,  the  base  AC  in  iiieaHured  ftotii  the  jMnnt  C  by  Hetting  the  horizon  and  index  Kla^eK  parallel 
and  then  niovluK  the  index  glas  by  turning  tli«  cylinder  niitll  the  reHectioii  of  It  coincidet*  with 
the  image  A  Keen  directly,    Tlie  base  so  read,  therefore,  Ih  equal  to  Ali  cot.  ACB. 

With  the  tt^lenieter,  in  .rder  to  iin^aMnre  A<'  from  C  (UK-  -'I),  the  jjlaHHeH  are  left,  in  the 
lioHition  they  occupied  when  forming  the  alible  OCA  until  the  cylinder  in  turned  to  briuK  the 
reflection  of  B  upon  ().  Thin  latter  operation  Increases  thv  anjile  ACO  by  the  angle  ACH,  and  as 
before,  the  base  im  read  AH  cot.  ACH. 

It  is  to  be  noted,  however,  that  whereas  in  tliiding  tlie  base  with  the  Held  range  Hnder,  the  tri- 
angle ACH  may  be  in  any  plane,  and  therefore  the  subbaseAH  may  be  at  any  angle  to  the  vertical. 
With  the  U'lemet<'r  it  in  iiecessary  that  A,  H,C,0  be  in  one  j>lane;  hence  the  subbase  AH  miistbc 
laid  out  so  that  the  |M)int8  H,  A,  O  are  all  in  one  plane, 
otherwise  the  angle  OCH  will  not  be  equal  <oO(^A+ACH, 
but  will  be  Hinnller,  an  error  which  will  cause  the  base  read 
to  be  greatt^r  than  A( '.  This  error,  again,  will  always  pro- 
duce a  plus  error  in  the  range  found. 

The  above  will  explain  the  circuuistance  that  the  field 
telemeter  in  the  bands  of  beginners  almost  invariably  reads 
the  range  too  long. 

Although  the  '<  Instructions  for  range  finding,  horse 
and  Hehl  artillery,"  mention  both  the  Watkin  Held  range 
tinder  and  tht^  Watkin  field  telemeter  as  in  use  in  the  field 


Fill  2U. 


Fill.  31. 


and  horse  artillery,  the  only  instrument  prescribed  for  issue  in  tlie  «  Equipment  regulations,  1893," 
is  the  telemeter. 

It  is  reported  in  the  Army  and  Navy  Gazette  of  April  4,  189G,  that  ('ol.  H.  8.  8.  Watkins, 
C.  H.,  li.  A.,  has  just  completed  an  instrument  called  the  '<  artillery  mekometer,"  which  will 
supersede  the  telemeter  now  in  use.  The  new  instrument  is  to  be  similar  to  the  infantry  and 
cavalry  mekoineter,  made  of  brass,  and  provided  with  two  telescopes  instetid  of  one. 

INFANTRY  RAN»R   FINDERS. 

t 

TIIK  MKKOMRTKR. 

Briefly  described,  the  mekometer  consists  of  a  pair  of  instruments  operated  by  two  men,  and 
connected  by  a  specially  constructed,  pliable,  inextensible,  waterproof  cord,  the  normal  length  of 
which  is  25  yards  (two  12^-yard  lengths),  which  constitutes  the  base.    £ach  operator  carries  one 


102 


fi: 


length  of  cord,  which  in  provided  with  a  spring  catch  at  each  end  and  is  carried,  when  not  in  use, 
on  a  reel  in  a  leather  case  attached  to  the  belt  on  the  right  side. 

These  instrnments  are  about  4  by  2^  by  1^  inches  in  size,  and  are  designated  as  the  mekometcr 
right,  which  is  carried  by  No.  1,  and  the  mekometer  left,  carried  by  No.  2.    (8ee  Plate.) 

The  distant  object  is  viewed  by  means  of  ^  telescope  A,  direct  through  the  opening  B,  and  tlio. 
ivory  strip  on  the  instrument  of  the  other  o  "server  is  seen  by  double  reflection  through  the. 
opening  0,  the  flap  F,  with  the  ivory  strip  attached,  being  raised.  The  optical  principle  on  which 
the  instrument  is  constructed  is  similar  to  that  of  the  sextant. 

The  mekometer  left,  or  No.  2's  instrument,  is  simply  an  improved  form  of  optical  square.  No. 
2  by  advancing  or  retiring  obtains  exact  coincidence  with  the  ivory  strip  of  No.  I's  instrument 
and  the  distant  object.  This  having  been  accomplished,  No.  2  calls  ''On,"  when  No.  1  obtains 
exact  coincidence  between  the  distant  object  and  No.  2's  instrument  by  revolving  the  drum  D 
opposite  the  index  E.  This  reading  with  a  25-yard  (2  lengths)  base  gives  the  exact  range  in 
yards. 

In  taking  the  range,  with  a  movable  object.  No.  2  obtains  coincidence  with  the  distant  obje(;t 
and  No.  I's  ivory  strip  by  moving  forward  or  backward,  walking  to  make  considerable  changes, 
and  moving  his  body  for  slight  changes  in  position,  calling  <'On"  whenever  coincidences  are 
secured.  No.  1  secures  coincidences  as  before  by  turning  the  drum,  but  must  take  the  reading  at 
once  when  No.  2  calls  "  On." 

During  these  operations  the  cord  is  kept  taut,  as  shown  in  the  illustration.  If  half  bases  are 
used,  the  drum  readings  are  divided  by  2;  if  double  bases  are  used,  the  drum  readings  arc 
multiplied  by  2  to  obtain  the  correct  distances  in  yards; 

All  ranges  above  1,500  or  1,600  yards  should  be  taken  with  a  double  base,  or  four  cords,  i.  e., 
50  yards. 

Observations  ma}°  be  taken  without  n^ung  the  telescoi)e— a  peep-hole  sight  being  provided  for 
this  purpose. 

The  instruments  when  not  in  use  are  carried  in  leather  cases,  which  are  attached  to  the  waist 
belt  on  the  left  side. 

Trained  observers  are  said  to  be  able  to  take  any  range  in  fifteen  or  twenty  seconds  with  these 
instruments,  the  instruments  being  out  of  the  cases  and  the  cords  stretched. 

After  picking  out  a  moving  object,  five  ranges  a  minute  ought  to  be  taken. 

Any  of  the  ordinary  problems,  such  as  finding  the  distance  between  two  inaccessible  obje(;ts, 
can  easily  be  solved  by  the  mekometer. 


THE  WXLDON  RANGE  FINDER. 

The  Weldon  range  finder  is  a  prism  instrument  well  known  in  this  country.  Its  description 
is  therefore  omitted. 

The  English  also  use  a  stadiometer,  the  construction  and  use  of  which  depends  on  the  princi- 
ple that  in  similar  triangles  similar  sides  are  proportional.    This  is  a  convenient  instrument  for 

use  on  the  drill  ground,  but  it  is  not  suited  to  battle  contritions. 

Of  the  three  infantry  range  finders  above  described,  only  one,  the  mekometer,  is  prescribed  for 

issue  to  units  in  case  of  war.    Four  sets,  complete,  are  issued  to  each  infantry  battalion  and  the 

same  number  to  a  mounted  infantry  battalion.    The  mekometer  is  also  issued  to  the  cavalry,  at 

the  rate  of  one  set  for  each  regiment. 


,  .1 

■  1 


not  in  use, 

mekomeU'r 

B,  and  the 
trough  tli<>. 
eon  which 

uare.    No. 

nstrumont 

1  obtains 

le  drum  D 

range  in 

tant  obje(;t 
le  changes, 
dences  are 
reading  at 

f  bases  are 
adings  are 

cords,  i.  e., 

rovided  for 

0  the  waist 

with  these 

Me  objects, 


lescriptioii 

the  priiici- 
mment  for 

scribed  for 
>n  and  the 
cavalry,  at 


,>.aiOwo^«xzxo'&--ae  *f 


* 
O 

u 
S 

ut 

Z 

o 


!   I 


■■    i^ 


J 


x^j^vt:-^',  i-xK- r^'-'c'ltMfti 


-'^^ 


ail 


^ 


t 


y 

> 


hi 

Q. 
(0 

a: 

hi 

a. 

a: 

hi 

1 
hi 


y 
iZ 


i?^M«Si? 


tota  -  xy 


■.t; 


^ 


1 


< 

(L 
OS 


o 
bl 


■i 


*5 


■J 


I 


1  , 


J3 


I* 

Q 

y 


!   1' 


■4 


w^ 


\ 


i  i<r»nrir<wiTlMnirriit>iWwaaiM>iiiwirwriiii>i«r .  ■ 


ii^ 


atrrnitiiT^ffiffiKBimiiffiBmffMm'^         rriHrmni! 


u 


« 


In  t^ 

111     ^ 


o 

kl 


.^ 


;;i 


tv- 


MCKOMCTCRS. 


NIOMT 


tcrr 


e.uo 


ONlV  Position. 


N*.l  OMtnvcR. 


POSITION    H. 


(OntraL/ 


VK  0I3CRVCR. 


e.uo 


H9\   obwwir 


Position  I. 


N*2  OHCRVcn. 


Position  HI. 

Cfkrwara) 


N?2  0»8tWVCW 

,-,Mm*n.<i<K^  moi, ,.'".•  "••"" 


^f. 


YJH^i 


V   \ 


'^-4 


/  y 


//A  K 


•  *-./^^t%  I 


;  i'BoH 


'-»*J^v\ 


■IT  HO 


v  •.,^- 


^t 


I     f 


\\x 


»i  . 


103 


France. 


FIELD  ABTILLEUY  RANGE  FINDERS. 


TIIK  (lOULIKR  TKIX>MRTBK. 


The  Goiilier  telomct«r  (not  telemeter)  consists  of  two  instruments,  A  and  B  (fig.  1),  connected 
by  a  light  wire  of  aluminium  bronze,  40  meters  long.  Bach  instrument  consists  essentially  of  (a)  a 
screen  V,  having  painted  on  it  a  black  vertical  line,  which  represents  at  once  the  axis  of  the  instru- 
ment and  that  of  the  observer,  and  provided  with  a  central  opening  or  window;  (6)  a  telescope  v, 
and  (c)  a  pentagonal  prism,  two  faces  of  which  are  silvered.  The  prisms  are  ho  arranged  (fig.  2) 
that  the  observer  sees  directly  to  his  front  the  objects  on  his  right,  by  virtue  of  double  reflection 
(instrument  A),  while  in  the  instrument  B  he  sees  directly  in  front  of  him  the  objects  to  his  left. 
Objects  directly  in  front  are  seen  through  the  telescope  over  the  prism. 


Jnatrument  A. . 


JivstrumjeTvt  B 


Fio.  1. 


The  prism  of  each  instrument  is  inclosed  in  a  box  which  is  interposed  between  the  telescope 
and  the  screen.  One  angle  of  the  prism  is  a  right  angle  (flg.  2).  The  angles  opposite  the  right 
angles,  formed  by  producing  the  sides  BO  and  ED  in  one  prism,  and  the  corresponding  sides  in 
the  other,  are  equal  to  45  degrees.  The  faces  BO  and  ED  are  the  ones  that  are  silvered,  thus 
forming  two  converging  mirrors. 

It  may  readily  be  shown  that  any  ray  8M  incident  to  the  face  AE,  whether  normal  qr  not,  will 
emerge  at  right  angles  to  its  original  direction.  If  the  incident  ray  is  normal,  it  will  emerge  nor- 
mal to  the  other  face.  In  all  positions,  therefore,  the  observer  will  see  the  image  of  the  signal  in 
a  perpendicular  direction.  Bringing  the  image  to  the  upper  plane  of  the  prism,  and  at  the  same 
time  looking  over  the  prism  through  the  telescope,  he  can  make  the  image  of  the  signal  coincide 


J.  , 


104 

with  any  objective  in  the  iierpendicular  line.  The  Bignal  is  Happlied  by  tJ.r  reference  line  on  the 
instrament  of  the  second  observer. 

The  instrument  B  carries  a  part  peculiar  to  itself,  viz,  a  refracting  prism  of  variable  angle 
interposed  between  the  penttigoiial  prism  and  the  screen. 

This  "compensator"  or  prism  ,>f  variable  angle  is  formed  by  the  combination  of  two  zones 
cut  from  lenses  of  the  same  focal  distance  or  radius  of  curvature.  The  smaller  lens,  which  is 
fixed,  is  planoconcave;  the  larger,  which  is  movable,  plano-convex.  When  two  such  lense  are 
superimposed,  their  spherical  surfsices  being  in  contact,  the  combination  forms  a  plate  of  glass  with 
parallel  surfaces.  Incapable  of  changing  the  direction  of  rays  transmitted  through  them  (fig.  3). 
But  if  one  of  the  lenses  be  displaced,  objects  are  displaced  to  the  right  or  left,  as  the  case  may  be. 

When  the  two  lenses  of  the  prism  are  in  the  initial  jtosition,  their  optical  axes  coincide,  and 
rays  passing  through  the  prism  will  not  suffer  any  change  ^f  direction.  The  displftcement  of  the 
movable  lens  is  made  by  the  milled  head  b  (fig.  1)  along  a  graduated  slide.  The  deviations  of 
the  ray  produced  by  the  displacement  of  the  lens  are  sensibly  proportional  to  the  displacements 
themselv(u),  or  to  the  distances  of  which  they  are  the  parallaxes. 


iv. 


.  f 


AppareifB.        Appnrpi'lA. 


Tnsti'.A. 


FIO.2. 


FlO.3. 


The  displacement  is  registered  on  the  instrument  B  by  moans  of  two  movable  indexes.  The 
right  index  moves  along  a  scale  of  distances  corresponding  to  a  normal  base  of  40  meters,  the  left 

index  moves  along  a  scale  which  gives  the  relation  ^  of  the  distance  to  the  base. 

B 

TJ»e  of  Vie  instrument. — ^To  obtain  a  range,  the  telometer  is  used  in  the  following  manner:  The 
wire  having  been  unrolled  and  drawn  taut,  and  the  two  observers  facing  each  other,  observer  A 
stands  with  the  objective  G  on  his  right,  observer  B  with  the  objective  on  his  left  (fig.  4).  Observer 
A  will  move  in  such  a  manner  that  the  image  of  the  objective  G  which  he  sees  by  reflection  will 
coincide  with  the  reference  line  of  the  screen  of  instrament  B,  seen  directly.  Having  gained  this 
coincidence  by  calling  to  B  to  move  to  the  right  or  left,  forward  or  rear,  making,  if  necessary, 
slight  changes  of  his  own  position,  observer  A  will  And  himself  at  the  vertex<if  a  right  angle,  one 
of  whose  sides  has  the  direction  AG,  and  the  other,  AB,  d  being  the  angle  at  the  objective  G. 
Before  commencing  the  range  taking  observer  B  bring.<)  the  deviating  lens  of  his  instrument  to  its 
initial  position,  when  the  index  will  point  to  zero,  and  rays  incident  to  the  lens  will  suffer  no  devia- 
tion. Now,  if  B  sights  on  the  reference  line  of  the  screen  A  he  will  see  the  image  of  A  in  tlie 
direction  BD,  which  makes  with  BG  an  angle  of  00  degrees,  and  which  consequently  makes  with 
BA  an  angle  equal  to  6. 

Now,  if  the  observer  B  turns  the  milled  head  b  (fig.  1)  and  displaces  the  lens  along  its  slide 
until  he  sees  the  image  of  A  in  the  direction  BD,  the  displacement  of  the  lens  will  correspond  to 


"^'^m^^^smm^mmmmwi^&m 


j»siri 


-asrasssE 


1  ! 


B' 


105 

u  iiM'asnremeiit  of  the  angle  opposite  the  known  base  of  the  triangle  AOB,  whence  the  corre- 

AB 

spending  altitude  AC  may  be  det43rniined,  as  wo  have,  AC  =  jj^jj  ^j* 

In  point  of  fact  the  leu   tlisof  AC  for  the  given  base  of  40  meters  and  the  several  values  of  the 
tan  fi  have  been  calculated,  and  the  slide  of  the  movable  lens  has  been  graduated  accordingly. 


Fin.  4. 

The  right  index,  which  the  lens  carries  with  it  in  its  movement,  points  to  some  division  of  the 
graduation  in  distances,  which  gives  the  range  directly. 

By  repeating  the  same  operations,  say,  ten  times,  and  taking  the  mean,  a  trained  observer 
may  arrive  at  a  very  close  approximation.  If  the  range  desired  is  small,  half  the  wire,  or  a  base 
of  20  meters  only,  may  be  used.  As,  however,  the  distance  that  will  be  read  on  the  graduation 
corresponds  to  a  base  of  40  meters,  the  number  found  must  be  divided  by  2. 


ill 


i 


m 


liT' 


106 

The  two  instruments  are  carried  in  a  wooden  box,  which  also  contains  a  few  spare  parts,  etc. 
This  box  is  slipped  into  a  leather  case,  provided  with  straps,  and  is  carried  by  No.  3  trumpeter 
Hlungover  the  shoulder.  For  ordinary  transportation  the  telemeter  is  carried  on  the  battery 
wagon  in  the  instrument  chest  of  the  battery. 

The  (roulier  telemeter  was  one  of  the  first  really  serviceable  range  Anders  invented,  and  was 
exhibited  complete  at  the  Paris  Exposition  in  1867.  Notwithstanding  the  activity  of  inventors  in 
this  field  in  recent  years,  the  small  real  progress  that  has  been  made  is  shown  by  the  retention  of 
the  Goulier  in  the  French  field  artillery  to-day. 


IWFANTEY  RANGE  FINDKRS. 

Two  range  finders  have  until  recently  been  in  use  in  the  French  infantry,  the  Labbez  and  the 
Goulier. 

The  Labbez  is  a  two-mirror  instrument,  the  use  of  which  requires  a  measured  base.  It  has 
been  discarded  for  the  Goulier,  and  the  latter  has  been  replaced  by  the  Souchier  binocular  telem- 
eter, a  brief  description  of  which  will  be  found  below. 

The  Labbez  has  been  several  times  described  in  English  and  American  publications,  notably 
in  Ordnance  Note  No.  170,  of  1881,  by  Lieut,  (now  Capt.)  A.  H.  Bussell,  Ordnance  Department. 

The  Goulier  infantry  telemeter,  as  far  as  is  known,  has  not  been  described  in  English.  It 
consists  essentially  of  a  tube  carrying  a  pentagonal  prism  serving  as  an  optical  square,  a  system 
of  two  lenses  forming  a  prism  of  variable  angle,  and  a  small  triangular  prism  which  is  intended  to 
be  utilized  in  the  measure  of  the  base.  A  small  Gallilean  telescope  is  sometimes  added  for  the 
purpose  of  greater  accuracy. 

The  infantry  Goulier  is  a  single  instrument,  the  use  of  which  requires  the  measure  of  a  base 
line  of  constant  length — 20  meters.  Its  principle  is  very  similar  to  that  of  instrument  B  of  the 
Goulier  telemeter  used  in  the  French  field  artillery,  already  described. 

The  minister  of  war  decided,  under  date  of  the  1st  of  May,  1894,  that  as  fast  as  the  Labbez 
and  Goulier  telemeters  are  turned  in  they  will  be  replaced  by  the  "  jumelles-t^Mmetres"  of  Captain 
Souchier,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  each  battalion. 

A  later  order  from  the  minister  of  war  notified  the  several  corps  not  to  wait  until  their  old 
telemeters  were  unserviceable,  but  to  purchase  the  new  Souchier  from  the  proper  "masse"  as  soon 
as  possible.  Accordingly  it  is  believed  that  every  infantry  battalion  of  the  French  army  has  in  its 
possession  to-day  one  of  these  instruments. 

The  Souchier  binocular  telemeter  has  also  been  adopted  in  the  French  infantry  de  marine. 

The  details  of  the  construction  of  this  instrument  have  not  been  given  out  for  publication  by 
the  French  Government,  but  brief  unofficial  descriptions  of  it  have  appeared,  the  most  important 
of  which  is  by  Captain  Danritt,  of  the  French  army  (translated  in  the  Journal  of  the  Military 
Service  Institution,  July,  1895,  p.  144).  There  is  another  in  the  Scientific  American  of  the  9th  of 
Febniary,  1895,  where  the  instrument  is  miscalled  the  "  Souchard." 

As  described  by  Captain  Danritt,  its  essential  features  are  as  follows : 

The  Souchier  <'jumelles-t^l^m^tre"  is  a  powerful  binocular  telescope.  When  properly  focused 
there  are  interposed  between  the  eye  and  the  objective,  by  the  simple  pressure  of  the  finger,  two 
prisms  of  certain  refracting  properties.  Immediately  there  is  no  longer  one  image  of  the  objective, 
but  a  double  image,  or  two  images,  appears.  One  of  these  is  the  real  object,  the  other  is  an  image 
virtually  created  by  the  prism,  but  easily  recognizable  by  its  shaded  appearance,  by  the  fact  that 
it  appears  to  be  behind  and  relatively  higher  than  the  real  image,  and  also  by  the  fact  that  as  the 
distance  increases  the  false  image  rises  proportionally  in  rear  of  the  real  one.  All  the  value  of  the 
telemeter  lies  in  this  last  fact.  The  object  which  serves  as  a  base  tor  this  instrument  is  a  man 
standing  or  on  horseback. 


■1 


t07 

If  the  head  of  the  real  image  is  at  the  height  of  the  shoulders  of  the  false  one  the  distance 
from  the  observer  is  300  meters;  if  at  the  waist,  (iOO  meters;  if  at  the  knees,  1,000  meters.  If  the 
false  image  is  al>ove  the  real,  so  that  its  feet  appear  to  rest  on  the  head  of  the  real  one,  then  the 
distance  is  exactly  1,400  meters.  If  the  two  images  separate,  then  the  distance  is  over  1,400 
meters,  and  the  values  are  no  longer  proportional  or  constant. 

Great  results  already  appear  from  having  the  power,  withont  measuring  a  base  and  without 
moving  forward  or  backward,  as  in  the  Labbez  and  the  Goulier,  to  estimate  correctly  a  distance 
within  the  limits  of  really  eft'ective  range. 

The  Scientific  American  states  that  the  prisms  on  which  the  properties  of  the  telemeter  depend 
are  of  Iceland  spar,  the  double  refracting  properties  of  which  are  well  known. 

Germany. 

Field  range  finders  are  not  employed  in  the  German  army.  In  the  infantry  officers  and  men 
are  trained  to  estimate  accurately  distances  by  the  eye,  and  where  the  nature  of  the  ground  per- 
mits the  estimated  distance  or  range  may  be  corrected  by  fifing  successive  volleys  on  the  bracket 
system.  Liittig's  telemeter,  which  is  intended  to  be  used  in  the  instruction  of  troops  in  estimating 
distances,  has  recently  been  supplied  to  a  number  of  regiments  by  Springer,  of  Berlin.  Though 
it  would  not  be  impossible  to  use  this  instrument  for  obtaining  ranges  directly,  in  the  field,  it  does 
not  appear  that  it  is  ever  to  be  used  for  such  a  purpose.  It  consists  of  a  powerful  telescope  with 
cross  wires,  with  a  stadia  rod,  and  is  mounted  on  a  light  tripod.  The  error  is  stated  to  be  about 
10  and  25  meters  at  300  and  1,600  meters,  respectively.  In  the  field  artillery  the  estimation  of  the 
distance  of  the  target  is  left  to  the  battery  commander,  and  the  estimated  distance  is  corrected 
by  trial  shots  on  the  bracket  system. 

Italy. 

field  abtilleby  bange  findebs. 

1.  FiKLD  Tklemetbr  (Oautieb's). 

The  determination  of  the  distance  (fig.  1)  of  the  observer  A  from  the  target  B  is  reduced  by 
the  telemeter  to  the  solution  of  a  right-angled  triangle,  in  which  the  base  b  is  obtained  by  actual 
measurement  and  the  angle  B  is  given  by  the  instrument. 

We  then  have 

o=6-T— -n=6  cosec  B 

For  convenience  in  calculation,  the  instrument,  instead  of  showing  the  value  of  the  angle  B, 
gives  directly  the  reciprocal  of  its  sine,  i.  e.,  the  cosecant,  by  which  it  is  merely  necessary  to 
multiply  the  length  of  the  base  b  in  order  to  obtain  the  distance  c  from  the  target. 

The  same  formula  is  also  applicable,  without  serious  error,  when  the  angle  C  is  not  an  exact 
right  angle,  provided  it  does  not  deviate  therefrom  by  more  than  8  degrees. 

The  field  telemeter  (fig.  2)  consists  of  a  brass  tube  or  barrel,  the  principal  parts  of  which  are 
a  prismatic  object  glass  and  two  small  mirrors;  in  its  rear  end  is  a  focusing  eyepiece  through 
which  the  observer  can  see  simultaneously  both  the  objects  that  lie  to  his  right  (or  left,  as  the  case 
may  be)  and  directly  in  front  of  him — the  former  by  double  reflection  in  the  mirrors,  the  latter  by 
refraction  through  the  prismatic  object  glass.  This  is  set  in  a  hoop  or  ring  which  turns  abont  the 
barrel. 

In  its  initial  position  the  outer  face  of  the  prismatic  object  glass  will  be  perpendicular  to  the 
vertical  plane  of  sight.  In  this  plane  any  ray  which  is  approximately  horizontal  and  which  is 
incident  to  the  face  of  the  prism  will  suffer  some  vertical  displacement  (which  is  of  no  consequence), 
but  no  lateral  de\iation.  When,  however,  the  hoop  containing  the  object  glass  is  revolved  the 
image  of  the  object  from  which  the  ray  proceeds  will  be  displaced  both  laterally  and  vertically, 


H 


i  ,'( 


108 

and  when  the  revolution  of  the  prism  ainoantfi  to  !N)  de^jrees,  or  the  former  vertical  Hection  is  hori- 
zontal, the  displacement  will  be  entirely  lateral  and  will  amount  to  3  degrees.  The  revolution  of 
the  hooi>  containing  the  object  glass  permits  us,  then,  to  meiMure  with  great  exivctnesH  any  hori- 
zontal angle  between  0  and  3  degrees. 

On  the  outer  surface  of  the  barrel  are  marked  the  values  of  the  cosetiants  of  th')  angles  0  to 
3  degrees.  Ilence,  the  graduation  marke<l  on  the  instrument  runs  fW>m 
inflnity  down  to  20.  The  intervening  divisions  are  marked  with  the  num- 
bers 500, 1!00, 100,  40,  30,  and  25.  The  lines  corresponding  to  smaller  sub- 
divisions are  not  numbered. 

The  barrel  has  an  arrow  marked  on  it.  When  this  arrow  coincides 
with  00  on  the  scale  tbe  latter  is  in  its  initial  position. 

The  mirrors  are  inclined  toward  each  other.  One  faces  the  eyepiece, 
and  is  fixed ;  the  other  can  be  moved  by  me<ins  of  a  screw  which  terminates, 
outside  of  the  barrel,  in  a  milled  head.  The  mutual  inclination  of  the  mir- 
rors deiiends  upon  the  position  of  the  movable  mirror,  but  is  always  main- 
tained in  the  vicinity  of  45  degrees.  In  order  that  the  mirrors  may  reflect 
objects  situated  outside  of  the  barrel  there  is  an  oi)ening  or  window  oppo- 
site the  movable  mirror.  On  the  other  side  of  the  barrel  is  a  peephole 
through  which  the  observer  can  read,  on  two  graduated  disks,  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  mirrors.  When  the  zero  of  the  movable  disk  coincides  with 
the  i)ointer  on  the  fixed  disk  the  mirrors  are  in  their  initial  iK>sition,  i.  e., 
make  with  each  other  an  angle  of  45  degrees.  By  means  of  the  milled-head 
screw  the  inclination  of  the  mirrors  may  be  regulated  in  either  direction. 

Around  the  barrel  is  a  sleeve  by  which  the  window  and  the  peephole 
may  bo  close<l. 

The  case,  in  which  the  instrument  is  transported  and  which  serves  as 
its  Eupiiort  when  it  is  in  use,  is  a  metal  cylinder  coverei,  with  leather  and 
closed  with  a  sliding  cap.     Inside  is  fastened  an 
elastic  band,  with  a  hook  on  its  free  end.    On  the  iipper  part  of  the  case  is  a 
dowel,  which  fits  into  a  socket  in  the  barrel  of  the  instrument  and  holds  the 
latter  in  place  on  top  of  the  case. 

In  order  to  fasten  the  telemeter  on  the  case  (fig.  3),  first  lay  it  in  the 
hollow  which  is  made  for  the  purpose  in  the  upper  part  of  the  case,  so  that 
the  milled-head  screw  is  to  the  right,  and  fit  the  dowel  into  the  socket  of  the 
barrel.  Then  fasten  the  instrument  to  the  case  by  wrapping  it  with  the  elastic 
band,  fwcuring  this  by  hooking  the  end  into  the  slot  that  will  be  found  in  the 
case  for  that  purpose. 

Before  commencing  a  measurement  the  observer  should  focus  the  eyepiece 
and  set  the  scale  and  the  mirrors  in  their  initial  positions. 

Turning  the  sleeve  so  as  to  open  the  window,  and  sighting  through  the 
instrument,  the  observer  sees,  refracted  through  the  prism,  the  objects  in  front 
of  him  and,  reflected  in  the  mirrors,  those  of  the  objects  on  his  right  (or  left) 
on  an  alignment  which  makes  with  his  line  of  sight  an  angle  double  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  mirror  angle.  If  the  mirrors  are  inclined  to  each  other  at  an 
angle  of  45  degrees  this  will  be  a  right  angle. 

This  having  been  done,  the  distance  may  be  measured  ai^cording  to  the 
following  method : 

Method  with  a  fixed  base  {fig.  4). — The  observer,  stationed  at  A  (a  point  close  to  the  battery), 
turns  his  right  side  toward  the  target  T.    Then,  looking  through  the  eye-piece,  he  singles  out  some 


Fici.  2. 


mm 


n 


109 

clear  and  distant  object,  P  (a  tree,  window,  cliimnt^y,  angle  of  a  wall,  etc.),  wIiohu  image,  refrarte<l 
tlirongli  the  prismatic  object  glass,  coincides,  or  nearly  so,  with  the  image  of  tlie  target  as  retlectt^d 
in  the  mirrors. 

The  observer  finds  the  image  of  the  target  by  turning  slowly  until  ho  begins  to  see  objectM  in 
the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  target;  then  he  can  tip  the  instrument  slightly  to  the  right  or 
the  left  nntil  the  Image  sought  appears  in  the  mirror. 

In  order  to  make  the  image  of  the  target  coincide  with  that  of  the  aaxiliary  {loint  the 
observer  turns  his  hand  slowly,  beariDg  in  mind  that  in- 
clining the  instrument  to  the  right  will  make  the  image 
of  the  target  rise  toward  the  upper  part  of  the  mirror;  and 
also  that  by  tipping  it  backward  the  image  of  the  aaxili- 
ary point  is  made  to  sink  in  the  prismatic  object  glass. 

If,  as  will  happen  in  the  miOority  of  cases,  the  coinci- 
dence of  the  two  images  is  not  perfect,  it  can  be  made  so 
by  turning  slightly  the  milled  head  which  regulates  the 
mirrors. 

This  done,  the  observer  marks  on  the  ground,  with  a 
stake  or  with  his  saber,  the  position  of  the  initial  point  A. 
He  lays  out  in  the  prolongation  of  PA  a  length  AB  (the 
base  line),  in  length  approximately  f^om  /<,-  to  g-V  of  the 
supposed  distance  AT.  Then  he  proceeds  to  B.  Sighting 
again  through  the  instrument,  and  seeking  the  image  of 
T  in  the  mirror,  he  will  find,  coinciding  with  it,  not  the 
image  of  the  auxiliary  point  P,  but  the  images  of  objects 
along  the  alignment  BP' — P'BP  'being  equal  to  ATB. 
Now,  if  he  again  brings  the  images  of  T  and  P  into  coinci- 
dence by  turning  the  graduated  ring,  the  value  shown  on  it  will  represent  the  cosecant  of  the 
angle  P'BP=cosec  ATB.  And  since  in  the'triangle  ABT  we  have  BT=AB  cosec  ATB,  there- 
fore the  distance  BT  sought  may  be  obtained  by  multi- 
plying the  value  of  the  base  AB  by  the  figure  read  on 
the  graduated  ring. 
\  Method  using  a  fixed  btue. — Having  taken  the  first 

\  station  at  A,  as  in  the  previous  method,  the  operator 

\  turns  the  ring  until  the  arrow  points  to  some  graduation 

^^  selected — preferably  between  60  and  30— and  then  moves 

V  backward,  on  the  prolongation  of  PA,  until  the  two 

«^        images  of  P  and  T  coincide  as  at  the  first  station.    By 
—  "'J?     the  use  of  this  method  we  avoid  the  uncertainty  which 
may  arise  in  the  former  method  in  case  the  arrowhead 
does  not  coincide  exactly  with  any  ot  the  divisions  of 
ym  4_  the  graduation  of  the  ring.    A  longer  time,  however, 

is  required. 
Method  by  retention. — This  method  is  used  when  in  rear  of  the  point  A,  the  nature  of  the 
gr  mnd,  or  any  other  reasons  will  not  permit  the  measurement  of  a  base  of  sufficient  length. 

Having  completed  the  first  operations  as  in  the  method  of  a  fixed  base,  with  the  maximum 
base  allowed  by  the  nature  of  the  ground,  the  operator  returns  fi'om  B  to  A,  and,  without  moving 
the  ring,  makes  the  images  coincide  again  by  turning  the  mill-headed  screw;  then  he  goes  back 
to  the  second  station,  B,  and  obtains  a  new  coincidence  by  turning  the  ring,  and  so  on,  nntil  the 
effective  base  (obtained  by  multiplying  the  length  of  the  base  set  off  ou  the  ground  by  the  number 


Fio.  3. 


^ 


P' 


mmm 


f 


i 


Vw.  1. 


110 

ot'tiiiioH  tlie  o|ierator  lias  shitted  hiH  i)OHitioii  from  A  to  11)  anioiiiits  to  a  nnmlier  lietweeii  l-.'tO  and 
l-fiO  of  thu  eHtiinnted  distance. 

Tlio  (fraduutiou  of  the  ring  multiplied  by  thiH  otfcctivo  base  will  ^ive  the  diMtuncu  UT. 

2.    TlIK  AN<ILK  PKINM    (8((UAI>KA   i'KIHMA). 

ThiH  is  a  prism  of  rock  cryHtal,  set  in  a  metal  casing,  and  provided  with  a  box,  in  which  it  is 
]>lacvd  for  tran8]H)rtation  (tig.  1).    Two  of  the  faces  of  the  prism  intersect  at  right  angles.    Its 
base,  or  right  section,  is  a  right-angled  isosceles  triangle. 

In  the  casing  are  two  openings  or  windows.  These  oi>epings  are  seen  in 
the  drawing.  They  expose  nearly  the  entire  surface  of  the  two  sides  of  the 
prism  forming  the  right  angle. 

A  plumb  line  may  be  attached  to  the  small  hole  seen  in  the  lower  end  of 
the  handle  of  the  instrument. 

The  "squadra  prisma"  may  be  employed  to  trace  on  the  ground  an  align- 
ment normal  to  a  given  direction  or  base,  or  it  may  be  used  to  measure  dis- 
tances or  ranges. 

Let  the  isosceles  triangle  ABO  represent  the  base  of  the  prism  (fig.  2). 
Suppose  that  on  the  face  AB  there  falls  a  ray  of  light,  Sl\[.  This  ray  is 
refracted  by  the  face  AB,  then  reflected  from  ItC,  reflected  again  from  AB,  uutil 
it  falls  upon  the  face  AC  at  Q.  It  will  be  refracted  by  the  face  AG,  and  the  refracted  direction 
of  the  ray  UQBBt  will  make  a  right  angle  with  the  original  direction  of  the  ray  SM. 

For  it  maybe  readily  shown  that  the  doubly  reflected  ray  PQ  is  incident  to  the  face  AC  at  the 
same  angle  at  which  it  left  the  face  AB  at  M.  By  the  principles  of  optics,  therefore,  the  angle 
HMBi  which  the  original  and  re- 
fracted rays  make  with  each  other 
at  M,  will  be  equal  to  the  angle 
BQO,  which  the  incident  and  re- 
fracted rays  make  with  each  other 
at  Q.  PQ,  after  suflPering  double 
reflection,  will  be  perpendicular  to 
MN  produced  at  the  i)oint  O  of 
their  intersection,  since  the  reflect- 
ing surfaces  make  with  each  other 
an  angle  of  45  degrees.  Therefore, 
in  the  two  triangles  BMH  and  OQH, 
we  have  the  angle  at  H  common  to 
both,  and  the  angle  HMB  equal  to 
the  angle  OQH.  Two  angles  in  one 
triangle  being  equal  to  two  angles 
in  the  other,  the  thi  rd  angles  of  each 
must  be  equal.  But  the  angle  QOH 
is  a  right  angle,  therefore  the  angle 
HBM  must  also  be  a  right  angle,  or 
the  original  direction  of  the  ray,  and  the  directions  the  ray  takes  after  leaving  the  prism  are  at  right 
angles  to  each  other.    Objects  in  the  direction  SB  will  therefore  be  seen  in  the  direction  BS'. 

To  trace  a  perpendicular  tc  n  given  line. — The  angle  prism  is  used  in  the  following  manner:  To 
determine  an  alignment  BS',  {lerpendicular  to  a  given  direction  BS  (tig.  2),  the  observer  takes 
station  directly  over  the  point  B  and  turns  the  instrument  so  that  the  face  AB  is  toward  the  point 
S  (distinguished  by  a  stake  or  by  any  other  convenient  signal) ;  sighting  then  over  the  prism,  he 
will  see  then  the  image  of  the  point  S  in  the  direction  of  S'.  This  point  S'  being  marked,  the 
an^le  SBS'  will  be  a  right  angle. 


Fio.  2. 


il 


I',* 


111 

To  meanure  a  diataM^e  or  a  range.— &np\yom  it  is  desired  to  mousure  the  drntaiice  AW  (fig.  .<). 
Talce  station  at  A.    Determine  an  alignment  AC,  perpendicular  to  AB.    On  AC  measure  un  orbi- 
trary  base  AC,  whose  length  is  from  1-30  to  l-W  of  the  estimated  distance 
of  B.    Talie  station  ut  C,  and  determine  an  alignment  AP,  perpendicu- 
lar to  CB.    Determine  the  point  P  where  AB  prolonged  intersects  CP. 

AC 

Meosure  OP.    In  the  triangle  PCB.  we  have  the  segment  AB  =  ^p  • 

In  order  to  simplify  oalcaltttion,  always  take  AC  so  that  it  is  a  multiple 
of  10. 

Tlie  angle  prism  now  issued  to  the  light  batteries  differs  considerably 
from  the  instrument  already  described.    (See  flgs.  4,  5,  0,  7,  and  8.)    The 

section  of  the 
Section  AB. 


Jr- 


m 


L 


\ 


Fig.  4. 


Fill.  :i. 


View  frcDi  abova. 


'\^c«  from  slave, 
without  the  cover. 


ng.7. 


Fiaa.  4,  5,  «,  7. 


prism  parallel 
to  the  base  is  a 
quadrilateral, 
In  which  one 
angle  is  equal 
to  00  degrees, 

the  opposite  angle  is  equal  to  135  de- 
grees, and  the  two  remaining  angles 
are  equal  to  each  other. 

The  prism  is  inclosed  in  a  metallic 
box  having  four  openings  or  windows, 
the  openings  on  opposite  sides  being 
directly  opposite  each  other.  Two 
arrows  are  engraved  on  the  top  of  the 
metallic  casing  to  aid  the  observer  in 
sighting. 

The  theory  of  this  form  of  prism 
is  not  explained  in  the  firing  instruc- 
tion (Istruzione  sul  Tiro  per  1  'Artig- 
lieria  da  Campagna,  etc.,  1803),  nor 
do  the  description  of  the  instrument 
and  the 

manner  ftiam. 

of  using 
it  corre- 
spond to 
the  de- 
scription 


and  drawings  given  in  the  "Atlante  de  Materiale  d'  Artiglieria,  etc., 
1894,"  from  which  authority  the  drawings  in  this  article  are  taken. 

Tlimry  of  tJte  instrument— Let  the  quadrilateral  ABEO  (fig.  0) 
represent  a  section  of  the  prism  parallel  to  the  base.  Suppose  a  ray 
8M  to  be  incident  to  the  face  AB  (one  of  the  faces  about  the  right 
angle)  at  some  point  M.  This  ray  will  be  refracted,  unless  it  happens 
to  be  normal,  and  will  take  some  direction  MK.  It  will  be  reflected 
from  the  surface  EB,  and  again  from  the  surface  CE,  finally  taking  the  direction  TQ  and  becoming 
incident  to  AC,  the  other  face  about  the  right  angle,  at  some  point  Q.  Since  the  angle  between 
the  two  reflecting  surfaces,  EB  and  EC,  equals  135  degrees  the  ray  TQ  will  make  an  angle  with 


Fio.  8. 


t|^ 


u 


*  1^ 


ili 


f 


112 

KM  equal  to  135  x  2s270o,  und  the  nngle  at  U,  between  these  two  lines  produced,  is  therefore  a 
right  angle.  In  the  quadrilateral  AMOij  we  have  the  opposite  angles  at  A  and  O  both  right 
angles;  the  sum  of  the  other  two  angles  AQO  and  AMO  will  therefore  be  equal  to  two  right  angleH. 
We  have  also  OMB-f- AMO  =  two  right  angles.  Equating  these  and  taking  away  the  coninion 
angle  AMO,  we  have  AQO»OMR.  Hence  the  ray  TQ  is  incident  to  the  fHce  AC  at  the  same 
angle  at  which  KM  lea  the  face  AB.  By  the  laws  of  optics,  then,  the  angle  UQL',  which  the 
incident  and  emergent  rays  make  with  each  other  at  Q,  will  be  equal  to  the  angle  SMM',  which 
the  incident  and  refl:a(;te<l  rays  make  with  each  other  at  M. 

The  triangles  OLM  and  QRL  have  the  angle  at  L  iu  common;  the  angles  OML  and  RQL  are 

equal,  since  their  opposite  an- 
gles are  e<iual  to  ^^ach  other. 
Hence  the  third  angles  of  the 
two  triangles  must  be  equal,  or 
QRL  =  MOL;  the  latter  angle 
being  a  right  angle  the  tirst 
must  also  be  a  right  angle. 
Therefore  the  ray  B'Q,  after  two 
refractions  and  two  reflections, 
emerges  perpendicular  to  its 
original  direction. 

A^licationa. — In  using  this 
prism  to  lay  oH'  a  right  angle, 
one  of  the  sides  bounding  the 
right  dihedral  angle,  must  be 
held  toward  the  eye,  the  ob- 
server sighting  at  the  signal  B 
( fig.  3)  over  the  prism  andthrough 
the  window  next  his  eye  and  the 
window  in  the  opiiosite  side  of 
the  casing.  The  other  face 
Itouuding  the  right  angle  is 
turnml  with  its  window  toward 
that  part  of  the  ground  on  which 
it  is  desired  to  lay  oft'  the  per- 
pendicular, or  toward  C.  The 
ray  tcom  0,  entering  the  prism 
by  this  window,  will  emergt^  from  the  window  toward  the  eye,  so  that  C  will  api)ear  to  coincide 
with  B. 

The  applications  of  this  prism  are  then  entirely  similar  to  those  of  the  one  first  described. 

INFANTRY  BAROE  FINBEBB. 

The  only  range  finder  that  is  known  to  be  used  by  the  Italian  infantry  is  the  '^Pavese,"  of 
which  no  official  description  has  yet  been  received.  It  is  known  to  be  a  very  small  instrument, 
not  larger  than  a  pocket  watch,  and  not  costing  more  than  25  francs  or  less  than  $5.  Its  average 
error,  in  the  hands  of  a  trained  observer,  is  stated  to  be  not  more  than  4  or  5  per  cent  Frt»m 
statements  that  have  appeared  in  various  foreign  military  journals,  it  would  appear  to  be  some 
kind  of  reflecting  instrument,  and  that  it  requires  no  base  and  no  taules.  It  is  stated  that  the 
manufacturers  are  the  firm  of  ^^Salmoiragki,"  iu  Milan. 


Fio.  9. 


■  ""'^^^^m^^^^^mim^ms^^mm^MmMi.. 


emm 


118 


Ul'HHIA.— TlIK  Ini'Antky  Tklkmktkk. 


0" 

r 

\ 

{ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\e 

\ 

1 

l/C 

TlIK   HOrcilIKH  TKLKMKTKU. 

TliJH  iiiRtrument  (!<>ii8iRtB  of  a  itentugouul  priHiii  AHCDK,  iiicioMed  in  ii  rHsiiig  wliicli  leaven 

two  oi>oniiiKH,  AF  ou  tliu  Tuco  AH,  and  another  DO.    The  latter  in  provhlinl  with  a  Hllding  Mhiitter 

wliivh  when  puMJiuil  over  to  i\  will  leave  tlio  fare  CD  exiM)iHMl  for  iiHe,  and  when  puMlietl  over  to  D 

will  leave  tbe  {Mirtion  CU  of 

tlio  face  BC  exi>otte<l  for  use. 

The  anglcM  of  tlie  instrument 

are  A,  «7o  30' ;    B,  JM)";    C, 

177°  5()'j  1),  (50^  40';  E,  135°. 
Lookinji;  through  CG  the 

rayM  flroui  an  object  O,  after 

undergoing  double  reflection 

by  the  faces  AE  and  DE,  will 

strike  OO  normal  and  the  im 

age  of  O  will  ap|iear  at  O'  in 

a  direction  at  right  anglcH  to 

the  original  direction  of  its 

rays. 

Looking  through  CD  the 

rays  from  the  same  object  O, 

alter  undergoing  double  reflec- 

ti>  II  as  in  the  previous  case, 

will  in  addition  suffer  refrac- 
tion by  the  face  CD  (the  angle 

at  C  being  177°  50')  and  the 

Image  of  O  will  aptiear  at  O",  and  the  angle  l»etween  the  two  lines  of  sight  to  O'  and  O"  will  be 

lo  10'  (from  the  construction  of  the  instrument). 

Application  {Jig.  2). — Desired  the  distance  AO. 
Stand  at  A,  look  through  CD,  locate  image  of  O,  hiok 
through  CG  and  move  backward  until  the  new  image 
of  O  coincides  with  the  previous  one.  Measure  the 
distance  stepped  off.  The  result  is  1 :  50  of  the  dis- 
tance (the  sine  of  1°  10'  is  almost  1:50). 

Use  of  the  instrument  by  moving  away — to  the  rear — 
from  the  signal  {Jig.  3). — Slide  the  shutter  over  lett«r 
A*  so  as  to  ex|>o8e  the  window  over  B,  hold  the  instru- 
ment in  the  left  hand,  point  of  thumb  on  the  face 
which  carries  the  distance  table,  the  next  three  lingers 
on  the  other  parallel  face,  which  is  up.  Stand  so  as  to 
have  the  object  to  which  the  distance  is  sought  on  your 
right,  hold  the  instrument  as  near  horizontal  as  possi- 
ble in  front  of  your  eye,  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand  so 

curved  that  you  can  observe  the  foreground  through  the  space  below  your  fingers  and  above  the 

upiier  parallel  side  of  the  instrument.    Look  through  the  instrument  until  you  obtain  au  achro- 

■The  letters  A  anil  R  are  engraved  on  lower  face  of  instrument  (tfaat  on  which  the  table  of  distances  also  is), 
the  window  over  R  corresponding  to  CD  in  figure  1,  and  the  window  over  A  to  CO  in  same  figure. 

15848  M  S 8 


Fin. 1. 


Flu.  2. 


-ism^m:- 


114 

inatic  imago  of  tho  object  O.  It'  the  luttur  i»  not  in  Higlit  at  ilrMt,  turn  Hlowly  to  the  rigbt  or  It^ft, 
without  doniiiging  tho  ralativo  i>oHitiou  of  tho  iuatrumeiit  and  your  oyo,  until  the  object  couion 
in  view.  Fix  tho  direction  of  the  object  on  the  ground  in  tVont  by  loolting  through  between  your 
tIngerR  and  tho  top  of  the  inHtrunient  and  noting  with  what  plainly  viHible  object  in  tho  Ibreground 
it  coincides.  U"  it  d<»08  not  coincide  with  any  clearly  deflned  object,  move  uwuy  to  tlio  riglit  or 
left  until  you  can  tlx  Muoh  a  coincidence  at  mmie  iN>iut  H.  Mark  tho  iioint  whore  you  are  Htanding 
by  Homo  object  and  call  it  station  A.  Now  push  the  Hiiding  shutter  over  U,  expoHing  the  window 
over  A,  hiok  through  and  move  backward  on  the  prolongation  of  a  line  BA  until  you  roach  a  point 
B,  at  which  tho  image  of  O  iH  again  seen  to  coincide  with  S.  Measure  the  diHtanoo  AB,  tlnd 
tlie  number  of  units  in  column  B  of  table  on  lower  face  of  instrument,  and  tho  tigure  opposite 
in  the  adtjoiniug  column  I)  will  be  di«tanco  AC.  Approximately,  yon  would  only  have  to  mul- 
tiply the  distance  AB  by  M)  to  obtain  tlio  distance  sought,  but  each  instrument  has  its  own  table 
aiiiuHted  accurately  for  etu:h  distance  in  meters,  on  account  of  difticulty  of  ^'ettiug  tho  angle  at  C 
with  perfect  accuracy  in  the  construction  of  the  iustrumont. 

To  measure  tho  distance  by  advancing  toward  the  signal  B  instead  of  moving  away  from  it, 
as  in  the  method  Just  described,  prtweed  as  there  described  except  that  you  flrst  pusli  tho  shutter 
over  letter  R  and  look  through  window  over  A  to  locate  signal  8.  Then  push  shutter  over  A  and 
look  through  window  over  R,  advance  toward  B  until  the  image  of  O  and  the  signal  S  again 
coincide.    Then  measure  as  heretofore. 

The  distance  may  also  be  measured  by  holding  the  instrument  in  tho  right  hand.  Stand  so 
as  to  have  the  obje«t  O  on  your  left,  hold  instrument  in  your  right  hand  in  a  position  analogous 
to  that  described  for  the  left  hand,  the  side  carrying  the  scale  being  upi^rmost,  then  proceed  as 
heretofore  laid  down. 

The  method  of  moving  away  from  8  facilitates  accuracy,  that  of  moving  toward  8  rai>idity ; 
the  latter  should  be  employed  only  if  the  nignal  8  is  more  than  500  meters  distant. 

The  table  on  tho  lower  parallel  side  of  the  instrument  gives  the  distance  from  500  to  3,100 
meters  (540.8  to  3,300  yards). 


If 


Translation  of  the  Regulations  for  the  Treatment,  Training,  and  Employ- 
ment of  War  Dogs  by  the  Rifle  Battalions  of  the  German  Army. 


INTRODUCTION. 

1.  Tb«  extriMirdiiuiry  qntilitieM  «>f  the  «log,  \m  docility  iuid  wtitulifnlneNH,  tlio  uciiteiioMH  of  cer- 
tain of  biH  MeiiHeH.liiH  ittt'ectioii  for  iiiun,aud  his  siteeil  render  him  Mlitpttilile  fur  military  purpuHeH. 

The  dog  is  particularly  UHeful  in  the  Mervice  of  security  and  information,  in  carrying  reportH 
from  advanced  patrols,  in  aHHisting  outixists,  in  maintaining  communication  between  poHts  and 
picketM  as  well  a»  between  other  partH  of  the  outiioHtH,  and  latttly,  to  a  limited  degree,  in  hunting 
up  miiMing  men. 

I.—BRBKD,  KKtiUIBKMENTM   OF  TBAINKI)   WAB  DoOH,  TBAININU. 

A.— Hhkki). 

2.  Bird  dogs,  pmMilea,  and  Kheplienl  dogs  arc  suitable  for  training  for  military  purposes.  In 
umkiiig  selection,  the  breed  of  the  dog  is  less  imiK>rtant  than  the  purity  of  the  breed  and  the 
qualities  requisite  for  the  war  dog. 

3.  These  qualities  are:  Perfect  health,  robust  botly,  particularly  broad  chest  and  sinewy  legs, 
acute  ear  and  nose,  docility,  endurance,  and  watchfulness. 

4.  Poodles  are  particularly  esteemed  on  account  of  their  docility,  and  they  may  therefore  be 
employed  for  use  for  the  purpose  of  instructing  young  trainers  in  the  methods  of  training  dogs. 
When  old,  however,  they  frequently  lack  interest  in  their  work,  and  will  often  be  found  wanting 
in  the  accomplishment  of  the  more  severe  tasks. 

The  shepherd  dog  has  in  common  with  the  poodle  a  high  degree  of  intelligence;  his  ability  of 
withstanding  climatic  influences,  his  watchfulness  and  attention  to  the  orders  of  his  master,  would 
render  him  particularly  suitable  for  use  as  a  war  dog  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  in  many  cases 
his  training  is  rendered  difficult  by  his  character,  which  ;s  lacking  in  afll'ection. 

The  bird  dog  unites  the  good  <iualities  of  the  foregoing  two  breeds  and  is  distinguished  by  a 
lively  sense  of  duty  and  attachment.  His  inclination  for  hunting  is  lost  more  and  more  as  he 
becomes  conscious  that  other  things  are  required  of  liim. 

6.  Battalions  which  do  not  receive  dogs  firom  the  military  kennel  may  themselves  select  the 
breed.  If  they  breed  the  dogs  themselves,  which  is  to  be  recommended,  they  should  lay  stress  on 
a  prosier  crossing  of  breeds. 

B.— RK«iUlRKMKNT8  OK  A  TUAINKD  WAK  DoO. 

6.  It  is  retpured  of  a  trained  war  dog  that  he  has  passed  through  a  general  preparatory  course 
of  training  and  brought  up  to  obedience  to  call  and  signal;  that  he  carry  messages  with  certainty— 
that  is,  that  he  run  back  from  the  advanced  patrol  to  detachmants  in  the  rear  and  then  return 
to  the  former — and  maintain  communication  between  stationary  detachments  and  sentinels;  that 

115 


i 


ii 


'1 


i 


f 


: 


116 

he  be  watchful  aud  bring  to  notice  of  seiitinelH  the  approach  of  strangers.    TheHe  ixiiuts  form  the 
guiding  principles  in  the  training. 

7.  As  a  general  rule  they  need  not  be  trained  for  liunting  up  missing  men. 

If  some  dogs  show  special  aptitude  therefor,  and  if  tlieir  trainers  have  sufticient  sicill  to 
educate  them  up  to  it,  the  hunting  up  of  missing  men  may  be  included  in  the  training. 

V. — The  'J'kaininu. 

UKNERAL. 

8.  In  general  it  may  bo  stated  that  in  the  training  of  dogs  two  metho<ls  are  used :  The  severe 
training,  by  use  of  forcible  means,  of  the  dog  kept  isolated,  in  order  to  bring  about  an  u::couditional 
snbordiuation  of  the  will  of  the  dog  to  that  of  his  master,  and  the  mild  method  of  iraining,  in 
which  stress  is  laid  on  the  intercourse  of  the  dog  with  his  niaster  and  on  the  development  of  the 
dog's  intelligence. 

9.  The  selection  of  the  method  of  training  will  deiMjnd  ui>on  the  individuality  of  the  dog,  but 
the  last-named  method  is  preferable.  It  forms  the  base  of  the  following  details  of  the  course  of 
training: 

THE  TRAIKER8. 

10.  The  entire  training  of  the  dogs  of  a  battalion  should,  as  a  rule,  be  placed  in  the  hands  of 
an  officer  (lieutenant)  familiar  with  and  exiierienced  in  these  matters.  Under  him  are  to  be  placfid 
the  |)ersounel  of  trainers,  the  conductors  of  the  dogs,  and  their  assistants  selected  from  coriiorals 
or  privates. 

11.  If  there  is  a  suitable  officer  in  each  company,  the  dogs  may  be  trained  by  companies  under 
the  direction  of  these  officers. 

In  the  absence  of  suitable  officers  vice  flrst  sergeants  may  instead  be  employed.  This  matter 
is  regulated  by  the  battalion  commander. 

12.  As  conductors  or  trainers  of  dogs,  coriwrals,  lance  corporals,  or  privates  should  be  selected 
of  quiet  but  determined  character,  who  may  ap])ear  suitable  for  this  employment  by  their  education 
and  conduct.  It  is  not  requisite  that  they  should  have  worked  dogs  before;  but  it  is  essential 
that  they  take  interest  and  show  zeal  to  learn,  and  that  their  conditions  of  service  be  such  that 
they  will  remain  with  the  company  for  some  time  to  come.  On  the  latter  account  privates  of 
class  A  should  in  the  flrst  line  be  selected  for  this  branch  of  the  service. 

13.  In  the  further  course  assistants  are  to  be  given  to  the  conductors,  and  in  their  selection 
regard  should  be  had  to  the  foregoing  principles,  as  they  are  to  take  the  places  of  the  conductors 
when  discharged. 

Frequent  changes  of  conductors  and  asdstants  are  to  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible. 

14.  If  the  war  dogs  of  battalions  are  intrusted  to  one  officer,  he  will  select  the  trainers  after 
consultation  with  the  company  commanders.  If  they  can  not  agree,  the  battalion  commander  will 
decide,  having  due  regard  to  the  other  interests  of  the  service. 

THE  SUPEBINTENDIMQ  OFFICEK. 

16.  The  superintendent  is  charged  with  the  procurement  of  the  dogs;  with  the  distribution 
of  the  dogs  among  the  companies;  with  the  supervision  of  the  rearing  of  young  dogs;  with  the 
supervision  of  the  feeding  and  care  of  the  dogs. 

He  is  to  prepare,  by  continuous  instruction,  the  trainers  for  their  work,  and  to  sui>erintend 
and  advise  them  during  the  training. 

16.  The  following  remarks  are  to  be  considered  as  suggestions  in  this  particular: 

The  instruction  of  the  training  personnel  by  the  superintendent  extends  to  information  of  the 
purpose  to  be  accomplished,  to  instruction  in  keeping  a  diary  (see  Appendix  2)  and  to  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  same,  to  the  method  of  training  and  the  course  of  training,  which  is  to  be  progressive, 


mmhi^ 


117 

corresponding  to  the  napabilities  and  intellect  of  the  dof;.  In  case  of  irregnlarities  in  the  conrne 
of  training,  it  becomes  the  duty  of  the  suiierintendent  to  examine  into  the  causes  and  remedy 
what  errors  may  have  been  made. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  to  Judge  whether  the  conductor  {mssesses  the  qualities 
wliich  he  was  presumed  to  possess.  It  should  be  his  endeavor  to  encourage  the  conductors  by 
example  and  advice  if  their  activity  and  interest  in  the  work  should  slack,  and  to  spur  them  in 
a  suitable  way  to  indefatigable  i)erseverance. 


■  J  (! 


!'::■ 


THK  COITRSR  OK  TKAININO. 


17.  Tiie  training  is  to  extend  to  (1)  guiding  by  the  line  (thong),  (2)  development  of  watchful- 
ness, and  (l\)  to  going  and  returning. 


!:! 


I'ltKPAIUTOItY   RKMARK8. 


18.  In  order  to  be  more  easily  understood  by  the  dog,  the  course  of  any  jMirtion  of  tin;  instruc- 
tion, of  any  exercise,  is  divided  into  preparatory  parts  or  stages. 

The  further  the  work  progresses  the  greater  is  the  development  of  the  dog's  intelligence  and 
the  easier  becomes  the  training.  It  is  im|)ortant,  therefore,  to  pass  gradually  from  the  simiile  to 
the  difficult  and  never  to  demand  more  of  the  dog  than  is  intelligible  to  him.  When  the  dog  once 
comprehends  what  is  expected  of  him,  the  next  question  is  to  iix  what  he  has  learned  by  constant 
l)ractice  before  passing  to  another  subject.  The  amount  of  time  required  will  deiiend  upon  the 
importance  and  difficulty  of  the  exercises. 

The  superficial  learning  of  an  exercise  will  frequently  lead  to  misunderstandings  on  the  part 
of  the  dog  which  are  hanl  to  eradicate. 

Tbe  following  principles  should,  therefore,  be  observed : 

The  conductor  should  ejideavor  with  calmness  and  perseverance  to  make  intelligible  to  the 
dog  what  he  is  expected  to  do,  and  take  care  that  what  has  been  learned  becomes  flrndy  fixed. 
Tims,  any  branch  of  the  training  is  divided  into  the  instruction,  flxing  of  what  has  been  learned, 
and  complete  training. 

19.  The  fewer  punishments  that  are  metet'  out  the  bietter  it  si)eaks  for  trainer  and  dog. 
Punishment  may  be  administered  only  after  the  oog  has  comprehended  what  he  is  expected  to  do, 
and  when,  therefore,  it  is  disobedience  alone  that  is  to  be  punished. 

The  trainer  must  be  sure,  before  punishing,  whether  it  is  a  case  of  disobexlience  which  may 
be  punished  by  scolding  or  beating  with  a  stick.    The  use  of  spiked  collars  is  forbidden. 

Rewards  should  also  be  meted  out  sparingly.  It  is  not  advisable  to  habitually  give  the  dog 
tidbits,  since  they  serve  more  to  divert  the  dog's  attention  than  to  benefit  him ;  in  most  cases 
friendly  words  are  sufficient  reward. 

20.  As  regards  the  age  of  the  dog  at  which  to  begin  the  training,  the  latter  may  be  begun 
early  with  those  dogs  which  have  been  reared  by  the  battalion — that  is,  they  may  be  niaile  ai^cus- 
tomed  to  tbe  tiviiner,  and  bad  habits  may  be  corrected. 

Bringing  up,  training,  and  education  should  go  hand  in  hand,  but  the  education  proper  should 
not  be  begun  before  the  dog  is  at  least  six  months  old. 

LEADING  WITH  THE  LRASII   (STRAP). 

21.  The  exercises  consist  in  this,  that  a  dog  who  is  fastened  t<o  the  leash  (strap)  (see  No.  64) 
be  walking  on  the  left  side  of  the  conductor  without  the  latter  having  to  hold  the  line  taut  in  his 
hand.  It  is  immaterial  whether  the  dog  walks  a  little  in  the  rear  or  in  front  of  his  master  as  long 
as  he  does  not  pull  and  the  line  is  hanging  loose  between  the  two. 

22.  Instruction  in  this  exercise  is  begun  in  the  early  age  of  the  dog  in  this  manner,  that  the 
dog  is  not  allowed  to  leave  the  barracks  except  fastened  to  the  leash.    The  young  animal  will  at 


i     . 


J! 


;i' 


im- 


118 


i 


h 


first  probably  make  difficulty  and  want  to  run  forward  or  stand  fast.  A  ]>ull  on  the  line,  talking 
to  hiw,  and  petting  will  soon  make  the  dog  guess  what  is  expected.  If,  uft«r  going  out  several 
times,  he  should  attempt  to  stretch  the  line  and  pull,  the  instructor  should  prevent  his  running 
forward  by  means  of  a  thin  switch.  The  dog  must  comprehend  that  when  fastened  to  the  leash  he 
is  to  pay  attention  to  his  master  only,  and  to  nothing  else. 

23.  The  ordinary  service  affords  sufficient  opportunity  to  practice  leading  with  the  leash,  ])re- 
l>aratory  exercises  indoors  or  in  the  barrack  stiuare  not  being  necessary. 

I>RVKI.ni'MKNT  OK   WATCH FULNKHS. 

24.  Watchfulness  is  inborn  in  the  dog  and  needs  but  to  Ite  developed. 

It  is  re(|uired  of  the  war  dog  that  when  with  his  master,  in  quarters  or  bivouiu;,he  signify  the 
approach  of  strangers;  that  when  attached  to  a  sentinel  he  direct  the  latter's  attention  to  the 
approach  of  strangers;  that  when  tied  up  he  do  not  allow  any  strange  ])ersons  to  approach. 

These  services  of  the  dog  will  be  useful  only  at  night  or  in  trnt-up  ground.  They  arc  manifested 
by  the  dog  giving  notice  by  growling. 

2.5.  The  development  of  watchfulness  begins  indoors.  The  trainer  is  with  a  dog  in  a  room  the 
surroundings  of  which  are  as  cpiict  as  jMissible,  and  has  his  assistant  knock  at  the  door.  Ue  then 
calls  the  dog's  attention  to  the  noise  and  incites  him  to  growl  by  "lookout"  and  such  similar 
means,  the  growling  probably  passing  into  a  bark.  If  the  dog  does  bark  he  is  not  at  first  to  be 
prevented,  in  order  not  to  make  him  timid. 

20.  The  next  stage  should  not  be  attempted  until  the  dog  is  larger  and  stronger  and  has 
gained  in  self-confidence  and  courage. 

At  night,  at  which  time  the  dog's  hearing  is  more  acute  and  his  alertness  greater  than  in 
daytime,  the  trainer  with  the  dog  leashed  takes  post  at  some  isolated  point.  After  some  little 
time  an  assistant  steals  up  to  them  from  the  windward  side,  and  not  too  quietly  at  first.  If  the 
dog  does  not  bark  of  his  own  accord,  his  conductor  incites  him  to  do  so. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  the  dog  does  noo  attack  the  man,  in  order  to  prevent  him  from 
getting  into  that  habit.  Such  fierce  biting  dogs  are  unsuitable  for  military  service.  It  is  essential 
that  at  this  part  of  the  instruction,  at  least  in  the  beginning,  none  act  as  the  assistant  whom  the 
dog  knows. 

27.  After  the  dog  has  become  reliable  in  giving  notice,  he  is  taught  to  give  such  notice  by 
growling,  it  being  kept  in  view  that  a  trained  dog  gives  notice  by  growling  alone.  This  is 
accomplished  by  exercises  similar  to  the  foregoing;  when  the  dog  is  about  to  pass  from  growling 
to  barking,  which  always  precedes  the  former,  he  is  hushed  by  8i>eaking  to  him  quietly,  and  if  he 
pays  no  attention  to  that,  by  a  light  stroke  of  a  thin  switt^h. 

28.  The  exercises  should  chiefly  be  held  after  dark,  and  particularly  during  autumn  maneuvers 
where  favorable  opportunities  and  suitable  assistants  are  not  lacking. 

CiOINO  AND  KKTURNINU. 

29.  Under  "going  and  returning"  the  followint4'  actions  of  the  dog  are  to  be  understood :  Jjed 
away  from  his  conductor  by  an  assistant,  the  dog,  when  sent  back,  returns  to  the  former  and  again 
to  the  assistant.  The  trainer  and  the  dog  leave  the  assistant,  the  dog  is  sent  back  to  the  latter, 
and  from  the  latter  the  dog  returns  to  his  trainer. 

The  dog  is  to  do  that  frequently,  and  up  to  distances  of  4  kilometers,  the  jraints  between  which 
he  is  coming  and  going  as  well  as  the  road  by  which  he  is  traveling  being  known  to  the  dog. 

When  sent  back  by  the  assistant  to  the  trainer  over  greater  distances,  the  dog  himself  selects 
the  shortest  route. 

30.  The  intermediate  stages  of  this  part  of  the  training  are  retrieving,  running  brn^k  and 
retrieving  lost  articles,  running  forward  and  retrieving  an  article  carried,  out  by  the  assistant, 


:..mu&m&-^ 


JSHa 


119 


liking 
iveral 


I  pre- 


diHiiensing  with  the  article  retrieved,  aiHl,  iiiHt^^tid,  use  of  the  iH>uch,'  and  extension  of  these 
exerciseH  <»ver  great  distances. 

IM.  Only  very  light  articles,  such  as  gloves  and  knottetl  handkerchiefs,  should  be  used  in 
retrieving.  The  trainer  uses  such  moments  in  which  the  dog  shows  inclination  for  this  kind  of 
work ;  he  throws  down  the  article  and  has  the  dog  bring  it.  It  is  not  advisable  to  compel  the  dog 
to  sit  down  in  order  to  take  from  him  in  this  intsture  the  article  retrieved.  If  the  dog  is  made  to 
sit  down  in  the  beginning  he  frequently  does  not  know  whether  he  was  right  in  retrieving,  and 
drops  the  article  retrieved.  If  the  latter  is  taken  from  the  dog's  month  as  soon  as  he  approa(;hes, 
and  if  the  dog  is  then  ]ietted,  he  will  know  exactly  that  he  did  what  he  was  expet^ted  to  do. 

It  is  well  to  make  the  first  exfieriment  in  n^rieving  indoors,  in  order  that  the  young  animal 
being  in  a  playful  mood  may  not  run  oft'. 

32.  In  the  second  stage,  which  should  not  be  attempted  until  the  dog  is  sure  and  willing  to 
bring  the  article  to  the  teacher  a  distance  of  some  paces,  the  dog  is  leashed,  the  article  is  then 
thrown,  and  the  dog  is  then  released  to  retrieve. 

Having  learnecl  this  the  dog  is  taken  out  into  the  country  by  the  trainer,  who  drops  something 
so  that  the  dog  can  see  it,  walks  on  a  few  steps,  and  then  calls  upon  the  dog  to  retrieve  it. 

As  soon  as  the  dog  sees  the  thrown  article  drop,  he  will  want  to  |»ick  it  up,  but  no  attention  is 
paid  to  him  and  the  walk  is  continued  a  few  paces. 

Afterwards  the  arti(*le  is  dropped  unnoticed  by  the  dog  and  after  passing  on  a  few  paces  the 
dog  is  invited  to  run  biu;k  and  retrieve  it  by  pointing  to  the  ground  and  driving  him  on  with 
'forward''  and  similar  words.  If  he  does  not  run  back,  the  trainer  walks  to  the  rear  with  him 
until  he  sees  anil  retrieves  the  article  thrown. 

33.  Too  frequent  repetition,  too  great  exertions  should  bo  avoided.  The  trainer  must  be  able 
to  judge  whether  the  dog  runs  cheerfully  or  feels  bothered  or  vexed,  in  order  to  suspend  the 
exercise  in  proiier  time.  Narrow,  nnfreqnented  roads  are  best  suited  for  exercise  grounds.  The 
.'^rtide  to  be  retrieved  must  be  known  to  the  dog  and  be  lying  openly  in  the  road,  it  \mug  required 

tVe  first  place  that  the  dog  run  back,  pick  up  the  article,  and  return. 

4.  As  training  ])rogresses,  the  trainer  uses  an  assistant.  The  latter  holding  the  article  to  be 
v.t.ievedopen  in  his  hand  walks  away  from  the  conductor.  Shortly  afterwards  the  conductor 
sends  the  dog  after  the  assistant  with  the  call "  forward  "  or  other  words  that  he  may  have  selected. 
The  dog  will  then  take  the  article  fi-om  the  hand  of  the  iv^.»istant,  the  latter  keeping  himself 
entirely  passive,  aud  return  with  it  to  his  master. 

At  this  stage  it  will  be  {Mssible  to  leash  the  dog  after  each  i^erformance  without  perplexing 
him. 

35.  The  exercises  are  continued  in  such  a  manner  that  trainer  and  dog  remain  standing  and 
the  assistant  tulvances,  or  the  latter  remains  standing  and  the  former  advances,  until  it  is  imma- 
terial to  the  dog  whether  he  run  forward  or  back  in  order  to  fetch  the  article  to  be  retrieved  from 
the  place  known. 

36.  A  further  step  in  the  coarse  of  training  is  made  in  this  way,  that  the  initial  and  terminal 
points  of  the  distance  to  be  traversed  are  so  selected  as  to  be  invisible  one  from  the  other.  The 
progress  must  be  gradual;  the  point  is  to  confirm  the  dog  in  these  exercises,  and  spend  the  proper 
amount  of  time  and  labor  on  him.  One  hundred  and  fifty  to  three  hundred  paces  will  probably 
be  found  distances  suitable  for  the  strength  of  the  young  animal. 

37.  After  the  training  has  progressed  to  this  extent  it  is  not  infrequently  the  case  that  the  dog 
appears  as  though  the  previous  training  had  made  no  impression  whatever  upon  him.  Patience 
and  judgment  will  then  all  the  more  be  required  on  the  part  of  the  trainer.  Such  action  on  the 
part  of  the  dog  is  brought  about  less  by  the  fact  that  he  did  not  understand,  than  that  he  has 
become  tired  of  carrying  out  these  exercises.    The  trainer  will  have  to  reflect  whether  he  did  not 


'  The  pouoh  which  ia  carried  by  a  trained  dog  when  on  doty. 


I 


tm 


-'mmms.iism'ms'i^ 


120 


' 


proceed  too  rapidly,  whether  he  did  not  reqiiiiu  work  of  the  dog  after  the  latter  was  fatigued, 
whether  he  did  not  iierplox  the  dog  by  his  own  actiouH.  The  latter  frequently  reHults  in  the  dog 
halting  after  running  a  short  distance  frona  his  master.  As  a  remedy  therefor  it  is  recommended 
to  the  trainer  on  his  part  t^)  walk  away  in  the  opposite  direction,  which  in  most  cases  will  prompt 
the  dog  to  quickly  carry  out  his  task  in  order  to  rejoin  his  master. 

38.  A  further  step  in  this  course  of  training  consists  in  the  master  sending  the  dog  to  the 
assistant  and  the  dog  being  held  by  the  latter  for  a  short  time.  In  these  exercises  the  assistant 
adroitly  and  quietly  leashes  the  dog  and  lets  him  run  back  to  his  master  only  after  some  minutes 
with  the  corresi)onding  command.  Particular  stress  should  be  laid  on  handling  the  dog  correctly 
and  adroitly  on  his  arrival,  and  in  leashing  him.  Taking  hold  of  him  awkwardly  so  as  to  give 
him  pain  will  sometimes  spoil  him  for  a  considerable  time;  dispensation  of  tidbits  will  often 
serve  to  make  him  more  confident. 

39.  The  use  of  the  report  pouch  (R?^^er-63)  may  now  be  ]>roceeded  with.  The  latter  is  shown 
to  the  dog  and  then  fastened  to  him.  At  first  it  is  well  to  give  the  dog  some  article  in  his  mouth 
to  fetch;,  after  a  few  repetitions  this  may  be  dispensed  with,  and  the  dog  will  be  trained  in  the 
simplest  form  of  carrying  messages,  which,  however,  do  not  yet  fit  him  for  service  of  this  character. 

It  is  advisable  in  using  the  report  pouch  always  to  put  a  pie<;e  of  paper  in  the  pouch  before 
the  dog's  departure  and  take  it  out  npon  his  arrival  in  such  a  nmnner  that  the  <log  will  see  it. 
The  papier,  the  slip,  is  used  later  on  for  checking  the  time  of  departure  and  arrival. 

40.  The  distances  are  increased  corres])onding  with  the  strength  of  the  dog,  and  the  work  is  ' 
oontiimed  in  such  a  way  that  the  dog  passes  from  his  master  to  the  assistant  or  the  reverse  by  a 
road  known  to  him.    In  view  of  the  fact  that  but  little  influence  can  be  exen;ised  on  the  speed  of 
the  dog,  care  should  be  taken  to  preserve  his  pleasure  in  the  work.    The  dog  should  not,  there- 
fore, be  overworked  or  bored,  and  the  distance  to  be  traversed  should  be  increased  very  gradually. 

At  this  stage  of  the  training  the  dog  may  be  used  in  the  service  of  the  comiiany  provided  he 
has  thoroughly  learned  what  is  required  of  him. 

41.  It  now  remains  to  practice  traversing  greater  distances  by  the  shortest  route.  The  work 
should  be  done  over  ground  where  the  view  is  obstructed.  The  assistant  leading  the  dog  by 
the  leash  walks  away  from  the  conductor  moving  in  various  directions  and  sends  the  dog  back 
to  his  master  with  the  proper  command.  After  some  attempts  to  follow  the  scent,  the  dog  will 
select  the  shortest  route  on  his  own  accord.  There  are  no  means  of  making  him  understand  how 
to  take  crosscuts.    The  distances  are  gradually  increased  to  4  or  5  kilometers. 

42.  The  dog  should  also  he  habituated  to  overcoming  obstacles  of  terrain  and  not  avoiding 
water  courses  of  some  width. 

For  the  latter  it  is  required  that  the  dog  know  how  to  swim.  That  he  is  taught,  independ- 
ently of  his  other  training  in  bathing  and  swimming.  If  the  dog  takes  kindly  to  the  water,  the 
assistant  with  the  dog  goes  to  one  bank,  the  conductor  to  the  other,  in  order  to  teach  the  dog  how 
to  cross  water  courses  on  service.  The  conductor  calls  the  dog,  and  the  assistant  sends  him  into 
the  water. 

43.  When  the  dog  has  gained  self-confidence  and  becomes  thorough  in  his  previous  work,  the 
exercises  are  held  in  frequented  places,  in  villages,  and  in  the  dark.  The  dog  becomes  easily 
accustomed  to  firing  without  the  use  of  special  means,  since,  as  soon  as  he  is  permitted  to  leave 
the  barracks,  he  is  taken  along  to  the  target  range,  and  his  first  service  may  consist  in  maintain- 
ing oommuuication  between  the  firing  stand  and  the  markers. 

44.  The  final  test  of  his  training  consists  in  the  dog  performing  his  work  in  the  same  reliable 
manner  when  led  by  someone  else  but  his  instrnctor.  The  use  of  an  assistant  has  served  to  nmke 
it  clear  to  the  dog  that  he  is  not  to  obey  his  master  alone.  If  the  previous  trainer  is  replaced  by 
someone  else,  the  former  will  have  to  acquaint  the  latter  with  the  character  of  the  dog,  his  method 


121 

of  working,  and  uliove  all  with  the  HyHteni  and  niuthods  followtnl  by  the  trainer,  ho  that  ho  may  lie 
able  to  train  the  dog  in  exactly  the  Haine  way.  If,  nnder  hucIi  circumstances,  th<>  work  of  the  dog 
reniaiDH  reliable,  he  may  be  considered  trained  for  employment  on  service. 

IIUNTINIS    FOR  MI88IN(I   MKN. 

4').  The  work  consists  in  having  the  dog  search  a  piece  of  brnsh,  part  of  a  wood,  a  piece  of 
ground  with  obstructed  view,  or  any  piece  of  ground  at  night;  and  as  soon  as  he  has  found  a  man, 
in  remaining  with  him  and  barking  until  his  master  conies  up. 

40.  The  course  of  training  is  divided  into  the  following  steps:  Harking  by  command ;  retriev- 
ing; seeking'a  lost  article  and  retrieving  it;  learning  bow  to  bark  before  articles  too  heavy  to 
retrieve  when  called  to  retrieve  them;  combination  of  both  kinds  of  work;  and  barking  before 
men  lying  on  the  ground. 

These  are  intermediate  exercises,  which  should  partly  go  hand  in  hand — partly  succeed  etwM 
other. 

47.  The  first  question  is  to  teach  the  dog  when  to  bark.  The  best  time  is  the  early  age  of  the 
dog,  as  when  older  it  is  more  difficult  to  cause  dogs  not  already  broken  to  it  to  bark  (;ontinuously. 

It  is  to  be  ke|>t  in  mind  what  causes  prompt  the  young  animal  to  bark,  and  these  causes 
should  be  taken  notice  of.  Taking  advantage  of  favorable  opportunities,  the  trainers  bring 
about  some  cause  for  barking,  and  subsequently  accompany  the  cause  with  a  command,  "bark," 
or  other  commands.  Training  in  retrieving  is  extended  to  the  fetching  of  heavy  articles,  side  arm 
with  belt,  etc. 

If  these  experiments  are  made  with  the  dog  while  young,  further  training  in  hunting  up 
missing  men  is  not  resumed  until  the  dog  is  perfectly  reliable  iit  carrying  mes».jige8. 

48.  Next  follows  searching  for  missing  articles. 

This  exercise  should  be  held  at  first  on  open  ground  or  oi^en  woodland.  Light  articles — hand- 
kerchiefs, gloves,  an  old  cap — are  placed  by  the  assistant  at  a  point  which  is  approximately  desig- 
nated so  that  their  scent  will  be  diffused  to  some  distance,  to  enable  the  dog  to  discover  them  by 
his  nose.  If  heretofore  the  dog  was  ma<le  to  rely  less  on  the  use  of  his  nose,  any  gootl  result  of  the 
work  now  required  of  him  deiiends  on  his  sense  of  smell.  It  would,  therefore,  be  useless  to  work 
in  this  branch  of  the  service  any  dog  that  has  not  a  fine  nose. 

The  trainer  accompanies  the  dog  in  searching  against  the  wind  with  the  command  "seek," 
and  himself  walks  to  and  fro  as  though  searching.  This  action  of  the  master  prompts  the  dog  to 
imitate  him  and  incites  him  to  range,  while  heretofore  he  was  used  only  to  run  in  one  direction. 

The  experiment  must  be  repeated  until  the  dog  searches  on  his  own  account. 

When  the  dog  has  understood  and  searches  by  himself,  the  trainer  no  longer  walks  to  and  fro, 
and  gradually  transfers  the  exercise  into  less  ojien  ground. 

40.  The  dog  must  also  be  taught  to  bark  before  things  which  he  can  not  carry.  The  following? 
method  may  be  employed:  As  a  preparaU)ry  exercise,  the  trainer  has  taught  the  dog  to  bring  him 
his  side  arm  before  leaving  the  room.  The  side  arm  is  now  fastened,  and  the  dog,  after  the 
preparations  have  been  made  for  going  out  as  usual,  is  called  upon  to  fetch  it.  He  will  attempt 
it,  but  in  vain ;  the  trainer  urges  him  to  fetch  it,  and  then  to  bark.  This  done,  the  trainer  lets 
the  dog  bark  all  he  wants,  and  then  takes  the  side  arm  himself  and  leaves  the  room  as  usual. 

Exercises  of  this  kind  are  now  transferred  from  the  room  to  the  open,  the  barrack  square,  or 
other  suitable  grounds. 

CO.  The  next  step  is  to  practice  the  searching  for  lost  articles,  accompanied  by  retrieving  and 
barking,  both  alternating,  in  the  terrain,  and  subsequently  the  last  stage,  the  searching  for  and 
barking  before  men,  may  be  proceeded  with. 

A  man  hides  himself  and  is  searched  for  in  the  usual  way  by  the  conductor  with  the  dog.  The 
dog  will  probably  easily  find  the  man  and  endeavor  to  take  from  him  some  article  of  clothing, 


122 

])erIiapH  the  cup,  and  bring  it  to  h'm  master.  If  lie  does  so,  he  is  made  much  of,  and  called  uiiou 
to  search  again.  He  will  run  back  to  the  concealed  man  to  take  some  other  article  from  him.  [f 
he  is  uusucccHsfnl  in  the  latter,  he  will  bark.    If  he  does  not  bark,  he  is  commanded  to  bark. 

r>l.  It  will  now  be  necessary  to  make  the  dog  understand  that  searching  for  the  man  alone  is 
required  of  him.  For  this  purpose  a  man  is  concealeil  on  some  considerable  piece  of  ground,  and 
at  the  same  time  heavy  pieces  of  equipment  (packed  knapsacks)  which  the  dog  can  not  drag  are 
hidden  away.  If  the  dog  barks,  the  trainer  hastens  toward  him  in  the  usual  way;  when  he  has 
found  the  man,  he  is  ma<le  much  of  and  leashed. 

If  he  barks  before  something  else,  he  is  likewise  made  mut^h  of,  but  no  attention  is  paid  to  the 
article  found,  and  the  dog  is  at  once  called  upon  to  make  ftirther  seanih. 

The  exercises  are  next  continued  on  ground  with  obstructed  view  and  in  the  darkness.' 

.'»2.  As  the  work  proceeds,  the  man  to  be  searched  for  should  coni-eal  himself  without  the 
C4>nductor  knowing  the  place.  The  latter  will  then  fre«iuently  discover  that  just  when  he  believes 
the  dog  to  be  on  the  wrong  trail  the  dog  will  find  the  man. 

8MAM.KU  TASKS. 

53.  In  connection  with  the  br&nches  of  training  which  have  been  discussetl  here  and  which 
qualify  the  dog  for  use  in  the  service  with  troops,  he  may  be  tauglit  a  few  less  important  things 
which  serve  as  training  to  the  dog  and  as  instruction  for  the  conductor  in  training,  as  well  as 
making  the  dog  a  pleasant  companion. 

Among  these  may  be  mentioned  to  sit  down,  to  lie  down  and  remain  there,  and  some  other 
tricks. 

54.  To  ait  down. — The  execution  is  simple;  the  dog  is  required  to  sit  down  at  the  command 
^<  sit  down; "  he  is  assisted  by  placing  the  hand  on  his  hind  quarters  and  pressing  him  down. 

55.  To  lie  doicn  and  remain  tJiere. — Under  this  is  understfiod  that  the  dog  after  having  been 
made  to  lie  down  at  a  certain  place  will  remain  there  until  someone  comes  for  him.  In  practice 
the  dog  is  tied  with  a  thin  chain  in  the  place  where  he  is  to  remain  lying  down.  A  strap  or  cord 
shtmld  not  be  used,  as  the  dog  would  learn  sooner  or  later  how  to  cut  it. 

At  flrst  the  assistant  is  left  with  the  dog  to  quiet  him  if  necessary. 

56.  Other  tricks. — The  superintending  officer  may  ultimately  permit  of  the  dog  being  trained 
in  tricks.  Though  they  are  not  necessary  in  the  training  of  the  war  dog,  still  they  are  of  value, 
inasmuch  as  they  strengthen  the  intelligence  of  the  dog  and  serve  to  make  friends  for  him  among 
the  men. 

Among  these  things  are,  jumping  exercises  of  all  kinds,  seeking  lost  articles  in  the  room, 
opening  and  closing  the  door,  retrieving  various  articles  named,  etc. 

Care  should,  however,  be  taken  t<>  allow  none  but  the  conductor  of  the  dog  to  re<iuire  these 
tricks  of  him. 

57.  To  conclude  the  training  the  dog  is  also  conducted  by  other  men,  since  dogs  which  wor-k 
only  when  with  their  trainer  are  not  fit  for  service. 


TR8TING  THK  DOQ. 

58.  Aside  from  the  uninterrupted  superintendence  and  direction  of  the  training  by  thf  officers 
charged  with  the  same,  the  {irogress  of  the  training  and  the  final  result  should  be  teste>  >m  time 
to  time.  These  t<'Sts  are  made  in  the  presence  of  the  battalion  commander ;  but  when  the  training 
is  not  confined  to  the  company  itself,  he  may  delegate  that  duty  to  some  company  commander. 

The  subjects  of  the  test  and  arrangements  for  the  same  depend  upon  the  age  of  the  dog  and 


■  This  part  of  the  training  ia  facilitated  if  circiiinstanees  permit  tbe  use  of  a  daniniy  inau,  before  -which  the  dog 
is  taught  to  bark  and  which  is  used  in  the  further  preparatory  exercises  in  the  terrain. 


128 

the  progresH  of  the  traiuiiig.  In  regard  to  the  latter,  it  would  be  well  to  insiiect  tlie  <liary  (Hee 
Appendix  2),  which  ought  to  give  full  infonnatioii. 

r>9.  Although  these  tests  should  extend  to  all  branches,  it  is  the  efficiency  of  the  dog  in  carry- 
ing messages  tliat  the  greatest  stress  should  \)e  laid  ui)on.  It  is  not  advisable  to  select  the  terrain 
on  which  the  training  has  chiefly  been  conducted  for  conducting  the  tests,  and  it  is  recommended 
to  select  the  ground  unknown  to  the  dog  and  at  some  distance  tVom  the  garrison. 

The  tests  are  conducted  in  the  manner  and  succession  corresponding  to  the  training.  (No.  17 
et  seq.) 

In  order  to  get  some  idea  of  the  efficiency  of  the  trained  dog,  the  distances  Ut  be  traversed 
should  be  of  sufficient  extent.  Distances  of  from  1  to  2  kilometers  will  suffice  in  ascertaining 
the  dog's  capability  for  carrying  messages.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  also  advisable  to  test  the 
efficiency  of  the  dog  in  traversing  greater  distances. 

The  dog  should  not  stop  en  route,  should  go  willingly,  and  should  allow  himself  to  be  leaslied 
willingly.    Oortainty  of  communication  is  preferable  to  speed. 

It  should  also  be  ascertained  whether  the  dog  makes  communication  in  a  straight  line  over 
covered  ground  or  open  field,  and  whether  he  <«llows  himself  to  be  diverted  by  the  scent  of  game 
or  other  things.  In  order  to  ascertain  w^-  th  ir  the  dog  will  carry  out  his  task,  when  inteifered 
with  by  men,  localities  and  frequented  rosm^  should  be  selected,  where  there  is  an  easy  chance  of 
the  dog  being  called  or  stopped.    It  would  be  wrong  to  use  soldiers  in  thus  interfering  with  him. 

60.  It  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  department  commander  to  award  prizes  for  specially  flue 
work  in  training,  payable  from  the  funds  for  keeping  war  dogs! 

The  value  and  number  of  the  prizes  will  depend  upon  the  available  funds,  and  should  not  be 
increased  at  the  expense  of  the  number  of  dogs  kept  or  the  exiiense  of  the  breed. 

II.  Equipment  op  the  Dogs. 

Gl.  The  equipment  of  the  dog  consists  of  a  collar,  a  reiiort  ]»ou(!h,  two  lines  (straps),  and  a 
chain. 

62.  The  collar  is  50  to  60  cm.  long,  made  of  strong  leather  3  to  4  cm.  broad,  and  provided 
with  a  simple  buckle;  to  it  is  sewed  a  second  strip  of  leather  2  cm.  in  width  and  bearing  a  small 
metallic  plate  marked  with  the  number  of  the  battalion  and  the  name  of  the  company.  For 
instance — 

Eif.^Batt.^ 

2.  Oomp. 

To  the  same  strip  are  also  attached  two  or  tliree  strong  brass  rings,  arranged  about  10  cm.  from 

each  other.    The  rings  serve  to  hook  in  the  snap  of  the  line.    There  should  be  several  rings,  so 

that  some  one  of  them  may  be  easily  taken  hold  of. 

63.  The  message  pouch  is  made  of  canvas,  and  about  5  cm.  wide  by  15  cm.  long,  arranged  on 
the  narrow  side  for  closing  by  button  or  buckle.  Throughout  its  length  it  is  sewed  to  a  strap 
about  2  era.  wide  and  !K)  to  60  cm.  long,  which  is  fastened  with  a  buckle  the  same  as  the  collar. 

64.  The  line  is  made  of  a  calfskin  strap  1^  cm.  wide.  The  upper  part  is  arranged  for  slinging 
(for  the  conductor  of  the  dog)  and  provided  with  a  buckle.  The  lower  part  is  about  85  cm.  long 
and  terminates  in  a  strong  snap.    Each  conductor  needs  two  lines. 

65.  The  chain  is  a  simple  iron  dog  chain. 

III.  Combination  of  the  Tbainino  with  Other  Service. 

66.  It  lies  with  the  company  commanders  to  give  the  trainers  sufficient  opportunity  for  work 
with  the  dogs.  In  order  that  other  duties  may  not  suffer,  well-conducted  and  well-instructed 
men  alone  should  be  detailed  for  this  work.  Oorporals  charged  with  siiecial  functions  should  not 
be  detailed,  because  sufficiently  occupied  with  their  own  duties. 


x 


/ 


"■■«»-??; 


I 


124 

When  the  Huperinteiulence  of  the  traitiiii);  of  the  (logs  of  »  battalion  Ih  in  tlio  bnndH  of  a 
single  ofllcer,  the  Hervice  can  be  eaHily  arranged  if  the  ofllver  in  fixing  the  serviee  of  the  con- 
dnct4)rH  consuItH  tlie  company  cotninander. 

07.  In  order  to  gain  time  for  tlin  training  of  the  dogs  without  interfering  with  otiier  dntien, 
it  iH  reotnnmended  to  talce  tlio  yonng  dogs  in  Iiand  in  the  winter  niontliH,  duiing  wliich  tlie  trainorn 
can  occupy  tlieniHelves  regularly  witli  tlie  pups,  care  for  them  Hufliciently,  and  give  them  their 
flrnt  training. 

In  the  Hpring  the  dog  may  be  taken  along  to  the  firing  grounds  and  practiced  in  leading  in 
the  leanh  and  in  carrying  nieMHagea.  J)y  the  time  the  fall  nianenverH  begin  bis  physical  develop- 
ment will  have  so  far  progressed  that  he  is  able  to  withstand  the  fatigue  of  the  march,  and  in  his 
work  in  carrying  messages  the  distances  can  probably  be  increased  to  1^  kilometers. 

08.  Hut  in  view  of  his  physical  development  it  is  still  necessary  that  a  dog  l>e  spared,  and  it 
is  advisable,  therefore,  when  departing  for  the  maneuvers,  to  leave  the  dog  behind  if  his  conductor 
for  any  reason  is  to  be  left  behind. 

If  it  liecomes  net^essary  to  leave  the  undeveloped  dog  l)ehind  in  the  garrison  without  his 
trainer,  it  is  advisable,  in  the  absence  of  men  suitable  for  conducting  the  training,  to  provide 
merely  suitervision  and  care  for  the  dog  and  discontinue  all  training  in  the  absence  of  the  regular 
trainer. 

69.  During  the  nutunui  nianenvers  there  is  frequently  time  and  opportunity  for  further  training 
and  for  employing  the  dog  in  such,scrvices  as  his  training^rmits  him  to  perform. 

70.  On  returning  to  the  garrison  the  training  is  continued,  the  distances  to  be  traverse<l  are 
increased,  and  the  exercises  con<Iu<-ted  after  dark.  If  the  dog  accompanies  his  trainer  to  and 
during  service  he  must  not  be  allowed  to  make  trouble  for  the  trainer;  the  dog  is  invariably  leashed, 
and  will  thus  not'be  in  the  way  of  the  conductor  in  the  performance  of  duties  which  require  his 
undivided  attention,  as,  for  instance,  field  exercises,  light  infantry  work,  etc. 

It  is  left  to  the  battalion  commander  to  decide  on  what  duties  the  dogs  may  be  taken  along. 
Although,  as  a  rule,  it  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  dogs  should  accompany  their  conductors  on 
service  as  much  as  possible,  still  there  are  some  branches  to  be  excluded  as  engaging  the  attention 
and  action  of  the  conductors  completely,  such  as  company  and  battalion  drill,  and  all  manner  ot 
preparatory  exercises  had  with  a  view  to  the  training  of  the  men. 

If  the  dogs  are  taken  along  to  the  autumn  maneuvers,  they  constantly  remain  with  their  con- 
ductors on  the  march  as  well  as  during  the  exercises. 

71.  Since  much  of  the  time  of  the  conductors  ia  taken  up  by  work  with  their  pupils  and  the 
care  of  them,  it  is  recommended  to  give  them  relief  in  other  respects  as  much  as  possible.  In  all 
exercises,  the  autumn  maneuvers  not  excluded,  where  the  knapsack  is  carried,  the  same  is  dis- 
carded by  the  conductors  of  the  dogs. 

72.  From  what  has  been  stated  under  No.  6,  and  f^om  the  details  of  the  course  of  training,  it 
is  to  he  inferred  that  the  employment  of  trained  war  dogs  in  iteace  and  war  is  i^ossible  and  may 
be  required  only  within  certain  limits.  When  the  battalion  is  acting  alone,  the  dogs  may  be  talceii' 
along  on  all  duties  and  put  to  work. 

If  the  battalion  forms  part  of  a  higher  unit  (from  the  brigade  uj^  -ard),  the  dogs  should  be 
used  only  in  the  service  of  security.  Moreover,  the  action  of  the  dogs  during  battle  is  excluded 
if  the  battalion  is  part  of  a  higher  unit. 

73.  In  the  instruction  of  the  men  occasion  should  be  taken  repeate<lly  to  discuss  the  objecit  of 
war  dogs,  their  treatment  on  the  part  of  the  men,  and  their  relations  with  them. 

IV.  Bbinoino  Up  and  Caee  of  the  Dogs. 

74.  In  bringing  up  pups  the  greatest  care  is  required. 

During  the  first  year  the  food  should  be  confined  to  milk  and  dog  cake.  Subsequently,  other 
fooiil,  such  as  is  juscd  by  the  battalion,  may  be  added.  Good,  healthful  nourishment  has  great 
influence  on  the  pup's  power  of  resistance  against  disease  and  on  his  i)hysical  development. 


,'WutiiMmm* 


otber 
great 


.  126 

If  the  mother  renmiiiH  with  the  litter,  the  piiim  are  left  with  her  in  the  kennel,  and  tlie 
bringing  np  may  lal<e  plitcu  also  during  the  rough  HeaMon;. other witie,  Hiieeial  arrangementH  are  to 
be  made  to  pntteet  the  dogH  from  getting  wet. 

70.  In  view  of  the  fundH  available  the  foo<l  of  the  older  dogs  will  probably  be  limited  to 
remnants  from  the  men's  table.  Hhould  it  l)e  practicable,  it  is  reeommended  to  add  dog  cake  and 
to  prepare  a  spuuial  food  consisting  of  barley  or  oat  grits  cooked  with  water  and  fat. 

70.  The  dogs  are  kejtt  in  a  kennel  made  of  brick  or  planks  and  arranged  as  follows: 

(a)  A  large  space  provided  along  its  long  side  with  a  bunk  serves  as  a  common  room  for  the 
older  and  healthy  dogs.    The  doc»r  of  this  hut  has  a  Hap  pennitting  the  dogs  to  run  in  and  out. 

[b)  In  the  front  of  the  hut  some  space  is  fenced  in  with  a  high  wire  fence  for  the  dogs  to  run 
around  in. 

(o)  Smaller  huts  are  provided  for  bitches  that  are  in  heat  or  suckling. 

{d)  Similar  airangements  are  made  for  sick  dogs  and  their  huts  placed  at  some  distan(;e  from 
the  others. 

(f)  The  shelters  mentioned  under  o  and  d  are  provided  with  inclosed  spaces  and  wire  fences 
in  {tout,  and  such  arrangement  of  the  doors  as  to  permit  of  free  entrance  and  exit  of  the  dogs. 

In  building  new  kennels  the  foregoing  rules  should  be  observed. 

77.  The  kennels  and  incloseil  spaces  in  flront  should  be  policed  daily,  under  the  direction  of  a 
coriioral  (conductor)  of  the  day,  by  men  detailed  for  that  puritose. 

The  huts  should  bt;  swept  at  least  once  a  day,  and  the  offal  should  be  removed  from  the 
inclosed  sptujes  in  front  at  least  twice  a  day.  The  feed  vessels  (metallic)  must  be  scrubbed  daily 
and  be  constantly  kept  clean;  after  use  they  are  to  be  removed  from  the  kennel. 

The  water  supply  should  be  renewed  and  maintained  in  a  pure  and  fresh  state. 

78.  Diseased  dogs,  with  external  or  internal  disease,  should  be  removed  from'  the  healthy  dogs 
as  soon  as  possible  and  placed  in  the  sick  kennel.  In  their  treatment,  where  exi)erience  is  insufU- 
(^ient,  good  text- books  are  indispensable;  if  necessary,  the  veterinarian  should  be  consulted. 

79.  Care  should  be  taken  that  as  far  as  possible  only  males  be  trained  as  war  dogs.  It  is 
forbidden  to  castrate  them. 

Von  Schweiniohem, 
Injector  of  the  RifUnt  and  Chasteura. 
Berlin,  May  31, 1893. 


Kifle  Battalion. 
Company. 


Appendix  1. 


DMcripM)    IM  of  a  war  dog.* 


Name. 

Breed. 

Descent. 

Age  (year 

and 

mouth  of 

birth). 

Bought 

or  home 

bred. 

Beginning 

Conductor  of  dog. 

CawH  of 
Bicknetis. 

Kemarka. 

of 
training. 

Name  of 
conductor. 

From; 
until. 

■  This  description  to  be  entered  at  the  beginning  of  the  daily  record. 


'  ,^iimmi^tma^msm'' 


126 


Appkndix  2. 
Sample  of  dallif  ncord. 


Yeur,  month,  «lay. 

Kind  iif  work. 

Ki-markH  of  ooiuluotor. 

KomarkH  of  wiiper- 
inteuding  officer. 

iwe. 

7. 
14, ».  III. 

14,  p.  Dl. 
4. 
3,  K.  m. 

4. 
6 

4. 
6 

HentlinKdoK  hwV  from 
UHHiatuiit  to   ooii- 
duotor. 

do 

I'riM^tioe  <>n  route  to  target 
ground.  Bent  dog  away 
with  auiMtant;  dog  could 
not  lee  me;  arrived  at  a 
rapid  gait. 

Practice  repeated. 

Fetebea  glove  willingly  and 
given  it  up  readily. 

Dog  apparently  sick    Hince 
laat  nigbt;  have  kept  him 
in  room. 

Found  it  to  be  diiteniper; 
have  put  bini  in  aiok  kennel. 
(State  medicines  given.) 

Training  in  room,  re- 
trieving. 

No  iiractice 

•^esr 


'"~3^WiMB* 


-^^mmmimiimmm 


1 


Laying  Ahead  and  its  Simplification. 

[Kcail  ut  l.ycmiiii,  Fort  Smii  lloiwUiii,  T«x.,  IHwciiibor  12,  18115;  lorwanlwl  lor  |iiibliuutl»ii,  iiiitlor  Pttraurapli  II, 

Oenerul  OrilorH  Su.  5x,  8urioH  of  18U5.J 


Part  1. 


This  iiA\m-  dealM  almost  oxclusivoly  with  mutters  pertaining  to  lieuvy  j?iin8,  and  incidentally 

to  fluid  artillery. 

Before  beginning,  I  shall  «!all  attention  to  one  material  difference  between  the  heavy  artillery 

and  the  other  arms  of  the  service. 

The  infantry,  cavalry,  and  field  artillery  strive  to  meet  and  keep  in  touch  with  the  enemy, 
always  anticipating  an  encounter.    By  skirmishes  and  combats  they  lead  up  to  a  great  battle. 

Not  so  the  heavy  artillery.  Tlieirs  is  a  waiting  r61e.  They  can  not  seek  oat  the  enemy  and 
attack  him.    Thus  days,  or  weeks,  or.  even  months  may  pass  with  no  sign  of  actual  hostilities  in 

u  seacoast  fort. 

Suddenly,  however,  in  a  day  or  night,  or  even  a  few  hours,  the  crisis  arrives.  There  is  no 
skirmishing  to  test  our  inetluMls  and  organization.    There  is  complete  quiet  or  vigorous  iighting. 

At  times,  a  day  or  so  may  be  of  no  special  importance;  at  others,  the  very  minutes  count. 

With  this  condition  understood,  I  wish  to  call  attention  to  the  possible  simplification  of 
certain  of  our  methods,  whereby  some  of  the  work  now  retinired  to  be  done  in  the  heat  of  battle 
may  be  i)erformed  beforehand,  when  time  is  of  no  special  value. 

The  first  suggestion  is  the  adoption  of  the  decimal  system  in  all  problems  of  gunnery. 

First,  I  would  use  but  one  unit  for  circular  measure,  viz,  degrees  and  hundredths.  The 
hundredth  of  a  degree  is  greater  than  a  second,  but  is  as  small  an  arc  as  is  usually  rea<l  in 
gunnery,  and  if  it  is  necessary  we  can  read  to  thousandths. 

This  changes  a  table  long  established,  and  for  that  reason  may  be  ill-advised,  but  the  following 
deviations  from  the  decimal  scale  seem  to  have  been  made  arbitrarily,  without  the  sanction  of 
general  use  or  sound  reason. 

The  first  I  note  is  the  ratio  of  the  value  of  one  point  to  the  range  in  the  case  of  the  field  gun. 

This  ratio  is  1  to  345;  a  more  unwieldable  fraction  is  difficult  of  conception. 

With  the  heavy  guns  this  ratio  is  simple,  being  1  to  1,000. 

The  next  curious  condition  to  be  noted  is  that  all  times  of  flight  of  projectiles  are  given,  as 
they  should  be,  in  seconds  and  tenths,  while  the  fuse  scale  on  the  3.2-inch  projectiles  is  expressed 
in  seconds  and  sixth  of  seconds. 

I  imagine  a  gunner,  in  the  heat  of  battle,  straggling  with  the  division  of  his  range-;-8ay  2,750 
yards,  by  the  factor  346— to  find  out  how  many  points  he  must  set  off  to  hit  the  target;  or  when 
his  range  table  gives  the  time  of  flight— say  6.7  seconds— think  of  his  mental  gymnastics  in 
figuring  at  how  many  holes  beyond  the  Osecond  mark  he  must  punch— in  short,  how  many  sixths 
there  are  in  seven-tenths.  ^ 


» 


■-i«S!5fjassrr- 


I 


128 

Till)  ruDiilt  Ih  not  difllciilt  to  t'oruH«e.  Tliu  RUiiiior  will  ifUUHH  iit  tliu  fiiHe  t'UttiiiK  uihI»  in  uiining, 
will  *Miolil  otV"  tliu  turgvt;  uucli  of  whivU  ih  IhmI  t;iiiiiiury. 

It  iiiuy  Ik)  U^Ht  to  rutuiii  curtain  HiibdiviHioiiH  ol'  iiiiitH  wliicli  uro  well  eHtubliHlied  by  Ioiik  iih«s 
but  when  wo  t'urtlior  Hubdividu  tliu  lowust  guuumlly  rucogiiizud  unit,  uh,  lor  iuMtunue,  tliu  Hucoud, 
by  ull  inouiiH  lut  uh  liiivu  tbu  duoimad. 

liUt  UM  now  tuku  up  tliu  Miibjuct  of  tbu  Mimpliticution  of  niotbodH  for  "laying  aboad/' 

Laying  aliuod  iiiuauM  ho  direrting  and  tiring  tlio  gun  tbut  itN  projuctilu  and  tbe  moving  target 
will  inuut  at  tbu  uoniinon  point  of  tliuir  ruM|ieutivu  patliH. 

It  will  be  eaHy  unongli  to  Htrike  o  target  if  it  remain  stationary,  but  if  it  Ih  inoving  two  iiuw 
ronditioiiM  are  iiiipoMud,  (1)  tbu  (irediction  of  the  turget'H  |ioMition  at  a  Huluctud  u|MH;b;  (2)  tbe 
laying  of  the  picru  proiierly  and  tbe  tiring  it  at  tbu  profier  tiniu. 

Tbu  ItrHt  COIII08  under  tbu  bead  of  range  and  ]Hmitioii  lliiding,  not  diHuuMHed  liure.  Hiifllce  it  to 
Huy  that  a  target's  position  can  be  predicted  witb  HutHciunt  aucuracy  one  minute  aliuad,  tbnt  Ih,  at 
niinutit  intervals. 

Tbe  Mecoiid  eondition  requiroH  a  inetbod  for  obtaining  data  batted  on  tbu  predicted  iiosition  and 
of  applying  tbuiii  (|uickly  in  laying  tbe  gun. 

The  iitH'eHHary  data  may  be  classed  as  (A)  [lurraanent  data  and  (!()  oiiiergency  data. 

A.  Permanent  data  comprise  an  m-curatu  range  table,  giving,  for  normal  conditions,  elevation, 
drift,  uil'uct  of  wind,  iMttb  longitudinal  and  lateral,  effect  of  variatioiM  from  normal  tbermomuter 
and  baroiiietur,  and  tbe  value  at  different  ranges  of  one  scale  unit  of  elevation  and  deduction, 
expressed  in  yards. 

B.  Kmcrguncy  data,  duiiending  on  tbe  range,  etc.,  can  only  be  bad  at  tbe  time  of  flriiig,  and 
comprise : 

1.  The  force  and  dirootioii  of  tbe  wind  and  tbe  readings  of  tburmonietor  and  barometer  and 
their  combined  effect  on  elevation  for  the  predicted  range. 

2.  Tbe  cross  displacement  of  tbu  target  during  tbe  firing  interval  and  tllglit  of  projoctilu; 
tbu  uO'ect  of  the  lateral  component  of  the  wind  and  the  drift  for  tbe  predicted  range,  and  the 
combined  effect  of  the  two  on  the  laying  ahead. 

It  >s  seen  that  all  tbe  data  termed  emergency  involve  range,  while  the  prediction  of  tlic  r)iii$;o 
is  the  work  of  the  range  and  iiositiou-finding  department,  and  must  be  made  before  tbe  giiiiner 
can  begin  his  calculations. 

Unless  the  channels  of  the  harbor  restrict  the  movements  of  a  warship  to  a  known  course,  it 
will  scarcely  lie  safe  to  predict  a  iiosition  more  than  two  minntcis  ahead ;  but  this  is  very  sliort 
when  we  consider  how  much  has  to  be  done  in  the  iuterval  elapsing  between  the  prediction  and 
the  tiring  of  the  gun. 

Briefly  this  work  is  as  follows: 

Observing  tbe  target;  reading  the  angles;  sending  in  the  angles  to  the  plotting  station; 
plotting  the  observed  position;  predicting  and  plotting  the  next  position.  So  much  for  tbe  range 
Anders,  now  for  the  gunners. 

1.  Wind;  its  velocity  and  direction  is  determined;  the  velocity  divided  into  longitudinal  and 
lateral  components  and  each  multiplied  by  its  oorresirandiug  factor  from  the  range  table;  then 
these  results  set  down  as  positive  or  negative  variations  in  range  and  deflection,  respectively. 

2.  The  barometer  and  thermometer;  each  read  beforehand  with  respect  to  any  variation  from 
normal,  and  these  variations  each  multiplied,  respectively,  by  its  owu  factor,  from  the  range  table, 
give  variations,  positive  or  negative,  in  range. 

3.  The  total  cross  displacement  of  the  target  for  the  plotting  interval  is  divided  by  that 
interval,  expressed  in  seconds,  and  the  result  multiplied  by  the  time  of  flight  of  the  shot  plus  the 
firing  iuterval,  both  in  seconds.  The  result,  positive  or  negative,  is  the  number  of  yards  ahead 
that  the  piece  must  be  laid  for  that  course. 


i^sn^^^^^si^iMs^^^i^^^ssssssj^ss^ 


129 

4.  Tli«)  <lrilt.  lor  tli«  pmllctiMl  ruiiK«  Ih  Ukeii  ftom  thu  tublu. 

5.  (!oiiiliiii«  ulK«bi«lr»IIy  till  tli«  a»M>v«  iiutetl  vuHtttioiiH  in  i»iiiK«  iuhI  <IIvI«I«i  tlio  rtwilt  by  tli« 
uunibwr  of  yjinh  wlilrli  iit  tliut  iuiik«  coiroHpoml  Ut  oii«  iiiiiiuti^  of  oKiviUion.  Tim  reHult  Ih  tiiu 
correction  to  upply  to  tliu  noriiiiil  e!<'Vutioii. 

0.  AiUl  rtl««hriiirally  all  tliu  dlMpliwonient  rt-HiiltK  notrd  uIk»v«  uikI  divide  by  tli«  nunilKjr  of 
yardH  \vlii«li,  at  tliat  laiiKts  commijond  to  on«  point  of  d«ll«^tion.     Sot  off  tlicDO  |M>lntH  on  th« 

Might.  ,     >.,       .       1 

7.  Wight  on  tho  target  and  folhiw  It  till  t  Im  projMT  inti-rval  han  ulapMNl,  th«n  Hre  tlio  piece.' 
(in  tho  blm!kboard  will  be  Meeu  the  caleulatltinH  jUHt  cnunierattHl  and  the  «lata  on  which  they 

are  based. 

KjctimpU  on  blackhuard. 

I'rvviuuMly  lU'tiTiiiiiifil  ilntu: 

■Whui  '_*B  111  lies  jiur  hour. 

KlrliiK  iiitcrvnl :»  hccoimU. 

Httrometor 29.6  " -0.6"  below  nonnttl. 

Th..riiioiiiotor 1)0       ar  al.ov«  ii»ruial. 

Dlroctioiiof  tttrKftuiotiou '•'•  t"  «•'«••*• 

KiiKTKOiU'y  «l"t'*  ■ 

UuiiKc,  preili<t.Hl IVHW yunb. 

Wind,  ilircctloii  t<«  lint)  «>f  lire , >*  o'clock. 

C'ro»t8di»iiliM:uiiieiit  of  turgot  i»er  mlniito 150  yariljt, 

I'aliH  alion. 

[Uiiikiiiim  iiml  Wlilitlur  Iwltlen  for  tlie  H"  M   I,.  K.| 

VartU. 

VVin.l ■• 25  '  v0.5by2.2:»  — 28 

IJuroiiieltir - 5  liy  2    4-11 

TlieriiioineUjr    !«)  by  1    .    -  37^ 

Totttl ^ 

YunlH  to  the  minute  of  clovHtlon ^      II' oJev»ti«ii 

Diltlilituuiiuint: 

;Vind 25  by  0.81  by  0.81 --17 

Drift * 

!60 

Turret  «li8itltt<  eiiient  (iioiiiiul) — -  (7.71+8)  —  37 

60  — 

Totttl ^ 

YanU  correni»oiMluig  to  out)  poiut 3  —  17  points  left. 

Pabt  II. 

The  foregoing  clearly  hIiows  that  in  quick  firing  there  are  two  alternatives: 

1.  To  apply  all  the  rettneineuts  of  liiyio"  as  indicated  above,  with  a  gain  in  rtccuriHiy  and  loss 

in  time. 

2.  To  omit  some  or  all  of  these  retliiemenis  with  a  loss  iii  accurmy  and  a  gain  •■<  tune. 

Our  object  is  evidently  to  gain  all  accuracy  pos.Hible  with  a  luiiiinium  loss  of  time.  This  will 
be  attained  if  any  system  be  adopted  b  /  vhich  the  calculations  above  uientioiied  may  be  .shortened. 

It  is  with  the  ideaof  simplifyiif?  ihese  calculations  that  I  submit  the  following  suggestions  as 
to  normal  range  tables,  aud  also  my  scales  as  time  savers : 

•  In  indirect  Hre  these  v  .lues  will  not  be  set  off  ou  the  sight.  Wbi.tever  nietho«l  Is  used,  two  readings,  one  ftw 
elevation  and  one  for  azinmth,  must  be  set  off  8..inewhere,  and  whenever  this  is  done  tlie  above  corrections  will  be 
ai>plied. 

158-18  M  8 9 


i 


130 

I  suggest  that  for  rapid  work  tliere  shoald  not  be  one  range  table  with  factors,  etc.,  for  correc- 
tions, but  tables  actually  made  out  aiul  printed  for  the  following  causes  of  variation: 

1.  Change  in  1.  Y.,  if  this  is  liable  to  be  sufficient  to  make  it  desirable. 

2.  Change  in  relative  altitudes  of  gun  and  target  if  the  tidal  change  amounts  to  enough  to 
make  a  practical  dift'ereuce. 

3.  For  dilference  in  weight  of  shot. 
The  shot  may  be  grouped  us  to  Aveight. 

(It  seems  that  the  variation  in  weight  of  the  shot  for  the  8"  M.  L.  11.  from  the  standard  is 
greater  than  the  necessities  of  careful  casting  re*iuire.) 

4.  tTump  must  be  included  in  all  normal  range  tables. 

All  these  tables  may  be  i>repared  beforehand  and  each  plainly  marked,  so  that  when  the  con- 
ditions involved  are  known  the  proper  table  can  be  immediately  tiikeu  up. 

The  appearance  of  Whistler's  Graphic  Chart  marked  au  era  in  our  gunnery,  and  it  is  most 
excellent  for  target  practice  when  time  is  plentiful.  But  under  fire  we  must  drop  all  methods  that 
re<|uire  any  calculations  based  on  emergency  data  that  are  more  complicated  thar.  simple  addition, 
because  there  will  be  neither  time  nor  coolness  for  their  performance. 

For  this  reason  I  suggest  a  number  of  normal  tables  for  the  several  conditions  of  firing  or 
variations  in  the  permanent  data. 

So  much  for  the  preparation  of  tables  which  will  require  the  exi)endltare  of  much  time  before- 
hand, when  it  is  of  no  importance  and  which  will  save  time  to  the  artillerist  under  Are  when  time 
may  be  synonymous  with  life  and  success. 

Having  these  normal  tables  to  start  with,  I  submit  a  system  of  scales,  planned  by  me,  to 
greatly  shorten  the  work  of  applying  corrections  for  variations  due  to  changes  in  the  emergency 
data. 

In  their  use  no  calculation  more  complicated  than  simple  addition  is  required.  The  scales  are 
set  from  data  sent  in  and  the  results  are  read  off  in  such  units  as  minutes  and  jwints  which  are 
adapted  to  immediate  application  in  laying  the  guns. 

As  models  accompany  this  paper  no  description  of  the  scales  is  necessary,  and  I  give  instead 
directions  for  setting  up  and  using  the  models. 

ATMOSPHERIC  SCALE. 

This  is  for  use  with  thermometer  and  barometer.    (See  models  Nos.  4  and  4'.) ' 

These  two  forms  are  practically  the  same  and  one  or  the  other  may  be  used  ac«iording  to  the 
relative  rapidity  of  use  developed  by  practice. 

To  use  No.  4  turn  the  index  arm  to  the  range  marked  on  outer  circle.  Find  on  the  arm  the 
reading  from  the  thermometer.  Proj-jt,  by  eye,  this  point  on  the  nearest  horizontal  line  marked 
off  as  a  scale  and  read  from  the  (block  figured)  scale  the  A  <p  for  that  instrument. 

Do  similarly  for  barometer,  using  the  red  scale. 

To  use  No.  4'  use  the  intersections  of  the  radial  range  lines  and  circles  of  instrumental 
reading  instead  of  the  index  arm. 


WIND  DEFLECTION  AND  DRIFT  SCALE— WIND-ACCELERATION  SCALE. 

These  two  have  been  combined  into  one  model.    (See  Nos.  1  and  0.) 

If  in  use  it  is  found  better  to  do  so  these  two  npiay  be  separated  and  operated  by  one  person 
at  each. 

The  setting  up  of  this  laodel  will  be  explained  below. 


131 

To  read  this  combination  scale  the  inner  part,  No.  1,  is  oriented  till  the  arrowhead,  near  the 
word  ''Points"  on  the  scale,  is  directed  toward  the  target,  the  observer,  fticing  also  toward  the 
target,  has  the  scale  in  front  of  hiin. 

The  index  arm  ia  set  on  the  outer  part  (No.  6)  at  the  given  ''oVlock"  or  comix>nent,  according 
as  the  one  or  the  other  system  is  used  at  the  wind  vane,  and  the  velocity  of  the  wind  from  the 
anemometer  is  found  in  this  arm.    Then — 

(a)  For  deflection,  project  this  point  of  the  arm  vertically  on  that  horizontal  chord  of  the 
circle  which  is  marked  with  the  given  range,  liefer  this  projection  to  the  carved  lines  of  iioints, 
and  read  the  resulting  i>oints  of  deflection  due  to  wind  and  drift. 

(h)  For  A  tp,  proceed  similarly  by  projecting  the  point  of  the  index  arm  horizontally  on  that 
vertical  chord  marked  with  the  given  range,  and  read  from  the  carved  lines  of  minutes  the  A  tp 
for  wind. 

If  use  develops  the  fact  that  interpolations  by  eye  are  not  accurate  enough  or  consume  too 
much  time,  additional  lines  may  be  put  on  the  scales. 

TABQEX  DISPLACEMENT  SCALE.' 

This  scale  measures  in  points  the  amount  of  cross  displacement  (normal  to  the  line  of  fire)  of 
the  target  during  the  ilring  interval  and  flight  of  the  projectile;  the  measurement  is  based  on  the 
cross  displacement  of  the  target  during  the  plotting  interval,  taken  here  as  one  minute  of  time. 

The  use  of  this  scale  presupposec  the  plotting  of  the  target's  position  at  fixed  intervals  (one 
minute  for  this  scale)  and  the  prediction  of  its  position  for  the  next  epoch.  It  matters  not  how 
this  is  done  or  what  system  is  used  provided  simply  that  the  points  are  plotted  on  a  sheet  where 
also  the  firing  point  is  plotted. 

Having  plotted  the  ''last"  and  the" predicted"  positions  of  the  target,  measure  the  range  to 
the  predicted  position.  Pass  the  right  edge  of  the  range  ruler  through  the  left-hand  one  of  these 
plotted  iioints.  Apply  the  left  edge  of  the  scale  to  the  right  edge  of  the  ruler  and  slide  it  along 
until  the  right-hand  one  of  these  plotted  points  is  seen  (through  the  scale)  to  fall  on  the  proper 
range  line  (given  or  interiHjIated  by  eye  or  by  the  addition  of  other  lines  to  the  scale).  Refer  this 
last-mentioned  point,  seen  through  the  scale,  to  the  curved  lines  of  points,  and  read  the  result  in 
points. 

If  the  range  ruler  be  so  constructed  that  its  left  edge  produced  is  the  one  that  passes  through 
the  center  of  motion,  then  in  the  foregoing  substitute  the  word  "left"  for  "right"  and  "right"  for 
"left." 

If  both  edges  prolonged  pass  through  the  center  of  motion,  then  in  all  cases  use  the  scale  by 
passing  the  edge  of  the  ruler  throug'a  the  "predicted"  jiosition,  and  apply  the  scale  on  the  left  or 
right  according  as  the  target  motion  is  from  right  to  left  or  the  reverse.  When  the  scal«)  is 
applied  to  the  left  edge  of  the  ruler,  it  will  be  face  down,  and  the  figures  and  letters  reversed,  but 
this  is  of  no  material  difference. 

To  set  up  and  operate  the  wind  deflection  and  drift  and  wind  acceleration  scale,  the  condition 
must  be  known ;  there  are  two  distinct  cases. 

1.  Suppose  a  central  wind  clock  and  anemometer  for  all  or  a  number  of  groups  of  guns,  and 
the  data  therefrom  sent  in  referred  to  the  directing  (XII  to  YI  o'clock)  line  of  the  clock. 

Set  up  permanently  the  outer  part  of  the  scale  (marked  No.  (i)  with  its  directing  line  (XII  to 
YI  o'clock)  parallel  with  that  of  the  central  clock.    Then — 

(a)  If  the  gun  is  to  be  laid  by  azimuth  (target  not  visible),  as  by  the  Baft'erty  relocator  or 
otherwise,  we  orient  the  inner  part  of  the  scale  (marked  No.  1)  to  the  given  azimuth  by  means  of 
the  grndnations  on  the  inner  edge  of  No.  6  and  the  outer  edge  of  No.  1.    The  directing  line  of 


h 


'  To  be  engraved  uu  horn  or  some  transparent  material. 


132 


No.  1  (arrowhead)  will  tbnii  be  parallel  with  the  Hue  of  tire.  The  index  arm  is  set  by  the  grsida- 
atioim  ou  No.  6,  and  the  readiuj;  is  made  as  before  explained. 

This  scale  itresuppoHes  that  the  directing  lines  ol'  the  central  clock  and  central  range  finding 
system  are  parallel.    If  this  is  not  the  ease  the  grutUiations  will  be  changed  to  suit. 

(6)  For  barbette  firing  the  outer  part  (No.  6)  is  set  up  and  the  index  arm  oriented  as  before 
(case  a).  The  inner  part  (No.  1)  is  now  oriented  by  sighting  its  directing  line  ou  the  target,  and 
the  reading  is  as  betbre. 

2.  Suppose  each  gun  or  group  of  guns  has  its  own  wind  vane  or  clock. 

The  outer  part  (No.  (i)  is  fixed  iiermauently  as  the  dial  of  the  clock,  and  a  itointer,  traveling 
over  its  face,  takes  the  place  of  the  index  arm,  being  graduated  like  it. 

The  directing  line  is  parallel  with  that  (»f  the  range  finder,  or  the  graduations  changed  to  suit. 
Then  the  inner  part  (No.  1)  is  oriented  on  the  target  (a)  in  indirect  fire  by  setting  ott'  the  azimuth 
as  in  case  1,  (6)  in  direct  fire  by  sighting  on  the  target.    The  reading  is  as  before. 

BBMABKS. 

There  are  some  inherent  errors  in  the  urn;  of  these  scales,  but  it  is  believed  that  they  are  well 
within  the  limits  of  accuracy  in  laying. 

These  scales  give  correctious  based  on  a  mean  normal  table. 

When  this  mean  normal  is  not  the  table  used,  the  scale  corrections  will  be  a  little  off,  but  still 
practically  correct,  being  incorrect  by  a  variation  of  a  variation. 


MODELH. 

These  are  rough,  and  many  improvements  can  be  made  as  to  material  and  workmanship  and 
lM>ssibly  in  the  construction  of  the  scales,  but  the  idea  of  presenting  results,  obtained  graphically 
and  expressed  in  the  final  units  required  in  laying,  will  remain  as  the  ruling  principle. 

These  models  were  made  by  me  without  special  facilities  or  material,  but  I  think  they  are 
suited  to  a  practical  explanation  of  uiy  ideas,  and  may  even  be  used  in  a  test. 

Accompanying  scale  No.  5  there  is  a  section  of  a  plotting  sheet  with  two  examples  in  the  use 
of  the  scale  worked  out. 

Henev  C.  Davis, 
First  Lieutenant,  Third  Artillery. 


I 


grsula- 

Qnding 

betbro 
et,  and 

ivuliiig 

to  suit. 
Kimuth 


re  well 


ut  still 


lip  aud 
itically 

tiey  are 

blie  nse 

llery. 


DiRCCTiONS.    The  indcK  arm  points  into  the  wind.   The  cent* 
of  fire.    From  the  anemometer  record^  eelect  the  corree^ 

for  Foinie. 

Foilow  the  vertical  line  through  this  point  on 

the  index  arm  till  it  intersects  the 

Range  Lines.   This  intersection  re 
red  to  the  curved  lines  of  points 
gives  the  required  num  ber  of 

points . 


Left. 

"IS  J2    n    to    •     §    7   e    i 


At  tw  sw  w  ^  am'  tmm'  Mmr.m  mrmmwmmw  mmw  mm\ 


±fflt:*±^# 


'  AimriPt  mm  '^m  Mr.  ^  mm<^.  »mrs'tmr,ummAmmr.mum-MU\ 
WAWAMnrtM^ 'Amt 

rAfkAW.9:Am'MWtmw9'Amnr^mmi.r.m\ 


y^mynAi¥]\]i\\\i\\ 


ni^^ 


■4m  dw  r.^  mm  rar.mP'A'imm'AnmmK.mw  uw.mmmw  mmmm'A\ 
m'A''.  dmfim-ma  Mr.mr  mm.dmmw^mmfi9  mmmmAmur»rim\ 


m$uiimii':iii 


fe^ 


..o 


0 

I 


•  .'^■^*-  •■■.'^■■^■i'* 


I  i  fTJAl  I  1 1 


"tLHJ^wMftiLrnfil  rrNJ  i  HI  m 


■  t^t:  iHk'k:v'BB  >:^BftHk:«A«B'^aaiik'BBBk«aBBk^i 

K'^Bl»C«AIB?BkBh:«<iaB:^kiaBw'^BaBk.''BaBkBBBB^ 

»^%'aolk:'Bk1k^.__<•■ll^'■aBc  ■aa:^Bia.'<<BBBviBaak 

^  Bilk. 'V.I  kh.^B&  .'«Bl''k,«k  flw'BBBw'BB»1BBk.''BBflk'^BI 

\«."%a  \^-aiv-i-iik'iBfe.iaBk,vaBk.'<aak.'aaaiiBaiL'i 


^1  I  w^  I  1^  I  1  Ivl 


I    in   i    I    M 


V'V«.!ri2'Sa"Bk"SB"i%"aa'Sa"BB'i 


li;ilNPN^>lllJlNlNl\IP 


k.      ^  "  M^B  ^    ■  H  m   ■  ■  k    ■  ^1  k~S  ^1  k^H  ^S  kl  H  V   «H  ■ 


nnd.   The  centra/ vertica/  line  of  the  in* 
feci  the  corresponding  wind  velocity  oni 


poncntJ  of  WIAJ" 
o  I    • 


^c/e  must  he  parallel  with  the  line 
^ndex  arm .       Then  — 

for  A  (p 

Follow  the  horizontal  line  through  this 
point  on  the  index  arm  till  it  inter- 
sects the  vertical  Range  Link  (  of 
the  given  range.)   This  intersection 
referred  to  the  curved  lines  of 
minuies    will  give  the   ne- 
quired  A^  in  minutes. 


Points. 

4 

■_■■_■_■■■■■  f_\^_.  *■■?■■  ?  ' 


Left. 

M>      •        #       7     <t       A 


r«    4 


/      ill 

aiiraii 
'     ai  ■■■■■■nai  a>ikVN 


laaaiiakiBaiMaaa.fk  ««k\ 

ikiaaiftaifaiia\'afc\iraviiAv\ 

fltaBiiaiftarB^\iB\aiivvikii:\ 

.  <aiiaiiaiiBia«tiia>iiiLiak'iaa.\ 

jaii^ataiak^a^ia\at^%B.ik  B.^i 

iBai'B.liak^Bl^BklBVB.IBiia^'B^k^k'' 


Jtli1BBaBBBBlBilBk^ilBBA«.lB^k.'<k.''a 
Bt^t  BBaVBilBk  Bitaa.^  lB^k.%BB^a^^ 


■  k^rBBBk'ak'BBk-Bk^BBkBaOBkBBkri 


1^ 


i^^BBaaBB>>^BBBBB:BBBBI>.^^B.'^aa>.''« 

s 

r 

s 

s 

L 

k 

'  ^ 

^ 

L 

k  <- 

s 

^ 

h 

1 

s 

s  " 

n> 

h 

!i 

s 

^ 

AV  «■ 

'  ^ 

1      r      T: 

" 

' 

■■ 

5  " 

"" 

" 

—  BBBBll 


IBB     Bl 


lb  4BBak  )i 

B  'BBB 
Bm  BBBBA  ' 

■  ■■■»>  lafll 


i»:^a«aft^aaBak.'<aaBak'a:  '  -      --  rBBaaaaB  iBBaar  v  aaarar Bar  a'iaar  4Br■r«■^ 

IBB.:<UaBB<<IBaBav'^aBBB.tBaBBk  BBBBlBBBBBBBBBiriBBBia'iaB4rBBPJBB4r  jb^B 
IBBBk.BBBB^BBBB,fBBBBBBBBBlBBBIBBBBBBBBVBBBBr,BrBB'ia'iB».iBBrir'iBrflB 

I'^BBB  .^BBak^BBB^BBBBiiaaaBtiaBaiiBBBiBBBBr  vaaa  MM'tuw  mw  mmAtimw  r  9  mw4'^  d 

l•:^aai<CBBak«aBaoBBa■lBaaBl'BaallBBalBaaa>JriBBvaBB■'ia'iarp,■Br'l•'iB'i^^fl 
iaB..'^Baak,'<BBaik  BBBB^BBi     ■"'  r"  'laBB  aaa  18888  i«B8'<8riar  arara^av^var'^r  ar. 

BaB..'^B1B.'^BaB.lBBBkai|aaBariBi«BBBBBBI  BBBB  f  BBB  J  8  JB'iB 'iB'iV.aa'.B'iB' .Bira 
I  :BBB.^k1BB'<IBBB^aBa.liaBk1BBBI*BBBIBBiaBBBriBBtBr  BVaB  ar  B'iBf  BBBB  B^B  iP 
li'k:BBB'  BakBBBkBBaiBaBBBBBBBBB^IBBiaBBI  IBBI  B  JBr.BfiB'iV  BB  iBfiBiBBr  .<'i 

iBBk>'aBa^BBk.''BBBkiaaBik^aBB  laaa  ibbiibbibbbi  aaanvBiAa  jvariap  «B«r,a'iB  ^r.a 
:«.iak'aBkaaak^BBaBaBB^  '~^"  r-  nnaBiaaaBaai  aaa  iriBvata'iBBB/.ar^B/.Bar^B  jr, 

!^VBi.'BB^BBB^BBi:BBBkmaB-BBiBBBBaiBBBIiBBBIJBf,BriBarBr  iiiNjr.ra 


K^akk^aakBBBBBftaBBiBaBaaBVBanaBkiaBiBBiiBBBaBBBrjaarar  4B/a<'//B y 

IB:^BBk<>BBk^BBk  BBk'BakBi   '        '  P      IBA  BBI  BBIiaBl  IBBV  BBI  B  IBB  4B  /  BV  NBV'i  J 'X 
B.'^BB^BB,iaa^a.rftBBBiBBBBIIBBI>BBF.BBIBaffBBB/<Briirr  BV 


e 


llM[KfKlil[M.lillMlllllllllflllliro 


■ff  BBB/'Br/irrB' 


If  If  sw  9  J  am'  tmm'  MMKm  mr.mmr.mmw  m^^ 

mr<im'-Miim'^am'^'tmr.mfr.mmmsmm4mwA 


^mmtm^-,ir-v- 


rAtAwm^m^P^uww'^mfir^mmf.rmmw^mmm'dumwM 


1/1  I  I/I 


\-4m  dw  r  0  aw  r^f.mp  4' A  mm'^ummr.mwmwmuuwMmi 
m'jrMmnwtmm* 


,maur  '^■■'Jp^ariH^aHH/^HBariaHHi 


rgKTLWT 


r^avjr  iia  j«r:>'iiaH':iBianf  ^■■'^■■■■r.fi 


l>fH/l>fil  llJill 


r^tfBv  -'^.n^iBHr  ^■■■rridaaar'^tfBBHar^aBaB 


^■■ir«BB''i^       "     -  -  '     '  ^^ 


^ 


l«ka.^%aa>:«ife:'gBA^aBB:aaa.^HBa^»aa^a 
i'a^i%».^ak^k "^la  :«B.i.;7aak'k:BBB>  BBkaaak'i 
■  .^^^.^&^\a».'^ak'K'«kak:BBaw''aB»^BBk'BaBk^ 


MsXlMl 


\   -^t  WVBks^VBw'  BB:'BB.'^Bai.^BBk'>Bak.'aBk 


V  ^.^awuBk^Bi^ia  WBk%'BaaBftaBEai 


k'aBk,^aBk^BBklBa.lBB^ 


iaSra«"iSSr(iSraS7H57flii'iii'iiirjiifiiaiv 

•(    1:1:  '.]■  aaauaB  f 


=^$^?i?:i;:=?S!!t:? 


trs'imr.mmwAmmr.mmmdmmwm 

mmmKmmw  jmmwmmmrmmurm 
r.r. 


mtimmmammit 


--mlim^zmi 


mmuwmmmwdmmnfsmmmw  «  11   ; 


■  ■■■k1B«k<Bk\tlB.ia«  ^B^N 

«BBBI*Bt1BBiMBaB>ia  «Bk\ 

ii^BaiBarBi«B\<Bli\irBV'k^lv> 

BtaBl1BllBrBi\lB\B«kV\BiV    ^ 

<BM.«BPBi1BlBBr.1BLl.^k1»k^aB.\ 

JB  tl'Bt  Bl  Bk^BvVBV  Bi  lk%  B  «w  B.1B, 

iBBIIB.IBklBi^BklBia  ^Bk^B '' Blk  ^W 
.IBBlflrBiBABaai^BkBBBBBk'B^^ 


aHiBBBBB.VBk  B^BBl  ^Bk  k'k  BB/tB.^ 


9^3 

II 


iBBB:^B■kU'BBBkBBBBk^BBBBBBB■l'B■B11BBBI■BBBl|ri■BVBVBa'iB'iBrr,■B'/tf''iB'i^^B 

k.'^kiaB>.'^BaBk'<BaBk'BBBB.^aB(  '  r -  r~  ibbibbbibbbb  ■flBBriBfiar  BVBra«av4VBr^r  ar 


iw-aaak: 


BBi'^BBB^BBB^ 


SE-ii^iE 


ffiffi5S^:::5-*::?t:i::|::|::ffi|g»affi 


<  p    M  w  ^  >  ■  BMB  HM  ■  ■§  ■■■    H  ■  ^1   A  f  i  H  V  fl  V  H  ^iHAH/  HV  Vy  V  fl  f  J  H  j  la 


Mifflffil 


^.IBw^Bft  WBBkBBBaBaBBaiBBaBaaiaBllBBllBBIBBIIBBBaBBBriB  ir.Bri  JB#a  «'//.B 

i.^'BB.'^BBk.'^Bak^aak'BBk^Bakai.'r '  :'''r'  mat  BBfaaiiaaitBav  bbib  laa  jbi  aviaa'i'i  v 


±i!itMy±i|!t±si|t±t 


a    MO     0     »     7     s     ($     4-     a     * 


■  CO .  n«v*»4<iM0L,  •MMHanw  »  c 


■!< 

% 

■"" 

\i 

■ 

^ 

'\. 

" 

:". 

- 

k 

k, 

1. 1 

\ 

vj 

^ 

n 


I    ■ 


1  ^i 


'T 


I... 


-vm — GT 


-»a.i««i,!»i»He6S!fc  ;B««»«g<-i-.j'i»<»tjr<WP^"i*'-^t»>'fSj'!w-' 


QJ       Plotting  interval  -  SOaecs. 
J       Firing  interval'  3  aeca. 
Jg       One  Point '^1000  Range. 


\ 


I    li    li     ib   L«« 

P  pt  p,  Pt  PradietMl 

JBMiaipl*.-  Ut^batlMlMtplattad 

iwh«*  nder  aad  more  It  aloac 

» of  ralir  thnMRk  li  aid  apyljr 


StoTioNor  Pmiiw  BoAMk 

''}willi  ov^mlMM  iHUrvah  faMiPMn  I  Md  ^  ale. 


of  tM1|M.MdMttopNdlot«lpMMaii.    WKk 
M  batoN,  M>  that  p,  (alia  oMlar  ilM  l,aw-]rMtf  Nw. 


J^UtkacwTMl 


Ml    IIHIIIIIMIIHII" 


9N0P  PLorrawBOAM. 


•MM*  fM«i  to  JH=  1  jaO  TMti*- 

■la  la  piM*  Mrf  Nter  ib  to  tk»  cnrvMl ' 


I.    P^riRModfeof  ralMrthni^rtipiMMlholdnilM-lBptan.    nM«leftMl«Bo( 
HaH  of  th0  H»l*  Md  iMd  111  pointa.    A|siB  an—wo  IJUO  jrarda  to  pi.    Paaa 


TR 


adoi 
brou 
prin 
ther 

won 
owii 
uen 
mini 

p8y< 
thei 

com 
cam 
swa 
will 

seei 
evM 
but 
of  1 
avo 
itd 

am: 
for 

do< 


.     _.-^  -  A>y-T  -  J    ■jftffliPJWfcljyjl.tglg' 


17 


Smokeless  Powder:   Its  Influence  on  Tactics. 


TRANSLATED    FROM    THE    ORIGINAL    BY    PERMISSION    OF    CARLOS  VON   BANIIS,  COLONEL  OF 

ENGINEERS.  SPANISH  ARMY. 

[The  United  Service  Macazine— Eii|;laD<l.] 


INTRODITCTORY. 

Before  stodyirij?  the  inodiflcatioiis  which  may  be  introduced  into  the  science  of  tactics  by  the 
adoption  of  smokfless  powder,  certain  facts  concerning  the  psychology  of  the  battle  shoald  be 
brought  to  mind,  for  it  can  not  be  forgotten  that,  after  all,  man,  and  not  his  armament,  is  the 
principal  factor  in  war,  and  that  it  is  man  who  places  the  limit  on  the  forces  which  can  be  utilized 

therein. 

For  this  reason  ballistic  effects  can  never  exceed  the  limits  imposed  by  human  nature.  It 
would,  for  instance,  be  of  little  use  to  invent  a  small  arm  to  carry  to  a  distance  of  20  or  30  miles, 
owing  to  man's  iM)wer  of  vision  being  limited.  Mathematical  precision  can  not  put  an  end  to  the 
nervous  excitement  producetl  by  fatigue  and  danger;  rapidity'of  fire,  moreover,  has  limits  deter- 
mined by  the  exhaustion  which  it  causes  the  flrer. 

The  effects  produced  on  the  soldier  by  the  battle  are  of  two  kinds,  viz,  physiological  and 
psychological ;  and  these  are  so  intimately  connected  that  it  is  not  easy  to  define  the  limits  between 

them.  . 

There  is,  first,  the  nervous  excitement  caused  by  the  unpleasant  whistling  of  bullets.  This 
constantly  recalls  the  danger  present,  and,  even  supposing  that  projectiles  were  not  capable  of 
causing  death,  strong  excitement  would  still  result,  similar  to  that  produced  by  the  noise  of  a 
swarm  of  mosquitoes,  although  we  are  well  aware  that  the  bite  is  not  mortal.  And  this  result 
will  be  the  same  'whether  powder  is  or  is  not  smokeless. 

Then,  there  are  the  psychological  effects,  due  to  the  impressions  received  by  the  soldier  on 
seeing  his  comrades  falling  around  him.  Theso  it  is  (the  wounded)  who  are  unable  to  retreat;  an 
evident  prooi  that  those  who  do  (the  sound)  do  so,  not  from  being  comi)elled  by  a  material  reason, 
but  from  psychological  motives.  The  iuea  of  danger  will  at  times  take  such  absolute  iwjssession 
of  the  soldier's  mind  as  to  efface  all  else;  he  becomes  convinced  that  if  he  does  not  endeavor  to 
avoid  it,  he  will  die,  and  seeks  relief  in  the  proceeding  which  he  believes  to  be  the  best,  although 
it  does  not  always  prove  so — he  runs  away. 

Almost  all  tactical  writers  appear  to  forget  the  abnormal  condition  of  the  soldier,  in  action, 
and  yet,  without  taking  this  into  account,  battles  could  not  take  place;  for  if  it  did  not  dormify, 
for  the  time  being,  the  instinct  of  self-preservation,  all  would  fly  in  the  face  of  danger. 

If  we  desire  to  find  an  explanation  for  this  condition,  it  is  not  difficult  to  do  so.  A  man  who 
does  mechanical  work  does  so  at  the  expense  of  his  muscles.   The  oxygen  drawn  by  ais  blootl  gives 

133 


■— ^  -xsmmvm 


F~T 


134 


rise  to  cliemical  combinations  wbich  take  place  wlien  work  is  done  at  the  expense  of  liis  organic 
system,  in  coiisetiuence  of  wliich  lie  becomes  fatigued  and  feels  tlie  necessity  for  repairing  bis  forces, 
i.  e.,  for  nourisbment.  Eating  is  equivalent  to  adding  carbon  to  the  Are  of  a  steam  engine.  But 
the  soldier  who  fights  not  only  does  mechanical  work,  he  does  more.  A  workman  who,  for  example, 
strikes  blows  with  a  hammer,  performs  muscular  work,  but  during  the  process  he  can  allow  his 
thoughts  to  run  as  he  pleases.  Itut  supposing  that  he  has  to  strike  a  certain  number  of  blows  a 
minute — the  question  may  vary — then  he  must  fix  his  attention  on  counting  the  blows,  and  to  the 
muscular  work  is  added  the  mental ;  and  should  the  number  be  great,  the  emotion  produced  by 
the  desire  to  complete  the  task  and  the  fear  of  not  being  able  to  verify  it  gives  rise  to  a  nervous 
excitement  whi(;h  also  produces  work.  And  although  the  mental  and  nervous  work  can  not,  like 
the  muscular,  be  measured,  they  do  not  for  that  reason  cease  to  exist  and  to  be  felt.  Everyone 
knows  how  excessive  mental  labor  wastes  the  system.  To  this  cause  of  excitement  must  be  added 
the  fatigue  produced  by  marching  and  remaining  on  foot  for  a  considerable  time,  and  the  weakness 
resulting  from  want  of  nourishment  if  the  combat  is  prolonged. 

As  a  conse<iuence  of  this  abnormal  state  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is  interfered  witli,  giving 
rise  t4)  cerebral  congestion,  the  senses  do  not  act  with  regularity,  and  a  number  of  ponsations 
pass  unnoticed.  Thus  is  explained  how  soldiers  receive  slight  wounds  without  being  at  the  time 
aware  of  the  fact. 

It  has  been  said  that  smokeless  powder  will  cause  fire  to  be  more  ao4;nrate,  since  the  target 
will  be  clearer,  owing  to  the  absence  of  smoke;  but  with  this  we  do  not  agree.  In  the  first 
I>lace,  distances  can  not  always  be  estimated  with  accuracy,  and,  secondly,  the  majority  of  soldiers 
in  action  tire  without  aiming,  frequently  without  seeing  the  target.  The  soldier  is  not  like  the 
sportsman ;  the  latter  tires  with  deliberation  and  to  hit,  the  former  to  relieve  his  nervous  system 
and  to  drive  away  fear,  and  because  he  instinctively  knows  that  if  he  wishes  to  kill  his  enemy  he 
must  fire. 

Some  contend,  also,  that  the  absence  of  smoke  will  enable  the  soldier  to  see  more  clearly  the 
ravages  i>ro«luecd  by  tlic  enemy's  tire,  and  that  this  will  have  a  demoralizing  influence.  But  with 
nonsmokeless  powder  he  could  not  avoid  seeing  his  comrades  falling  at  his  side  and  the  wounded 
as  he  advanced.  In  tlie  latter  case,  owing  to  the  dense  cloud  of  smoke,  he  could  not  know  what 
was  hidden,  and  is  it  not  an  attribute  of  human  nature  to  have  greater  fear  for  the  unknown 
than  the  known  t 

The  advantage  which  can  not  l)e  denied  in  smokeless  ]>owder  is  that  it  will  fiU-Jlitate  the 
control  of  otttcers  in  command  of  units;  before,  when  all  was  enveloped  in  smoke,  they  could 
n«>ither  see  the  enemy  nor  their  own  men.  Now  tiiis  will  not  iiappt>n.  By  means  of  signals  they 
will  be  enabled  to  make  themselves  understood  by  their  submdinateK;  they  will  not  stumble 
unexpectedly  upon  obstsvcles  whi<'h  smoke  conceak'«!,  and  will  And  it  less  difWcult  to  keep  in  touch 
with  collateral  units  whose  movements  can  be  seen. 

Who  will  say  that  the  adoption  of  the  new  )>owder  iieeessitateK  alteration  in  the  tactics  of 
the  battlefield?  The  subject  is  worthy  of  study,  a.n<l  oi)inioi»s  vary.  I^me  consider  that  tactics 
will  undergo  rsvdical  modifications;  others  hold  the  opjwsit^"  v\eiv,\  Before  coming  to  a  decision, 
we  will  consider  tiie  question  for  each  of  the  three  arms: 


■ 


18 


INFANTRY. 

When  entering  n\}on  tire  tactical  study  of  the  elffeets  (tf  .smokeless  jK>wder  on  field  warfare, 
there  api>ear  both  advantages  and  d  I  sa<  I  vantages.  The  infantry  soldiei-  who  fires  with  this 
powder  at  once  obtains  ;he  advantage  of  having  a  clear  field  of  fire;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if 
he  is  unprovided  with  cover,  either  natural  or  artificial,  chere  is  no  protecting  cloud  of  smoke  to 
conceal  him,  and,  should  iiis  enemy  have  found  cover,  he,  on  his  side,  is  more  vulnerable  than 
when  the  smoke  showed  his  |K>8ition. 


be 


135 


1 


1 


In  our  opinion,  the  supposition  that  troops  can  be  exi>osed  to  fire  withont  knowing  whence  it 
comes  is  more  or  less  fanciful,  and  the  occasions  upon  which  it  will  be  possible  for  an  enemy  to 
ot)en  fire  withont  disclosing  his  position  very  few.  It  might  happen  in  two  cases,  viz,  (1)  when 
he  is  protected  by  some  natural  cover  (bank,  undulation,  etc.)  or  artificial  (dwelling,  etc.),  and  (2) 
when  lie  is  intrenched. 

In  the  former  case,  if  the  cover  is  obtained  from  a  wood  or  village,  it  will  be  evident  that  the 
fire  comes  therefrom  unless  it  is  assumed  that  the  officer  in  command  is  withont  intelligence.  By 
using  nonsmokeless  i)owder  a  veil  was  formed  in  front  of  the  wood  or  village,  which  concealed  in 
the  first  instance  the  trees,  in  the  second  the  windows  or  roofs,  by  which  the  enemy  was  protecte<l; 
consequently,  if  there  is  no  smoke  his  position  will  more  readily  be  seen.  When,  however,  undu- 
lations or  folds  of  the  ground  provide  the  cover,  the  absence  of  smoke  will  make  it  a  difficult 
matter  to  ascertain  his  imsition;  and  this  is  undoubtedly  the  case  in  which  the  use  of  the  smoke- 
less powder  gives  the  most  advantageous  result. 

If  the  enemy  is  Intrenched,  his  intrenchments  will  either  be  concealed  by  the  contour  of  the 
surrounding  ground  or  the  reverse.  In  the  former  case  the  above  remarks  will  apply,  and  the 
maximum  advantage  will  be  obtained.  If,  on  the  contrary,  the  intrenchments  are  visible,  their 
crest  lines,  not  being  hidden  by  smoke,  will  show  up  more  clearly  against  the  horizon. 

Thus  we  see  that  the  absence  of  smoke  is  not  an  unmixed  advantage;  bnt  none  can  say  that 
it  is  not  au  advance.  In  war  two  objects  are  aimed  at;  the  first,  to  inflict  injury  on  your  opponent, 
and  the  second,  to  avoid  the  injury  which  he  is  endeavoring  to  inflict  upon  you.  And  since  victory 
will  be  obtained  by  the  side  which  succeeds  in  first  annihilating  (relatively)  its  adversary,  it  is 
clear  that  the  ofTensive  condition  must  always  occupy  the  chief  place;  and,  although  it  is  true  that 
smoke  forms  a  protecting  mask,  it  none  the  less  interferes  with  the  clearness  of  the  field  of  fire, 
which  is  of  the  first  importance  upon  the  battlefield. 

And  here  enter  the  psychological  conditions  above  referred  to.  Man  is  the  chief  factor  in 
war,  and  the  excitement  of  his  nervons  system  does  not  allow  him  to  take  full  advantage  of  the 
advances  of  science.  Smokeless  powder  will  give  a  clear  field  of  fire,  bnt  there  must  always 
remain  the  difficulty  of  accurately  judging  distances,  and,  above  all,  the  fact  that  the  number  of 
soldiers  who  shoot  well  is  very  small,  the  majority  not  even  taking  aim. 

Taking  these  circumstances  into  consideration,  the  use  of  the  new  powder  would  not  appear 
to  render  any  essential  modifications  necessary  in  the  tactics  of  small  bodies.  But  on  a  battlefield 
the  whole  of  one's  forces  are  not  actively  engaged  throughout.  The  supports  and  reserves,  which 
were  formerly  concealed  by  the  smoke  of  the  firing  line,  have  now  lost  this  means  of  protection, 
and  can  be  fired  npon  by  units  specially  detailed  for  the  purpose;  and,  since  it  is  agreed  that 
there  is  nothing  more  trying  to  the  steadiness  of  a  body  of  troops  than  to  be  under  fire  without 
replying,  the  position  of  the  supporting  lines  has,  apparently,  become  very  precarious.  But  this 
is  not  the  case  to  so  great  an  extent  as  appears  at  first  sight. 

First,  because  attention  is  always  paid  to  the  greater  danger  which  is  caused  by  the  nearest 
troops,  i.  e.,  the  firing  line;  for  which  reason  it  will  be  difficult  to  restraiu  even  the  units,  specially 
directed  to  fire  on  the  reserves,  from  attacking  the  firing  line.  Second,  becKuse  day  fire  dire(;ted 
against  them  must  b^  at  long  range,  and  can  not,  therefore,  have  great  results.  Finally,  on  the 
defense  it  will  generally  be  easy  to  conceal  the  reserves,  and  during  the  iittack  the  effects  of  the 
enemy's  fire  can  be  avoide<l  by  movement.  Some  writers  suggest  the  extension  of  the  snp|M>rts  as 
a  means  of  diminishing  losses;  but,  in  our  opinion,  su<-h  a  solution  is  not  feasible,  troops  in 
extended  order  being  very  liable  to  get  out  of  hand.  The  chief  advantage  of  this  fdrmation  is 
that  H  small  target  in  depth  is  offered  to  the  enemy,  while  at  the  same  time  a  good  fire  eflect  can 
be  produced.  And  this  is  certtdnly  a  great  advantage,  but  dearly  bought,  since  it  necessitates 
deceiitralixation,  and  so  diminishes  the  control  of  Hie  offl^'ers.  For  this  rcitson,  o])ening  out  should 
be  delaye<l  as  long  as  possible,  and  resorted  to  only  whefi  trcKips  comeinb*  avitiou.    The  soldier,  as 


I 


nrC 


'0«w,'7';.i.i"i'Vv.i 


1>1M'lt  £>■■'?  £JK.71 


186 

alH)ve  stated,  who  advances  withont  firing  when  exposed  to  fire  is  liable  to  complete  dcmorali/.a- 
tiou;  conseqnently,  if  the  intensity  of  fire  to  which  the  snpports  are  subject  is  so  great  that  it  is 
fonnd  necessary  to  extend,  it  will  be  better  for  them  to  at  once  advance  and  join  the  firing  line; 
they  will  there  ])robably  suffer  greater  loss,  but  will,  at  least,  be  inflicting  loss  in  return. 

Actual  battle  formations  are  not  capable  of  rsidical  modifications;  the  various  ''lines"  are 
necessary.  In  the  fnture,  as  in  the  past,  there  will  be  only  one  way  of  deciding  a  battle,  viz, 
to  get  to  yonr  enemy,  or  at  leu  <t  close  enough  to  convince  him  that  you  have  sufficient  power  to 
drive  him  from  his.  position.  And  this  result  can  only  be  obtained  by  arriving  in  mass,  i.  e.,  with 
a  strong  force.  But  the  direct  advance  of  troops  in  close  formation  is  no  longer  possible  in 
the  face  of  modern  arms  of  precision ;  hence  it  becomes  necessary  to  protect  the  approach  of  the 
masses,  whose  function  it  is  to  deal  the  decisive  blow  by  means  of  a  firing  line.  The  firing  line  is 
merely  an  exitedient  for  covering  the  remainder  of  the  force,  which  unites  with  it  at  tlie  decisive 
moment,  cost  what  it  may,  to  terminate  the  action. 

With  the  suppression  of  smoke  the  advance  against  a  position  will,  no  doubt,  be  somewhat 
more  difficult  than  formerly;  but  the  danger,  in  our  opinion,  will  not  be  greater  until  within 
500  or  600  yards  of  the  enemy.  Beyond  this  point,  when  distances  can  be  judged  with  little 
difficulty,  when  the  errors  of  aiming  are  small,  and  where  the  trajectory  is  altogether  dangerous, 
the  real  trial  for  the  attacking  force  will  commence — a  trial  which  before  was  delayed  until  within 
300  yards  of  the  position.  This  last  phase  of  the  battle  must  of  necessity  be  short,  and  every 
effort  will  have  already  been  made  to  shake  the  defender.  The  firing  line,  extended  at  1,000 
yards  from  the  enemy,  will  have  advanced,  more  or  less  reenforced,  to  within  500  yards  of  his 
l)osition,  taking  advantage  of  formations  of  the  ground  and  at  times  throwing  up  shelter  trenches 
for  protection.  The  remaining  lines  will  have  followed  in  rear,  keeping  under  cover  as  much  as 
Ijossible,  safety  being  sought  in  movement  and  in  formations  of  little  depth  (which  may  have 
been  reduced  to  single  rank,  but  without  extending),  in  the  event  of  the  ground  not  giving  cover. 
At  500  yanls  from  the  position  all  the  component  parts  of  the  first  line  will  join  the  firing  line, 
and  from  this  point  its  advance  will  be  rapid  and  vigorous,  assisted  whenever  necessary  by  the 
masses  which  follow,  which  will  have  been  closed  up  sufficiently  to  support  and  protect  it  at 
the  critical  moment. 

We  do  not  wish  the  question  of  cover  to  be  misunderstood.  Troops  should  not  be  neeillessly 
exposed,  but  war  is  not  a  game  of  hiding,  and  with  men  whom  one  is  always  attempting  to  con- 
ceal, it  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  decisive  results.  The  enemy  can  not  be  exi>elled  from  his 
position  by  stalking  him,  and  a  vigorous  advance  is  indispensable.  If  he  has  been  much  shaken, 
the  assault,  owing  to  t^ie  absence  of  smoke,  will,  perhsips,  be  a  less  difficult  task  than  formerly,  as 
he  will  clearly  see  the  impending  danger,  and  may  evacuate  the  position. 

Some  attention  has  been  paid  on  the  Continent  to  a  work  by  Captain  von  (loltz,  entitled 
"  Independent  patrols."  This  Cerman  officer  suggests  the  formation  of  "  independent  patrols," 
consisting  of  8  marksmen,  selected  from  each  section.  A  company  in  the  German  army  is  divided 
into  three  sections;  there  would,  therefore,  be  24  selected  marksmen  per  company.  These 
"patrols"  are  for  a  doulile  object— to  reconnoiter  the  enemy's  position,  ami  to  draw  his  attention 
to  themselves,  while  covering  the  advance  of  the  infantry.  Owing  to  the  smallness  of  the  targft 
they  otter,  the  writer  considers  that  they  would,  without  great  loss,  be  able  to  approach  to  within 
6(K)  yards  of  the  enemy,  and  on  arriving  at  this  point  suggests  that  they  should  conceal  them- 
selves as  far  as  possible  and  oi>en  fire.  Meanwhile,  the  officers  of  the  stsiff,  taking  !Mlvantag«of 
high  ground,  will  examine  the  enemy's  dispositions,  (--walry  patrols  being  at  the  same  time  L<)nt 
out  to  reconnoiter.  The  first  line  of  the  infantry  will,  at  2,000  yards  from  the  iwsition  to  be 
assailed,  be  extended  and  endeavor  to  advance  with  the  utmost  possible  rapidity  to  within  600 
yards  of  the  enemy.  For  making  g<)od  casualties,  and  to  urge  it  on,  a  setHJud  line  will  <'lo8ely  fol- 
low the  first.     At  1 ,000  yards  from  the  second  line  will  follow  what  Von  Goltz  calls  the  "  shock 


da. 


1 


137 

trooiis,"  with  tixed  bnyoiicta,  who  will,  at  about  400  yardn  from  the  enemy,  join  the  lines  which 
precede,  thereby  giving  suflicient  impure  to  carry  the  whole  right  up  to  the  position.  At  1,000 
yards  in  leur  of  the  "  shock  troops"  follows  the  reserve,  the  cavalry. 

It  can  not  be  said  that  Von  (ioltz's  ideas  are  altogether  original.  Some  of  liis  assumptions, 
moreover,  appear  exaggerated.  We  can  not,  for  instance,  adnut  that  infantry  are  liable  to  suffer 
severely  from  lire  at  ranges  Ix^tween  2,00<>  and  1,(MK)  yards.  At  such  distances,  movement, 
undulations  of  the  ground,  and  the  selection  of  suitable  formations  can  do  much  to  diminish  its 
ettects. 

It  also  appears  of  doubtful  expediency  to  send  the  "exploring  patrols"  to  within  000  yards 
of  the  enemy,  when  not  closely  followed  by  their  own  tiring  line.  Such  patrols,  far  from  their 
comrades,  will  feel  weak — will,  in  reality,  be  very  mu(!li  exposed,  and  may,  possibly,  think  more  of 
concealing  themselves  than  of  "exploring." 

The  French  generals,  Ferron  and  Luzieux,  aie  agreed  that  attack  formations  can  not  be 
radically  modified,  and  difl'er  only  in  minor  details.  The  hitter  suggests  that  the  battalion,  when 
formed  for  attack,  should  consist  of  three  lines — the  two  first,  the  tiring  line  and  supports,  composed 
of  three  companies;  the  reserve  of  the  fourth.  The  reserve  to  be  at  "ifK)  yards  and  the  supports 
at  250  yards  from  the  firing  line.  Independent  fire  to  commence  at  (KM)  yards  from  the  position, 
with  sights,  which  need  not  again  be  changed,  adjusted  for  400  yards,  and  aiming  at  the  feet. 
According  to  General  Ferron,  the  decision  of  the  infantry  duel  will  fake  place  between  800  and 
4tK)  yards  from  the  ])osition  attacked,  between  which  distances  the  sjipports  and  reserves  will  be 
absorbed  into  the  firing  line.  In  rear  will  follow  forces  in  compact  formation  to  deliver  the  final 
assault.  He  considers,  further,  that  the  firing  line  should  be  extended  at  2,000  yards  from  the 
enemy,  that  its  advance  should  be  rapid,  and  that  it  should  be  reenforced  by  the  supports  and 
reserves  whenever  a  lialt  is  necessary.  It  would  serve  no  useful  purpose  to  discuss  to  any  great 
extent  the  (piestion  whether  the  new  powder  confers  greater  benefits  upon  an  attacking  than  uiwn 
a  defending  force.  The  absence  of  smoke  is  a  material  advantage  to  the  defender,  who  can 
occupy  positions  which  give  cover.  The  attacker,  on  the  other  hand,  must  very  often,  if  not 
always,  advance  unconcealed,  and,  with  the  absence  of  smoke,  loses  a  means  of  protection.  In 
some  cases  formations  of  the  ground  will  enable  him  to  approach  under  cover,  but  these  will  be 
exceptional,  and,  sooner  or  later,  he  must  disclose  himself. 

But  in  the  future,  as  in  the  past,  the  moral  advantages  will  always  be  with  the  attacking 
side,  since  oftensive  action  implies  moral  superiority  and  instills  confidence.  It  will  be  necessary 
to  4;onviuce  the  soldier  that  danger  di^creases  with  the  advance,  and  that  the  longer  it  takes  to 
reach  the  enemy  the  greater  will  his  danger  be, 

ARTILLERY. 

It  is  clear  that  smokeless  powder  AviU  exercise  some  infiuence  on  the  employment  of  the 
othiy  two  arms.  With  artillery  tliis  will,  perhaps,  be  grer.cer  than  willi  infantry,  since  this  arm 
gij.;vrally  fights  at  a  distance,  is  more  under  the  control  of  its  oflicers,  and  is  less  demoraliKed  by 
an  enemy's  fire;  as  a  consequence  it  can  t;ike  fuller  advantage  of  scientific  improvements. 

Tlie  adoption  of  the  new  powder  confers  upon  artillery  the  following  advantages,  viz: 

(1)  It  leaves  a  clear  field  of  fire,  ajid  will  render  it  possible,  therefore,  when  firing  upon 
artillery,  to  <Iistinguish  tivi  guns  from  tl;e  intervals,  and  to  keep  the  fire  of  one's  own  guns 
<lirected  on  the  former,  Masses  of  cavalry  or  infantry,  which  before  were  able  to  pass  unnoticed 
l>ehind  a  veil  of  smoke,  will  now  lose  this  means  of  concealment. 

(2)  The  observation  «,f  the  ett'ect  of  fire  will  be  simplified.  W^ith  nonsmokeiess  i»owder  the 
efltect  of  projectiles  which  burst  in  rear  of  the  smoke  caused  by  the  enemy's  guns  could  not  be 
seen.    The  cflFect  of  long  range  fire  will  now  be  observed  as  easily  as  that  of  short, 

(.'{)  Good  artillery  positions  will  nmre  easily  be  found,  since  it  will  be  unneifessary  to  taV<^  >  /to 
eousiderat  ion  whetlier  the  wind  will  carry  the  smoke  of  one  battery  in  front  of  others.     ■;     .  m 


JL 


138 

weather,  also,  the  smoke  which  hung  in  iroiit  of  a  battery  frequently  obscured  the  view  and  inter- 
fered with  the  service  of  the  guns. 

(4)  It  will  be  possible  to  use  indirect  fire  without  the  enemy  being  able  to  easily  ascertain 
where  the  battery  which  is  firing  is  situatetl. 

Besides  these  advantages  must  be  placed  certain  disadvantages,  viz : 

(1)  A  battery  in  action  will  be  deprived  of  the  protection  given  by  a  veil  of  smoke.  The 
groups  of  gunners  will  be  visible  and  will  be  liable  to  be  picked  off  by  marksmen,  who  are  the 
worst  enemy  artillery  has  m  contend  against. 

(2)  In  open  country  it  will  be  more  difficult  to  conceal  the  limbers,  wagons,  teams,  etc.  The 
smok<>  formerly  screened  them  from  view;  tliey  can  now  be  destroyed  with  greater  facility,  and 
the  <^a:itualties  which  teams  suffer  are  of  great  importance,  as  they  affect  mobility. 

(.'})  The  movements  of  batteries  will  be  more  difficult,  since  advantage  can  not  be  taken  of  the 
smoke  to  conceal  them. 

Let  us  examine  the  real  value  of  each  of  these. 

The  first  advantage  is  imi)oriant,  since  the  enemy  will  be  compelled  to  keep  his  masses  at  a 
distance,  particularly  his  cavalry,  whose  intervention  at  an  opportune  moment  during  a  battle  will 
be  more  difficult.  The  absence  of  smoke  will  also  make  it  less  easy  to  surprise  a  battery,  because 
unless  the  formattiou  of  tt'.e  ground  conceals  an  enemy's  approach,  there  will  be  nothing  to  prevent 
his  Ireing  obaervcil. 

The  second  Hilsaniage  is  also  important,  since  the  range  can  be  more  rjs'.ickly  ascertained,  an 
oi)eratioT>  "yWv.k  ut't'n  causes  precious  moments  to  be  lost.  The  clouvl  of  s.iioke  in  front  of  an 
enemy  >.  'ns.  wljicli  was  used  fortius  purpose,  was  defective,  as  it  occupied  a  largo  space  and 
was  moi  iiH'if.  I'i.M  s'  points  can  now  be  taken  in  front  or  in  rear  of  his  battery.  The  smoke  in 
front  of  ,v^y.!'-  ul-^o  iVoqueiitJy  interfered  with  the  officer  who  was  directing  their  fire;  he  was  com 
pelled  to  'ikci  up  r  volition  where  the  view  Avas  iinobscured,  and  such  could  often  not  be  found 
near  the  biitt«3ry.  1  >i  the  absence  of  smoke,  an  officer  in  mar  of  the  center  of  his  battery  will,  in 
most  cases,  be  able  to  direct  its  fire,  sometimes  even  wit'a  his  voice. 

Witli  respect  to  the  third  advantage,  there  is  no  lioubt  that  in  certain  countries  and  climates 
it  will  allow  greater  freedom  in  the  use  of  artillery,  and  will  enable  fire  to  be  opened  indifferently 
from  either  fiank.  It  will,  besides,  permit  of  gun»  being  placed  in  tiers,  since  with  the  ordinary 
Pi>wder  the  smoke  which  the  lower  batteries  produced  on  rising  formed  a  cloud  in  front  of  the 
hife}»er.  Moreover,  in  the  absence  of  smoke,  v<  hioh  disclosed  the  position  of  guns  and  interfered 
with  their  service,  they  may,  in  certain  cases,  without  inconvenience,  be  placed  at  intervals  of  5 
yards  or  6  yards  only,  so  reducing  the  front  of  a  battery  to  30  or  40  yards,  thereby  bringing  it 
under  better  control  of  its  officers,  and  enabling  it  to  take  up  positions  before  denied  to  it  owing 
to  there  being  insufficient  space.  A-^  a  rule,  however,  such  small  intervals  should  not  be  used,  10 
yards,  at  least  being  kept,  since  tlie  battery  bettonies  crowded  and  more  exposed  to  the  effects  of 
an  enemy's  shells  which  fall  nvav  it.  From  this  we  Bee  that  smokeless  powder  will  make  it  easier 
to  find  good  artillery  positious  by  increasing  their  possible  iinmber. 

The  fourth  advantage  <'.oe8  not  affect  flehl  warfare  to  any  great  exttint  where  ifulirect  fire  will 
seldom  be  used.  This  caii  not  be  altogether  overlooked,  however,  espei^ially  if  field  howitzers  are 
introduced.  But  at  present  it  is  not  of  so  jric^t  in  j'ortance  as  the  others.  On  the  defense  when 
a  position  can  generally  be  selected  and  the  or  S-.ure  of  the  hw  munding  country  is  known,  this  class 
of  fire  may  perhaps  be  employed,  and  there  is  lo  doubt  that  li  U(e  ground  gives  good  cover  to  the 
battery,  it  will  not  be  easy  for  an  enemy  to  ascertain  its  exact  jmsitioM,  and  it  will,  consequently, 
be  able  to  inflict  injury  with  little  loss  to  itself. 

Concerning  the  disadvantages,  the  first  is  of  a  very  serious  ••tnre,  especially  when  artillery 
is  engaged  with  infantry.  The  conditions  are  very  unequal,  for  while  the  former  oft'ers  a  target  of 
great  magnitude  and  easy  to  hit,  the  ett'eef  of  guns  upon  extended  infantry  is  almost  nil.    This 


rS»C:.i*a 


ir- 


biii 


le 

le 


1 


le 


139 

fact  may  prevent  artillery  advancing  as  close  to  the  enemy  as  it  has  been  accustomed  to  during 
tlie  filial  stage  of  the  attack. 

The  second  of  the  disadvantages  is  also  very  serious,  for  the  reasons  already  given,  and,  at 
times,  the  only  remedy  will  be  either  to  shelter  the  teanis  with  earthworks  constructed  for  the 
l)uri>ose,  or  to  retire  tiiem,  thereby  rendering  movement  diificult. 

The  third  disadvantage  is  not  so  serious,  because  o|)|)ortune  moments  can  be  seized  for  a 
change  of  |iosition.  Besides,  when  a  battery  is  on  the  move  jt  is  not  easy  to  cause  it  vital  injury, 
es]>ecially  if  the  movement  is  carried  out  with  rapMity. 

Many  writers  lay  great  stress  on  the  necessity  for  concealing  batteries,  some  even  going  so 
far  as  to  stnt«  that  under  no  circumstances  should  a  battery  be  so  placed  that  it  is  not  hidden 
from  view.  We  confess  that  we  are  somewhat  skeptical  as  to  its  possibility.  A  l>attery  offers  a 
large  target,  and  its  groups  of  gunners  can  not  easily  be  concealed.  Fnrtheriiu»re,  artillery  can 
not  give  up  its  primordial  conditions,  which  are  to  see  and  to  obtain  a  good  field  for  Are,  and  these 
arc  di(n(rult  to  fulfill  if  it  is  so  placed  as  to  be  completely  invisible.  This  is  recognized  in  tlie 
French  regulations:  "Avant  tout,  voir:  ensuite,  si  c'est  possible,  ne  pjw  f'tre  vu." 

The  anxiety  to  be  hidden  can  only  lead  to  timidity,  not  to  an  energetic  offensive.  The  soldier 
who  thinks  the  endeavor  is  always  being  made  to  conceal  him  will  with  iMfflculty  be  induced  to 
expose  himself  to  danger. 

With  regard  to  the  distances  at  which  fire  should  be  opened,  we  think  that  for  the  attack  of 
a  position  artillery  should  come  into  action  at  2,.')<K)  yards  from  the  enemy,  in  order  not  to  prolong 
the  battle,  and  beyond  this  range  little  result  cs^n  he  expected.  Some  writers,  however,  consider 
that  in  the  future,  owing  to  the  anxiety  to  surprise  one's  adversary  and  to  the  desire  to  obtain  a 
first  advantage,  the  temptation  to  open  fire  as  soon  as  his  disimsitions  have  been  ascertained, 
even  though  it  be  at  a  distance  of  4,(NK)  yards,  will  not  be  resisted.  As  it  is  not  at  such  ranges 
that  decisive  results  are  obtained,  this  desire  should  be  firmly  repressed^ 

We  <rnn  not  agree  with  the  opinion  held  by  others  that  little  advantage  will  be  gained  by 
advancing  the  artillery  to  closer  ranges  than  2,500  yards  during  the  last  stage  of  the  attack,  the 
argument  being  that  when  the  atmosphere  is  clear  the  necessity  for  so  doing  is  not  apparent,  the 
resulting  gain  being  disproportionate  to  the  atttMidaut  danger. 

The  iulvance  of  the  artillery  is  not  only  to  increase  the  material,  but  also  the  moral  effect,  by 
encouraging  the  infantry  with  its  presence;  and  if  it  continues  to  fire  from  a  distance  it  may 
injure  its  own  infantry.  Finally,  when  the  position  has  been  captured,  the  artillery  must  <|nickly 
take  ui>  a  position  to  harass  the  enemy's  dight.  For  these  reasons,  in  our  opinion,  the  majority  if 
not  the  wliolo  of  the  guns  sliould  be  advanced  in  the  final  stage.  This  advance,  which  before 
could  be  to  within  800  yards  of  the  position,  should  not  be  nearer  than  1,200  yards  with  the 
modern  ritle.  According  to  Captain  Mocli  this  limit  should  be  1,500  yards,  to  General  Ferroii 
1,800  yards,  and  to  General  Luzieux  1,200  yards. 

Smokeless  powder  will  more  frequently  permit  the  use  of  artillery  en  masse,  because  («)  it  is 
easier  to  find  iM)8itioiis,  (h)  tlie  intervals  between  the  guns  can  be  reduced,  and  (c)  there  is  no 
smoke  to  cause  the  diOicnlties  already  referred  to.  The  unity  of  command  is  facilitated  and  with 
it  the  concentration  of  the  guns. 

It  appears  to  us  that  artillery  has  now  acquired  a  greater  value;  in  the  future  more  than  in 
the  psist  the  gun  will  o\Miu  the  way  for  the  rifle. 

CAVALBV. 

It  is  an  exaggerati*^  to  say,  as  many  «l«,  that  smokeless  powder  will  render  cavalry  valueless 
on  the  battlefield.  The  sjtme  opinion  was  expressed  utK>n  the  introduction  of  firearms;  in  fact, 
whenever  infantry  has  acquired  so;u<»  advantages  in  armament,  owing  to  the  ptogress  of  science, 
the  disapiM>arauce  of  cavalry  as  a  tilting  arm  has  been  prophesied.      KxjK'^rience  has  never  t^n- 


'7" 

ir 


140 

firmed  it.  During  the  battle  there  will  ariHe  opportuiiitieB  for  the  intervention  of  cavalry — for 
instance,  when  the  opposing  infantry  in  already  almoHt  broken  and  on  the  ])oint  of  giving  way,  or 
when  it  can  bi)  aurpriHed,  1>eing  already  engaged  with  the  other  arinH;  or  when,  the  battle  being 
lo8t,  it  i8  necessary  to  arrest  the  pursuit  at  all  costs,  a:id  the  infantry  is  unable  to  do  8o.  In 
this  moment  of  supreme  attliction,  as  is  well  known,  the  cavalry  must  sacrifice  itself  to  save  the 
troops  most  compromised,  and  whether  the  powder  used  is  or  is  not  smokeless  is  of  no  importance. 
Cavalry  on  the  battlefield  has  been  and  always  will  be  the  ultima  ratio.  To  take  advanttigc  of 
an  opportune  moment  to  determine  a  victory  almost  won,  or  to  sacrifice  itself— sqch  will  ever  be 
its  duties. 

Smokeless  powder  does  not  modify  them.  It  may  sometimes  compel  their  arm  to  keep  at  a 
distance  on  the  battlefield ;  and  this  will  tend  to  give  it  greater  independence.  At  all  times  a 
cavalry  commander  should  be  capable  of  recognizing  opportune  moments  for  attack,  and  should 
act  quickly.  During  a  battle  the  infantry  and  artillerj^are  always,  so  to  speak,  in  action ;  cavalry, 
however,  can  frequently  rest.  But  when  once  it  is  committed,  its  task  is  ))erhaps  more  difficult 
than  that  of  the  other  two  arms. 

But  it  is  clear  that  since  the  chief  agent  of  cavalry  is  the  horse,  which  does  not  improve  like 
the  gun  or  rifle,  the  duty  of  this  arm  will  become  more  difficult  with  each  improvement  in  artillery 
and  infantry  armament.  At  first  sight,  indeed,  the  attack  of  infar.try  by  cavalry,  unprotected  by 
smoke,  appears  a  folly;  but  the  rapidity  with  which  cavalry  moves  makes  it  a  difficult  target. 
Furthermore,  sm(»ke  prevented  the  infantry  from  seeing  its  approach.  This  will  not  now  happen, 
and  it  can  not  be  denied  that  the  sight  of  cavalry,  advancing  at  great  spead,  may  of  itself  be 
sufficient  to  cause  a  panic  among  infantry  which  is  already  on  the  point  of  giving  way. 

Some  writers  consider  that  in  future  wars  cavalry  will  not  appear  on  the  battlefield,  but  will 
be  reserved  solely  for  screening  and  for  reconnoitering  iiurposes,  which,  they  think,  will  be  fully 
sufficient  to  tax  its  powers.  Others,  on  the  contrary,  believe  that  opportunities  of  repeating  the 
deeds  of  Bredow  and  Bechtolsheim  will  not  be  wanting.  A  general  who  can  (uily  spare  his  cavalry 
to  restrain  a  victorious  enemy  will  not  hesitate  to  use  it,  since  he  will  prefer  to  lose  that  arm  rather 
than  to  be  without  an  army.  In  our  opinion,  cavalry  has  not  lost  its  technical  value  in  speed,  in 
surprise,  in  flank,  and,  if  possible,  rear  attacks. 

CONCLUSION. 

In  conclusion,  we  are  of  opinion  that  the  use  of  smokeless  powder  will  not  necessitate  the 
introduction  of  radical  modifications  in  the  tactics  of  the  three  arms.  As  a  Gerumn  writer  says, 
«  every  advantage  of  the  new  powder  is  so  evenly  balanced  by  some  disadvantage,  and  each  dis- 
advantage appears  so  small  by  reason  of  the  attendant  advantages,  that  the  fjiture  will  not  differ 
fh>m  the  past  in  any  im|)ortant  point."  It  will  exact  stricter  discipline  iii  armies  and  imtrease 
the  |»robabilities  of  success  for  the  side  which  is  braver,  better  inHtructed,  and  more  skillfully  led. 
More  than  ever,  victory  will  be  gained  by  those  most  worthy  of  it. 

It.  J.  Byfobd  Mair, 

Lieutenant,  Royal  Engineerx. 


mammmm^mammi^ 


The  Functions  of  the  Army  and  Navy  In  the  Maintenance  of  the 

British  Empire. 


By  Capt.  Waltku  H.  Jamks, 
mid-marihal  the  Right  Hon.  VUcount  Wohelen,  K.  1'.,  O.  C.  H.,  <t.  C.  M.  G.,  in  the  chair. 

[Tbe  Uuitod  Service  Magaziue-Euglond.] 


DISCUSSION;   ITS  CONCLUSION. 
•  •••••••• 

Lord  WoLSBLBY.  •  *  *  I  tlo  not  intend  to  add  much  to  this  discussion.  I  wish  that  more 
officers  had  spoken  on  the  various  topics  that  have  been  brought  before  us,  because  they  have  been 
so  numerous  that  I  thought  as  there  are  so  many  officers  here  they  would  take  up  their  own 
special  subject,  and  give  us  their  views  upon  it.  I  feel  myself  that  in  attempting  to  say  anything 
npon  t)'.e  lecture,  as  the  lecturer  has  told  us  this  moment,  would  require  almost  a  volume,  and  to 
deal  efflcicitly  with  this  subject,  or  even  to  reply  ftiUy  to  what  ho  has  said,  would  require  not  one 
volume  but  many.  In  the  course  of  the  lecture,  which  has  been  to  me  a  most  interesting  one,  there 
are  one  or  two  points  on  which,  naturally,  of  course,  we  do  not  all  agree,  and  there  are  one  or  two 
topics  in  respect  of  which  I  do  not  go  as  far  exactly  as  the  lecturer  does;  but  as  for  the  lecture,  in 
which  we  have  all  taken  so  much  interest,  it  may  seem  hypercritical  to  criticise  anything  he  has 
said.  The  only  point  that  he  brought  before  us,  and  which  I  do  not  agree  with,  is  that  he  stated 
in  the  early  part  of  his  lecture  that  the  loss  of  sea  power,  of  the  supremacy  of  the  sea,  would  mean 
starvation  to  England.  Now,  that  is  a  point  that  was  made  a  groat  number  of  years  ago— several 
years  ago— by  the  naval  party  who  are  always  moving  and  bringing  forward  various  topics  to  turn 
public  attention  to  the  navy  in  order  to  get  a  larger  sum  annually  for  expenditure  I'l.^n  u 

Perhaps  that  is  a  very  righteous  idea;  it  is  a  very  righteous  object.  But  I  believe  myself 
that  the  proiwsition  that  was  put  forward,  and  which  has  been  referred  to  by  the  lettturer  to-day, 
viz,  that  if  we  lost  command  of  the  sejv  we  should  bo  starved  in  England,  is  entirely  erroneous. 
It  is  a  point  that  has  been  very  carefully  gone  into,  first  of  all  by  statisticians,  who  have  proved, 
I  think,  that  during  four  months  in  each  year  we  have  got  eight  months'  supply  of  provisions 
always  on  hand,  and  that  the  lowest  quantity  we  ever  fall  t»  is  four  months'  supply,  and  that  only 
for  two  mouths  in  the  year.  Then,  even  apart  from  that  fact,  we  could  not  be  starved  out  for  a 
considerable  number  of  months.  I  believe  myself  that  the  recent  experience  we  have  gone  through 
during  our  naval  uianeuvers  has  proved  that  an  efficient  blockade  of  our  coasts  so  as  to"  cut  usoflf 
either  from  Eussia  or  America  would  be  absolutely  impossible.  During  several  of  these  naval 
operations  to  which  I  have  referred,  the  navy  endeavored  to  blockad«)  one  port,  and  this  proved 
to  be  unsuccessful.  The  ships  have  gone  in  at  night,  and  gone  out  at  night;  and  I  do  not  believe 
tor  one  moment  that  if  to-morrow  we  were  at  war  with  a  continental  power  it  would  be  able  to 


142 

drive  our  navy  ott'tliu  nou.  I  tx^lievo  you  could  got  clevur  and  able  men,  who  miio  and  coninuuid 
8Li|)H  in  America,  to  bring  in  fiKNl  HUiiplieH  to  our  iiort8 — to  Hevoral  iiortH  in  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Uritain  and  Ireland  t  hat  uould  r;ot  be  blockaded.  That  Ih  the  only  point  that  has  been 
brought  forward  by  the  lecturek-  to  which  I  will  take  exception.  With  the  main  liueM  ui>on  which 
he  h»H  argued  1  entirely  agree.  IVfy  views  are  with  his.  lie  has  referred  to  a  Hchool  which  is  of 
recent  creation  in  England,  and  tho  otHcers  who  have  Himken  have  also  done  ho.  This  new  school 
Hays  that  we  in  England  really  un^  require  a  strong  navy  for  the  protection  not  only  of  our 
owu  country  from  invasion,  but  also  for  the  protection  of  our  wide  and  extending  Empire  all  over 
the  world.  1  believe  that  to  be  not  only  a  very  foolish  idea,  but  I  believe  it  to  be  a  dangerous  one. 
I  entirely  believe  what  the  lecturer  has  told  us,  that  if  we  wish  to  be  a  strong  power  wt  must  have 
a  strong  second  line.  And  I  think  that  in  these  days,  with  the  experience  we  have  had  of  the 
number  of  ticcidents  that  occur  to  thtt  fleets,  and  so  on,  I  think  to  dei)end  entirely  for  the  defense 
of  England  ou  the  first  line — that  is,  u)>on  our  ships  of  war — would  be  a  foolish  and  suicidal  iiolicy. 
I  think  that  the  old  impression  of  having  two  strings  to  your  bow  is  an  absolutely  true  one  when 
it  is  applied  to  the  defense  of  a  country ;  and  to  depend  uiran  such  a  fickle  thing  us  the  sea  entirely 
for  your  defense  of  England  is  a  very  unwise  thing  indeed. 

I  am  very  glad  to  see  that  the  recent  operations  which  have  been  taking  place  in  the  Uulf  of 
Fechili  and  the  Yellow  Sea,  between  the  Japanese  and  the  Ohinese,  will  go  a  very  great  way  to 
give  us  most  satisfactory  information  and  teach  us  the  most  useful  lessons  ui)on  this  very  imi)or- 
tant  subject.  Now,  what  was  the  condition  of  things  that  existed  before  the  Japanese  declared 
war  with  Chiiiaf  It  is  a  curious  thing  to  study  this  point,  and  it  is  one  that  I  do  not  think  has 
hitherto  been  brought  before  the  [teople  of  England  as  it  ought  to  be.  Before  war  was  declared 
China  poHsessed,  and  was  recognized  as  imssessing,  a  finer  fieet  than  the  fleet  of  Jaiian.  There 
were  many  reasons;  there  were  many  causes  for  this  fact.  First  of  all,  the  Chinese  tVom  time 
immemorial  had  been  very  fine  sailors.  Even  as  long  ago  as  ISiiO,  when  we  had  war  there,  it  was 
a  curious  thing  to  see  then  how  the  Chinese  shores  were  guarded  by  junks,  frail  looking  afi'airs 
according  to  our  notions;  and  to  see  these  otten  beating  against  a  very  strong  wind,  and  holding 
their  own  iu  the  way  they  did,  was  a  curious  thing.  Well,  as  I  have  said,  from  time  immemorial 
the  Chinese  have  been  celebrated  as  good  shipbuilders  and  the  very  best  seamen.  Now,  what,  ou 
the  other  baud,  do  wo  find  in  Japan?  In  the  same  jieriod  to  which  I  refer  I  had  the  advantage 
of  visiting  Japan,  and  I  found  that  Ihe  laws  existing  there  in  those  days,  before  the  great  revolu- 
tion which  civilized  Japan  took  place,  tU(«  laws  prevented  the  Japanese  from  building  shijis  of  a 
nature  that  could  go  to  sea  at  all.  They  were  compelled  to  build  their  junks  with  open  sterns; 
and  it  was  a  decidedly  accepted  policy  ou  the  part  of  the  rulers  of  Japan  that  they  would  not 
Mow  their  peo])le  to  communicate  with  foreign  (vountries,  and  in  order  to  prevent  them  from  doing 

hey  would  uot  allow  them  to  build  vessels  to  go  across  that  short  distance  that  divided  them 

^  Korea.    And  therefore  it  is  that  the  Japanese  have  always  been  iK>or  sailors. 

Now,  that  was  the  condition  of  things.  Th<;  Chinese  had  the  superiority  of  a  fleet.  Their 
fleet  was  more  numerous  than  the  Japanese  fleet.  They  had  a  larger  tonnage,  and  some  of  their 
vessels  were  finer  men-of-war  than  nowadays  possessed  by  Japan.  They  were  manned  by  a  race 
that  I  certainly  believe  that  any  one  wlio  knows  anything  about  them  will  say  is  certainly  not 
inferior  to  the  Japaneije  in  any  way  whatever,  but  indubitably  they  were  better  aud  had  been  better 
sailors  from  time  immemorial  than  the  Japanese.  The  Japanese,  however,  have  created  a  fleet  in 
modern  times,  since  that  revolution  to  which  I  have  referred.  That  fleet  was  designed  by  men 
who  have  been  largely  educated  in  our  own  fleet  and  who  knew  a  great  deal  about  the  work  they 
had  to  do.  The  sailors  were  the  ordinary  Japanese  boatmen  that  you  will  find  in  the  seaports  that 
line  their  coasts.  Well,  the  Japanese  were  a  very  wise  people.  For  years  and  years  past  they  have 
been  preparing  for  this  war.  They  recognized  the  fact,  1  suppose,  that  although  u  t  superior  in 
numbers,  they  might  be  su^ierior  iu  organization.    They  were  wise  enough  to  proviU)  themselves 


en 

U01 

hei 


148 

with  a  Hecoiid  line,  mid  tboy  wont  in  not  only  for  tlio  oonMtrnction  of  nn  offittitmt  Aettt,  hut  alrw)  for 
Mm;  conHtruction  of  an  ultiuiunt  urniy,  wtioriiaH  Cliina  duiwndud  ontirvty  for  it.s  dufenHu  upon  its 
n»vy.  It  abHolntuly  diMregurdod  itM  army.  Tliu  army  of  Cliinu  wliuu  tliiH  war  bi-oliu  out  waH  a 
farce.  It  waH  abHolntuly  a  colloction  of  laun,  many  of  tlioni  Htill  carryini;  tla^^H  and  uiiibrullaH  to 
protort  tliem  from  tlio  sun.  But  tliey  liad  no  organ ixation  aH  an  army;  tliuy  woru  incapablu  of 
inovini;  aM  an  army,  and  tbuy  did  not  icnow  tlie  tii-Ht  rudimentH  of  military  art. 

I  Mliall  not  go  into  any  detailed  iu;couut  of  tlie  reaHons  for  thia.  I  (;ould  not  do  ho,  becaUHe 
anyone  wlio  knowH  ( 'hina  ItnowM  that  the  8oldiur'M  profetiMion  in  ilvspitfcd  tliure,  and  until  that  idea 
iH  got  rid  of  yon  van  never  have  an  army  in  China.  1  merely  refer  U}  the  broad  fact  that  at  the 
beginning  of  this  war  China  poHscHned  a  stronger  tieet  than  Japan,  but  siie  had  no  army,  practically. 
•Japan,  on  the  other  hand,  although  not  having  a  better  fleet  than  Cliina,  had  a  moMt  {>owerful 
army.  What  has  been  the  result f  I  can  not  help  thinking  •  •  •  that  on  many  occasions 
during  the  last  three  or  four  months  Ciiina  has  woefully  rued  the  fact  that  she  concurred  in  the 
representations  that  have  been  put  forward  by  that  school  to  which  reference  has  been  mtule 
to-day — that  school  which  would  have  us  to  believe  that  we  ought  to  depend  entirely  and 
exclusively  upon  the  first  line  of  defense— our  navy.  There  is  no  one  in  England  or  this  country 
who  is  more  anxious  to  see  our  navy  supreme  uiHtn  the  sea  than  I  am.  Tiiere  is  no  one  vvho 
to-morrow  would  vote  more  money  from  Parliament,  if  1  had  the  power  to  vote,  for  the  Miainteiiance 
of  our  navy  than  I  would,  f  do  not  think  our  navy  is  as  strong  as  it  ought  to  be  1  iuive  said 
soon  many  and  many  an  occasion  in  pii'  and  also  in  public;  and  I  believe  that  a  considerable 
addition  to  our  navy  is  indispensable  it'  .ue  to  hold  the  same  great  iiosition  that  we  held  before; 
but  at  the  same  time,  I  believe  that  the  school  that  would  impress  upon  the  people  of  England 
that,  while  it  is  necessary  to  do  that  Which  we  recognize  as  absolutely  necessary,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  have  an  army  either  for  oft'ensive '  of  defensive  purposes  is  not  only  an  unwise  one,  but  is  a 
wicked  one.  These  are  the  remarks  I  intended  to  make.  I  think  if  we  sliould  come  to  war  you 
would  realize  the  truth  of  the  conclusions  that  have  been  arrived  at  by  the  very  able  arguments 
adduced  by  the  lecturer  in  the  course  of  the  lei;ture  which  he  has  been  good  enough  to  deliver 
before  us.    •    •    • 

THE  INVASION  OF  ENGLAND. 

[From  the  IJullcU  Serviru  ikln|{ittlu«,  Foliriiary,  18M.] 

It  is  always  of  interest  and  service  to  see  ourselves  as  others  see  us,  and  Just  now  it  may  be 
useful  to  take  into  account  military  opinion  in  Germany  on  our  iHisition. 

In  the  MilitaerWochenblatt  of  the  Idth  and  IHth  of  January,  Baron  von  Liittwitz,  an  officer 
of  the  German  staff,  examines  the  question  of  the  possibility  of  an  invasion  of  England  by  the 
light  of  the  experiences  of  history,  prefacing  his  essay  with  the  remark  that  though  Great 
Britain  still  holds  by  far  the  greatest  number  of  colonial  possessions,  yet  in  various  quarters  of 
the  globe  the  interests  of  other  nations  are  beginning  to  assert  themselves.  He  thinks  there  will 
be  a  great  struggle  for  supremacy  in  Asia  at  no  distant  day,  but  that  the  decisive  battle  for  this 
must  be  fought  out  in  Europe,  and  he  expresses  surprise  that,  while  all  the  other  great  Powers  of 
Europe  have  i)erfected  their  organization  and  stand  armed  to  the  teeth  and  equipped  for  war  as 
never  before,  England  alone  should  abstain  from  this  necessity  of  the  times.  In  politics,  after  all, 
might  is  right,  and  he  who  has  great  jiossessions  must  be  strong  enough  to  defend  them.  He  scoffs 
at  our  system  of  recruiting,  saying  it  remains  where  it  was  in  the  time  of  Wellingtoii  and  the 
American  wai  of  independence,  with  its  soldiers  of  the  line,  militia,  and  volunteers  all  voluntarily 
enlisted.  Such  a  system  is  only  su^cient  for  wars  with  uncivilized  nations.  Great  Britain  will 
not  interfere  directly  in  a  continental  war,  while  from  invasion  she  thinks  herself  safe.  She  rests 
her  belief  in  this  on  the  bare  fact  that  since  the  conquest  no  invasion  has  succeeded,  and  that  her 


s 


144 

niivnl  Hapruniiuty  A'uch  lior  from  the  nocoMity  of  huviiif;  lier  Iiinil  ForceM  in  a  state  of  luore 
complete  pr<>|Hinitiuii. 

8iiiuo  Kliz»l>etb'H  tiiiiu  Eiigltuitl  huH,  on  tliii  whole,  enjoyed  tbiH  nuval  Haiaonuuiy,  but  in  1(M(7 
Hbe  wuH  reduced  to  A  Hcoondrute  sea  power,  and  the  Dutch,  under  de  Uuyter,  boldly  sailed  up  the 
ThatneH  and  burned  I^hiKlish  vesMelH  after  defeating  her  Heet. 

In  1707  England  could  only  place  thirty-Hix  veMseU  in  line  toopiM>H4i  the  French  and  SpaniardM. 
Kven  if  Kn((land  Ih  now  8ui>erior  to  any  one  naval  jMwer,  she  would  not,  he  tbinkH,  be  HU|)erior  to 
the  conibine<l  HeetH  of  France  and  BusMia.  But  the  chief  factor  in  any  future  war  Ih  what  nation 
liaH  the  greatcHt  (tea  iM)wer  on  the  dociMivo  Held  of  battle — the  Knglish  Channel.  The  French 
channel  fleet  in  even  now  on  a  par  with  that  of  England.  If  the  UuMian  fleet  Joined  it,  and 
{losslbly  a  portion  of  the  German  Heet  (and  the  facilitien  for  the  combination  of  these  offered  by 
the  Emperor  William  Canal  muttt  be  taken  into  consideration),  the  )»re))onderance  of  England  in 
the  channel  would  be  very  problenmtical.  Judging  by  the  recent  exei  <'ions,  England  has  probably 
foreseen  this  herself.  If  we  examine,  he  says,  the  much-vaunted  British  constitution,  here  again 
history  declares  many  chinks  in  her  armor.  Sin(;e  Oroinwell's  time  Ireland  groans  in  her  fetters. 
Every  military  disaster  t).<it  England  has  suttere<i  hits  evoked  rebellion  in  Ireland.  Every  invader 
has  found,  and  will  find,  an  ally  in  her.  It  took  30,00U  men  and  immense  exertions  to  put  down 
the  ret>ellion  of  1708.  For  all  this  the  Briton  boasts,  and  that  with  right,  that  never  yet  has  an 
invader  of  his  island  succeede<l. 

Now,  this  is  a  remarkable  fact,  the  writer  continues,  considering  we  have  in  all  iierifxls  of 
history  beheld  British  armies  fighting  on  the  Continent.  They  took  part  in  nearly  all  the  battles 
fought  against  Louis  XIV,  against  Frederick,  and  against  Napoleon. 

Is,  then,  an  invasion  ot  Orcat  Britain,  from  a  military  poinr  of  view,  something  totally 
ditt'erent  and  much  more  ditHcuIt  than  a  British  invasion  of  the  continent  of  Euvoi>e?  Must  all 
attempts  at  an  invasion  of  England  fail  because  tliere  is  something  imirassible  in  the  undertaking f 
asks  the  writer,  who  then  procoedb  to  make  what  he  calls  a  critical  examination  of  the  various 
attempts  that  have  taken  place. 

lie  attributes  the  failure  of  the  Spanish  armada,  in  1588,  to  defects  in  plan  and  defects  in 
organization,  and  considers — 

1.  A  mistake  was  made  in  mixing  the  inv«i<'i  '  :  an<  with  the  sea-flghting  fleet.  The  latter 
should  have  been  kept  iiuite  sei>arate  from.  ai>  ^  auencymbered  by,  the  invading  troops,  so  as  to 
be  free  to  act  against  the  Englisk  fleet.  T'u  '"rmer  should  have  been  embarked  in  transports 
protected  by  tlghtiug  vessels,  which  the  Sp;ui:ards  with  their  numerous  fleet  could  well  have 
spared. 

2.  Ignorance  on  the  part  of  the  Spaniards  of  the  English  Channel;  flve-sixth  of  their  vessels 
had  so  heavy  a  draft  that  landing  troops  from  them  was  only  possible  in  well-defended  harbors. 

3.  Ignorance  of  the  sudden  changes  of  weather  to  which  then,  as  now,  the  channel  was 
liable.  The  close  order  observ  ed  by  the  fleet  was,  therefore,  in  the  absence  of  trustworthy  pilots, 
doubly  dangerous. 

4.  Small  scouting  vessels  of  light  draft  seem  t4)  have,  been  entirely  wanting. 

5.  That  the  leader  was  quite  unacquainted  with  naval  matters. 

6.  That  a  lauding  was  to  be  attempted  before  the  English  fleet  was  defeated. 

In  1600,  Louis  XIV  sent  James  II  with  10,0(M)  men  to  invade  Ireland,  but  he  was  defeated  at 
the  Boyue  on  the  13th  July  by  William  III,  and  in  1601  the  remnant  of  the  invading  army  sur- 
rendered. Ltmis  made  the  mistake  of  aiming  the  blow  at  one  of  the  limbs  instead  of  at  England, 
the  vital  center.  On  the  18th  July,  1600,  De  Tourville  defeated  the  combined  Anglo-Dutch 
fleet,  so  that  the  waters  of  the  English  Channel  may  have  been  descrilied  as  French  waters.  The 
friends  of  James  II  besought  Tionis  XIV  to  seize  the  opportunity;  but  ho  would  not,  though 
everything  was  in  favor  of  tlie  invaders,  as  the  French  were  supreme  at  sea,  and  William  III 
was  engaged  in  suppressing  rebellion. 


m 


1^: 


'*?. 


I.  *• 


1 


-"*'     ''M9K^I^!^'^>-^'yM^''^' 


^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

ViWSTER,N.Y.  USSO 

(716)  •72-4*03 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/iCIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


'■ 


i 


145 

The  i>rqjectcd  invasion  of  the  Old  Pretender  in  1708  was  undertaken  with  too  small  a  force, 
and  at  the  wrong  point.  No  landing  was  attempted,  the  appearance  of  Admiral  Byng,  with  the 
Elnglish  deet  having  sufflcedto  send  the  French  squadron  of  thirty-two  vessels  back  to  France. 

Next  comes  the  plan  of  invasion  projected  by  Napoleon  in  1805,  which  will  assuredly  form  the 
ground  work  of  any  future  plan  for  the  invasion  of  England.  England's  strength  lay  on  the  sea 
in  her  fleet;  France's  on  land  in  her  army.  How  was  the  struggle  to  be  carried  on?  Obviously  a 
naval  war  must  be  changed  into  operations  by  land,  if  France  was  to  use  her  strength  to  the  best 
advantage. 

There  were  tw<»  ways  of  carrying  into  practice  this  theory — the  indirect  and  the  direct;  the 
Arst  led  to  military  occupation  of  the  countries  of  England's  allies;  the  latter  to  the  invasion  of 
her  colonies,  of  Ireland,  or  of  England — London  being  the  objective  in  the  latter  case. 

The  first  plan  had  been  steadily  followed  by  Napoleon,  1800  to  1812,  by  the  occupation  of 
Vienna,  Berlin,  Madrid,  Moscow;  and  what  did  it  lead  to?    St.  Helena! 

In  like  manner,  an  invasion  of  Ireland  would  be  but  to  grapple  witli  a  side  issue,  avoiding 
the  main  point,  and  so  fail  of  permanent  effect.  Oertaiidy,  had  lie  decided  to  act  simply  on  the 
defensive  against  England,  he  could  have  operateil  effectively  in  Ireland  on  the  offensive.  Thirty 
or  forty  thousand  men  under  a  general  of  the  caliber  of  Massena,  tlirown  into  Ireland,  would  soon 
have  put  an  end  to  British  subsidies  to  the  allies. 

The  Directory  had  held  this  view,  and  on  the  15th  of  December,  1796,  had  embarked  at  Brest 
General  Hoche,  fresh  from  the  pacification  of  La  Vendue,  on  seventeen  ships  of  the  line  and 
thirteen  frigates,  a  force  destined  for  the  occupation  of  Ireland.  At  the  landing  in  Bantry  Bay  a 
storm  threw  the  French  ships  in  confusion,  carrying  the  flag-ship,  with  Hoche  on  board,  back  to 
La  liochelle.  Thereon  the  exi)edition'  was  regarded  as  a  failure.  The  attempt  was  to  be  renewed 
in  the  autumn  of  1797.  But  the  Dutch  fleet,  which  was  to  have  transported  the  invading  army. 
Mils  so  badly  beaten  by  Admiral  Duncan  at  Oamperdown  that  it  quickly  sought  a  refuge  on  its 
own  shores. 

It  is  possible  that  these  failures  set  Napoleon  against  any  attempts  to  invade  Ireland.  He 
saw  that  the  only  infallible  way  to  destroy  England's  power  was  by  the  invasion  of  England. 
England  had  been  isolated  l)y  the  treaty  of  Luneville.  The  first  consul  at  once  ordered  the 
assembly  of  100,000  men,  and  the  construction  of  a  flotilla  of  small  vessels  of  light  draft  at 
Boulogne.  Then  came  the  peace  of  Amiens.  On  the  13th  May,  1803,  however,  the  war  broke  out 
afrosh.  Public  opinion,  more  than  his  own  inclination  for  the  task,  now  drove  Napoleon  to  take 
decided  measures  toward  the  invasion  of  England,  which  liad  become  a  rooted  idea  in  France. 
His  preparations  were  postponed  till,  in  1805,  they  were  near  realization.  They  were  twofold  in 
character — military  and  political.  The  first  to  secure  success,  and  the  second  to  secure  abstention 
from  foreign  interference. 

Now,  what  did  Naiwleon  in  1805?  What  do  we,  at  the  present  time,  understand  by  the 
success  of  an  invasion  of  England?  A  lasting  conquest  like  that  of  William  of  Normandy? 
Certainly  not ! 

Success  would  consist  in — 

1.  The  transport  and  landing  of  an  invading  army. 

2.  The  destruction  of  the  British  forces. 

3.  The  occupation  of  the  capital  as  center  of  the  material  as  well  as  the  intellectual  wealth  of 
the  country. 

4.  A  quickly  concluded  peace,  under  such  conditions  as  would  make  it  impossible  for  England 
to  resume  the  war  for  a  long  time. 

There  was  but  one  way  for  England  to  render  this  success  impossible — by  annihilating  the 
invading  army  during  the  passage  or  in  the  attempted  landing  of  the  force.   The  first  steps  taken 
nuist  be  to  blockade  the  French  and  Dutch  harbors,  to  render  impossible  the  preparations  for  the 
passage  of  the  channel,  or  at  least  to  hinder  them  as  much  as  possible. 
15848  M  s 10 


•1  ( 


f: 


<mmmmmMiiiSSI)iliik^ 


.aiESW*^ 


146 


How  .veil  the  EiigliMli  admirals  of  ir)88  liad  tiiulorstood  tliis. 

In  1805  they  failed  in  doing  ho  owing  to  the  excellent  arrangements  made  by  NaiHiloon  for 
the  uroteetion  of  the  harbors — over  600  heavy  },'uns  had  been  mounted  on  shore  batteries  ahmg 
the  French  coast.    The  organization  of  the  fleet  of  transports  progressed  nnreinittingly. 

The  leading  principle  was  kept  in  view  of  having  the  fleet  kept  for  fighting  and  the  invading 
force  to  have  its  own  transport. 

One  thousand  two  hundred  and  forty  gun  sloops,  gunboats,  etc.,  and  625  transports  to  follow 
his  second  line,  were  ready  in  Vimereux,  Ambleteuse,  Boulogne,  and  l^itables. 

By  means  of  these,  100,000  men  could  be  thrown  on  the  coast  of  Kagland  at  one  crossing. 

The  troop  boats  were  specially  designed  for  their  transport,  being  capable  of  being  rowed  or 
sailed,  while  they  only  drew  6  or  7  feet  of  water,  and  were  keelless,  to  enable  a  landing  to  be 
effected  eveh  at  ebb  tide. 

Each  gun  sloop  carried  one  company  and  four  heavy  ship's  guns;  the  gunboats  one  company, 
one  ship's  gun,  and  one  field  gun,  for  which  two  horses  were  carried  amidships. 

It  was  reckoned  by  the  most  eminent  seamen  in  France  that  forty  eight  hours  would  liavo 
sufficed  with  such  preparations  to  embark  and  pass  over  132,000  men  and  4(K)  guns,  and  that  the 
train  with  1.000  horses  could  follow  within  a  week,  during  whitth  time  it  would,  of  course,  be 
necessary  for  IN'apoleon  to  remain  master  of  the  Channel.  But  since  the  battle  of  the  Nile  the 
French  fleet  had  been  in  every  way  inferior  to  the  British.  Only  by  sacrificing  a  portion  for 
the  benefit  ot  the  whole,  theretbre,  could  success  be  hoi)ed  for.  The  author  then  contrasts  the 
two  fleets  of  the  present  day  with  those  of  1804.  In  the  mouth  of  the  Thames  there  were  then 
12  ships  of  the  line  to  watch  the  Dutch  fleet  in  Texel,  7  or  8  ships  of  the  line  at  Spithead,  with 
a  number  of  frigates,  brigs,  and  gunboats,  some  not  equipped.  Both  squadrons  were  inferior 
to  the  Dutch  fleet.  Lord  Cornwallis  blockaded  Brest  with  19  ships  of  the  line,  21  French  ships 
of  the  line  were  lying  there  under  Vice-Admiral  Ganteaume.  If  the  British  squadron  had  timely 
notice  of  the  passage  it  could  return  within  four  to  six  days  to  Dover,  followed,  of  course,  by  the 
French,  who  would  attack  them.  The  rest  of  the  British  fleet  was  in  pursuit  of  the  French 
Admiral  Yilleneuve,  who  had  left  the  West  Indies  with  21  ships  of  the  line  bound  for  FerroL 
He  had  orders  to  raise  the  blockade  of  Ferrol  or  Brest,  uniting  with  the  French  squadrons,  then 
to  return  to  cover  the  passage  of  the  army  invading  England. 

"This  is  an  unaccountable  order,"  says  the  writer;  "the  very  contrary  should  have  been  done." 
He  would,  had  he  obeyed  it,  have  b«  jn  followed  by  the  British  fleet.  Now,  this  should,  by  every 
means,  have  been  lured  away  from  the  Channel,  and  the  Channel  fleet  attacked  by  the  French 
home  fleets. 

However,  Napoleon  was,  he  says,  by  this  time  no  longer  in  keen  earnest  about  the  invasion. 
The  fact  remains  that  the  largest  portion  of  the  English  fleet  was  187  miles  west  of  Ferrol,  and 
that  Nelson  was  oft'  Gibraltar;  therefore  these  squadrons  could  not  have  returned  to  the  Channel 
in  less  than  a  fortnight;  while  the  French  Channel  fleet  could  have' engaged  and  held  in  check 
that  of  the  British  there,  so  that  in  the  middle  of  July  the  invasion  was  iH>ssible.  The  British 
militia  and  volanteers  of  that  day,  with  their  antiquated  organization,  could  hardly  have  resisted 
Napoleon's  great  military  genius  and  his  experienced  soldiers  imbued  with  the  spirit  of  self- 
confldence  and  led  by  young  but  practiced  generals  eager  for  glory.  The  way  in  which  the  English 
scattered  their  troops  all  along  the  coast,  against  all  the  roles  of  war,  says  little  for  their  capacity. 
States  which,  like  England,  depend  on  volunteer  forces,  will  have  a  rude  awakening  when 
opposed  to  regular  troops. 

The  French  troops  were  distributeil  as  follows: 

Vimerenx  (Lannes) 14,000 

Ambletense  ( I )avoiit) 26, 000 

Boulogne  (Soult  and  the  Eiuperor) 40,000 

fitable  (Ney) 22,000 

Texel  (Mannont) 25,000 

In  reserye 27,000 

Total 164,000 


>r 


147 

Thene  once  landed  coald  be  brought  under  one  command  in  one  day,  and  within  four  days  be 
in  London.  Thin,  unprovided  witli  defenses,  would  fall  at  once.  The  possession  of  the  (capital 
would  not  have  meant  the  possession  of  the  arsenals  and  dockyards,  but  a  heavy  flue  would 
have  been  exacted  from  the  wealthy  inhabitants.  No  one  knew  this  better  than  Naitoleon.  Had 
France  then  had  i)eace  on  her  own  frontiers,  there  is  little  doubt  of  the  success  of  the  invasion 
of  England.  l{«>volution  in  Ireland  would  have  cooperated  with  the  invader,  and  Nai)oleon  fully 
believed  in  the  possibility  of  success,  and  only  renounced  the  expedition  because  he  foresaw 
greater  certainty  and  more  important  results  from  a  continental  war  with  Austria. 

''An  iuvasion  of  England  would  be  risky — not  impossible."  Quoting  from  Von  Wartenburg, 
he  adds  that  many  events  pronounced  by  contem])oraries  impossibilities  have  yet  been  carried  out 
by  commanding  genius.  If  this  study — says  the  author,  in  conclusion — should  have  succeeded 
in  destroying  the  illusion  of  the  uuassailability  «)f  Great  Britain,  it  will  have  fultilled  its  object. 

Since  1805  the  introduction  of  steam  and  the  electric  telegraph  have  increased  the  favorable 
chances  of  an  attack  on  England,  the  assembly  and  quick  transport  of  an  invading  army  being 
thereby  much  facilitated.     In  the^e  days  especially  should  this  factor  be  borne  in  mind. 

We  will  not  venture  to  follow  the  writer  in  his  curious  readings  of  English  history,  nor  do 
we  ((uite  see  how  the  French  Channel  fleet  was  to  have  attacked  and  held  the  English  Channel 
fleet,  seeing  it  was  blockaded  by  Lord  Cornwallis  so  closely,  says  Captain  Mahan,  "that  it  excited 
not  only  the  admiration  but  the  wonder  of  contemporaries."  And  it  is  hardly  to  be  supposed 
that  our  navy  would  be  taken  unawares  now,  as  it  was  in  Louis  XIV's  time,  when  it  was 
''  paralyzed  by  the  corruption  which  prevailed  in  the  public  service,"  as  one  historian  puts  it. 
But  those  who  look  upon  an  invasion  as  impossible  should  remember  that  but  for  Nelson  and 
the  admirable  handling  of  the  British- navy  it  would  not  have  been  so  in  1805. 

Since  then  other  navies  have  al^o  made  great  progress;  and  as  the  views  of  this  German 
officer  certainly  prevail  to  a  great  extent  on  the  Continent,  it  would  be  well  to  consider  what  might 
happen  to  England  in  the  event  of  a  coalition  of  two  or  three  naval  powers  against  us,  compelling 
us  to  unduly  scatter  our  fleet.  To  avoid  this,  it  is  necessary  not  only  to  maintain  our  naval 
supremacy  all  over  the  world  but  to  exert  ourselves  unremittingly  to  raise  our  home  defense  force 
to  a  high  state  of  completeness  and  efficiency  in  men  and  material,  so  that  in  the  event  of  our 
ships  being  lured  away  or  overiwwered,  our  Held  army,  aided  by  a  well-thought-out  system  of  field 
defenses,  may,  on  every  possible  line  of  advance  of  an  invader,  hold  its  own. 


■•'    i'iwiiiiinMiiirMw<»b.- 


Tl 
iiicluil 
at  Kit 

T 

ritori* 
surve; 


T 
militii 
forces 
Domii 
tende 
beeui 
and  t 
admii 
will  I 

T 
large 
tion  e 
her  o1 
years 
the  !> 
the  o1 
peace 

i 
of  18 
dividi 

1 
witho 


-^: 


Extracts  from  **How  Canada  is  Governed." 


By  J.  O.  BouRlNOT,  0.  M.  G.,  LL.  D.,  D.  C.  L.,  D.  L. 


THE  PUrVY  COUNCIL  OF  CANADA. 
•  •  •  #•  •  •  •  • 

The  minister  of  militia  ami  defense  is  responsible  for  the  jul ministration  of  the  militia  affairs, 
including  fortifications,  armories,  munitions  of  war,  stores,  schools  of  instruction,  militia  college 
at  Kingston.    Under  him  is  a  major  general,  chosen  from  the  regular  military  service  of  England. 

The  minister  of  the  interior  has  control  and  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Northwest  Ter- 
ritories, of  the  Indians,  and  of  all  imblic  lands  belonging  to  the  (iovernment,  and  of  the  geological 
survey  of  Canada. 

MILITIA  AND  DEFENSE. 

The  British  North  America  act  places  under  the  control  of  the  Dominion  (Iovernment  the 
militia,  naval  service,  and  defense  of  Canada.  The  command  in-chief  of  the  land  and  naval 
forces  of  and  in  Canada,  however,  continues  to  be  vested  in  the  Queen.  A  department  of  the 
Dominion  Governnient,  called  the  department  of  militia  and  defense  (see  alwve),  has  the  superin- 
tendence of  this  important  part  of  the  public  service.  Since  confederation,  English  troops  have 
been  removed  from  all  phices  in  Canada  except  Halifax,  which  is  a  strongly  fortified  military  post 
and  the  headquarters  of  the  North  American  squadron,  under  the  command  of  a  vice  or  rear 
admiral.  On  the  Pjusific  side  Esquimau,  on  the  Island  of  Vancouver,  is  also  being  fortified,  and 
will  be  garrisoned  by  imperial  troops. 

The  withdrawal  of  English  troops  to  so  great  an  extent  from  Canada  has  necessarily  thrown 
large  responsibilities  upon  the  Canadian  Government  since  1867  for  the  protection  of  a  confedera- 
tion extending  over  so  immense  a  territory  between  two  oceans.  Canada  has  attempted  to  fulfill 
her  obligations  in  this  respect  by  the  expenditure  of  a  large  sum  of  money  daring  twenty-seven 
years  for  the  drill,  instruction,  and  arming  of  an  effective  militia  drawn  from  the  great  body  of 
the  peoi)le.  In  this  way  a  spirit  of  self-reliance  has  been  stimulated  from  one  end  of  Canada  to 
the  other,  and  on  more  than  one  emergency  the  national  forces  have  pi-oved  their  capacity  to  secure 
peace  and  order  and  put  down  rebellion. 

By  the  law  of  Canada  the  militia  consists  of  all  the  male  inhabitants  of  Canada  of  the  age 
of  18  years  or  upward  and  under  6(),  not  exempte«i  or  disqualified  by  law;  the  population  being 
divided  into  four  classes,  as  follows: 

The  first  class  comprises  those  aged  18  or  upward  and  under  30,  being  unmarried  or  widowers 
without  children. 


^sr 


<v 


150 

The  second  clasH  comprises  those  between  the  tvgcs  of  'M)  and  45,  being  unmarried  or  widowers 
without  children. 

The  third  class  comprises  those  between  18  and  45,  bein^  married  or  widowers  witii  children. 

The  fourth  class  (tomprises  those  between  45  and  (»<K 

And  those  liable  to  serve  sluill  be  called  upon  in  the  foreK<)i»K  order. 

The  following  persons  are  exempt  from  enrollment  and  actual  service  at  any  time:  .Judges, 
clergymen,  and  ministers  of  all  religious  denominations,  professors  in  colleges  and  teachers  in 
religious  orders,  iiersons  engaged  in  the  collection  or  management  of  the  revenue,  the  wardens 
and  officials  of  all  penitentiaries  and  lunatic  asylums,  per8(ms  physitMilly  disabled,  and  any  person 
being  the  only  sou  of  a  widow  and  her  only  support.  Half  pay  and  retired  oHIcers  of  the  imperial 
forces,  sailors  tuitually  employed  in  their  calling,  pilots  during  the  season  of  navigation,  and  nms- 
ters  of  schools  are  exempt  from  service,  except  in  case  of  war.  Quakers,  Mennonites,  and  others 
may  be  exempted  altogether  under  regulations  prescribed  by  the  governor-general  in  council. 

The  militia  is  divided  into  active  and  reserve  land  and  marine  forces.  The  land  force  is 
composed  of  corps  raised  either  by  voluntary  enlistment  or  ballot.  The  active  marine  force  shall 
be  raised  in  the  same  way,  and  composed  of  seamen,  sailors,  and  persons  whose  occupation  is  on 
vessels  navigating  the  waters  of  Canada;  and  the  reserve  force,  land  and  marine,  consists  of  the 
whole  of  the  men  not  serving  in  the  active  militia  for  the  time  being. 

The  period  of  service  in  the  militia  is  three  years.  The  number  of  men  to  be  trained  and 
drilled  annually  is  limited  to  45,000,  except  as  specially  authorized,  and  the  period  of  drill  is  to 
be  sixteen  days,  and  not  less  than  eight  days  each  year. 

The  Dominion  is  divided  into  twelve  military  districts,  in  each  of  which  a  ])ermanent  military 
staff  is  maintained,  under  command  of  a  deputy  adjutant-general.  The  i)ermanent  corps  and 
schools  of  instruction  consist  of  royal  Oana<lian  drago<ms,  royal  Canadian  artillery,  garrison 
artillery,  and  a  royal  regiment  of  Canadian  infantry.  The  total  strength  of  these  permanent 
corps  is  limited  by  the  militia  law  to  a  thousand  men. 

The  royal  military  college  at  Kingston,  which  is  under  the  control  of  the  militia  department, 
was  founded  in  1875,  and  has  proved  on  the  whole  a  most  successful  institution.  Of  the  total 
number  of  cadets  who  have  graduate<l,  a  large  number  have  been  gazetted  to  commissions  in  the 
imperial  army.  Four  commissions  are  annually  offered  by  the  Imperial  Government,  and  in  1888 
six  others  were  offered. 

Heretofore  an  imperial  officer  has  been  chosen  from  the  regular  English  military  force  and 
given  the  rank  of  a  mt^jor- general  in  Canada,  to  command  the  militia  and  supervise  their  instruction 
and  equipment,  under  the  control  of  the  minister  of  militia,  who  is  resi^onsible  to  Parliament  for 
the  efficiency  of  this  department.  So  far  no  active  marine  militia  has  been  organized  in  the 
Dominion,  but  the  naval  defenses  continue  exclusively  under  the  care  of  the  Imperial  Gktvernment. 
In  the  Northwest  Territories  peace  and  order  have  been  secured  for  years  by  the  employment  of  a 
most  efficient  body  of  mounted  police. 

THE  INDIANS. 


By  the  British  North  America  act  the  Dominion  Government  has  sole  control  over  the  Indians, 
and  lands  reserved  for  Indians,  in  the  provinces  and  territories  of  the  Dominion.  One  of  the 
departments  of  the  Oovernment  of  Canada  is  that  of  Indian  affairs,  of  which  a  superintendent- 
general  is  the  head.  It  has  the  management  and  charge  of  all  matters  relating  to  the  Indians. 
The  minister  of  the  interior  (see  above)  generally  fills  the  x)osition  of  suiierinteudent-general,  and 
has  the  assistance  of  a  number  of  officers  to  manage  the  business  of  the  department.  In  all  the 
provinces  and  territories  there  are  bands  or  remnants  of  the  old  tribes  or  *< nations^  that  once 
inhabited  British  North  America,  who  live  on  lands  specially  reserved  for  their  use  and  benefit. 
The  law  carefhlly  guards  their  interests,  and  all  property  held  for  them  can  only  be  alienated  or 


<v 


.#«.^  -"-rtip^^-i^ft 


151 


leased  by  their  <iwii  coiisont,  and  then  the  i>roceed8  are  invested  fur  their  sole  advantage.  The 
law  makes  very  Hatisfactory  provision  for  the  "enfranchisement"  of  the  Indians— that  is,  the 
c«»nferring  upon  tliem  the  rights  and  privileges  of  free  citizens  whenever  they  come  up  to  the 
qualitlcations  laid  down  to  meet  their  case. 

Indians  in  the  old  provinces  can  vote  at  dominion  and  provincial  elections,  on  the  conditions 
laid  down  in  tlie  statutes  on  the  subject,  but  in  the  territories  and  Manitoba  they  have  not  yet 
reached  that  degree  of  civilization  wiiich  would  enable  them  to  exercise  the  rights  of  white  men. 
There  are  in  British  Columbia  and  the  organized  territories  some  46,000  Indians,  in  various  stages 
of  development.  They  are  tlie  wards  of  the  Canadian  Government,  which  has  always  exercised 
a  parental  care  over  them.  They  are  fed  and  (^othed  in  large  numbers.  Before  lands  were  laid 
out  for  settlement  the  Indian  titles  were  extinguished  by  treaties  of  purchase,  conducted  between 
the  representative  of  the  dominion  and  the  councils  ot  the  several  tribes.  The  Indians  live  on 
"reserves"  set  apart  for  them  in  valuable  districts;  industrial  farms  and  other  schools  are  pro- 
vided by  the  Government  with  the  creditable  hope  of  making  them  more  useful  members  of  the 
community.  Agents  live  on  the  reserves,  and  inspectors  visit  the  agencies  from  time  to  time  to 
see  that  the  interests  of  the  Indians  are  protected  in  accordance  with  the  general  |)olicy  of  the 
Government.  Tlie  sale  of  spirituous  litpiors  is  expressly  forbidden  to  the  Indian  population,  and 
severe  punishment  is  provided  by  the  law  for  those  who  evade  this  wise  regulation. 


i 

I 

1  '! 


ii 


is  s 


•ffftliiiBi 


'.W^M^vM  ^'S^Wim^^^S^'^.K--?^-' 


rfl 


